CA2444170C - Reprogrammable terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system - Google Patents
Reprogrammable terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2444170C CA2444170C CA002444170A CA2444170A CA2444170C CA 2444170 C CA2444170 C CA 2444170C CA 002444170 A CA002444170 A CA 002444170A CA 2444170 A CA2444170 A CA 2444170A CA 2444170 C CA2444170 C CA 2444170C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- set top
- top terminal
- data
- program
- memory
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/478—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
- H04N21/4786—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application e-mailing
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H20/00—Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast
- H04H20/02—Arrangements for relaying broadcast information
- H04H20/06—Arrangements for relaying broadcast information among broadcast stations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H20/00—Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast
- H04H20/10—Arrangements for replacing or switching information during the broadcast or the distribution
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H20/00—Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast
- H04H20/42—Arrangements for resource management
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H20/00—Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast
- H04H20/65—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems for broadcast
- H04H20/76—Wired systems
- H04H20/77—Wired systems using carrier waves
- H04H20/78—CATV [Community Antenna Television] systems
- H04H20/79—CATV [Community Antenna Television] systems using downlink of the CATV systems, e.g. audio broadcast via CATV network
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H20/00—Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast
- H04H20/86—Arrangements characterised by the broadcast information itself
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/02—Arrangements for generating broadcast information; Arrangements for generating broadcast-related information with a direct linking to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time; Arrangements for simultaneous generation of broadcast information and broadcast-related information
- H04H60/04—Studio equipment; Interconnection of studios
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/09—Arrangements for device control with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time; Arrangements for control of broadcast-related services
- H04H60/13—Arrangements for device control affected by the broadcast information
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/35—Arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time, e.g. for identifying broadcast stations or for identifying users
- H04H60/38—Arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time, e.g. for identifying broadcast stations or for identifying users for identifying broadcast time or space
- H04H60/39—Arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time, e.g. for identifying broadcast stations or for identifying users for identifying broadcast time or space for identifying broadcast space-time
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/35—Arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time, e.g. for identifying broadcast stations or for identifying users
- H04H60/47—Arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time, e.g. for identifying broadcast stations or for identifying users for recognising genres
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/68—Systems specially adapted for using specific information, e.g. geographical or meteorological information
- H04H60/72—Systems specially adapted for using specific information, e.g. geographical or meteorological information using electronic programme guides [EPG]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/21—Server components or server architectures
- H04N21/218—Source of audio or video content, e.g. local disk arrays
- H04N21/2181—Source of audio or video content, e.g. local disk arrays comprising remotely distributed storage units, e.g. when movies are replicated over a plurality of video servers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/21—Server components or server architectures
- H04N21/218—Source of audio or video content, e.g. local disk arrays
- H04N21/21815—Source of audio or video content, e.g. local disk arrays comprising local storage units
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/21—Server components or server architectures
- H04N21/218—Source of audio or video content, e.g. local disk arrays
- H04N21/2187—Live feed
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/21—Server components or server architectures
- H04N21/222—Secondary servers, e.g. proxy server, cable television Head-end
- H04N21/2221—Secondary servers, e.g. proxy server, cable television Head-end being a cable television head-end
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/23—Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
- H04N21/235—Processing of additional data, e.g. scrambling of additional data or processing content descriptors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/23—Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
- H04N21/236—Assembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. transport stream, by combining a video stream with other content or additional data, e.g. inserting a URL [Uniform Resource Locator] into a video stream, multiplexing software data into a video stream; Remultiplexing of multiplex streams; Insertion of stuffing bits into the multiplex stream, e.g. to obtain a constant bit-rate; Assembling of a packetised elementary stream
- H04N21/23608—Remultiplexing multiplex streams, e.g. involving modifying time stamps or remapping the packet identifiers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/23—Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
- H04N21/236—Assembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. transport stream, by combining a video stream with other content or additional data, e.g. inserting a URL [Uniform Resource Locator] into a video stream, multiplexing software data into a video stream; Remultiplexing of multiplex streams; Insertion of stuffing bits into the multiplex stream, e.g. to obtain a constant bit-rate; Assembling of a packetised elementary stream
- H04N21/2362—Generation or processing of Service Information [SI]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/23—Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
- H04N21/238—Interfacing the downstream path of the transmission network, e.g. adapting the transmission rate of a video stream to network bandwidth; Processing of multiplex streams
- H04N21/2381—Adapting the multiplex stream to a specific network, e.g. an Internet Protocol [IP] network
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/23—Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
- H04N21/238—Interfacing the downstream path of the transmission network, e.g. adapting the transmission rate of a video stream to network bandwidth; Processing of multiplex streams
- H04N21/2389—Multiplex stream processing, e.g. multiplex stream encrypting
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/251—Learning process for intelligent management, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/252—Processing of multiple end-users' preferences to derive collaborative data
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/254—Management at additional data server, e.g. shopping server, rights management server
- H04N21/2543—Billing, e.g. for subscription services
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/258—Client or end-user data management, e.g. managing client capabilities, user preferences or demographics, processing of multiple end-users preferences to derive collaborative data
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/258—Client or end-user data management, e.g. managing client capabilities, user preferences or demographics, processing of multiple end-users preferences to derive collaborative data
- H04N21/25866—Management of end-user data
- H04N21/25891—Management of end-user data being end-user preferences
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/262—Content or additional data distribution scheduling, e.g. sending additional data at off-peak times, updating software modules, calculating the carousel transmission frequency, delaying a video stream transmission, generating play-lists
- H04N21/26208—Content or additional data distribution scheduling, e.g. sending additional data at off-peak times, updating software modules, calculating the carousel transmission frequency, delaying a video stream transmission, generating play-lists the scheduling operation being performed under constraints
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/262—Content or additional data distribution scheduling, e.g. sending additional data at off-peak times, updating software modules, calculating the carousel transmission frequency, delaying a video stream transmission, generating play-lists
- H04N21/26283—Content or additional data distribution scheduling, e.g. sending additional data at off-peak times, updating software modules, calculating the carousel transmission frequency, delaying a video stream transmission, generating play-lists for associating distribution time parameters to content, e.g. to generate electronic program guide data
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/266—Channel or content management, e.g. generation and management of keys and entitlement messages in a conditional access system, merging a VOD unicast channel into a multicast channel
- H04N21/2668—Creating a channel for a dedicated end-user group, e.g. insertion of targeted commercials based on end-user profiles
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/418—External card to be used in combination with the client device, e.g. for conditional access
- H04N21/4181—External card to be used in combination with the client device, e.g. for conditional access for conditional access
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/418—External card to be used in combination with the client device, e.g. for conditional access
- H04N21/4184—External card to be used in combination with the client device, e.g. for conditional access providing storage capabilities, e.g. memory stick
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/422—Input-only peripherals, i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices, e.g. global positioning system [GPS]
- H04N21/42204—User interfaces specially adapted for controlling a client device through a remote control device; Remote control devices therefor
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/426—Internal components of the client ; Characteristics thereof
- H04N21/42653—Internal components of the client ; Characteristics thereof for processing graphics
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/431—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering
- H04N21/4312—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/431—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering
- H04N21/4312—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations
- H04N21/4314—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations for fitting data in a restricted space on the screen, e.g. EPG data in a rectangular grid
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/431—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering
- H04N21/4312—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations
- H04N21/4316—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations for displaying supplemental content in a region of the screen, e.g. an advertisement in a separate window
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/433—Content storage operation, e.g. storage operation in response to a pause request, caching operations
- H04N21/4331—Caching operations, e.g. of an advertisement for later insertion during playback
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/434—Disassembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. demultiplexing audio and video streams, extraction of additional data from a video stream; Remultiplexing of multiplex streams; Extraction or processing of SI; Disassembling of packetised elementary stream
- H04N21/4344—Remultiplexing of multiplex streams, e.g. by modifying time stamps or remapping the packet identifiers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/434—Disassembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. demultiplexing audio and video streams, extraction of additional data from a video stream; Remultiplexing of multiplex streams; Extraction or processing of SI; Disassembling of packetised elementary stream
- H04N21/4345—Extraction or processing of SI, e.g. extracting service information from an MPEG stream
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/435—Processing of additional data, e.g. decrypting of additional data, reconstructing software from modules extracted from the transport stream
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/438—Interfacing the downstream path of the transmission network originating from a server, e.g. retrieving MPEG packets from an IP network
- H04N21/4385—Multiplex stream processing, e.g. multiplex stream decrypting
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/442—Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk
- H04N21/44204—Monitoring of content usage, e.g. the number of times a movie has been viewed, copied or the amount which has been watched
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/442—Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk
- H04N21/44213—Monitoring of end-user related data
- H04N21/44222—Analytics of user selections, e.g. selection of programs or purchase activity
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/443—OS processes, e.g. booting an STB, implementing a Java virtual machine in an STB or power management in an STB
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/45—Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
- H04N21/4508—Management of client data or end-user data
- H04N21/4532—Management of client data or end-user data involving end-user characteristics, e.g. viewer profile, preferences
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/45—Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
- H04N21/454—Content or additional data filtering, e.g. blocking advertisements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/45—Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
- H04N21/462—Content or additional data management, e.g. creating a master electronic program guide from data received from the Internet and a Head-end, controlling the complexity of a video stream by scaling the resolution or bit-rate based on the client capabilities
- H04N21/4622—Retrieving content or additional data from different sources, e.g. from a broadcast channel and the Internet
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/45—Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
- H04N21/466—Learning process for intelligent management, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/4668—Learning process for intelligent management, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies for recommending content, e.g. movies
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/472—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/472—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content
- H04N21/47211—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content for requesting pay-per-view content
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/472—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content
- H04N21/47214—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content for content reservation or setting reminders; for requesting event notification, e.g. of sport results or stock market
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/475—End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN], preference data
- H04N21/4755—End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN], preference data for defining user preferences, e.g. favourite actors or genre
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/478—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/478—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
- H04N21/4788—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application communicating with other users, e.g. chatting
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/482—End-user interface for program selection
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/482—End-user interface for program selection
- H04N21/4821—End-user interface for program selection using a grid, e.g. sorted out by channel and broadcast time
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/60—Network structure or processes for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients; Control signalling between clients, server and network components; Transmission of management data between server and client, e.g. sending from server to client commands for recording incoming content stream; Communication details between server and client
- H04N21/63—Control signaling related to video distribution between client, server and network components; Network processes for video distribution between server and clients or between remote clients, e.g. transmitting basic layer and enhancement layers over different transmission paths, setting up a peer-to-peer communication via Internet between remote STB's; Communication protocols; Addressing
- H04N21/643—Communication protocols
- H04N21/64307—ATM
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/60—Network structure or processes for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients; Control signalling between clients, server and network components; Transmission of management data between server and client, e.g. sending from server to client commands for recording incoming content stream; Communication details between server and client
- H04N21/65—Transmission of management data between client and server
- H04N21/654—Transmission by server directed to the client
- H04N21/6543—Transmission by server directed to the client for forcing some client operations, e.g. recording
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/60—Network structure or processes for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients; Control signalling between clients, server and network components; Transmission of management data between server and client, e.g. sending from server to client commands for recording incoming content stream; Communication details between server and client
- H04N21/65—Transmission of management data between client and server
- H04N21/654—Transmission by server directed to the client
- H04N21/6547—Transmission by server directed to the client comprising parameters, e.g. for client setup
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/80—Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
- H04N21/81—Monomedia components thereof
- H04N21/812—Monomedia components thereof involving advertisement data
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/80—Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
- H04N21/81—Monomedia components thereof
- H04N21/8146—Monomedia components thereof involving graphical data, e.g. 3D object, 2D graphics
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/80—Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
- H04N21/81—Monomedia components thereof
- H04N21/8166—Monomedia components thereof involving executable data, e.g. software
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/80—Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
- H04N21/81—Monomedia components thereof
- H04N21/8166—Monomedia components thereof involving executable data, e.g. software
- H04N21/8173—End-user applications, e.g. Web browser, game
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/80—Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
- H04N21/85—Assembly of content; Generation of multimedia applications
- H04N21/858—Linking data to content, e.g. by linking an URL to a video object, by creating a hotspot
- H04N21/8586—Linking data to content, e.g. by linking an URL to a video object, by creating a hotspot by using a URL
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N5/00—Details of television systems
- H04N5/44—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards
- H04N5/445—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards for displaying additional information
- H04N5/44504—Circuit details of the additional information generator, e.g. details of the character or graphics signal generator, overlay mixing circuits
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N5/00—Details of television systems
- H04N5/44—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards
- H04N5/60—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards for the sound signals
- H04N5/602—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards for the sound signals for digital sound signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/08—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division
- H04N7/087—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only
- H04N7/088—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only the inserted signal being digital
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/08—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division
- H04N7/087—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only
- H04N7/088—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only the inserted signal being digital
- H04N7/0882—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only the inserted signal being digital for the transmission of character code signals, e.g. for teletext
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/08—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division
- H04N7/087—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only
- H04N7/088—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only the inserted signal being digital
- H04N7/0884—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only the inserted signal being digital for the transmission of additional display-information, e.g. menu for programme or channel selection
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/08—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division
- H04N7/087—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only
- H04N7/088—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only the inserted signal being digital
- H04N7/0887—Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only the inserted signal being digital for the transmission of programme or channel identifying signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/10—Adaptations for transmission by electrical cable
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/10—Adaptations for transmission by electrical cable
- H04N7/102—Circuits therefor, e.g. noise reducers, equalisers, amplifiers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
- H04N7/162—Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing
- H04N7/163—Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing by receiver means only
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
- H04N7/162—Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing
- H04N7/165—Centralised control of user terminal ; Registering at central
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
- H04N7/173—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
- H04N7/173—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal
- H04N7/17309—Transmission or handling of upstream communications
- H04N7/17318—Direct or substantially direct transmission and handling of requests
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
- H04N7/173—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal
- H04N7/17309—Transmission or handling of upstream communications
- H04N7/17336—Handling of requests in head-ends
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
- H04N7/173—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal
- H04N7/17345—Control of the passage of the selected programme
- H04N7/17354—Control of the passage of the selected programme in an intermediate station common to a plurality of user terminals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H20/00—Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast
- H04H20/02—Arrangements for relaying broadcast information
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H20/00—Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast
- H04H20/65—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems for broadcast
- H04H20/76—Wired systems
- H04H20/77—Wired systems using carrier waves
- H04H20/78—CATV [Community Antenna Television] systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H20/00—Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast
- H04H20/86—Arrangements characterised by the broadcast information itself
- H04H20/95—Arrangements characterised by the broadcast information itself characterised by a specific format, e.g. MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3)
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H2201/00—Aspects of broadcast communication
- H04H2201/70—Aspects of broadcast communication characterised in that receivers can be addressed
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/09—Arrangements for device control with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time; Arrangements for control of broadcast-related services
- H04H60/14—Arrangements for conditional access to broadcast information or to broadcast-related services
- H04H60/21—Billing for the use of broadcast information or broadcast-related information
- H04H60/22—Billing for the use of broadcast information or broadcast-related information per use
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/09—Arrangements for device control with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time; Arrangements for control of broadcast-related services
- H04H60/14—Arrangements for conditional access to broadcast information or to broadcast-related services
- H04H60/23—Arrangements for conditional access to broadcast information or to broadcast-related services using cryptography, e.g. encryption, authentication, key distribution
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/61—Arrangements for services using the result of monitoring, identification or recognition covered by groups H04H60/29-H04H60/54
- H04H60/66—Arrangements for services using the result of monitoring, identification or recognition covered by groups H04H60/29-H04H60/54 for using the result on distributors' side
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/68—Systems specially adapted for using specific information, e.g. geographical or meteorological information
- H04H60/73—Systems specially adapted for using specific information, e.g. geographical or meteorological information using meta-information
- H04H60/74—Systems specially adapted for using specific information, e.g. geographical or meteorological information using meta-information using programme related information, e.g. title, composer or interpreter
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/76—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems other than for broadcast, e.g. the Internet
- H04H60/81—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems other than for broadcast, e.g. the Internet characterised by the transmission system itself
- H04H60/93—Wired transmission systems
- H04H60/94—Telephonic networks
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/76—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems other than for broadcast, e.g. the Internet
- H04H60/81—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems other than for broadcast, e.g. the Internet characterised by the transmission system itself
- H04H60/93—Wired transmission systems
- H04H60/96—CATV systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
- H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
- H04H60/76—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems other than for broadcast, e.g. the Internet
- H04H60/81—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems other than for broadcast, e.g. the Internet characterised by the transmission system itself
- H04H60/93—Wired transmission systems
- H04H60/96—CATV systems
- H04H60/97—CATV systems using uplink of the CATV systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/57—Arrangements for indicating or recording the number of the calling subscriber at the called subscriber's set
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/422—Input-only peripherals, i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices, e.g. global positioning system [GPS]
- H04N21/42204—User interfaces specially adapted for controlling a client device through a remote control device; Remote control devices therefor
- H04N21/42206—User interfaces specially adapted for controlling a client device through a remote control device; Remote control devices therefor characterized by hardware details
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/426—Internal components of the client ; Characteristics thereof
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N5/00—Details of television systems
- H04N5/44—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards
- H04N5/445—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards for displaying additional information
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N5/00—Details of television systems
- H04N5/44—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards
- H04N5/445—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards for displaying additional information
- H04N5/45—Picture in picture, e.g. displaying simultaneously another television channel in a region of the screen
Abstract
A novel reprogrammable set top terminal for a television program delivery system which suggests programs for viewing is described. The invention relates to methods and apparatus for reprogramming set top terminals and selecting and displaying programs to suggest to subscribers for viewing. The invention is particularly useful in television program delivery systems with hundreds of channels of programming, a menu driven program selection system, and a program control information signal which carries data and identifies the available program choices.
Specifically, the invention relates to remote reprogramming of terminal memory and the gathering and analysis of data for selecting programs to suggest to a subscriber. The invention is a terminal which includes a means for receiving incoming signals, a processor, memory, and a means to generate menu screens for display on a TV or monitor. Various data gathering and analysis techniques are used to customize selection of programs for display on a menu.
Specifically, the invention relates to remote reprogramming of terminal memory and the gathering and analysis of data for selecting programs to suggest to a subscriber. The invention is a terminal which includes a means for receiving incoming signals, a processor, memory, and a means to generate menu screens for display on a TV or monitor. Various data gathering and analysis techniques are used to customize selection of programs for display on a menu.
Description
REPROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL FOR SUGGESTING
PROGRAMS OFFERED ON A TELEV"ISION PROGRAM
DELIVERY SYSTEM
This application is a divisional of Canadian application serial number 2,151,456 the Canadian National Phase of International patent application PCT/US93/11708 filed 2 December 1993 (02.12.93).
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to television entertainment systems for providing television programming to consumer homes. More particularly, the invention relates to a user friendly system for providing consumers with television programming choices.
Advances in television entertainment have been primarily driven by breakthroughs in technology. In 1939, advances on Vladinir Zworykin's picture tube provided the stimulus for NBC to begin its first regular broadcasts. In ~/
WO 9a# 14:U PCT:Z;S93; t 1'08
PROGRAMS OFFERED ON A TELEV"ISION PROGRAM
DELIVERY SYSTEM
This application is a divisional of Canadian application serial number 2,151,456 the Canadian National Phase of International patent application PCT/US93/11708 filed 2 December 1993 (02.12.93).
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to television entertainment systems for providing television programming to consumer homes. More particularly, the invention relates to a user friendly system for providing consumers with television programming choices.
Advances in television entertainment have been primarily driven by breakthroughs in technology. In 1939, advances on Vladinir Zworykin's picture tube provided the stimulus for NBC to begin its first regular broadcasts. In ~/
WO 9a# 14:U PCT:Z;S93; t 1'08
2 1975. advances in satellite technology provided consumers with increased programming to homes.
Many of these technology breakthroughs have produced inconvenient systems for. consumers. One example Is the ubiquitous three remote control hoxne. having a separate and unique remote control for the TV. cable box and VCR. More recently. technology has provided cable users in certain parts of the country with 100 channels of programming. This increased program capacity is beyond the ability of many consumers to use effectively. No method of managing the program choices has been provided to consumers.
Consumers are demanding that future advances in television entertainment. particularly programs and program choices, be presented to the consumer in a user friendly manner. Consumer preferences, instead of technological breakthroughs. will drive the television entertainment market for at least the next 20 years. As computer vendors have experienced a switch from marketing new technology in computer hardware to marketing better useability, interfaces and service. L'ze television entertainment industry wi21 also experience a switch from new technology driving the market to consumer useability driving the market.
Consumers want products incorporating new technology that are useful, and will no longer purchase new technology for the sake of novelty or status. Technological advances in sophisttcated hardware are beginning to surpass the capability of the average consumer to use the new technology. Careful engineering must be done to make entertainment products incorporating new technology useful and desired by consumers.
1n order for new television entertainment products to be successful. the products must satisfy consumer demands.
WO 94JI4284 PCTrT.;593 11708
Many of these technology breakthroughs have produced inconvenient systems for. consumers. One example Is the ubiquitous three remote control hoxne. having a separate and unique remote control for the TV. cable box and VCR. More recently. technology has provided cable users in certain parts of the country with 100 channels of programming. This increased program capacity is beyond the ability of many consumers to use effectively. No method of managing the program choices has been provided to consumers.
Consumers are demanding that future advances in television entertainment. particularly programs and program choices, be presented to the consumer in a user friendly manner. Consumer preferences, instead of technological breakthroughs. will drive the television entertainment market for at least the next 20 years. As computer vendors have experienced a switch from marketing new technology in computer hardware to marketing better useability, interfaces and service. L'ze television entertainment industry wi21 also experience a switch from new technology driving the market to consumer useability driving the market.
Consumers want products incorporating new technology that are useful, and will no longer purchase new technology for the sake of novelty or status. Technological advances in sophisttcated hardware are beginning to surpass the capability of the average consumer to use the new technology. Careful engineering must be done to make entertainment products incorporating new technology useful and desired by consumers.
1n order for new television entertainment products to be successful. the products must satisfy consumer demands.
WO 94JI4284 PCTrT.;593 11708
3 TV colIsumers wish to go from limited viewing choices to a variety of choices, from no control of programming to complete control. Consumers wish to advance from cumbersome and inconvenient television to easy and convenient television and keep costs down. Consumers do not wish to pay for one hundred channels when due to lack of programming information, they seldom. if ever, watch programming on many of these channels.
`The concepts of interactive television, high definition television and 300 channel cable systems in consumer homes will not se11 if they are not packaged. delivered and presented in a useable fashion to consumers. The problem is that TV
prograrstming is not being presented to consumers in a user friendly maruner.
Consumers are already being bombarded with programming options, numerous free' cable channels, subscription cable channels and pay-per-view choices. Any further increase in IV entertairnment choices. without a user friendly presentation and approach. will Iikely bewilder viewers with a mind-numbing array of choices.
What is needed is an economical system which can present television programs through a user friendly interface which allows the consumer to easily select from among the many program choices.
W'hat is needed is a system that assists the consumer with his program selection.
What is needed is a reprogrammable system for presenting program choices.
What is needed. is a system which can be remotely reprogr ed.
What is needed is a system capable of handling hundreds of programs in different foranats. be expandable for WO 94/142&4 PCTII.'S93;11708
`The concepts of interactive television, high definition television and 300 channel cable systems in consumer homes will not se11 if they are not packaged. delivered and presented in a useable fashion to consumers. The problem is that TV
prograrstming is not being presented to consumers in a user friendly maruner.
Consumers are already being bombarded with programming options, numerous free' cable channels, subscription cable channels and pay-per-view choices. Any further increase in IV entertairnment choices. without a user friendly presentation and approach. will Iikely bewilder viewers with a mind-numbing array of choices.
What is needed is an economical system which can present television programs through a user friendly interface which allows the consumer to easily select from among the many program choices.
W'hat is needed is a system that assists the consumer with his program selection.
What is needed is a reprogrammable system for presenting program choices.
What is needed. is a system which can be remotely reprogr ed.
What is needed is a system capable of handling hundreds of programs in different foranats. be expandable for WO 94/142&4 PCTII.'S93;11708
4 future types of prograrnming and be inexpensive. The present invention is addressed to fulfill these needs.
sTJMuiARY C1F INVLrNYT Ni This invenuon is a reprogammable terminal for television program delivery systems which is capable of suggesting programs for viewing. Specifically, the present invention may be remotely reprogrammed and is capable of assisting a subscriber in selecting television programs by suggesting prograrns for vierulrig. T1iis is a particularly useful Invention for television program delivery systems with hundreds of channels of programming and a menu driven program selection system.
Preferably the terminal is located at the television set top and is used with a television delivery system that includes a program control information signal which carries data and identifies the available program choices. The terffiinal includes means for receiving incoming signals, a processor.
memory and means to generate menu screens for display on a TV or monitor.
The terminal can be remotely reprogrammed using an incoming signal. Preferably a software interrupt followed by a memory location or software line number is transmitted via an incoming signal. This Is followed by the new software programming which ls written into memory at the set top terminal. Using this method. basic programaring as weD as menu formats, templates. logos. colos etc. may be changed.
The terminal of the present invention can also help a subscriber in selecting programs by suggesting programs to the subscriber. The terminal suggests programs that the subscriber is most likely to watch. The tenmlnal is capable of applying several methods of analysis and a variety of ~: -informational sources to solve the problem of choosing a program that the subscriber is most likely to watch. For example, responsive and "intelligent" methods of analysis may be used with mood, personal profile, and historical program
sTJMuiARY C1F INVLrNYT Ni This invenuon is a reprogammable terminal for television program delivery systems which is capable of suggesting programs for viewing. Specifically, the present invention may be remotely reprogrammed and is capable of assisting a subscriber in selecting television programs by suggesting prograrns for vierulrig. T1iis is a particularly useful Invention for television program delivery systems with hundreds of channels of programming and a menu driven program selection system.
Preferably the terminal is located at the television set top and is used with a television delivery system that includes a program control information signal which carries data and identifies the available program choices. The terffiinal includes means for receiving incoming signals, a processor.
memory and means to generate menu screens for display on a TV or monitor.
The terminal can be remotely reprogrammed using an incoming signal. Preferably a software interrupt followed by a memory location or software line number is transmitted via an incoming signal. This Is followed by the new software programming which ls written into memory at the set top terminal. Using this method. basic programaring as weD as menu formats, templates. logos. colos etc. may be changed.
The terminal of the present invention can also help a subscriber in selecting programs by suggesting programs to the subscriber. The terminal suggests programs that the subscriber is most likely to watch. The tenmlnal is capable of applying several methods of analysis and a variety of ~: -informational sources to solve the problem of choosing a program that the subscriber is most likely to watch. For example, responsive and "intelligent" methods of analysis may be used with mood, personal profile, and historical program
5 watched and network watched data.
Responsive methods of analysis require a subscriber to respond to a variety of questions or select subjective adjectives from program driven menus. The terminal will pose the questions or lists of subjective entries using menus and the subscriber will respond using a user interface, usually an alpha-numeric remote control. For example, subscriber preferences in mood, type of program, category/genre, actor, year preference and standard rating can be selected from menus as search entries. These entries, or key words which correlate to the entries, will be used to search a program database consisting of abstracts of a multitude of programs.
The search results in a list of programs which can be displayed to the user.
Intelligent methods "learn" the subscribers viewing choices through analysis of historical data generally gathered by the terminal in a passive mode.
Through a series of analysis and weighing algorithms, the terminal is able to suggest groups of programs. A menu display of the suggested programs is offered to the subscriber.
Within the suggested group of programs, the terminal can also Ci 5a prioritize the programs and determine each programs menu position.
Accordingly, in one of its aspects, the present invention provides a set top terminal for a television delivery system, the set top terminal characterized by: receiving means for receiving a reprogramming signal from a remote location wherein the reprogramming signal comprises a command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence followed by changes; interpreting means, connected to the receiving means, for interpreting the changes in the reprogramming signal; first storage means, connected to the interpreting means, for storing the interpreted changes; second storage means for storing information; and processing means, operably connected to the receiving means, the first storage means, and the second storage means, for processing the received reprogramming signal whereby the processing means instructs the transfer of the stored interpreted changes from the first storage means to the second storage means, and instructs the set top terminal to reset so that the set top terminal operates using the interpreted changes.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of updating memory in a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system, the method characterized by the steps of: receiving a program control information signal; extracting reprogramming data from the received program control information signal; storing 5b the extracted reprogramming data in a first memory; transferring the stored reprogramming data from the first memory to a second memory;
and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the stored reprogramming data.
In a still further aspect, the present invention provides a system for suggesting programs, comprising; a menu, wherein certain criteria are provided to assist a search of programs for suggestion; a control, wherein desired search criteria can be selected; a database of descriptions of a plurality of programs; and a processor, wherein the processor performs the search of programs for selection by searching the database of program descriptions with the selected search criteria, the processor generating a list of suggested programs for viewing.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method for suggesting programs for viewing, comprising: generating a database of program information related to available programs, the program information including program abstracts; collecting viewing information related to individual subscriber viewing habits; processing the collected viewing information to generate search criteria; searching the database using the search criteria to generate program suggestions; and displaying a list of suggested programs.
Accordingly, in a further aspect, the present invention provides a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system for suggesting programs to subscribers using program control information containing program description data, and subscriber specific data indicative of a subscriber's programming preferences, wherein the set top terminal receives menu details from the television program delivery system, the set top terminal comprising: a means for gathering the subscriber specific data indicative of subscriber preferences to be used in selecting programs, wherein the means for gathering subscriber specific data comprises: a first means for storing received menu details; a means for generating menu screens by integrating the program control information with the stored menu details; a display, connected to the 5c generating means, wherein menu screens to elicit subscriber responses are displayed; and a subscriber interface means for entering subscriber responses to displayed menu screens; a second means, connected to the gathering means, for storing the subscriber specific data; a means for receiving the program control information comprising program description data; a program selection means, operably connected to the second storing means and the receiving means, for selecting one or more programs using the subscriber specific data and program control information whereby the selected programs correspond to the subscriber's programming preferences; and wherein the display is used to suggest the selected programs to the subscriber.
In a still further aspect, the present invention provides a terminal for program suggestion using user preference data concerning user preferences and program control information concerning available programs, comprising: a means for gathering the user preference data; a means, connected to the gathering means, for storing the gathered user preference data; a means for accessing the program control information;
a means, connected to the storing means and accessing means, for selecting one or more programs using the user preference data and the program control information, whereby the selected programs correspond to the gathered user preference data; and a kiosk, wherein the kiosk comprises means, connected to the selecting means, for displaying the selected programs for suggestion to the user.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system for suggesting programs to subscribers using program control information containing scheduled program description data, and subscriber specific data, the set top terminal comprising: a means for gathering the subscriber specific data, wherein the subscriber specific data comprises subscriber mood data; a means for creating personal profile information;
a means, connected to the gathering means and the creating means, for storing the subscriber mood data and the personal profile information;
5d means for receiving the program control information comprising scheduled program description data; a means, connected to the storing means and receiving means, for selecting at least one program for suggestion to the viewer, comprising: a means for integrating the personal profile information and subscriber mood data into preferred program indicators, wherein a preferred program indicator comprises a program category with each program category having a weighted value; a means for comparing the preferred program indicators with the scheduled program description data in the received program control information, wherein each scheduled program is assigned a weighted value according to at least one associated program category; a means for prioritizing the scheduled programs from highest weighted program values to lowest weighted program values; a means for indicating one or more programs meeting a predetermined weight threshold, wherein all other programs are excluded from program suggestion; and means, operably connected to the program selection means, for displaying for suggestion the selected programs to the subscriber.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides an apparatus for suggesting programs to subscribers using program control information containing program description data, and subscriber specific data, the apparatus comprising: a means for gathering the subscriber specific data to be used in selecting programs; a means, connected to the gathering means, for storing the subscriber specific data; a means for receiving the program control information; and a program selection means, operably connected to the storing means and the receiving means, for selecting one or more programs using a subscriber's programming preferences and the program control information, comprising: a processor, wherein the subscriber programming preferences are generated from the subscriber specific data.
In a still further aspect, the present invention provides a method for suggesting programs to subscribers using program control information containing program description data, and subscriber specific 5e data, the method comprising: gathering the subscriber specific data to be used in selecting programs; storing the subscriber specific data; receiving the program control information; and selecting one or more programs using a subscriber's programming preferences and the program control information, wherein the subscriber's programming preferences are generated from the subscriber specific data.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides an apparatus used by subscribers of a television program delivery system for suggesting programs to subscribers using program control information containing program description data, and subscriber specific data, the apparatus comprising: a remote control, wherein the subscriber specific data is obtained to be used in selecting programs; a memory, operably connected to the remote control, wherein the subscriber specific data is stored; a demodulator, wherein the program control information containing the program description data is received; a central processing unit, operably connected to the memory and the demodulator, wherein programs are selected using a subscriber's programming preferences and the program control information, and wherein the subscriber programming preferences are generated from the subscriber specific data; and a display, operably connected to the processor, wherein the selected programs are suggested to the subscriber on the display.
In a still further aspect, the present invention provides a method for updating set top terminal memory for use in a television delivery system, the method characterized by the following steps: receiving a command from a remote location, the command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence; receiving a reprogramming signal comprising one or more frames; each frame comprising a control portion and a data portion, wherein the reprogramming signal designates memory locations to be updated in the control portion of the signal frame and provides program changes in the data portion of the signal frame; reading the program changes from the received reprogramming signal; storing the read program changes in 5f volatile memory; instructing the transfer of the stored program changes from volatile memory to specified memory locations in nonvolatile memory; and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the program changes.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of updating memory in a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system, the method characterized by the steps of:
gathering subscriber specific data; receiving a reprogramming signal and a program control information signal; extracting reprogramming data from the receiving reprogramming signal; storing the extracted reprogramming data in a ffrst memory; storing the gathered subscriber specific data in a second memory; transferring the stored reprogramming data from the first memory to the second memory; selecting one or more programs based on the received program control information signal, the subscriber specific data and the stored reprogramming data; displaying program information concerning the one or more selected programs for suggestion to the subscriber.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a reprogrammable set top terminal for a television delivery system capable of being remotely reprogrammed wherein stored information may be upgraded using changes contained in a reprogramming signal, the reprogrammable set top terminal comprising: a means for receiving the reprogramming signal from a remote location wherein the reprogramming signal comprises a command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence followed by changes; a first means for storing changes interpreted from the reprogramming signal; a second means for storing information; a means, operably connected to the receiving means and first and second storing means, for processing the received reprogramming signal whereby the processing means interprets the changes in the programming signal and instructs the transfer of the stored interpreted changes from the first storing means to the second 5g storing means, so that the set top terminal operates using the interpreted changes.
In a still further aspect, the present invention provides a method for updating a set top terminal having volatile and nonvolatile memory containing memory locations for use in a television delivery system, the method comprising the following steps: receiving a command from a remote location, the command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence; receiving a reprogramming signal having one or more frames comprising a control portion and a data portion, the reprogramming signal designating the memory locations to be updated in the control portion and providing program changes in the data portion; reading the program changes from the received reprogramming signal; storing the read program changes in volatile memory; instructing the transfer of the stored program changes from the volatile memory to designated memory locations in nonvolatile memory, whereby the stored program changes are transferred; and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the transferred program changes.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of updating a memory in a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system, the method comprising the steps of:
receiving a program control information signal; extracting reprogramming data from the received program control information signal, wherein the extracting step includes interpreting the reprogramming data; storing the extracted reprogramming data in a first memory; and processing the extracted reprogramming data to transfer the stored reprogramming data from the first memory to a second memory and to instruct the set top terminal to reset so that the set top terminal operates using the extracted reprogramming data.
It is an object of the invention to provide a user friendly interface for subscribers to access television programs.
5h It is an object of this invention to assist viewers in choosing programs.
~
wo 94114284 PCTlL'S93:1 t'08
Responsive methods of analysis require a subscriber to respond to a variety of questions or select subjective adjectives from program driven menus. The terminal will pose the questions or lists of subjective entries using menus and the subscriber will respond using a user interface, usually an alpha-numeric remote control. For example, subscriber preferences in mood, type of program, category/genre, actor, year preference and standard rating can be selected from menus as search entries. These entries, or key words which correlate to the entries, will be used to search a program database consisting of abstracts of a multitude of programs.
The search results in a list of programs which can be displayed to the user.
Intelligent methods "learn" the subscribers viewing choices through analysis of historical data generally gathered by the terminal in a passive mode.
Through a series of analysis and weighing algorithms, the terminal is able to suggest groups of programs. A menu display of the suggested programs is offered to the subscriber.
Within the suggested group of programs, the terminal can also Ci 5a prioritize the programs and determine each programs menu position.
Accordingly, in one of its aspects, the present invention provides a set top terminal for a television delivery system, the set top terminal characterized by: receiving means for receiving a reprogramming signal from a remote location wherein the reprogramming signal comprises a command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence followed by changes; interpreting means, connected to the receiving means, for interpreting the changes in the reprogramming signal; first storage means, connected to the interpreting means, for storing the interpreted changes; second storage means for storing information; and processing means, operably connected to the receiving means, the first storage means, and the second storage means, for processing the received reprogramming signal whereby the processing means instructs the transfer of the stored interpreted changes from the first storage means to the second storage means, and instructs the set top terminal to reset so that the set top terminal operates using the interpreted changes.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of updating memory in a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system, the method characterized by the steps of: receiving a program control information signal; extracting reprogramming data from the received program control information signal; storing 5b the extracted reprogramming data in a first memory; transferring the stored reprogramming data from the first memory to a second memory;
and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the stored reprogramming data.
In a still further aspect, the present invention provides a system for suggesting programs, comprising; a menu, wherein certain criteria are provided to assist a search of programs for suggestion; a control, wherein desired search criteria can be selected; a database of descriptions of a plurality of programs; and a processor, wherein the processor performs the search of programs for selection by searching the database of program descriptions with the selected search criteria, the processor generating a list of suggested programs for viewing.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method for suggesting programs for viewing, comprising: generating a database of program information related to available programs, the program information including program abstracts; collecting viewing information related to individual subscriber viewing habits; processing the collected viewing information to generate search criteria; searching the database using the search criteria to generate program suggestions; and displaying a list of suggested programs.
Accordingly, in a further aspect, the present invention provides a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system for suggesting programs to subscribers using program control information containing program description data, and subscriber specific data indicative of a subscriber's programming preferences, wherein the set top terminal receives menu details from the television program delivery system, the set top terminal comprising: a means for gathering the subscriber specific data indicative of subscriber preferences to be used in selecting programs, wherein the means for gathering subscriber specific data comprises: a first means for storing received menu details; a means for generating menu screens by integrating the program control information with the stored menu details; a display, connected to the 5c generating means, wherein menu screens to elicit subscriber responses are displayed; and a subscriber interface means for entering subscriber responses to displayed menu screens; a second means, connected to the gathering means, for storing the subscriber specific data; a means for receiving the program control information comprising program description data; a program selection means, operably connected to the second storing means and the receiving means, for selecting one or more programs using the subscriber specific data and program control information whereby the selected programs correspond to the subscriber's programming preferences; and wherein the display is used to suggest the selected programs to the subscriber.
In a still further aspect, the present invention provides a terminal for program suggestion using user preference data concerning user preferences and program control information concerning available programs, comprising: a means for gathering the user preference data; a means, connected to the gathering means, for storing the gathered user preference data; a means for accessing the program control information;
a means, connected to the storing means and accessing means, for selecting one or more programs using the user preference data and the program control information, whereby the selected programs correspond to the gathered user preference data; and a kiosk, wherein the kiosk comprises means, connected to the selecting means, for displaying the selected programs for suggestion to the user.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system for suggesting programs to subscribers using program control information containing scheduled program description data, and subscriber specific data, the set top terminal comprising: a means for gathering the subscriber specific data, wherein the subscriber specific data comprises subscriber mood data; a means for creating personal profile information;
a means, connected to the gathering means and the creating means, for storing the subscriber mood data and the personal profile information;
5d means for receiving the program control information comprising scheduled program description data; a means, connected to the storing means and receiving means, for selecting at least one program for suggestion to the viewer, comprising: a means for integrating the personal profile information and subscriber mood data into preferred program indicators, wherein a preferred program indicator comprises a program category with each program category having a weighted value; a means for comparing the preferred program indicators with the scheduled program description data in the received program control information, wherein each scheduled program is assigned a weighted value according to at least one associated program category; a means for prioritizing the scheduled programs from highest weighted program values to lowest weighted program values; a means for indicating one or more programs meeting a predetermined weight threshold, wherein all other programs are excluded from program suggestion; and means, operably connected to the program selection means, for displaying for suggestion the selected programs to the subscriber.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides an apparatus for suggesting programs to subscribers using program control information containing program description data, and subscriber specific data, the apparatus comprising: a means for gathering the subscriber specific data to be used in selecting programs; a means, connected to the gathering means, for storing the subscriber specific data; a means for receiving the program control information; and a program selection means, operably connected to the storing means and the receiving means, for selecting one or more programs using a subscriber's programming preferences and the program control information, comprising: a processor, wherein the subscriber programming preferences are generated from the subscriber specific data.
In a still further aspect, the present invention provides a method for suggesting programs to subscribers using program control information containing program description data, and subscriber specific 5e data, the method comprising: gathering the subscriber specific data to be used in selecting programs; storing the subscriber specific data; receiving the program control information; and selecting one or more programs using a subscriber's programming preferences and the program control information, wherein the subscriber's programming preferences are generated from the subscriber specific data.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides an apparatus used by subscribers of a television program delivery system for suggesting programs to subscribers using program control information containing program description data, and subscriber specific data, the apparatus comprising: a remote control, wherein the subscriber specific data is obtained to be used in selecting programs; a memory, operably connected to the remote control, wherein the subscriber specific data is stored; a demodulator, wherein the program control information containing the program description data is received; a central processing unit, operably connected to the memory and the demodulator, wherein programs are selected using a subscriber's programming preferences and the program control information, and wherein the subscriber programming preferences are generated from the subscriber specific data; and a display, operably connected to the processor, wherein the selected programs are suggested to the subscriber on the display.
In a still further aspect, the present invention provides a method for updating set top terminal memory for use in a television delivery system, the method characterized by the following steps: receiving a command from a remote location, the command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence; receiving a reprogramming signal comprising one or more frames; each frame comprising a control portion and a data portion, wherein the reprogramming signal designates memory locations to be updated in the control portion of the signal frame and provides program changes in the data portion of the signal frame; reading the program changes from the received reprogramming signal; storing the read program changes in 5f volatile memory; instructing the transfer of the stored program changes from volatile memory to specified memory locations in nonvolatile memory; and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the program changes.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of updating memory in a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system, the method characterized by the steps of:
gathering subscriber specific data; receiving a reprogramming signal and a program control information signal; extracting reprogramming data from the receiving reprogramming signal; storing the extracted reprogramming data in a ffrst memory; storing the gathered subscriber specific data in a second memory; transferring the stored reprogramming data from the first memory to the second memory; selecting one or more programs based on the received program control information signal, the subscriber specific data and the stored reprogramming data; displaying program information concerning the one or more selected programs for suggestion to the subscriber.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a reprogrammable set top terminal for a television delivery system capable of being remotely reprogrammed wherein stored information may be upgraded using changes contained in a reprogramming signal, the reprogrammable set top terminal comprising: a means for receiving the reprogramming signal from a remote location wherein the reprogramming signal comprises a command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence followed by changes; a first means for storing changes interpreted from the reprogramming signal; a second means for storing information; a means, operably connected to the receiving means and first and second storing means, for processing the received reprogramming signal whereby the processing means interprets the changes in the programming signal and instructs the transfer of the stored interpreted changes from the first storing means to the second 5g storing means, so that the set top terminal operates using the interpreted changes.
In a still further aspect, the present invention provides a method for updating a set top terminal having volatile and nonvolatile memory containing memory locations for use in a television delivery system, the method comprising the following steps: receiving a command from a remote location, the command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence; receiving a reprogramming signal having one or more frames comprising a control portion and a data portion, the reprogramming signal designating the memory locations to be updated in the control portion and providing program changes in the data portion; reading the program changes from the received reprogramming signal; storing the read program changes in volatile memory; instructing the transfer of the stored program changes from the volatile memory to designated memory locations in nonvolatile memory, whereby the stored program changes are transferred; and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the transferred program changes.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of updating a memory in a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system, the method comprising the steps of:
receiving a program control information signal; extracting reprogramming data from the received program control information signal, wherein the extracting step includes interpreting the reprogramming data; storing the extracted reprogramming data in a first memory; and processing the extracted reprogramming data to transfer the stored reprogramming data from the first memory to a second memory and to instruct the set top terminal to reset so that the set top terminal operates using the extracted reprogramming data.
It is an object of the invention to provide a user friendly interface for subscribers to access television programs.
5h It is an object of this invention to assist viewers in choosing programs.
~
wo 94114284 PCTlL'S93:1 t'08
6 It is an object of this invention to allow subscribers to select a program from among hundreds of choices without a television viewing guide.
It is an object of this invention to suggest program selections to viewers.
It is an object of this invention to monitor subscriber viewing choices.
It is an object of this invention to provide a system which can be reprogrammed.
It is an object of this invention to provide a system which can be remotely reprogrammed.
It is an object of this invention to provide a system which can handle many television programs and menu selection of programs.
These and other objects and advantages of the inventfon will become obvious to those s9silled in the art upon review of the following description. the attached drawings and appended claims.
DESC OriT Olr THE DRAWINGS
I:'igure 1 is a diagnm of the primary components of the television delivery system.
Figure 2 is an overview of the television deilvery system operations.
1r`igure 3 is a schematic of the operauon of the primary components of the system.
Figure 4 is a block diagram of the hardware components of the set top terminal.
Figure 5a is a perspectifve front view of a set top terminal.
Figure 5b is a perspective rear view of a set top terminal.
V1r0 94113:83 PCT tt: S93 11708
It is an object of this invention to suggest program selections to viewers.
It is an object of this invention to monitor subscriber viewing choices.
It is an object of this invention to provide a system which can be reprogrammed.
It is an object of this invention to provide a system which can be remotely reprogrammed.
It is an object of this invention to provide a system which can handle many television programs and menu selection of programs.
These and other objects and advantages of the inventfon will become obvious to those s9silled in the art upon review of the following description. the attached drawings and appended claims.
DESC OriT Olr THE DRAWINGS
I:'igure 1 is a diagnm of the primary components of the television delivery system.
Figure 2 is an overview of the television deilvery system operations.
1r`igure 3 is a schematic of the operauon of the primary components of the system.
Figure 4 is a block diagram of the hardware components of the set top terminal.
Figure 5a is a perspectifve front view of a set top terminal.
Figure 5b is a perspective rear view of a set top terminal.
V1r0 94113:83 PCT tt: S93 11708
7 Figure 6 is a schematic of a Turbo card upgrade for a set top teraiinal.
Figure 7a is a drawing of a frame format for a program control snformation signal.
Figure 7b is a drawing of a frame format for a polling response from the set top terminal.
Figure 8 is a drawing of the basic menus used in the present invention, Including ten major menus represented by icons.
Figure 9a is a drawing of storage for on-screen menu templates and other graphics files stored in graphics memory of the set top terminal.
Figure 9b is a drawing slzowirng the hierarchical storage of text in memory for the set tclp terminal.
Figure 9c is a drawing of a flow chare showing the steps required for the microprocessor to retrieve, combine and display a menu.
Figure l0a and 10b are schematics of memory structures for reprogramming the set top terminal.
Figure 11a is a drawing of the main menu used for suggesting prograsns based on viewer responses.
Figures 1 lb, i lc, I 1d and 11e are drawings of submenus used for suggesting programs based on user responses.
Figures 12a and 12b are drawings of a broadcast television menu and submenu.
Figures 12c. 12d and 12e are drawings of mood question menus.
Figure 13a is a drawing of a method for selecting programs for display.
Figure 13b is a drawing of a more detailed Ynethod for selecting programs for display.
~
WO M14284 PCT1US93:ti7o8
Figure 7a is a drawing of a frame format for a program control snformation signal.
Figure 7b is a drawing of a frame format for a polling response from the set top terminal.
Figure 8 is a drawing of the basic menus used in the present invention, Including ten major menus represented by icons.
Figure 9a is a drawing of storage for on-screen menu templates and other graphics files stored in graphics memory of the set top terminal.
Figure 9b is a drawing slzowirng the hierarchical storage of text in memory for the set tclp terminal.
Figure 9c is a drawing of a flow chare showing the steps required for the microprocessor to retrieve, combine and display a menu.
Figure l0a and 10b are schematics of memory structures for reprogramming the set top terminal.
Figure 11a is a drawing of the main menu used for suggesting prograsns based on viewer responses.
Figures 1 lb, i lc, I 1d and 11e are drawings of submenus used for suggesting programs based on user responses.
Figures 12a and 12b are drawings of a broadcast television menu and submenu.
Figures 12c. 12d and 12e are drawings of mood question menus.
Figure 13a is a drawing of a method for selecting programs for display.
Figure 13b is a drawing of a more detailed Ynethod for selecting programs for display.
~
WO M14284 PCT1US93:ti7o8
8 Figure 14 is a drawing of a movie ordering/preview menu.
DETAII.ED DESCMPTI N 4F = P F'iMM
EAMQDINM
A. T`elevision Frog=arn Deliverrr System Descrip ton 1. Introduction Figure 1 shows the present Invention as part of an expanded cable television program delivery system 200 that dramatically increases programming capacity using compressed transmission of television prograffi signals.
Developments in digital bandwidth compression technology now allow much greater throughput of television program signals over existing or slightly modi$ed transmission media.
The program delivery system 200 shown provides subscribers with a user friendly interface to operate and exploit a six-fold or more increase in current program delivery capability.
Subscribers are able to access an expanded television program package and view selected programs through a menu-driven access scheme that allows each subscriber to select individual programs by sequendng a series of menus.
The menus are sequenced by the subscriber using simple alpha-numeric and Iconic character access or moving a cursor or highlight bar on the IV scrti.=en to access desired programs by simply pressing a single button, rather than recalling from memory and pressing the actual two or more digit numeric number assigned to a selection. Thus. with the press of a single button, the subscriber can advance from one menu to the next. In this fashion, the subscriber can sequence the menus and select a program from any given menu. The programs are grouped by category so that siffiilar program offerings are found on the same menu., 2. Major 5=tem Components ~r W0 9311328-1 PC7rtS93111708
DETAII.ED DESCMPTI N 4F = P F'iMM
EAMQDINM
A. T`elevision Frog=arn Deliverrr System Descrip ton 1. Introduction Figure 1 shows the present Invention as part of an expanded cable television program delivery system 200 that dramatically increases programming capacity using compressed transmission of television prograffi signals.
Developments in digital bandwidth compression technology now allow much greater throughput of television program signals over existing or slightly modi$ed transmission media.
The program delivery system 200 shown provides subscribers with a user friendly interface to operate and exploit a six-fold or more increase in current program delivery capability.
Subscribers are able to access an expanded television program package and view selected programs through a menu-driven access scheme that allows each subscriber to select individual programs by sequendng a series of menus.
The menus are sequenced by the subscriber using simple alpha-numeric and Iconic character access or moving a cursor or highlight bar on the IV scrti.=en to access desired programs by simply pressing a single button, rather than recalling from memory and pressing the actual two or more digit numeric number assigned to a selection. Thus. with the press of a single button, the subscriber can advance from one menu to the next. In this fashion, the subscriber can sequence the menus and select a program from any given menu. The programs are grouped by category so that siffiilar program offerings are found on the same menu., 2. Major 5=tem Components ~r W0 9311328-1 PC7rtS93111708
9 In its most basic form, the system uses a program delivery system 200 in conjunction with a conventional concatenated cable television system 210. The program delivery system 200 generally includes (1) at least one operations center 202, where prograia packaging and control information are created and then assembled in the form of digital data, (ii) a digital compression system, where the digital data is compressed, conabined/multiplexed. encoded, and mapped into digital signals for satellite transmission to the cable headend 208. and (ili) a set of in-home decompressors. The program delivery system 200 transports the digital signals to the cable headend 208 where the signals are transmitted through a concatenated cable television system 210. Within the cable headend 208. the received signals may be decoded. demultiplexed. managed by a local central disLribution and switching mechanism. combined and then transmitted to the set top terminay 220 located in each subscriber's home over the cable system 210. Although concatenated cable systems 210 are the most prevalent transrnission media to the home. telephone lines, cellular networl.s, flberoptics, Personal Communication Networks and similar technology for transmitting to the home can be used interchangeably with tlus progcam delivery systeffi 200.
The delivery system 200 has a reception region 207 with an in-home decosnpression capability. This capability is performed by a decornpressor housed within a set top terminal 220 in each subscriber's home. The decompressor remains transparent from the subscriber's point of view and allows any of the compressed sigr..~aIs to be demultiplexed and individuatly extracted from the composite data stream and then individually decompressed upon selection by the subscriber. The decompressed video signals are converted ~
`m'0 94t14283 PCT,'1,'S93/11108 into analog signals for television display. Such analog signals include NTSC formatted signals for use by a standard television. Control signals are likewise extracted and decompressed and then either executed imsnediately or 5 placed in local storage such as a RAM. Multiple sets of decompression hardvvare may be used to decompress video and control signals. The set top terminal 220 may then overlay or combine different signals to form the desired display on the subscriber's tele, ion. Graphics on video or
The delivery system 200 has a reception region 207 with an in-home decosnpression capability. This capability is performed by a decornpressor housed within a set top terminal 220 in each subscriber's home. The decompressor remains transparent from the subscriber's point of view and allows any of the compressed sigr..~aIs to be demultiplexed and individuatly extracted from the composite data stream and then individually decompressed upon selection by the subscriber. The decompressed video signals are converted ~
`m'0 94t14283 PCT,'1,'S93/11108 into analog signals for television display. Such analog signals include NTSC formatted signals for use by a standard television. Control signals are likewise extracted and decompressed and then either executed imsnediately or 5 placed in local storage such as a RAM. Multiple sets of decompression hardvvare may be used to decompress video and control signals. The set top terminal 220 may then overlay or combine different signals to form the desired display on the subscriber's tele, ion. Graphics on video or
10 pi cture-on -picture are examples of such a display.
Although a single digital compression standard (e.g..
MPEG) may be used for both the program delivery system 200 and the concatenated cable system 210. the compression technique used may differ betaveen the two systems. When the compression standards diffe:r between the two media, the signals received by the cable headend 208 must be decompressed before transmission from the headend 208 to the set top terminals 220. Subsequently. the cable headend 208 must recompress and transmit the signals to the set top terminal 220, which would then decompress the signals using a specific decompresston algorithm.
The video signals and program control signals received by the set top te~al 220 correspond to specific television programs and menu selections that each subscriber may access through a subscriber Interface. The subscriber interface is a device with buttons located on the set top terminal 220 or on a portable remote control 900. In the preferred system embodiment, the subscriber interface is a combined alpha-character numeric and iconic remote control device 900, which prwvides direct or menu-driven program access. The preferred subacriber interface also contains cursor movement and go buttons as vvell as alpha.
, ~
`y 0 94%14.=g4 PCT 1 S93 11708 numeric and iconic buttons. This subscriber interface and menu arrangement enables the subscriber to sequence through menus by choosing from among severai menu options that are displayed on the television screen. In additlon, a user may bypass several menu screens and immediately choose a program by selecting the appropriate -alpha-character. numeric or iconic combinations on the subscriber interface. In the preferred embodiment, the set top terminal 220 generates the menus that are displayed on the television 10 by creating arrays of particular menu templates. and the set top terxainal 220 dispiays a speciflc menu or submenu option for each available video signal.
3. OZrations Ceater and Dtgtal Cornpression bi,vstetn The operations center 202 performs two primary services, packaging television programs and generating the program control information signal. At the operations center 202. television programs are received from external program sources in both analog and digital form. Figure 2 shows an embodiment of the operations center receiving signals from various extemal sources 212. Examples of the external program sources are sporting events. children's programs.
specialty channels, news or any other program source that can provide audio or visual signais. Once the programs are received from the external program sources. the operations center 202 digitizes (and preferably compresses) any program signals received in analog form. The operations center 202 may also maintain an internal storage of programs.
The internally stored programs may be in analog or digital form and stored on permanent or volatile memory sources, including magnetie tape or RAM. Subsequent to receiving programming. the operations center 202 packages the w0 94114:E4 P'CT-ZS931 l^08 programs into the groups and categories which provide the optimal marketing of the prograazas to subscribers. For example. the operations center 202 may package the same programs into different categories and menus for weekday.
prime=tiane viewing and Saturday afternoon viewing. Aiso. the operations center 202 packages the television programs in a manner that enables both the various menus to easily represent the programs and the subscribers to easily access the programs through the menus.
The packaging of the digital signals is typically performed at the operations center 202 by computer assisted packaging equipment (CAP). The CAP system normally includes at least one computer mnitor. keyboard, mouse.
and standard video editing equipment. A programmer packages the signals by entering certain information Into the CAP. This information includes the date, time s1ot. and program category of the various programs. The programmer and the CAP utilize demographic data and ratings in performing the packaging tasks. After the programmer selects the various programs from a pool of available programs and inputs the requisite information. the program:ner, with assistance from the CAP> can select the price and allocate transponder space for the various programs. After the process is complete, the CjkP displays draft menus or program schedules that correspond to the entries of the programmer. The CAP may also graphically display allocation of transponder space. 'Ihe programmer may edit the menus and transponder allocation several tlmes unW satisfied with the programming schedule. During the editing. the programmer may direct the eKact location of any program name on a menu with simple conuaands to the CAP.
~
k= o 9411s2s.s PC'T VS93:117 a The packaging process also accounts for any groupings by satellite transponder which are necessary. Tbe operations center 202 may send different groups of programs to different cable headends 208 and/or set top terminals 220.
One way the operations center 202 may accomplish this task is to send different program packages to each transponder.
Each transponder, or set of transponders then relays a specific program package to specific cable headends 208 and/or set top terminals 220. The allocation of transponder space is an important task performed by the operations center 202.
'The operations center 202 may also 'insert' directions for filling local available program time in the packaged signal to enable local cable and television companies to fill the program time with local advertising and/or local programming. Consequently, the local cable headends 208 are not constrained to show only programs transmitted from the operations center 202. New set top converters will incorporate both digital and analog channels. Therefore, the cable headend 208 may combine analog signals with the digital signals prior to transmitting the program signals to the set top terminals 220.
After the CAP packages the programs. it creates a program control information signal to be delivered with the prog,rain package to the cable headend 208 and/or set top terminal 220. The prograum control information signal contains a descripUon of the contents of the program package, commands to be sent to the cable headend 208 and/or set top terminal 220, and other inforraation relevant to the signal ssion.
In addition to packaging the signal, the operations center 202 employs digital compression techniques to WO 94/14:U PCTIL:S93;2170E
inc: ease existing satellite transponder capacity by at least a 4:1 ratio, resulting in a four-fold increase in program delivery capability. A number of digital compression algorithms currently exist which can achieve the resultant increase in capacity and improved signal quality desired for the system.
The algorithms generally use one or more of three basic digital compression techniques: (1) 'within-frame (intraframe) compression. (2) frame-to-fraane (interframe) compression.
and (3) within carrier compression. Specifically. in the preferred embodiment. the MPEG 2 compression method is used. After digital compression. the signals are combined (multiplexed) and encoded. The combined signal is subsequently transmitted to various uplink sites 204.
There may be a single uplink site 204 or multiple uplink sites (represented by 204'. shown in phantom in Figure 1) for each operation center 202. The uplink sites 204 may either be located in the same geographical place or may be located remotely from the operations center 202.
Once the composite signal is transmitted to the uplink sites 204. the signal may be multiplexed with other signals.
modulated, upconverted and amplified for transmission over satellite. Multiple cable headends 208 may receive such transmissions.
In addition to multiple uplinks. the delivery system 200 may also contain multiple operations centers. The preferred method for using multiple operations centers is to designate one of the operauons centers as a master operations center and to designate the remaining operations centers as slave operations centers. In this configuration, the master operatfons center coordinates various functions among the slave operations centers such as synchronization of ~....
M'094111283 PCT'L'S93,11708 simultaneous transmissions and distributes the operations workload efficiently.
4. Cable Headend After the operations center 202 has compressed and 5 encoded the program signals and transmitted the signals to the satellite< the cable headend 208 receives and further processes the signals before they are relayed to each set top terminal 220. Each cable headend site is generalIy equipped with multipie satellite receiver dishes. Each dish is capable 10 of handling multiple transponder signals from a single satellite and sometimes from multiple satellites.
As an intermediary between the set top terminals 220 and the operations center 202 (or other remote site). the cable headend 208 performs two primary functions. First.
15 the cable headend 208 acts as a distribution center, or signal processor. by relaying the program signal to the set top teraainal 220 in each subsrriber's home. In addition, the cable headend 208 acts as a network controller 214 by receivirdg informaUon from each set top terminal 220 and passing such information on to an information gathering site such as the operations center 202.
Figure 3 shows an embodiment where the cable headend 208 and the subscriber"s home are Iinked by certain comrnunicatioris media 216. In this particular embodiment.
analog signals. digitally compressed signals, other digital signals and up-stream/interactivity signals are sent and received over the media 216. The cable headend 208 provides such signaling capabilities in its dual roles as a signal processor 209 and network controller 214.
As a signal processor 209. the cable headend 208 prepares the program signals that are received by the cable headend 208 for transmission to each set top terniinal 220.
wo 9411328i PCT Z593 11708 In the preferred systeaY, the signal processor 209 re-routes or demultiplexes and recombines the signals and digital information received from the operations center 202 and allocates different portions of the signal to different frequency ranges. Cable headends 208 which offer different subscribers different program offerings may allocate the program signals from the operations center 202 in various manners to accommodate different viewers. The signal processor 209 may also Incorporate local programming and/or local advertisements into the program signal and forward the revised signal to the set top terminals 220. To accommodate this local programming avajlability, the signal processor 209 must combine the local sigr..al in digital or analog form with the operations center program signals. If the local cable system uses a compression standard that is different than the one used by t.he operations center 202. the signal processor 209 must also decompress and recompress incoazing signals so they may be properly formatted for transmission to the set top terminals 220. This process becomes less important as standards develop ti.e., MPEG 2).
In addition. the signal processor 209 performs any necessary signal decryption and/or encryption.
As a network controller 214, the cable headend 208 performs the system control functions for the system. The priznazy function of the network controIIer 214 is to manage the configuratton of the set top terYainals 220 and process signals received from the set 'top terminals 220. In the preferred embodiment, the network controller 214 monitors, among other things, autosnatic poll-back responses from the set top terminals 220 remotely located at each subscribers' home. 74te polling and automatic report-back cycle occurs frequently enough to allow the network t4'0 94/142&i P(:T/t'S93/1170g controller 214 to maintain accurate account and billing information as well as monitor authorized channel access. In the simplest embodiment. information to be sent to the network controller 214 will be stored in RAM within each subscriber's set top ter:ninal 220 and will be retrieved only upon polling by the network controller 214. Retrieval may.
for example. occur on a daily, weekly or monthly basis. Tbe network controller 214 allows the system to maintain complete information on all programs watched using a particular set top terminal 220.
The network controller 214 is also able to respond to the immediate needs of a set top terminal 220 by modifying a program control information signaI received from the operations center 202. Therefore. the network controller 214 enables the delivery system to adapt to the specific requirements of individual set top tr.rminals 220 when the requirements cannot be provided to the operatfons center 202 in advance. In other words, the network controller 214 is able to perform on the fly pro g' changes. With this capability. the network controller 214 can handle sophisticated local programming needs such as. for example.
interactive television serviees. split screen video, and selection of different foreign languages for the same video. In addition, the network controller 214 controls and monitors all compressors and decompressors in the apstem.
The delivery system 200 and digital compression of the preferred embodiment provides a one-way path from the operations center 202 to the cable headend 208. Status and billing information is sent from the set top terminal 220 to the network controller 214 at the cable headend 208 and not directly to the operations center 202. 'T'ltus. program monitoring and selection control will take place only at the WO M14294 PCT,=t'593; l 1108 cable headend 208 by the local cable company and its decentralized network controllers 214 (i.e.. decentralized relative to the operations center 202. which is central to the program delivery system 200). The local cable company will in turn be In communication with the operations center 202 or a regional control center (not shown) which accumulates return data from the set top terminal 220 for statlstical or billing purposes. In alternative system embodiments, the operations center 202 and the statistical and billing sites are collocated. Further, telephone lines with modems are used to transfer information from the set top terminal 220 to the statistical and billing sites.
5. 5et To2 Terrninal The set top terminal 220 is the portion of the delivery system 200 that resides in the home of a subscriber. Zbe set top terrninal 220 is usually located above or below the subscriber's' teievision, but it may be placed anywhere in or near the subscriber's home as long as it is within the range of the subscriber's remote control device 900. In some aspects.
the set top terrninal 220 may resemble converter boxes already used by many cable systems. For instance. each set top terminal 220 may include a variety of error detection.
decryption, and coding techniques such as anti-taping encoding. Fiowever, It wiIl become apparent from the discussion below that the set top terminal 220 is able to perform many functions that an ordinary converter box cannot perform.
The set top terminal 220 has a plurality of input and output ports to enable it to communicate with other local and remote devices. The set top tenninal 220 has an input port that receives inforznation from the cable headend 208. In addition, the unit has at least two output ports which provide ~_.
W0 93114283 PC"1'(1:S93'11708 commuWcat.ions from the set top terminal 220 to a television and a VCR Certain menu selections may cause the set top terminal 220 to send control signals directly to the VCR to automatically program or operate the VCR. Also, the set top terminal 220 contains a phone jack which can be used for maintenance. trouble shooting, reprogramming and additional customer features. "t'ne set top terminal 220 may also contain stereolaudio output terminals and a satellite dish input port.
FunctionalIy, the set top terminat 220 is the last component in the delivery system chain. The set top terminal 220 receives compressed program and control signals from the cable headend 208 (or. in some cases.
directly from the operations center 202). After the set top terminal 220 receiives the individually compressed program and control signals. the signals are demuItiplexed.
decompressed. converted to analog signals (if necessary) and either placed in local storage (from which the menu template may be created). executed imrsxediately, or sent directly to the television screen.
After processing certain signals received from the cable headend 208, the set top terminad 220 is able to store menu templates for creating menus that are displayed on a subscriber's television by using an array of menu templates.
Before a menu can be eonstructed menu templates must be created and sent to the set top ternWW 220 for storage. A
microprocessor uses the control signals received from the operations center 202 or cable headend 208 to generate the menu templates for storage. Each menu template may be stored in volatile memory in the set top terminal 220. When the set top terminal receives template information It demultiplexes the program control aignals received from the wo 94114U4 PCY.t593:11708 cable headend 208 into four primary parts: video, graphics, program logic and text. Each menu template represents a different portion of a whole menu, such as a menu background. television logo, cursor highlight overlay, or other 5 misceilaneous components needed to build a aienu. The menu templates may be deleted or altered using control signals received from the operations center 202 or cable headend 208.
Once the menu templates have been stored in memory.
10 the set top terminal 220 can generate the appropriate menus.
In the preferred embodiment, the basic menu format informauon is stored in memory located within the set top terminal 220 so that the gaicroprocessor may localYy access the Information from the set top terminal instead of from an 15 incoming signal. The rn.icroprocessor next generates the appropriate menus from the menu templates and the other menu information stored in memory. The set top terminal 220 then dispiays specific menus on the subscriber's television screen that correspond to the inputs the subscriber 20 selects.
If the subscriber selects a specific program from a menu, the set top ternzinal 220 determtnes on which channel the program is being shown, deffiultiplexes and extracts the single channel transmitted from the cable beadend 208. The set top terminal 220 then decompresses the channel and. If necessary. converts the prograto signal to an analog NTSC
signal to enable the subscriber to view the selected program.
The set top terminal 220 can be equipped to decompress more than one program signal. but this would unnecessarily add to the cost of the unit since a subscriber wi11 general4y only view one program at a time. However. two or three decompressors may be desirable to provide picture-on-W W,~ Ft: T!L'S93~ 11708 picture capability, control signal decompression, enhanced channel switching or like features.
in addition to menu informatton, the set top terminal 220 may also store text transmitted from the cable headend 208 or the operations center 202. 'I'he text may inform the subscriber about upcoming events, billing and account status.
new subscriptions. or other relevant infornnation. ?'he text will be stored in an appropriate mernory location depending on the frequency and the duration of the use of the textual 10 message.
Also. optional upgrades are available to enhance the performance of a subscriber's set top terminal 220. These upgrades may consist of a cartridge or computer card (not shown) that is inserted into an expansion slot in the set top terminal 220 or may consist of a feature offered by the cable headend 208 or operations center 202 to which the user may subscribe. Available upgrades may include on line data base services, interactive multi-media services, access to digital radio channels, and other services.
In the simplest embodiment, available converter boxes such as those manufactured by General Instruments or Scientific Attanta. may be Yaodified and upgxaded to perform the functions of a set top terminal 220. The preferred upgrade is a circuit card with a microprocessor which is electronically connected to or inserted into the converter boac.
6. ,~emote Control rievice The prtmary conduit for communication between the subscriber and the set top teradinal 220 is through the subscriber interface, preferably a remote control device 900.
"Phrougta thia interface, the subscriber may select desired programming through the system's menu-driven scheme or WO 94/13293 PCT+1S93111708 by directly accessing a specific channel by entering the actual channel number. i3sing the interface, the subscriber can navigate through a series of informative program selection menus. By using menu-driven iconic or alpha-character access, the subscriber can access desired programs by simply pressing a single button rather than, recalling from memory and pressing the actual channel number to make a selection.
The subscriber can access regular broadcast and basic cable television stations by using either the numeric keys on the remote control 900 (pressing the corresponding channel number), or one of the menu icon selection options.
In addition to enabling the subscriber to easily interact with the cable system 200. the physical characteristics of the subscriber interface 900 should also add to the user friendliness of the system. The remote control 900 should easily fit in the palm of the user s hand. The buttons of the preferred remote control 900 contain pictorial symbols that are easily identifiable by the subscriber. Also, buttons that perform similar functions may be color coordinated and consist of distinguishing textures to increase the user friendliness of the system.
7. Menu-Driven EMg= 5eleetion The menu-driven scheme provides the subscriber with one-step access to all major menus, ranging from hit movies to sport specials to specialty programs. From any of the major menus, the subscriber can in turn access submenus and minor menus by cursor or alp.ha-character access.
There are two different types of menus utilfted by the preferred embodiment. the Program Selection menus and the During Program taenus. The first series of rnenus.
Program Selection menus. consists of an Introductory, a Home. Major menus, and Submenus. The second series of WO 9311424W PCT~1'$93 11708 menus. During Program menus, consists of two primary types. Hidden menus and the Program C?verlay menus.
Immediately after the subscriber turns on the set top terminal 220. the Introductory menu welcomes the subscriber to the system. 'The Introductory menu may'display important announcements from the local cable franchise.
advertisements from the cable provider, or other types of messages. In addition, the Introductory menu can inform the subscriber if the cable headend 208 has sent a personal message to the subscriber's particular set top terminal 220.
After the Introductory menu has been displayed the subscriber may advance to the next level of inenus. namely the Home menu. In the preferred embodiment, after a certain period of time. the cable system will advance the subscriber by default to the Home menu. From the Home menu. the subscriber is able to access all of the programming options. `The subscriber may either select a program directly by entering the appropriate channel number from the remote control 900. or the subscriber may sequence through incremental levels of menu options starting from the Hoane menu. The Home menu lists categories that correspond to the first level of menus called Major menus.
If the subscriber chooses to sequence through subsequent menus. the aubscriber will be forwarded to the Major menu that corresponds to the chosen category from the Home menu. The Major menus further refine a subscriber's search and help guide the subscriber to the selection of his choice.
From the Major menus. the subscriber may access several subxaenus. From each submenu, the subscriber may access other subaaenus until the subscriber finds a desired television program. Similar to the Major menu. each K'0 94:1 i28.t F'CTTS93. t l~ 8 successive level of Submenus further refines the subscriber's search. The system also enables the subscriber to skip certain menus or submenus and directly access a specific menu or television program by entering the appropriate commands on the remote control 900.
The During program menus (including Hidden Menus and Program Overlay Menus) are displayed by the set top terminal 220 only after the subscriber has selected a television program. In order to avoid disturbing the subscriber, the set top terraina.t 220 does not display the Hidden Menus until the subscriber selects the appropriate option to display a Hidden Menu. The Hidden Menus contain options that are relevant to the program selected by the viewer. For example. a Hidden Menu may contain options that enable a subscriber to enter an interactive mode or escape from the selected program.
Program Overlay Menus are similar to Hidden Menus because they occur during a program and are related to the program being viewed. However. the Program Overlay Menus are displayed concurrently with the program selected by the subscriber. Most Program Overlay Menus are small enough on the screen to allow the subscriber to continue viewing the selected program comfortably.
B. De siled L-t Tmn Ternunal Description The set top terminal 220 receives and manipulates signals from the cable headend 208. The set top terminal 220 is equipped with local computer memory and the capability of interpreung the digitally compressed signal to produce menus for the subscriber. The remote control 900 communicates the subscriber's seiections to the set top terminal 220. The subscriber's selections are generally based WO 94114253 PCTXS93.11706 upon menus or other prompts displayed on the television screen.
it is preferred that the signal reaches the subscriber's home in a compressed format and is decompressed prior to 5 vfewing. Included in the delivered program signal is inforcnation that enables equipment at the subscriber's home to display menus for choosing particular programs.
Depending on the particular embodiment. the television program signal may arrive at the subscriber's home through 10 one or more connections such as coaxial cables. fiber cables, twisted pairs, cellular telephone connections, or personal communications network (PCN) hookups.
The program control information signal is generated by the operations center 202 and provides the network 15 controller 214 with data on the scheduling and description of programs. In an alternate configuration. this data is sent directly to the set top terminal 220 for display to the subscriber. In the preferred eznbodia'ent, the program control information signal is stored and modified by the 20 network controller 214 and sent to the set top terminal 220 in the form of a set top terminal control information stream (STTCiS). The set top terminal 220 integrates either the program control information signsi or the STI'CIS with data stored in the memory of the set top terminal 220 to generate 25 on-screen menus that assist the subscriber in choosing programs for display.
7ne types of informaation that can be sent using the program control signal include: number of program, categories, names of program categories, what channels are assigned to a speeif3c category (such as specialty channels).
names of channels. names of programs on each channel.
program start times. length of programs, description of !
WO 94124U4 PCTrT,'S93='1l`08 programs. menu assignment for each program, pricing, whether there is a sample video clip for advertisement for the program. and any other program, menu or product information.
With a minimal azaaount of information being communicated to the set top terminal 220 on a regular basis, the set top terminal 220 ss able to determine the proper menu location for each program and the proper time and channel to activate for the subscriber after a menu selection.
The program control information signal and STT'CIS can be formatted in a variety of ways and the on-screen menus can be produced using many different methods. For instance. if the program control inforznation signal carries no menu format informauon, the menu format for creating the menus can be fixed in ROM at the set top terminal 220. in the preferred embodiment, the menu format information is stored at the set top terminal 220 in a temporary memory device such as a RAM or EPROM. New menu format information is sent via the program control information signal or the 5`ITCIS to the set top terminals 200 whenever a change to a menu format is desired.
In the simplest eaabodiment. the menu formats remain fixed and only the text changes. In this way the program control information signal can be limited to primarily text and a text generator can be employed in the set top terminal 220. Another simple embodiment uses a separate channel full-time (Iarge bandwidth) just for the menu inforssation.
Lsve video signals may be used i*n windows of certain menus. These video signals can be transmitted using the program control inforxaation signal or STTCIS, or can be taken off channels being transmii:ted simultaneously with the menu display. Video for menus. promos or demos may be i W0 94/13294 P(:TIL'S93'11708 sent to the set top terminal 220 in several formats. including (1) on a dedicated channel. (2) on a regular program channel and scaled to size, or (3) along with the program'control irnforrnation signal. 1:iowever, in the preferred embodiment, a large number of short promos or demo video is sent using a split screen technique on a dedicated channel. A multiple window technique may be used with the menus to display a description of a program and one or more video frames that assist the subscriber in selecting the program.
Figure 4 shows the basic hardware components of the set top terxninal 220. 'Y be set top terminal 220 has a tuner 603. digital demodulator 606. decryptor 600. and demultiplexers 609. 616 as well as audio equipznent 612 and a remote control interface 626 for receiving and processing signals from the remote control unit 900. An optional modem 627 allows communication between a microprocessor 602 and the cable headend 208. An NTSC encoder 625 provides a standard NTSC video output.
The microprocessor 602 is capable of executing program instructions stored in memory. These instructions allow a user to access various menus by maktng selections on the remote control 900.
"I"he manner in which the video is decompressed and the menus are generated from the program control information signal or STTCIS varies depending on the specific embodiment of the invention. Video decompressors 618 and 622 may be used if the video is compressed. The program control information signal may be demultiplexed into its component parts. and a video decompressor 618.
graphic decompressor. text generator and video combiner 624 may be used to assist In creating the menus.
W0 94114283 PCTil:s93l11'O8 In addition to the menu format information that is stored in graphics memory. the set top terminal 220 also stores data tracking those programs that have been selected for viewing. By gathering this data. the set top terminal 220 can maintain an accurate record of all pr grams accessed/watched by storing the data in EEPRC?M or RAM.
Subsequently. this data can be transmftted to the cable headend 208. where it can be used in carrying out network control and monitoring functions. Such data u-ansniissions between the set top term,inal 220 and cable headend 208 can be accomplished, for example, through upstream transanission over the cable network or over telephone lines through the use of telephone modems. Where upstream transmission over the cable network is used, the set top terminals 220 can complete data transmissions on a scheduled (e.g.. using a polling response or status report to respond to polling requests sent from the cable headend 208) or as-needed (e.g.. using a random access technique) basis.
Figure 5a shows the front panel of the set top terminal 220, which includes an infrared sensor 630 and a series of LED displays 640. The LED displays 640 may indicate with an icon or a letter (e.g. A K' the major menu currently selected by the set top terminal 220 or the channels selected directly by a user, or menu channel selections (e.g.. from I to 50). Further displays may include current channel. time.
volume level. sleep tiffie, parental lock (security). account balance. use of a hardware upgrade, second channel being recorded by VCR, use of the Level 0 music hardware upgrade in a separate roornõ and any other displays useful to a subscriber to indicate the current status of the set top W0 91/14284 PC:TiL:S93~ 11708 tezminal 220. The LEDs 640 may also provide an indication of the digital audio channel currently tuned.
The set top terminal 220 includes a flapped opening 635 on its front that allows the insertion of a magnetic cartridge (or similar portable storage device, including optical disk. ROM. EPROM. etc. not shown). This cartridge opening 635 allows the set top terminal 220 to be upgraded or reprogrammed locally with the use of a magneuc tape cartridge.
On the top or cover of the set top terminal 220 are located pushbutton controls 645. Any function that can be performed on the remote 900 may also be performed at the set top terminal 220 using the duplicative pushbutton controls 645. *
Pigure 5b shows the back of the set top terminal 220.
which includes a pair of output termiraais 650. pair of input terrninals 652, pair of stereo/audio output terminals 654.
satellite dish input port 656, telephone Jack 658 and an RS-422 port 660. in addition, an upgrade port 662 and a cover plate 664 are held in place by a series of sheet metal screws.
One of the output terminals 650 is for a telrvision and the other is for a VOR. The set top terminal 220 is equipped to handle iracomtng signals on one or two cables using the input terminals 652. Tbe phone Jack 658 and an RS-232 or RS-422 port 660 are provided for aaaintenance. trouble shooting.
reprogramming and additionaF customer features. In alternate embodiments, the telephone'ack 658 may be used as the primary mode of communicataon between the cable headend 208 and the set top terminal 220. This connection is possible through the local telephone, ce}lular telephone or a personal communications network (PCN).
WO 94/14283 PCT11:59311:7U
The basic programmiing of each set top terminal 220 is located on ROM within the set top terminal 220. Random access memory, the magnetlc cartridge capability, and the expansion card slot 635 each allow upgrades and changes to 5 be easily made to the set top termina1220.
In the preferred embodiment. the set top termdnal 220 includes a hardware upgrade port 662, in addition to expansion card slots. The hardware upgrade port 662 accommodates a four-wire (or more) connection for: * (1) 10 error corrected, decrypted data output of the set top terminal 220. (2) a control interface. (3) decompressed video output. and (4) a video input port. In the preferred embodiment., multiple wires are used to perform each of the four functions. The four sets of wires are combined in a 15 single cable with a single raultipin connector.
in the preferred embodi,ment. multipin connections may be used for the multiwire cable. The multipin connection 662 may range from DB9 to DB25. A variety of small computer systems interface (SCSI) ports may also be 20 provided. Alternatively, four or more ports may be provided instead of the single port depicted.
Another port 662 is used to attach the various hardware upgrades described below to a set top tenminal 220. The preferred embodiment has a number of hardware upgrades 25 available for use with a set top tr,.rminal 220. including: (1) a Level A interactive unit. (2) a Level B interactive unit. (3) a Level C interactive unit with compact disc capability. (4) a Level D digital radio tuner for separate room use. and (5) a Level E information download unit. Each of these upgrades 30 may be connected to the set top terminal 220 unit through the upgrade port 662 described earlier. The same four wires in a single cable described earlier may be used.
~
wo M1321W PC1' Z: S93 ' I 1705 Existing set top converter boxes such as those made by Scientific Atlanta or General Instruments are presently unequipped to handle the menu selection system of the present invention. Thus, hardware modifications are necessary in order to use the menu selection system with existing set top converter technology.
A Turbo Card addition to a set top converter is depicted in Figure 6. The Turbo Card 700 shown provides the additional functionality needed to utiIize the menu system 10 with existing set top converter technology. The primary functions the Turbo Card 700 adds to the set top converter are the interpreting of program control informauon signals.
generating of inenus, sequencing of menus, and. ultimately.
the ability of the viewer to select a channel through the menu system without entering any channel identifying information.
The turbo card also provides a method for a remote location.
such as the cable headend 208, to receive information on programs watched and control the operation of the set top converter and Turbo Card 700. The programs watched information and control commands may be passed from the cable headend 208 to the Turbo Card 700 using telephone lines.
The primary components of the Turbo Card 700 are a PC chip CPU 702, aVCA graphic controller 704. a video combiner 706. Iogic circuitry 708, NTSC encoder 710. a receiver 712, demodulator 714. and a dialer 716. The Turbo Card 700 operates by rectiving the program control information signal from the cable beadend 208 through the coaxial cable. The logic cs.rcuitry 708 of the Turbo Card 700 receives data, infrared commands, and synchronization signals from the set top converter. Menu selections made by the viewer on the remote control 900 are received by the set `V0 94~142U PCT,2'S93i1170$
top converter's IR equipment and passed through to the Turbo Card 700. The Turbo Card 700 interprets the IR signal and determines the program (or menu) the viewer has selected. The Turbo Card 700 ffiodifies the IR command to send the program selection information to the set top converter 221. The modified IR command contains the channel Information needed by the set top converter. Using the phone line and dialer 716. the Turbo Card 700 is able to transmit prograzn access information to the cable headend 208.
in the preferred erabodiment, program access inforrnation is stored at each set top terminal 220 until it is potled by the network controller 214 using a polling request message format as shoma in Figure 7a. This fi-ame format 920 consists of six 6elds. namely: (1) a leading flag 922 at the beginning of the message. (2) an address iflefd 924. (3) a subscriber region designation 926. (4) a set top terminal identifler 928 that includes a polling commandlresponse (or P/F) bit 930. (5) an information field 932. and (6) a trailing flag 934 at the end of the message. Figure 7b shows a response frame format 920' (siurcilar to the frame format 920 end, therefore, commonly numbered with the frame depicted in Figure 7a. but with the prime indicator added for clarity) for information cominunicated by the set top terminal 220 to the network controller 214 in response to the polling request of Figure 7a.
The eight-bit flag sequence 922 that appears at the beginning and end of a frame is used to establish and maintain synchronization. Such a sequence typically consists of a'01111110' bit-stream. The address field 924 designates a 4-bit address for a given set top teamirial 220.
The subscriber region designation 926 is a 4-bit 13eld that W 94r14284 PCTXs93taI708 indicates the geographical region in which the subscriber's set top terminal 220 is housed. The set top terminal identifier 928 is a 16-bit field that uniquely identifYes each set top terffiinai 220 with a 15-bit designation followed by an appended P/F bit 930. Although field size is provided by this example. a variety of sizes can be used with the present invention.
The P/F bit 930 is used to command a polling response from the set top terminal 220 addressed. as described below.
The response frame format 920' also provides a variable-length information field 932' for other data transmissions.
such as inforraation on system updates. 'Phe frame format 920' ends with an 8-bit flag (or trailing flag) 934' that is identical in format to the leading flag 922', as set forth above.
Other frame formats (e.g.. IKPEGD will be apparent to one skilled in the art and can be easily adapted for use with the system.
As summarized above, images or programs may be selected for display by sequencing through a series of menus.
Figure 8 is an example of one possible structure for a series of menus. Generally, the sequence of menus is structured with an introductory menu, a home menu, various major menus and a multitude of submenus. The submenus can include promo menus and during program menus. For example. at the home menu portton of the sequence of menus and corresponding software routines. a subscriber may select one of the major menus and start a sequence of menu displays.
Atternatively, a subscriber may go directly to a major menu by depressing a menu select button on remote control 900.
At any time during the menu sequence, the subscriber may depress a major menu button to move into another series ~
WO 94114283 PCT1L'S931,11"08 of menus. In this way, a subscriber may move from major menu to major menu.
The vax ious software subroutines executed by the microprocessor 602 allow a subscriber to sequence the menus, navigating through the vario-us menus of the present invention. A subscriber may sequence back through menus or return to the home menu with a single touch of the home menu button on remote 900.
An introductory menu screen 1000 automatically appears upon power-up and initialization of the set top terminal 220. From this introductory menu screen 1000, the set top terminal software will normally advance the subscriber to the home menu screen 1010. Z'he home menu 1010 Is the basic menu that the subscriber will return to in order to make the Srst level of viewing decisions. When the set top terminal software is displaying the bome menu 1010.
the subscriber is able to access any television programming option. 7rie software allows programming options to be entered through cursor movement on the screen and directly by button selection on the remote control 900.
In the normal progression through the menu screens.
the software will forward the subscriber to a major menu screen 1020 in response to the subscriber's remote control 900 selectton or highlighted cursor selection from the borrme menu screen 1010. The selections displayed on the home menu 1010 are for large categories of programming options.
Following the major menu 1020. the subscriber may navigate through one or more submenu screens 1050 from which the subscriber may choose one particular program for vtewing. For most programming selecrions, the user ari11 proceed from the horae menu 1010 to a major menu 1020 and then to one or more submenus 1050. Howeever, for r-=.
, WO 94132& PCT/t;S93:11703 certain programming options or functions of the set top terminal 220, the user may skip one or more menus in the sequence.
The During Program Menus 1200 are submenus 5 enabled by the set top terminal software only after the subscriber has selected a television program. These menus provide the subscriber with additional functionality and/or addiuonal information while viewing a selected program. The During Program Menus 1200 sequence can be further 10 subdivided into at least two types of menus. Hidden Menus 1380 and Program Overlay Menus 1390.
To avoid disturbing a subscriber during viewing of a program, the Hidden Menus 1380 are not shown to the subscriber but instead 'reside' at the set top terminal 220 15 naicroprocessor 602. The azaicroprocessor 602 awaits a button entry either from the remote control 900 or set top terminal 220 buttons before executing or dispiaying any Hidden Menu 1380 options. The set top terminal software provides the subscriber with additional functions such as 20 entering an interactlve mode or escaping from a selected program through use of Hidden Mcnus 1380.
Program Overlay Menus 1390 are similar to Hidden Menus 1380. However, the Program Overlay Menus 1390 are overlayed onto portions of the displayed video and not 25 hidden. The software for the Program Overlay Menus 1390 allows the subscriber to continue to watch the selected television program with audio but places graphical information on a portion of the television screen. Most Program Overlay Menus 1390 are gFaphicallly generated to 30 cover snaall portions of video. Some Overlays 1390 which are by their nature more iaaportant than the program being viewed will overlay onto greater portions of the video.
~
Y40 94i14284 Pt:Tt[:593i11 i08 Examples of types of overlay menus 1390 include Notification Menus 1392 and Confirmation Menus 1394. In the preferred embodiment, the software for the Program Overlay Menus 1390 controls the reduction or scales down the (entire) programs video arnd redirects the video to a portion of the screen.
Submenus provide the cost of viewing the program and the program's length in hours and eninutes From the submenus. the subscriber is given at least three options: (1) to purchase a program. (2) to return to the previous menu.
and (3) to press go and retuni to regular TV. The subscriber may also be given other options such as previewing the prograsn.
Using an on-screen menu approach to program selection, there is nearly an unlim1ted number of menus that can be shown to the subscriber. The memory capability of the set top terffiinal 220 and the quantity of inforaaation that is sent using the program control information signal are the only limits on the number of menus and amount of information that can be displayed to the subscriber. The approach of ustng a eries of menus in a simple tree sequence is both easy for the subscriber to use and simply implemented by the set top terminal 220 and remote control device 900 with cursor movement. A user interface software programmer will flnd many obvious variations from the preferred embodiment described.
7ne set top teriainal 220 generates and creates menus using. in part. gnformation stored in !ts graphics memory. A
background graphics file 800 will store menu backgrounds and a logo graphics 8Ie will store any necessary logos. A
menu display and cursor graphics file wiII store menu display blocks and cursor highlight overlays as well as any other ~= "'0 94t 112$.i PCTr1:5933170$
miscellaneous files needed to build the menus. Using this method of storing menus, the menus can be changed by reprogramming the graphics memory of the set top terminal 220 through Instructions from either the network controUer 214 or operations center 202.
The microprocessor 602 performs the steps required to create a menu using stored information. The microprocessor 602 fetches a background flle, logo file, menu display and cursor file in most instances. The microprocessor 602 fetches text from long-term. intermediate-term, or short-term storage depending on where the text is stored. Using a video combiner (or like device), the stored information Is combined with video and the entire image is sent to the television screen for display.
In the preferred enabodiment, a graphics controller is used to assist the set top terminal 220 in generating menus.
Menu generation by the set top terminal 220 begins with the building of a major menu screen, which includes background graphics for that major menu. "fhe background graphics may include an upper sash across the top of the screen and a lower sash across the bottom of the screen. The background graphics may be generated from the background graphics flle 800 in the memory files of the graphics memory (preferably EEPROM). In addition, logo graphics may be generated.
Such graphics typically include an icon window, a cable company logo, a channel company Iogo, and two go buttons.
Preferably, the text for each major menu is generated separately by a text generator in the set top terminal 220.
Those portions of the text that generally remain the same for a period of weeks or months may be stored in EEPROM or other local storage. Text which changes on a regular basis.
such as the movie titles (or other program selections), is 1ti'0 9. 142Ea PCT.'tõS93: 11708 transmitted to the set top terminal 220 by either the operations center 202 or the network controlles 214 of the cable headend 208. In this manner, the cable headend 208 may change the program selections available on any major menu 1020 by modifying the prograa, control information signa,l sent by the operattons center 202 and transmitting any changes using the 3=IS.
Day, date and time inforanation are added to each major menu. This infonaation is sent from the operations center 202. the cable headend 208 (signal processor 209 or network controller 214), the uplink site, or generated by the set top terminal 220 internally.
The creation and display of program description submenus is performed by the set top terminal 220 in a manner similar to that described above. Each submenu may be created in parts and combined before being sent to the television screen. Preferably. background graphics and upper and lower sashes are used. Llkewise, a video window and half-strip window can be generated from information in storage on the EEPROM.
In addition to graphics and text some subnmenus include windows that show video. Such video may be still or moving pictures. Still pictures may be stored in a compressed format (such as J'PEG) at the set top terminal 220. Video stills may be transmitted 'by the operations center 202 through the program control information signal from time to time.
Moving video picture is obtained directly from a current video feed as described above. Depending on video window stze. this may require manipulation of the video signal. inc2uding scaling down the size of the video and redirecting the video to the portion of the menu screen ~.._ PCTrT; 593/ l 1708 WO 94,14',8 t which Is within the video window of the menu. Alternatively.
the video may be obtained from a split screen channel. Such a method involves the use of split screen video techniques to send multiple video clips on a single channel at a given time.
The set top terminal 220 would scale the picture< if necessary, and redirect it to the correct position on the screen using known scaling and positioning techniques.
Additional circuitry may be required in the set top terminal 220 to perform adequate scaling and repositioning.
To avoid the need for redirecting video into the portion of the screen which houses the video window, ffi,asking and menu graphics may be used to cover the portions of the channel video that are not needed. This masking technique allows the split screen video to remain in the same portion of the screen that it Is transmitted by the operations center 202. The masking is then adjusted to cover the undesired portions of the screen. These masks are stored in the background graphics flie simitax'iy to other background flles for menus.
The split screen video technique may also be uaed for promoting television progmmming. Since a great number of short video clips may be sent continuously, fu11 or partial screen prornotionaYs (or informationals) may be provided to the subscriber. VVith this Iarge quantity of promotional video.
the subscriber is given the opportunity to "graze through new movie or television programming selections. The subscriber simply grazes from promotionai video to promotional video until the desired television program is discovered.
C. Emgxam Control Ivhrmation Si"
Throughout the present application. the term =program control information' is being used to indicate Wp 941142g.t PCT-TS93.1170g control information coming from the cable headend 208 to the set top terminal 220, whether it is sent directly from the Operations Center 202. processed by the network controIIer 214 and then forwarded to the set top box. or transmitted 5 over telephone lines.
The program control infornaation signal generated by the Operations Center 202 provides data on the scheduling and description of programs to the network controller 214 or. in an alternate configuration. directly to the set top 10 terminal 220 for display to the subscriber. In the preferred embodiment, the program control information signal is stored and modified by the network controller 214 and sent to the set top terminal 220 in the form of a set top terminal control information stream (SY`T'CI8). This con$guration is 15 required to accoffimodate differences in individual cable systems and possible differences in set top terminal devices.
The set top terminal 220 integrates either the program control Information signal or the set top terminal control information stream together with data stored in the memory 20 of the set top terminal 220. to generate on-screen displays for assisting the subscriber in choosing programs.
The goal of the menu driven program selection system 200 is to allow the subscriber to choose a program by touring through a series of inenus, organized generally as depicted in 25 Figure 8, utilizing the remote control 900 for cursor movement. 'Ihe final choice in the series of menus will identify one particular channey~ and one time for activation of that channel. Armed with a channel and activation time the set top terminal 220 can display the selected program on the 30 teievision for the viewer. To ac.hien this goal a simple embodiment assigns an intelligent alpha-numeric code to each program. This alpha-numeric code identtfies the tii'0 9.3113284 KTr'L'S93;11708 category of the program, the menu in which the program should be displayed, its transmission time(s), and the position on the menu that the program should be displayed.
In this simple embodiment. the program control inforanation. including menu c des, is sent continuously from the Operations Center 202 to the network controller 214.
and ultimately to the set top terminal 220. For example. four hours worth of programming inforaaatrion can be sent via the program control information signal continuously as shown in Table A.
Table A shows the basic programming information that may be sent to the set top terminal 220. 'I'he program descriptions shown are coded abbreviations. For example. C
for coznedy. N for news. S for sports. A for cartoons, and T'x for text. If there is a textual description for a program. such as a movie. the description may be given following that program's coded description or may be communicated follovving the four hours' worth of programming information.
As is shown in the coded lisung, program descriptions for programs greater than a half hour in length need not be repeated (each half hour). 7be video description code informs the set top terminal 220 of whether there is still or live video available to advertise the program.
For example. a sporting program may be assigned a code of B35-010194-1604-3.25-1Kichigan St. vs. USC. 7be letter B would assign the program to category B. sports. 7be second alpha-numeric character number 3 would assign the program to the third menu of ttze sports category. The third character of the code, number S. assigns the program to the fifth program slot on the third menu. The next six characters. 01/01/94. represent the date. 7be followitng four characters. 1600 represent the start 'cime which is followed W 9411428W F'CT.Z.'S93,11708 by the length of the program and the program name. This entry represents a sports show. a college football game.
which will be aired at 4:OOPNi on New Years day 1994.
TAMZ A
aaa~e oa nhvvm eers erxalnator x rime ime oot a S ecial na:aa 'sienn oa -VUSO
1 !m sons 14 4 FootbaLl Game 3.0 B13 .
In the 12:30 Charulel 1 entry of Table A. two menu codes are shown. By allowing two menu aades, programs that may ftt under two different category descriptions may be shown in both m'enus to the subscriber. With this mtnimal amount of infonaation being communicated to the set top terminal 220 on a regular basis, the terminal is able to determine the proper menu location for each program and the proper time and channel to activate for the subscriber after his menu selection.
Table B shows an example Events Table that may be downloaded to a set top terminal 220 using the Event.Dat Sle which contains infor:aation about events and pricing. As shown in the table, the three columns of the Events Table identi.fy the field number, the field itself and the type of information downloaded in the Event.Dat file. The first column contains the fleld numbers 1 through 11. The middle St16STCTUtE SKET (RULE 26) wo 94113Z8s PCTr'1:S93111708 column contains the corresponding field parameters.
including the event type. event M. global channel M. price.
start tisne, end time, start date, end date. P- icon, name and description. 7be third columri contains corresponding field type information. Field type inforaiation typically consists of an unsigned integer; hours, minutes and seconds: months.
day and year; and ASCII character identi8er.
TABtZ 8 Fie d * Field ~~ '~-~e 1 Event Type Unsigned Int 3 = YC.TJ
2 a Pay-Per-View 3sRe .TV
2 Event ID Unsigned Int 3 Global Channel ID Unsi ed Int 4 Price (in Cents) Unsigned Int 5 Start Time H,H:MM:SS
6 End Time HH:MM:SS
7 Start Date MM/DD/YY
8 End Date Mvi/DD/YY
9 P-Icon ASCIIZ
10 Name ASCIIZ
Although a single digital compression standard (e.g..
MPEG) may be used for both the program delivery system 200 and the concatenated cable system 210. the compression technique used may differ betaveen the two systems. When the compression standards diffe:r between the two media, the signals received by the cable headend 208 must be decompressed before transmission from the headend 208 to the set top terminals 220. Subsequently. the cable headend 208 must recompress and transmit the signals to the set top terminal 220, which would then decompress the signals using a specific decompresston algorithm.
The video signals and program control signals received by the set top te~al 220 correspond to specific television programs and menu selections that each subscriber may access through a subscriber Interface. The subscriber interface is a device with buttons located on the set top terminal 220 or on a portable remote control 900. In the preferred system embodiment, the subscriber interface is a combined alpha-character numeric and iconic remote control device 900, which prwvides direct or menu-driven program access. The preferred subacriber interface also contains cursor movement and go buttons as vvell as alpha.
, ~
`y 0 94%14.=g4 PCT 1 S93 11708 numeric and iconic buttons. This subscriber interface and menu arrangement enables the subscriber to sequence through menus by choosing from among severai menu options that are displayed on the television screen. In additlon, a user may bypass several menu screens and immediately choose a program by selecting the appropriate -alpha-character. numeric or iconic combinations on the subscriber interface. In the preferred embodiment, the set top terminal 220 generates the menus that are displayed on the television 10 by creating arrays of particular menu templates. and the set top terxainal 220 dispiays a speciflc menu or submenu option for each available video signal.
3. OZrations Ceater and Dtgtal Cornpression bi,vstetn The operations center 202 performs two primary services, packaging television programs and generating the program control information signal. At the operations center 202. television programs are received from external program sources in both analog and digital form. Figure 2 shows an embodiment of the operations center receiving signals from various extemal sources 212. Examples of the external program sources are sporting events. children's programs.
specialty channels, news or any other program source that can provide audio or visual signais. Once the programs are received from the external program sources. the operations center 202 digitizes (and preferably compresses) any program signals received in analog form. The operations center 202 may also maintain an internal storage of programs.
The internally stored programs may be in analog or digital form and stored on permanent or volatile memory sources, including magnetie tape or RAM. Subsequent to receiving programming. the operations center 202 packages the w0 94114:E4 P'CT-ZS931 l^08 programs into the groups and categories which provide the optimal marketing of the prograazas to subscribers. For example. the operations center 202 may package the same programs into different categories and menus for weekday.
prime=tiane viewing and Saturday afternoon viewing. Aiso. the operations center 202 packages the television programs in a manner that enables both the various menus to easily represent the programs and the subscribers to easily access the programs through the menus.
The packaging of the digital signals is typically performed at the operations center 202 by computer assisted packaging equipment (CAP). The CAP system normally includes at least one computer mnitor. keyboard, mouse.
and standard video editing equipment. A programmer packages the signals by entering certain information Into the CAP. This information includes the date, time s1ot. and program category of the various programs. The programmer and the CAP utilize demographic data and ratings in performing the packaging tasks. After the programmer selects the various programs from a pool of available programs and inputs the requisite information. the program:ner, with assistance from the CAP> can select the price and allocate transponder space for the various programs. After the process is complete, the CjkP displays draft menus or program schedules that correspond to the entries of the programmer. The CAP may also graphically display allocation of transponder space. 'Ihe programmer may edit the menus and transponder allocation several tlmes unW satisfied with the programming schedule. During the editing. the programmer may direct the eKact location of any program name on a menu with simple conuaands to the CAP.
~
k= o 9411s2s.s PC'T VS93:117 a The packaging process also accounts for any groupings by satellite transponder which are necessary. Tbe operations center 202 may send different groups of programs to different cable headends 208 and/or set top terminals 220.
One way the operations center 202 may accomplish this task is to send different program packages to each transponder.
Each transponder, or set of transponders then relays a specific program package to specific cable headends 208 and/or set top terminals 220. The allocation of transponder space is an important task performed by the operations center 202.
'The operations center 202 may also 'insert' directions for filling local available program time in the packaged signal to enable local cable and television companies to fill the program time with local advertising and/or local programming. Consequently, the local cable headends 208 are not constrained to show only programs transmitted from the operations center 202. New set top converters will incorporate both digital and analog channels. Therefore, the cable headend 208 may combine analog signals with the digital signals prior to transmitting the program signals to the set top terminals 220.
After the CAP packages the programs. it creates a program control information signal to be delivered with the prog,rain package to the cable headend 208 and/or set top terminal 220. The prograum control information signal contains a descripUon of the contents of the program package, commands to be sent to the cable headend 208 and/or set top terminal 220, and other inforraation relevant to the signal ssion.
In addition to packaging the signal, the operations center 202 employs digital compression techniques to WO 94/14:U PCTIL:S93;2170E
inc: ease existing satellite transponder capacity by at least a 4:1 ratio, resulting in a four-fold increase in program delivery capability. A number of digital compression algorithms currently exist which can achieve the resultant increase in capacity and improved signal quality desired for the system.
The algorithms generally use one or more of three basic digital compression techniques: (1) 'within-frame (intraframe) compression. (2) frame-to-fraane (interframe) compression.
and (3) within carrier compression. Specifically. in the preferred embodiment. the MPEG 2 compression method is used. After digital compression. the signals are combined (multiplexed) and encoded. The combined signal is subsequently transmitted to various uplink sites 204.
There may be a single uplink site 204 or multiple uplink sites (represented by 204'. shown in phantom in Figure 1) for each operation center 202. The uplink sites 204 may either be located in the same geographical place or may be located remotely from the operations center 202.
Once the composite signal is transmitted to the uplink sites 204. the signal may be multiplexed with other signals.
modulated, upconverted and amplified for transmission over satellite. Multiple cable headends 208 may receive such transmissions.
In addition to multiple uplinks. the delivery system 200 may also contain multiple operations centers. The preferred method for using multiple operations centers is to designate one of the operauons centers as a master operations center and to designate the remaining operations centers as slave operations centers. In this configuration, the master operatfons center coordinates various functions among the slave operations centers such as synchronization of ~....
M'094111283 PCT'L'S93,11708 simultaneous transmissions and distributes the operations workload efficiently.
4. Cable Headend After the operations center 202 has compressed and 5 encoded the program signals and transmitted the signals to the satellite< the cable headend 208 receives and further processes the signals before they are relayed to each set top terminal 220. Each cable headend site is generalIy equipped with multipie satellite receiver dishes. Each dish is capable 10 of handling multiple transponder signals from a single satellite and sometimes from multiple satellites.
As an intermediary between the set top terminals 220 and the operations center 202 (or other remote site). the cable headend 208 performs two primary functions. First.
15 the cable headend 208 acts as a distribution center, or signal processor. by relaying the program signal to the set top teraainal 220 in each subsrriber's home. In addition, the cable headend 208 acts as a network controller 214 by receivirdg informaUon from each set top terminal 220 and passing such information on to an information gathering site such as the operations center 202.
Figure 3 shows an embodiment where the cable headend 208 and the subscriber"s home are Iinked by certain comrnunicatioris media 216. In this particular embodiment.
analog signals. digitally compressed signals, other digital signals and up-stream/interactivity signals are sent and received over the media 216. The cable headend 208 provides such signaling capabilities in its dual roles as a signal processor 209 and network controller 214.
As a signal processor 209. the cable headend 208 prepares the program signals that are received by the cable headend 208 for transmission to each set top terniinal 220.
wo 9411328i PCT Z593 11708 In the preferred systeaY, the signal processor 209 re-routes or demultiplexes and recombines the signals and digital information received from the operations center 202 and allocates different portions of the signal to different frequency ranges. Cable headends 208 which offer different subscribers different program offerings may allocate the program signals from the operations center 202 in various manners to accommodate different viewers. The signal processor 209 may also Incorporate local programming and/or local advertisements into the program signal and forward the revised signal to the set top terminals 220. To accommodate this local programming avajlability, the signal processor 209 must combine the local sigr..al in digital or analog form with the operations center program signals. If the local cable system uses a compression standard that is different than the one used by t.he operations center 202. the signal processor 209 must also decompress and recompress incoazing signals so they may be properly formatted for transmission to the set top terminals 220. This process becomes less important as standards develop ti.e., MPEG 2).
In addition. the signal processor 209 performs any necessary signal decryption and/or encryption.
As a network controller 214, the cable headend 208 performs the system control functions for the system. The priznazy function of the network controIIer 214 is to manage the configuratton of the set top terYainals 220 and process signals received from the set 'top terminals 220. In the preferred embodiment, the network controller 214 monitors, among other things, autosnatic poll-back responses from the set top terminals 220 remotely located at each subscribers' home. 74te polling and automatic report-back cycle occurs frequently enough to allow the network t4'0 94/142&i P(:T/t'S93/1170g controller 214 to maintain accurate account and billing information as well as monitor authorized channel access. In the simplest embodiment. information to be sent to the network controller 214 will be stored in RAM within each subscriber's set top ter:ninal 220 and will be retrieved only upon polling by the network controller 214. Retrieval may.
for example. occur on a daily, weekly or monthly basis. Tbe network controller 214 allows the system to maintain complete information on all programs watched using a particular set top terminal 220.
The network controller 214 is also able to respond to the immediate needs of a set top terminal 220 by modifying a program control information signaI received from the operations center 202. Therefore. the network controller 214 enables the delivery system to adapt to the specific requirements of individual set top tr.rminals 220 when the requirements cannot be provided to the operatfons center 202 in advance. In other words, the network controller 214 is able to perform on the fly pro g' changes. With this capability. the network controller 214 can handle sophisticated local programming needs such as. for example.
interactive television serviees. split screen video, and selection of different foreign languages for the same video. In addition, the network controller 214 controls and monitors all compressors and decompressors in the apstem.
The delivery system 200 and digital compression of the preferred embodiment provides a one-way path from the operations center 202 to the cable headend 208. Status and billing information is sent from the set top terminal 220 to the network controller 214 at the cable headend 208 and not directly to the operations center 202. 'T'ltus. program monitoring and selection control will take place only at the WO M14294 PCT,=t'593; l 1108 cable headend 208 by the local cable company and its decentralized network controllers 214 (i.e.. decentralized relative to the operations center 202. which is central to the program delivery system 200). The local cable company will in turn be In communication with the operations center 202 or a regional control center (not shown) which accumulates return data from the set top terminal 220 for statlstical or billing purposes. In alternative system embodiments, the operations center 202 and the statistical and billing sites are collocated. Further, telephone lines with modems are used to transfer information from the set top terminal 220 to the statistical and billing sites.
5. 5et To2 Terrninal The set top terminal 220 is the portion of the delivery system 200 that resides in the home of a subscriber. Zbe set top terrninal 220 is usually located above or below the subscriber's' teievision, but it may be placed anywhere in or near the subscriber's home as long as it is within the range of the subscriber's remote control device 900. In some aspects.
the set top terrninal 220 may resemble converter boxes already used by many cable systems. For instance. each set top terminal 220 may include a variety of error detection.
decryption, and coding techniques such as anti-taping encoding. Fiowever, It wiIl become apparent from the discussion below that the set top terminal 220 is able to perform many functions that an ordinary converter box cannot perform.
The set top terminal 220 has a plurality of input and output ports to enable it to communicate with other local and remote devices. The set top tenninal 220 has an input port that receives inforznation from the cable headend 208. In addition, the unit has at least two output ports which provide ~_.
W0 93114283 PC"1'(1:S93'11708 commuWcat.ions from the set top terminal 220 to a television and a VCR Certain menu selections may cause the set top terminal 220 to send control signals directly to the VCR to automatically program or operate the VCR. Also, the set top terminal 220 contains a phone jack which can be used for maintenance. trouble shooting, reprogramming and additional customer features. "t'ne set top terminal 220 may also contain stereolaudio output terminals and a satellite dish input port.
FunctionalIy, the set top terminat 220 is the last component in the delivery system chain. The set top terminal 220 receives compressed program and control signals from the cable headend 208 (or. in some cases.
directly from the operations center 202). After the set top terminal 220 receiives the individually compressed program and control signals. the signals are demuItiplexed.
decompressed. converted to analog signals (if necessary) and either placed in local storage (from which the menu template may be created). executed imrsxediately, or sent directly to the television screen.
After processing certain signals received from the cable headend 208, the set top terminad 220 is able to store menu templates for creating menus that are displayed on a subscriber's television by using an array of menu templates.
Before a menu can be eonstructed menu templates must be created and sent to the set top ternWW 220 for storage. A
microprocessor uses the control signals received from the operations center 202 or cable headend 208 to generate the menu templates for storage. Each menu template may be stored in volatile memory in the set top terminal 220. When the set top terminal receives template information It demultiplexes the program control aignals received from the wo 94114U4 PCY.t593:11708 cable headend 208 into four primary parts: video, graphics, program logic and text. Each menu template represents a different portion of a whole menu, such as a menu background. television logo, cursor highlight overlay, or other 5 misceilaneous components needed to build a aienu. The menu templates may be deleted or altered using control signals received from the operations center 202 or cable headend 208.
Once the menu templates have been stored in memory.
10 the set top terminal 220 can generate the appropriate menus.
In the preferred embodiment, the basic menu format informauon is stored in memory located within the set top terminal 220 so that the gaicroprocessor may localYy access the Information from the set top terminal instead of from an 15 incoming signal. The rn.icroprocessor next generates the appropriate menus from the menu templates and the other menu information stored in memory. The set top terminal 220 then dispiays specific menus on the subscriber's television screen that correspond to the inputs the subscriber 20 selects.
If the subscriber selects a specific program from a menu, the set top ternzinal 220 determtnes on which channel the program is being shown, deffiultiplexes and extracts the single channel transmitted from the cable beadend 208. The set top terminal 220 then decompresses the channel and. If necessary. converts the prograto signal to an analog NTSC
signal to enable the subscriber to view the selected program.
The set top terminal 220 can be equipped to decompress more than one program signal. but this would unnecessarily add to the cost of the unit since a subscriber wi11 general4y only view one program at a time. However. two or three decompressors may be desirable to provide picture-on-W W,~ Ft: T!L'S93~ 11708 picture capability, control signal decompression, enhanced channel switching or like features.
in addition to menu informatton, the set top terminal 220 may also store text transmitted from the cable headend 208 or the operations center 202. 'I'he text may inform the subscriber about upcoming events, billing and account status.
new subscriptions. or other relevant infornnation. ?'he text will be stored in an appropriate mernory location depending on the frequency and the duration of the use of the textual 10 message.
Also. optional upgrades are available to enhance the performance of a subscriber's set top terminal 220. These upgrades may consist of a cartridge or computer card (not shown) that is inserted into an expansion slot in the set top terminal 220 or may consist of a feature offered by the cable headend 208 or operations center 202 to which the user may subscribe. Available upgrades may include on line data base services, interactive multi-media services, access to digital radio channels, and other services.
In the simplest embodiment, available converter boxes such as those manufactured by General Instruments or Scientific Attanta. may be Yaodified and upgxaded to perform the functions of a set top terminal 220. The preferred upgrade is a circuit card with a microprocessor which is electronically connected to or inserted into the converter boac.
6. ,~emote Control rievice The prtmary conduit for communication between the subscriber and the set top teradinal 220 is through the subscriber interface, preferably a remote control device 900.
"Phrougta thia interface, the subscriber may select desired programming through the system's menu-driven scheme or WO 94/13293 PCT+1S93111708 by directly accessing a specific channel by entering the actual channel number. i3sing the interface, the subscriber can navigate through a series of informative program selection menus. By using menu-driven iconic or alpha-character access, the subscriber can access desired programs by simply pressing a single button rather than, recalling from memory and pressing the actual channel number to make a selection.
The subscriber can access regular broadcast and basic cable television stations by using either the numeric keys on the remote control 900 (pressing the corresponding channel number), or one of the menu icon selection options.
In addition to enabling the subscriber to easily interact with the cable system 200. the physical characteristics of the subscriber interface 900 should also add to the user friendliness of the system. The remote control 900 should easily fit in the palm of the user s hand. The buttons of the preferred remote control 900 contain pictorial symbols that are easily identifiable by the subscriber. Also, buttons that perform similar functions may be color coordinated and consist of distinguishing textures to increase the user friendliness of the system.
7. Menu-Driven EMg= 5eleetion The menu-driven scheme provides the subscriber with one-step access to all major menus, ranging from hit movies to sport specials to specialty programs. From any of the major menus, the subscriber can in turn access submenus and minor menus by cursor or alp.ha-character access.
There are two different types of menus utilfted by the preferred embodiment. the Program Selection menus and the During Program taenus. The first series of rnenus.
Program Selection menus. consists of an Introductory, a Home. Major menus, and Submenus. The second series of WO 9311424W PCT~1'$93 11708 menus. During Program menus, consists of two primary types. Hidden menus and the Program C?verlay menus.
Immediately after the subscriber turns on the set top terminal 220. the Introductory menu welcomes the subscriber to the system. 'The Introductory menu may'display important announcements from the local cable franchise.
advertisements from the cable provider, or other types of messages. In addition, the Introductory menu can inform the subscriber if the cable headend 208 has sent a personal message to the subscriber's particular set top terminal 220.
After the Introductory menu has been displayed the subscriber may advance to the next level of inenus. namely the Home menu. In the preferred embodiment, after a certain period of time. the cable system will advance the subscriber by default to the Home menu. From the Home menu. the subscriber is able to access all of the programming options. `The subscriber may either select a program directly by entering the appropriate channel number from the remote control 900. or the subscriber may sequence through incremental levels of menu options starting from the Hoane menu. The Home menu lists categories that correspond to the first level of menus called Major menus.
If the subscriber chooses to sequence through subsequent menus. the aubscriber will be forwarded to the Major menu that corresponds to the chosen category from the Home menu. The Major menus further refine a subscriber's search and help guide the subscriber to the selection of his choice.
From the Major menus. the subscriber may access several subxaenus. From each submenu, the subscriber may access other subaaenus until the subscriber finds a desired television program. Similar to the Major menu. each K'0 94:1 i28.t F'CTTS93. t l~ 8 successive level of Submenus further refines the subscriber's search. The system also enables the subscriber to skip certain menus or submenus and directly access a specific menu or television program by entering the appropriate commands on the remote control 900.
The During program menus (including Hidden Menus and Program Overlay Menus) are displayed by the set top terminal 220 only after the subscriber has selected a television program. In order to avoid disturbing the subscriber, the set top terraina.t 220 does not display the Hidden Menus until the subscriber selects the appropriate option to display a Hidden Menu. The Hidden Menus contain options that are relevant to the program selected by the viewer. For example. a Hidden Menu may contain options that enable a subscriber to enter an interactive mode or escape from the selected program.
Program Overlay Menus are similar to Hidden Menus because they occur during a program and are related to the program being viewed. However. the Program Overlay Menus are displayed concurrently with the program selected by the subscriber. Most Program Overlay Menus are small enough on the screen to allow the subscriber to continue viewing the selected program comfortably.
B. De siled L-t Tmn Ternunal Description The set top terminal 220 receives and manipulates signals from the cable headend 208. The set top terminal 220 is equipped with local computer memory and the capability of interpreung the digitally compressed signal to produce menus for the subscriber. The remote control 900 communicates the subscriber's seiections to the set top terminal 220. The subscriber's selections are generally based WO 94114253 PCTXS93.11706 upon menus or other prompts displayed on the television screen.
it is preferred that the signal reaches the subscriber's home in a compressed format and is decompressed prior to 5 vfewing. Included in the delivered program signal is inforcnation that enables equipment at the subscriber's home to display menus for choosing particular programs.
Depending on the particular embodiment. the television program signal may arrive at the subscriber's home through 10 one or more connections such as coaxial cables. fiber cables, twisted pairs, cellular telephone connections, or personal communications network (PCN) hookups.
The program control information signal is generated by the operations center 202 and provides the network 15 controller 214 with data on the scheduling and description of programs. In an alternate configuration. this data is sent directly to the set top terminal 220 for display to the subscriber. In the preferred eznbodia'ent, the program control information signal is stored and modified by the 20 network controller 214 and sent to the set top terminal 220 in the form of a set top terminal control information stream (STTCiS). The set top terminal 220 integrates either the program control information signsi or the STI'CIS with data stored in the memory of the set top terminal 220 to generate 25 on-screen menus that assist the subscriber in choosing programs for display.
7ne types of informaation that can be sent using the program control signal include: number of program, categories, names of program categories, what channels are assigned to a speeif3c category (such as specialty channels).
names of channels. names of programs on each channel.
program start times. length of programs, description of !
WO 94124U4 PCTrT,'S93='1l`08 programs. menu assignment for each program, pricing, whether there is a sample video clip for advertisement for the program. and any other program, menu or product information.
With a minimal azaaount of information being communicated to the set top terminal 220 on a regular basis, the set top terminal 220 ss able to determine the proper menu location for each program and the proper time and channel to activate for the subscriber after a menu selection.
The program control information signal and STT'CIS can be formatted in a variety of ways and the on-screen menus can be produced using many different methods. For instance. if the program control inforznation signal carries no menu format informauon, the menu format for creating the menus can be fixed in ROM at the set top terminal 220. in the preferred embodiment, the menu format information is stored at the set top terminal 220 in a temporary memory device such as a RAM or EPROM. New menu format information is sent via the program control information signal or the 5`ITCIS to the set top terminals 200 whenever a change to a menu format is desired.
In the simplest eaabodiment. the menu formats remain fixed and only the text changes. In this way the program control information signal can be limited to primarily text and a text generator can be employed in the set top terminal 220. Another simple embodiment uses a separate channel full-time (Iarge bandwidth) just for the menu inforssation.
Lsve video signals may be used i*n windows of certain menus. These video signals can be transmitted using the program control inforxaation signal or STTCIS, or can be taken off channels being transmii:ted simultaneously with the menu display. Video for menus. promos or demos may be i W0 94/13294 P(:TIL'S93'11708 sent to the set top terminal 220 in several formats. including (1) on a dedicated channel. (2) on a regular program channel and scaled to size, or (3) along with the program'control irnforrnation signal. 1:iowever, in the preferred embodiment, a large number of short promos or demo video is sent using a split screen technique on a dedicated channel. A multiple window technique may be used with the menus to display a description of a program and one or more video frames that assist the subscriber in selecting the program.
Figure 4 shows the basic hardware components of the set top terxninal 220. 'Y be set top terminal 220 has a tuner 603. digital demodulator 606. decryptor 600. and demultiplexers 609. 616 as well as audio equipznent 612 and a remote control interface 626 for receiving and processing signals from the remote control unit 900. An optional modem 627 allows communication between a microprocessor 602 and the cable headend 208. An NTSC encoder 625 provides a standard NTSC video output.
The microprocessor 602 is capable of executing program instructions stored in memory. These instructions allow a user to access various menus by maktng selections on the remote control 900.
"I"he manner in which the video is decompressed and the menus are generated from the program control information signal or STTCIS varies depending on the specific embodiment of the invention. Video decompressors 618 and 622 may be used if the video is compressed. The program control information signal may be demultiplexed into its component parts. and a video decompressor 618.
graphic decompressor. text generator and video combiner 624 may be used to assist In creating the menus.
W0 94114283 PCTil:s93l11'O8 In addition to the menu format information that is stored in graphics memory. the set top terminal 220 also stores data tracking those programs that have been selected for viewing. By gathering this data. the set top terminal 220 can maintain an accurate record of all pr grams accessed/watched by storing the data in EEPRC?M or RAM.
Subsequently. this data can be transmftted to the cable headend 208. where it can be used in carrying out network control and monitoring functions. Such data u-ansniissions between the set top term,inal 220 and cable headend 208 can be accomplished, for example, through upstream transanission over the cable network or over telephone lines through the use of telephone modems. Where upstream transmission over the cable network is used, the set top terminals 220 can complete data transmissions on a scheduled (e.g.. using a polling response or status report to respond to polling requests sent from the cable headend 208) or as-needed (e.g.. using a random access technique) basis.
Figure 5a shows the front panel of the set top terminal 220, which includes an infrared sensor 630 and a series of LED displays 640. The LED displays 640 may indicate with an icon or a letter (e.g. A K' the major menu currently selected by the set top terminal 220 or the channels selected directly by a user, or menu channel selections (e.g.. from I to 50). Further displays may include current channel. time.
volume level. sleep tiffie, parental lock (security). account balance. use of a hardware upgrade, second channel being recorded by VCR, use of the Level 0 music hardware upgrade in a separate roornõ and any other displays useful to a subscriber to indicate the current status of the set top W0 91/14284 PC:TiL:S93~ 11708 tezminal 220. The LEDs 640 may also provide an indication of the digital audio channel currently tuned.
The set top terminal 220 includes a flapped opening 635 on its front that allows the insertion of a magnetic cartridge (or similar portable storage device, including optical disk. ROM. EPROM. etc. not shown). This cartridge opening 635 allows the set top terminal 220 to be upgraded or reprogrammed locally with the use of a magneuc tape cartridge.
On the top or cover of the set top terminal 220 are located pushbutton controls 645. Any function that can be performed on the remote 900 may also be performed at the set top terminal 220 using the duplicative pushbutton controls 645. *
Pigure 5b shows the back of the set top terminal 220.
which includes a pair of output termiraais 650. pair of input terrninals 652, pair of stereo/audio output terminals 654.
satellite dish input port 656, telephone Jack 658 and an RS-422 port 660. in addition, an upgrade port 662 and a cover plate 664 are held in place by a series of sheet metal screws.
One of the output terminals 650 is for a telrvision and the other is for a VOR. The set top terminal 220 is equipped to handle iracomtng signals on one or two cables using the input terminals 652. Tbe phone Jack 658 and an RS-232 or RS-422 port 660 are provided for aaaintenance. trouble shooting.
reprogramming and additionaF customer features. In alternate embodiments, the telephone'ack 658 may be used as the primary mode of communicataon between the cable headend 208 and the set top terminal 220. This connection is possible through the local telephone, ce}lular telephone or a personal communications network (PCN).
WO 94/14283 PCT11:59311:7U
The basic programmiing of each set top terminal 220 is located on ROM within the set top terminal 220. Random access memory, the magnetlc cartridge capability, and the expansion card slot 635 each allow upgrades and changes to 5 be easily made to the set top termina1220.
In the preferred embodiment. the set top termdnal 220 includes a hardware upgrade port 662, in addition to expansion card slots. The hardware upgrade port 662 accommodates a four-wire (or more) connection for: * (1) 10 error corrected, decrypted data output of the set top terminal 220. (2) a control interface. (3) decompressed video output. and (4) a video input port. In the preferred embodiment., multiple wires are used to perform each of the four functions. The four sets of wires are combined in a 15 single cable with a single raultipin connector.
in the preferred embodi,ment. multipin connections may be used for the multiwire cable. The multipin connection 662 may range from DB9 to DB25. A variety of small computer systems interface (SCSI) ports may also be 20 provided. Alternatively, four or more ports may be provided instead of the single port depicted.
Another port 662 is used to attach the various hardware upgrades described below to a set top tenminal 220. The preferred embodiment has a number of hardware upgrades 25 available for use with a set top tr,.rminal 220. including: (1) a Level A interactive unit. (2) a Level B interactive unit. (3) a Level C interactive unit with compact disc capability. (4) a Level D digital radio tuner for separate room use. and (5) a Level E information download unit. Each of these upgrades 30 may be connected to the set top terminal 220 unit through the upgrade port 662 described earlier. The same four wires in a single cable described earlier may be used.
~
wo M1321W PC1' Z: S93 ' I 1705 Existing set top converter boxes such as those made by Scientific Atlanta or General Instruments are presently unequipped to handle the menu selection system of the present invention. Thus, hardware modifications are necessary in order to use the menu selection system with existing set top converter technology.
A Turbo Card addition to a set top converter is depicted in Figure 6. The Turbo Card 700 shown provides the additional functionality needed to utiIize the menu system 10 with existing set top converter technology. The primary functions the Turbo Card 700 adds to the set top converter are the interpreting of program control informauon signals.
generating of inenus, sequencing of menus, and. ultimately.
the ability of the viewer to select a channel through the menu system without entering any channel identifying information.
The turbo card also provides a method for a remote location.
such as the cable headend 208, to receive information on programs watched and control the operation of the set top converter and Turbo Card 700. The programs watched information and control commands may be passed from the cable headend 208 to the Turbo Card 700 using telephone lines.
The primary components of the Turbo Card 700 are a PC chip CPU 702, aVCA graphic controller 704. a video combiner 706. Iogic circuitry 708, NTSC encoder 710. a receiver 712, demodulator 714. and a dialer 716. The Turbo Card 700 operates by rectiving the program control information signal from the cable beadend 208 through the coaxial cable. The logic cs.rcuitry 708 of the Turbo Card 700 receives data, infrared commands, and synchronization signals from the set top converter. Menu selections made by the viewer on the remote control 900 are received by the set `V0 94~142U PCT,2'S93i1170$
top converter's IR equipment and passed through to the Turbo Card 700. The Turbo Card 700 interprets the IR signal and determines the program (or menu) the viewer has selected. The Turbo Card 700 ffiodifies the IR command to send the program selection information to the set top converter 221. The modified IR command contains the channel Information needed by the set top converter. Using the phone line and dialer 716. the Turbo Card 700 is able to transmit prograzn access information to the cable headend 208.
in the preferred erabodiment, program access inforrnation is stored at each set top terminal 220 until it is potled by the network controller 214 using a polling request message format as shoma in Figure 7a. This fi-ame format 920 consists of six 6elds. namely: (1) a leading flag 922 at the beginning of the message. (2) an address iflefd 924. (3) a subscriber region designation 926. (4) a set top terminal identifler 928 that includes a polling commandlresponse (or P/F) bit 930. (5) an information field 932. and (6) a trailing flag 934 at the end of the message. Figure 7b shows a response frame format 920' (siurcilar to the frame format 920 end, therefore, commonly numbered with the frame depicted in Figure 7a. but with the prime indicator added for clarity) for information cominunicated by the set top terminal 220 to the network controller 214 in response to the polling request of Figure 7a.
The eight-bit flag sequence 922 that appears at the beginning and end of a frame is used to establish and maintain synchronization. Such a sequence typically consists of a'01111110' bit-stream. The address field 924 designates a 4-bit address for a given set top teamirial 220.
The subscriber region designation 926 is a 4-bit 13eld that W 94r14284 PCTXs93taI708 indicates the geographical region in which the subscriber's set top terminal 220 is housed. The set top terminal identifier 928 is a 16-bit field that uniquely identifYes each set top terffiinai 220 with a 15-bit designation followed by an appended P/F bit 930. Although field size is provided by this example. a variety of sizes can be used with the present invention.
The P/F bit 930 is used to command a polling response from the set top terminal 220 addressed. as described below.
The response frame format 920' also provides a variable-length information field 932' for other data transmissions.
such as inforraation on system updates. 'Phe frame format 920' ends with an 8-bit flag (or trailing flag) 934' that is identical in format to the leading flag 922', as set forth above.
Other frame formats (e.g.. IKPEGD will be apparent to one skilled in the art and can be easily adapted for use with the system.
As summarized above, images or programs may be selected for display by sequencing through a series of menus.
Figure 8 is an example of one possible structure for a series of menus. Generally, the sequence of menus is structured with an introductory menu, a home menu, various major menus and a multitude of submenus. The submenus can include promo menus and during program menus. For example. at the home menu portton of the sequence of menus and corresponding software routines. a subscriber may select one of the major menus and start a sequence of menu displays.
Atternatively, a subscriber may go directly to a major menu by depressing a menu select button on remote control 900.
At any time during the menu sequence, the subscriber may depress a major menu button to move into another series ~
WO 94114283 PCT1L'S931,11"08 of menus. In this way, a subscriber may move from major menu to major menu.
The vax ious software subroutines executed by the microprocessor 602 allow a subscriber to sequence the menus, navigating through the vario-us menus of the present invention. A subscriber may sequence back through menus or return to the home menu with a single touch of the home menu button on remote 900.
An introductory menu screen 1000 automatically appears upon power-up and initialization of the set top terminal 220. From this introductory menu screen 1000, the set top terminal software will normally advance the subscriber to the home menu screen 1010. Z'he home menu 1010 Is the basic menu that the subscriber will return to in order to make the Srst level of viewing decisions. When the set top terminal software is displaying the bome menu 1010.
the subscriber is able to access any television programming option. 7rie software allows programming options to be entered through cursor movement on the screen and directly by button selection on the remote control 900.
In the normal progression through the menu screens.
the software will forward the subscriber to a major menu screen 1020 in response to the subscriber's remote control 900 selectton or highlighted cursor selection from the borrme menu screen 1010. The selections displayed on the home menu 1010 are for large categories of programming options.
Following the major menu 1020. the subscriber may navigate through one or more submenu screens 1050 from which the subscriber may choose one particular program for vtewing. For most programming selecrions, the user ari11 proceed from the horae menu 1010 to a major menu 1020 and then to one or more submenus 1050. Howeever, for r-=.
, WO 94132& PCT/t;S93:11703 certain programming options or functions of the set top terminal 220, the user may skip one or more menus in the sequence.
The During Program Menus 1200 are submenus 5 enabled by the set top terminal software only after the subscriber has selected a television program. These menus provide the subscriber with additional functionality and/or addiuonal information while viewing a selected program. The During Program Menus 1200 sequence can be further 10 subdivided into at least two types of menus. Hidden Menus 1380 and Program Overlay Menus 1390.
To avoid disturbing a subscriber during viewing of a program, the Hidden Menus 1380 are not shown to the subscriber but instead 'reside' at the set top terminal 220 15 naicroprocessor 602. The azaicroprocessor 602 awaits a button entry either from the remote control 900 or set top terminal 220 buttons before executing or dispiaying any Hidden Menu 1380 options. The set top terminal software provides the subscriber with additional functions such as 20 entering an interactlve mode or escaping from a selected program through use of Hidden Mcnus 1380.
Program Overlay Menus 1390 are similar to Hidden Menus 1380. However, the Program Overlay Menus 1390 are overlayed onto portions of the displayed video and not 25 hidden. The software for the Program Overlay Menus 1390 allows the subscriber to continue to watch the selected television program with audio but places graphical information on a portion of the television screen. Most Program Overlay Menus 1390 are gFaphicallly generated to 30 cover snaall portions of video. Some Overlays 1390 which are by their nature more iaaportant than the program being viewed will overlay onto greater portions of the video.
~
Y40 94i14284 Pt:Tt[:593i11 i08 Examples of types of overlay menus 1390 include Notification Menus 1392 and Confirmation Menus 1394. In the preferred embodiment, the software for the Program Overlay Menus 1390 controls the reduction or scales down the (entire) programs video arnd redirects the video to a portion of the screen.
Submenus provide the cost of viewing the program and the program's length in hours and eninutes From the submenus. the subscriber is given at least three options: (1) to purchase a program. (2) to return to the previous menu.
and (3) to press go and retuni to regular TV. The subscriber may also be given other options such as previewing the prograsn.
Using an on-screen menu approach to program selection, there is nearly an unlim1ted number of menus that can be shown to the subscriber. The memory capability of the set top terffiinal 220 and the quantity of inforaaation that is sent using the program control information signal are the only limits on the number of menus and amount of information that can be displayed to the subscriber. The approach of ustng a eries of menus in a simple tree sequence is both easy for the subscriber to use and simply implemented by the set top terminal 220 and remote control device 900 with cursor movement. A user interface software programmer will flnd many obvious variations from the preferred embodiment described.
7ne set top teriainal 220 generates and creates menus using. in part. gnformation stored in !ts graphics memory. A
background graphics file 800 will store menu backgrounds and a logo graphics 8Ie will store any necessary logos. A
menu display and cursor graphics file wiII store menu display blocks and cursor highlight overlays as well as any other ~= "'0 94t 112$.i PCTr1:5933170$
miscellaneous files needed to build the menus. Using this method of storing menus, the menus can be changed by reprogramming the graphics memory of the set top terminal 220 through Instructions from either the network controUer 214 or operations center 202.
The microprocessor 602 performs the steps required to create a menu using stored information. The microprocessor 602 fetches a background flle, logo file, menu display and cursor file in most instances. The microprocessor 602 fetches text from long-term. intermediate-term, or short-term storage depending on where the text is stored. Using a video combiner (or like device), the stored information Is combined with video and the entire image is sent to the television screen for display.
In the preferred enabodiment, a graphics controller is used to assist the set top terminal 220 in generating menus.
Menu generation by the set top terminal 220 begins with the building of a major menu screen, which includes background graphics for that major menu. "fhe background graphics may include an upper sash across the top of the screen and a lower sash across the bottom of the screen. The background graphics may be generated from the background graphics flle 800 in the memory files of the graphics memory (preferably EEPROM). In addition, logo graphics may be generated.
Such graphics typically include an icon window, a cable company logo, a channel company Iogo, and two go buttons.
Preferably, the text for each major menu is generated separately by a text generator in the set top terminal 220.
Those portions of the text that generally remain the same for a period of weeks or months may be stored in EEPROM or other local storage. Text which changes on a regular basis.
such as the movie titles (or other program selections), is 1ti'0 9. 142Ea PCT.'tõS93: 11708 transmitted to the set top terminal 220 by either the operations center 202 or the network controlles 214 of the cable headend 208. In this manner, the cable headend 208 may change the program selections available on any major menu 1020 by modifying the prograa, control information signa,l sent by the operattons center 202 and transmitting any changes using the 3=IS.
Day, date and time inforanation are added to each major menu. This infonaation is sent from the operations center 202. the cable headend 208 (signal processor 209 or network controller 214), the uplink site, or generated by the set top terminal 220 internally.
The creation and display of program description submenus is performed by the set top terminal 220 in a manner similar to that described above. Each submenu may be created in parts and combined before being sent to the television screen. Preferably. background graphics and upper and lower sashes are used. Llkewise, a video window and half-strip window can be generated from information in storage on the EEPROM.
In addition to graphics and text some subnmenus include windows that show video. Such video may be still or moving pictures. Still pictures may be stored in a compressed format (such as J'PEG) at the set top terminal 220. Video stills may be transmitted 'by the operations center 202 through the program control information signal from time to time.
Moving video picture is obtained directly from a current video feed as described above. Depending on video window stze. this may require manipulation of the video signal. inc2uding scaling down the size of the video and redirecting the video to the portion of the menu screen ~.._ PCTrT; 593/ l 1708 WO 94,14',8 t which Is within the video window of the menu. Alternatively.
the video may be obtained from a split screen channel. Such a method involves the use of split screen video techniques to send multiple video clips on a single channel at a given time.
The set top terminal 220 would scale the picture< if necessary, and redirect it to the correct position on the screen using known scaling and positioning techniques.
Additional circuitry may be required in the set top terminal 220 to perform adequate scaling and repositioning.
To avoid the need for redirecting video into the portion of the screen which houses the video window, ffi,asking and menu graphics may be used to cover the portions of the channel video that are not needed. This masking technique allows the split screen video to remain in the same portion of the screen that it Is transmitted by the operations center 202. The masking is then adjusted to cover the undesired portions of the screen. These masks are stored in the background graphics flie simitax'iy to other background flles for menus.
The split screen video technique may also be uaed for promoting television progmmming. Since a great number of short video clips may be sent continuously, fu11 or partial screen prornotionaYs (or informationals) may be provided to the subscriber. VVith this Iarge quantity of promotional video.
the subscriber is given the opportunity to "graze through new movie or television programming selections. The subscriber simply grazes from promotionai video to promotional video until the desired television program is discovered.
C. Emgxam Control Ivhrmation Si"
Throughout the present application. the term =program control information' is being used to indicate Wp 941142g.t PCT-TS93.1170g control information coming from the cable headend 208 to the set top terminal 220, whether it is sent directly from the Operations Center 202. processed by the network controIIer 214 and then forwarded to the set top box. or transmitted 5 over telephone lines.
The program control infornaation signal generated by the Operations Center 202 provides data on the scheduling and description of programs to the network controller 214 or. in an alternate configuration. directly to the set top 10 terminal 220 for display to the subscriber. In the preferred embodiment, the program control information signal is stored and modified by the network controller 214 and sent to the set top terminal 220 in the form of a set top terminal control information stream (SY`T'CI8). This con$guration is 15 required to accoffimodate differences in individual cable systems and possible differences in set top terminal devices.
The set top terminal 220 integrates either the program control Information signal or the set top terminal control information stream together with data stored in the memory 20 of the set top terminal 220. to generate on-screen displays for assisting the subscriber in choosing programs.
The goal of the menu driven program selection system 200 is to allow the subscriber to choose a program by touring through a series of inenus, organized generally as depicted in 25 Figure 8, utilizing the remote control 900 for cursor movement. 'Ihe final choice in the series of menus will identify one particular channey~ and one time for activation of that channel. Armed with a channel and activation time the set top terminal 220 can display the selected program on the 30 teievision for the viewer. To ac.hien this goal a simple embodiment assigns an intelligent alpha-numeric code to each program. This alpha-numeric code identtfies the tii'0 9.3113284 KTr'L'S93;11708 category of the program, the menu in which the program should be displayed, its transmission time(s), and the position on the menu that the program should be displayed.
In this simple embodiment. the program control inforanation. including menu c des, is sent continuously from the Operations Center 202 to the network controller 214.
and ultimately to the set top terminal 220. For example. four hours worth of programming inforaaatrion can be sent via the program control information signal continuously as shown in Table A.
Table A shows the basic programming information that may be sent to the set top terminal 220. 'I'he program descriptions shown are coded abbreviations. For example. C
for coznedy. N for news. S for sports. A for cartoons, and T'x for text. If there is a textual description for a program. such as a movie. the description may be given following that program's coded description or may be communicated follovving the four hours' worth of programming information.
As is shown in the coded lisung, program descriptions for programs greater than a half hour in length need not be repeated (each half hour). 7be video description code informs the set top terminal 220 of whether there is still or live video available to advertise the program.
For example. a sporting program may be assigned a code of B35-010194-1604-3.25-1Kichigan St. vs. USC. 7be letter B would assign the program to category B. sports. 7be second alpha-numeric character number 3 would assign the program to the third menu of ttze sports category. The third character of the code, number S. assigns the program to the fifth program slot on the third menu. The next six characters. 01/01/94. represent the date. 7be followitng four characters. 1600 represent the start 'cime which is followed W 9411428W F'CT.Z.'S93,11708 by the length of the program and the program name. This entry represents a sports show. a college football game.
which will be aired at 4:OOPNi on New Years day 1994.
TAMZ A
aaa~e oa nhvvm eers erxalnator x rime ime oot a S ecial na:aa 'sienn oa -VUSO
1 !m sons 14 4 FootbaLl Game 3.0 B13 .
In the 12:30 Charulel 1 entry of Table A. two menu codes are shown. By allowing two menu aades, programs that may ftt under two different category descriptions may be shown in both m'enus to the subscriber. With this mtnimal amount of infonaation being communicated to the set top terminal 220 on a regular basis, the terminal is able to determine the proper menu location for each program and the proper time and channel to activate for the subscriber after his menu selection.
Table B shows an example Events Table that may be downloaded to a set top terminal 220 using the Event.Dat Sle which contains infor:aation about events and pricing. As shown in the table, the three columns of the Events Table identi.fy the field number, the field itself and the type of information downloaded in the Event.Dat file. The first column contains the fleld numbers 1 through 11. The middle St16STCTUtE SKET (RULE 26) wo 94113Z8s PCTr'1:S93111708 column contains the corresponding field parameters.
including the event type. event M. global channel M. price.
start tisne, end time, start date, end date. P- icon, name and description. 7be third columri contains corresponding field type information. Field type inforaiation typically consists of an unsigned integer; hours, minutes and seconds: months.
day and year; and ASCII character identi8er.
TABtZ 8 Fie d * Field ~~ '~-~e 1 Event Type Unsigned Int 3 = YC.TJ
2 a Pay-Per-View 3sRe .TV
2 Event ID Unsigned Int 3 Global Channel ID Unsi ed Int 4 Price (in Cents) Unsigned Int 5 Start Time H,H:MM:SS
6 End Time HH:MM:SS
7 Start Date MM/DD/YY
8 End Date Mvi/DD/YY
9 P-Icon ASCIIZ
10 Name ASCIIZ
11 Descri tion ASCIIZ
Table C shows an example Event.Dat data flle. In particular. Table C shows two data streams corresponding to two event types. 'Ihe first data stream identifies a YC'N'T"' event in the first field. The second field designates the event M. which is 1234 in this example. Tbe third field includes the global channel ID number two. The fourth field indicates the cost of 50 cents for this event. The 8fth and sixth fields indicate the respective start and end times of 3:00 AM to 3:00 PM. respectively. The seventh and eighth fields show the corresponding start and end dates. designated as 8/25/93 and 8/27/93. respective;ty. Fleld nine Indicates the P-icon set to PBS.PCX graphics flle. Finally. i3elds ten and WO 94114284 PC"I'J[:593;11708 eleven Indicate the name and description of the events selected, which in this case are Sesame StreetTu and A&MIXTIA. 'I'he second data stream in the Event.Dat example shown in Table C includes analogous information for Terminator Tm, which is designated in field one as a pay-per-view event.
TAHLE C
Event.Dat Lhazample s&Ot Barnev's sass:sie st~et and Barn Abatract =~ "1 e tnsc c .poc amt~s~tar aminsux Dstract The program control information signal and ST'TCIS
can be formatted in a variety of ways and the on-screen menus can be produced in many different ways. For instance.
if the program control information signal carries no menu format information. the menu format for creating the menus can be fixed in ROM at the set top terminal. 7bis method allows the program control inforaiation signal to carry less information but has the least flezibiiity since the menu formats can not be changed without physically swapping the ROM.
In the preferred embodiment, the menu format information is stored at the set top terminal 220 in temporary memory either in a RAM. FLASH ROM, EEPROM
or EPROM. This corn8guratton provides the desired flexibility in the menu format while still limiting the amount of information needed to be communicated via the program control inforination signal. New menu format infoamation can be sent via the program control information signal or the STTCIS to the set top terzninals 220 each time there is a change to a menu.
W 94442U PCTJL'S93- a 17os Program access information for each program watched is stored at the set top terminal 220 until it is polled by the network controller 214 for information retrieval using the program control information signal or S"TT'CIS. This 5 information retrieval can be accomplished by using the polling request message and response formats, 920 and 920' respect.ively. as shown, and Figures 7a and 7b, and described above, but any suitable polling request and response message format znay be used to interrogate each set top terminal 220 10 sequentia.lly, one by one. The set top terminals 220 are identifled by a unique address and set top terminal identifler.
It is preferred that the set top terminal 220 transmit information and messages to the network controller 214 only when given permission by the network controller 214 to do 15 so.
Where, for example. specialty programs have been accessed since the previous poll, the set top teroninal 220 is given permission to transmit a polling response 920' in the form of a status report that includes any such access 20 information. The network controller's control receiver (not shown) is tasked with the receipt of set top terminal polling responses or status reports. These status reports generally include information that allows the network coatrolter 214 to track a subscriber's program ac+cess history.
25 Figure 7b shows an example of firaiae format 920' for the status reports received from the set top terminals 220 during the polling cycle. This frame format is identical to the polling request message format 920 and, as described.
includes: (1) a leading flag 922' at the beginning of the 30 message. (2) an address field 924'. (3) a subscriber region designation 926'. (4) a set top terrnina] identii3er 928' W 941142ES PC'LrCS93111708 that iracludes a polling com,maaad/response (or P/F) bit 930', (5) an information field 932'. and (6) a trailing flag 934' at the end of the message.
The information fleld 932' remains variable in length so 5 that the status of an indeterminate number of programs.
represented at 931, accessed can be included in the frame.
in this way. the control message length of the polling request message is minimal since the network controller 214 does not transmit such access information. After a polling 10 response by a given set top terminal 220. however. the control message length increases in proportion to the number of prograans accessed.
During transmission. the P/F bit is used to carry out the polling function. In particulm' the P/F bit is set to a' 1 15 position to command a polling response from the set top terminal 220 whose address is identitled in the frame. Zbe set top tersainal 220 addressed must respond to the command in the same P/F bit also set to the ` 1 positton.
The response wlll include the number of programs accessed 20 and their corresponding event identification numbers as shown in Figure 7b at 931. In cases where the set top terminal 220 has not accessed any programs since the previous polling cycle, the set top termina3 220 responds with the P/F bit set to "1 and the programs access block 25 denoting zero programs accessed.
In between polling cycles, the program control information continues to supply the set top terminals 220 with menu information. In tt-e simplest embodiffient, the menus remain fixed and only the text changes. ?hus. the 30 program control information signal can be limited to primarily text and a text generator can be employed in the set top terminal 220. This simple embodiment keeps the WO 94/14284 PCT'/t:S93,11708 4a cost of the set top terminal 220 low and limits the bandwidth necessary for the program control information. Another simple embodiment uses a separate channel full-time (large bandwidth) Just for the menu information. This separate channel would facilitate the rapid downloading of new graphics for the system and would enhance response ttme when text and other data information needs to be changed.
In the preferred embodinzent. the basic building bioclcs or templates of the on-screen menu displays will be stored in graphics memory consisting of nonvolatile RFiM. FLASH ROM.
EPROM. or preferably. EEPROM. as shown as 620 in Figure 9a. Referring to Figure 4, with the information from the graphics memory 620. the microprocessor 802, graphics decompressor 622, a text generator (not shown In Figsue 4.
but incorporated if necessary). and video combiner 624 will build a aienu screen.
The memory fi9es of the graphics memory are preferably categorized into three categories, background graphi,cs 800, logo graphics 820. and menu and display graphics 850. as shown in Figure 9a.
The background graphics ffile 800 wil3 store menu backgrounds such as: universal main menu backgrounds 804, universal submenu backgrounds 808. promo backgrounds 812 and custom menu formats 816. The logo graplzics flle 820 will store any necessary logos such as: Your Choice 'IVTN logos 824. Network logo t3Tes 828. cable system logo files 832.
studio logo i'iles 836. and graphic elements file 840. The menu display and cursor graphics file 850 wL1i store menu display blocks 854 and cursor highlight overlays 858. as well as any other miscellaneous 81es needed to build the menus.
Using this method of storing menus discussed above.
the menus can be changed by reprogramming the graphics WO 9a14284 PC'1'rCS93l11708 memory 620 of the set top terminal 220. To revise the entirz design of displayed menus, the network controller 214 or operations center 202 Instructs the EEPROM 620 to be erased and reprogrammed with new menu templates. To change one menu format or logo, the network controller 214 or operaifons center 202 Instructs just the one Iocation in memory to be erased and revrritten. Obviously, this menu reprogramming can also be done Iocally (at the set top terminal 220) by a servicemen.
As shown in Figure 9a, each gaemory subfile is further divided into various memo:y blocks. For example, the background graphics file 800. contains the universal main menu backgrounds 804. The universal main menu backgrounds rnemory 804 includes memory units UMI 860.
UM2 862 and UM3 863. Similarly, the logo graphics file 820 and menu display and curser graphics file 850 contain individuaD sub$,Ie memory blocks (for example, studio logo il2e 836 has memory block SLl 8664; menu display blocks 854 has memory menu display block 11+iD 1 866).
Figure 9b shows the hierarchical storage of text transmitted from the cable headend 208. Although text may be continuously transmitted with the video signals to set top teraminals 220, text may also be transmitted intermittently.
In such a case. the text Is stored in the set top terminai 220.
Preferably, the text is transmitted and stored in a compressed format using known techniques. Additionally.
the text is preferably stored irn graphics memory 820 within the set top terminal 220.
Depending upon the use of the text, it will be stored in one of three portions of memory. Information sent with the text wiYl either direct the text to a particular portion of memory. or Include Information as to the priority of text.
WO 94114284 PU'CS93,11748 The microprocessor 602, part of the set top terminal hardware represented at block 880, may then direct the text to the appropriate memory location for storage.
If the text is to be used frequently and over a long period of time a long term storage 875 wiU be used. If the text wlll be used for a shorter period of time (for example. a month), the text will be directed to an intertsediate storage area 877. If the text is to be used almost iaimediately, or for a short period of time (for example. within a few days) the text is directed to a short term storage area 879. The microprocessor 602 locates the appropriate text required for a particular menu and retrielres it from the appropriate portion of memory 620. T'& e text is output from the graphics memory 620 to the text generator 621. Text generated from the tmt generator 621 is thereafter directed to text/graphics video combiner 624.
Figure 9c shows the steps performed by the microprocessor 682 for ereaung a menu based upon a series of overlay screens. 7bese instructions are stored in memory within the set top terminal 220 in a screens data file. The screens data file instructs the microprocessor 602 on the location of each graphics flle on the screen. An example screens data flle is shown in Table D. wherein the screens data file specifies menu data positioning in terms of, for example. x and y pixel positions, height and width. color codes and fonts. Alternattvely, instructions or routines may be transmitted from the operations center 202 to be stored in memory vvithin the individual set top terminals 220.
i r^r Sfl - The o oanng ta lines u: ot e mua menn r ~
r aaa +anp ate e DUE4ERIL
m m~s-n~c n r " OZ ol' oRt S i% r L
r r CA axsmpJ~l ~ct r 0 os ,aront t r - os o: oat As shown at block 878 in Figure 9c. initially the ~nicz oprocessor 602 instructs the tuner 603 to select a channel.
The channel is decompressed. error corrected and decrypted. if necessary. If the video Is to be reduced in size, so as to be placed within a video window, or 9s a sp13t screen video window which must be enlarge:d, the video is scaled to the appropriate size. Additionally, the video may be required to be redirected to a portion of the television screen. accomplished by creating a series of offsets for each pixel location of the video.
w'O 94r 1328s PCTUS93 111108 Graphics must also be used to create a menu in most instances. As shown tn block 882, the mic: oprocessor 602 must fetch a background flle, a logo file, and a menu display and cursor file in most instances. Each of these files is decompressed 883. and then combined. block 886.
Similariy, the microprocessor 602 must fetch text. as shown in block 884. Depending upon the memory Iocation of the text, the microprocessor 602 will fetch the text from long-term. intermediate-term, or short-term storage, as described above. Based upon this memory retrieval, the text is generated, block 885, and combined with the video (if any). with as many screens of a decompressed graphics as are necessary. and any text, block 886. The image or portions of the iznage are stored in the video combiner (for example.
combiner 624 of Figure 4) until all overlays are received.
Thereafter. the entire image is sent, under direction of another routine, to be displayed on the television screen, as represented by display block 888.
D. B.eirogrammable T'raminal for Suggesting $ograms 1. Hegro am=ngthe 5et 'Pon Terminal In addition to all the features that the set top terminal 220 supports with interna2 programming resident at the set top. additional features may be added or existing features upgraded through remote reprogramming of the set top terminal 220. In the preferred embodiment, the cable headend 208, specificaily the network controller 214.
performs the remote reprogramming of the set top terminal 220. The cable headend 208 is able to reprogram the memory of the set top terminal 220. With this capability the cable headend 208 can remotely upgrade most software or data stored In memory at the set top terminals 220. For r K'O 94:13284 PCT/tS93;11;08 example. in the preferred embodiment, the cable headend 208 reprograms the menu format from time to time based upon special events or programming needs. such as Olympic telecasts, presidential elections, etc.
Set top terminal reprogramming preferably operates using the program control informatton portion of the transmitted signal and sendin.g the appropriate data within the program control information. When reprogr g is to occur. the cable headend 208 wi12 send an interruption sequence within the program control lnformation format that informs the set top terminal 220 that reprogramming information is to follow. In an alternative embodiaaent. one channel is dedicated for the aapecial programnaing needs of the set top terminal 220.
2 5 Signifficant reprogramming of the set top terminals 220 will occur infrequently. However, the changing of color or menu formats will occur more often. In alternative embodiments. color changes to menus may be accomplished via the program control information itself and does not require reprogramming from the cable headend 208.
Using the method of storing menus discussed above with reference to Figure 9a. the menus can be changed by reprogramming the graphics memory 620 of the set top terminai 220. There are at least two methods for reprogr g graphics memory. k'7rst. the inst.ructions for generating the menus can be changed. These Instructions are stored within the set top terminal 220 in a file (not shown in Figure 3a). The instrucuons provide the microprocessor with the location of each graphics file to be displayed on a:nenu screen (see Table D). Reprogramming the graphics file can be initiated by either sending an interrupt from the network controIler 214 or attaching a 2-4 .
wo 94;11 2g.a PC'r,tS43.117o8 bit code to the program control information signal or the S'I'I`CIS indicating that instructions in graphics memory are going to be changed. The signal also designates either the file name to be changed. or alternat3vely. the memory locations in the graphics memory to be rewritten.
The new instructions could either be sent in the information fleld 932 (Figure 7a) of the program control information signal or on a dedicated channel. Upon execution by the microprocessor. the new instructions will be loaded into the appropriate files. Alternatively. the new instructions could be loaded into RAM or disc and later stored in the appropriate memory locations upon execution by the microprocessor. Witks the new instructions stored in graphics memory, the microprocessor, graphics decompressor. text generator (depicted at 623. Figure 9b) and video combiner can build new menu screens.
Alternatively, the graphics (e.g., background graphics 800. icons. logo's 820. menu display blocks 854. cursor highlight overlays 858. etc.) can be changed directly by accessing and rewriting the files in graphics memory 620.
For example, to revise the entire design of displayed menus.
the network controller 214 or operations center 202 instructs the meffiory to be erased and reprogrammed with new menu templates (or background graphics Sle). In the preferred exnbodiffient, the menu format information of the on screen menu displays is stored at the set top terminal 220 in graphics memory 620 consisting of RAM. ROM, EPROM. or preferably EEPROM. To change menu formats, logos, icons.
etc.. directly. the network controller 214 or operations center 202 instructs the appropriate memory locations to be erased and rewritten with the new menu data using mem ry location identifiers in the instructions sent in either the wp 9.i1I3r0. PCTll: S93' 1 I7V0 .T4 program control information signai or STTCIS. New menu format information can be sent via the program control information signal or the STPCIS to the set top terminals 220 each time a change in menus occurs.
bviously. this type of remote menu reprogranomfng can also be done locally (at the set top terminal 220) by loading an extemal cartridge into the set top terminal 220 containing reprogramming instructions with the graphics changes.
In addition to menu reprogramming. the software programs resident at the set top terminal may be reprogrammed. Generally, to reprogram software programs resident at the set top terminal 220n the network controller 214 sends an Interruption command via the program control information signal or STTCIS (hereinafter designated 'program control information signal') informing the set top terminal 220 that . reprogra.mnning information m111 follow.
The program control informatiort signal also contains memory address locations or instnxcuon lines where reprograrnming will occur. Preferably. both the interrupt and memory address locations are included in the data portion of the program control informauon signal framework. The data portion of the program control inforcnauon signal wiU also include the program changes.
Interpreting the reprogramming software resident at the set top terminal 220. the microprocessor 602 will instruct that the reprogramaiing changes be stored inirially in volatile memory such as RAM. After locating the appropriate memory locations or instruction iines. the aaicroprocessor 602 at the set top terminal 220 reads the frames of program control information received and writes w0 9.t1112&3 PCT/1:S9311708 the programming changes to the appropriate memory locations.
There are at least twc> alternative embodiments for implementing the reprogramming of the set top terminal 5 220 discussed above. The preferred embodiment is shown in Figure 10a. In this emlaodiznent. the software with reprogramming instructions 1100 Is stored In a nonvolatile storage chip (EPROM) 1102 at the set top terminal 220.
Since this program is resident in nonvolatile storage, it will 10 be abie to continue to execute after a power failure. The current executable program version n is stored on FLASH
ROM in storage sectors 0 to x.
Reprogramming of the set top executable program can occur at any- time. Reprogramming may commence after the 15 sending of an interruption message via the program control information signal informing the set top that reprograinming will follow. The network controlIer 214 will follow the interruption message with the new prograra version n+1 in the data portion of the program control information signal.
20 The microprocessor 602 recognizes and interprets the interrupt message and directs the execution of the reprogramming software 1100 stored in EPROM. The reprograrnrning software 1100 instructs the construction of a file in RAM 1104 to house the new program version n+1, as 25 shown at 1106. and the microprocessor 602 wili interpret the program control information signal and direct that the new program version n+1 1106 be stored in RAM 1104. as shown.
Once the new program version n+ 1 1106 is completely 30 loaded in RAM 1104, as indicated b~y reception of all data packets. the process of reprogramming the FLASH ROM
1108 begins. In this embodiment, the new program version WO 9411428.i PCTitS93111',J8 n+ 1 1106 will be loaded into the same FLASH ROM 1108 as the old program version n 1110. The microprocessor 602 will direct the new program version n+1 1106 to overwrite the old program version n 1110. The old program version n can be rewritten with the new program version n+1 by initially rewriting all locations in the appropriate sector of FLASH ROM 1108 to zero. This sector of memory is then erased and the sector is rewritten with the data In the new executable program version n+1 1106. This process continues sector-by-sector until the new program is completely transferred and stored in the memory locauons of FLASH ROM 1108. Upon completion of loading the new program version n+1 into the FLASH ROM 1108, the set top terminal 220 vvill be reset. After resetting. the set top terminal 220 will commence operating off of the new executable program version n+1.
If there is a failure during the resetting process. the set top terminal 220 wili have to send a message to the network controller 214 requesting that the controller resend another copy of the new program version n+l. The reprogramming process wtll then begin anew, as described in the preceding paragmphs.
Alternatively, reprogramming can occur wtth the configuration shown In Figure lOb. The process for reprogramming in this embodiment is similar to that depicted in Figure 10a and, therefore. is commonly numbered except for different steps or features. However, a current program version n 1110 remains in FLASH ROM (i.e..
is not overwritten with the new version n+11 throughout the process. wherein the new current version wilt overwrite an old program version n-1 1112. By not overwrriting the current program version n 1110. the particular application .--=
~
w0 941,14294 QC:T,'L'S93 ; 11708 being changed can continue to operate in normal fashion in the event of failure. The set top terminal 220 continues to run off the program version n 1110 until the new executable program n+ 1 1106 is completely loaded in the FLASH ROM
As in the embodiment described above with reference to Figure 10a, the network controller 214 sends an interrupt message via the program control information signal to signify that reprogramming will commence. The new program version n+ 1 1106 is sent from the network controller 214. or other remote location, in the data frame within the program control information signal.
The inicroprocessor 602 recognizes and interprets the interrupt message and directs the execution of the reprogramming software 1102. Once the reprogramming software 1102 recog,nizes the fiIe name of the new program version n+1 1106. the software instructs the construction of a file in RAM to house the new program version n+1 1106.
TYIe new program version n+1 1106 is then loaded into RAM
1104. Once ail of the packets of the new executable version n+1 1106 are completely loaded in RAM 1104, the process of reprogramming the FLASH ROM 1108 begins. In particular.
an instruction commands the initiation of loading the new program version into the sectors X to X plus N of the FLASH
ROM 1108. Each sector of memory comprising the old program version ne 1 1112 in the FLASH ROM 1108 is rewritten with the new data in the new program version n+l 1106. .
If a single FLASH ROM does not have enough memory capacity to store both the current program version n 1110 and new program version. the new program veraion 1106 can be loaded into a second FLASH ROM.
WO 94114:$.i F'CTXS9111718 Upon completion of loading of the new executable 1106 into FLASH ROM 1108, the microprocessor 602 will command that the set top termina.! 220 be reset. Resetting the set top terminal 220 wilI cause the old program version n 1110 to be flushed out, causing the new executable program version n+1 1106 to run.
As an alternattve to resetting the entire set top terminal program, the set top executable code can be written modularly. with a main module and a series of sub-modules.
With this code structure, the set top program would not necessarily need to be entirely reset when replacement code is provided to the set top. Instead. individual sub-modules may be selectively replaced. Only when a replacement main module is sent is resetting of the set top program necessary.
'The instructions for reprogramming (overwriting) are contained In the main module which calls sub-modules of code. The sub-modules are not active until called by the main module. During the calling procedure. a check for the existence of replacement code (new code) for that sub-module is performed. 'Ibis check may be performed either by a physical check of a particular memory location. the setting of a variable in a particular memory location or other method. If replacement code is found for the called sub-module. the replacement code wi11 be run. After a series of error checks on the viability of the replacement code.
instructions are sent for the replacement code to overwrite the called upon sub-module in the sub-module's memory location.
Although the embodiments describe three specific methods for accomplishing reprogramming of the set top terminal 220. those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the reprogramming methodology is not limited to those i -W0 94442U PCTT,ti S93 a1708 embodiments described above but can also consist of embodiments employing different types and conflgurations of memory devices. "7 hose sisilled in that art will also recogn.ize that the reprogramming methodology is not dependent on receiving new programs or graphic files from the network controller 214 or operations center 202 but the new programs or graphic files could also be generated at either the set top terminal 220 or other remote locations.
2. - u t ns &ogra}ns Descri21;on a Ovenri Referring to F'igures 11a-e. 12a-e. 13a and 13b and 14.
the terminal's ability to assist a subscriber in cboosing channels or programs for viewing is presented. There are a variety of methods in which a set top terminal 220 can suggest a channel or program for viewing. These methods can be loosely categorized into three groups: (1) responsive methods. (2) intelligent methods and (3) methods which integrate both responsive and intelligent methodologies.
All of the methodologies for suggesting programs have in common the provision of gathering data that is representative of subscriber preferences. The microprocessor 602 vvill interpret, format and store this data in memory at the set top terminal 220. Alternatively, the subscriber specific data can be stored in memory at the network controller 214. Using progra.m scheduling and descriptive Information received from the operations center 202 or network controller 214 In either the program control information signal or STT'CIS, and the subscriber specific data, the set top terrninal 220 can select programs suited to subscriber vievuing preferences based on one of the analytical methodologies described below. These programs can be displayed on the television screen for viewer selection. Once wo 94114U4 PCt tS93, i l"OS
the subscriber has indicated a selection by using, for example, a remote control 900 utilizing cursor movement, the microprocessor 602 at the set top terminal 220 can match the subscriber selection to the program and direct the set 5 top termfnal. 220 to tune to the selected program.
With memory and a microprocessor 602 built into the set top terminal 220, "intellfgent" methods of determining a subscribers programming preference are possible. By analyzing a subscribers past behavior, the set top terminal 10 220 can literally "learn" to suggest appropriate programming or channels for a viewer. To accomplish this analysis, clues as to the subscribers behavioral pattern must be saved in the set top terminals memory. These clues. such as programs watched and time periods of television viewing. are analyzed 15 as necessary to develop a profile of the viewer. Most of this inforrzzation is gathered and stored by the set top terminal 220 unbeknownst to the subscziber. A simple example is t h e set top teraainal 220 learning' which channels are a subscriber's favorite channels. A simple learning process 20 would involve the set top teraiir:al 220 determining which channels were the most often watched by the subscriber and then assuming that those channels are the subscriber's favorite channels.
More sophisticated learning algorithms can be 25 implemented in the set top tenminals 220 via expert systems.
for example. These expert systems adapt to changing viewer preferences over time and change the corresponding subscriber pro.file.
Alternatively, a responsive method of suggesting 30 programs or channels may be used. Using the subscriber interface and menu generation, program selections can be responsive to information gathered from inquiries about the wo 94"142&i PCTr'tS93+11708 particular subscriber or from subscz'iber selected entries descriptive of preferred progr ig.
Methods for suggesting programs or channels can integrate the use of the set top ternainat's intelligence and information gathering potential. In order to combine the methods. `weights' are QeneraUy assigned to various indicators which assist in determining what channel or program the viewer desires. Following evaluation of the weighted information, program or channel suggestions are made to the viewer. For example. the weights attributed to different preference indicators can be accumulated and processed resulttng in a selection signal which could be matched to suggested programming through the use of logic networks.
While each of the suggestive embodiments described below are set forth in reference to a set top terminal.
numerous hardware variations are possible, including using the embodiments in video rental equipment such as a kiosk.
b. EesDOnsive fmb dirnent Using PrograLm ADZ==
In the preferred 'responsive embodiment (depicted in Figures l la=e). program abstracts are used to facilitate the suggestion of programs to subscribers. The abstracts are preferably created either at the network controller 214 or the operations center 202. They would be atmilar in text and format to those used to describe movies currently listed in comxnon 7'i7 movie guides. Each abstract contains language descriptive of the particular program's contents. These abstracts are preferably stored in a database either at the network controller 214 or set top terminW 220.
if the program abstract database Is stored locally at the set top terminal 220. it can reside In either ROM. EPROM or WO 94114284 FCT.'L'S93;11708 on disc. If stored at the set top terminal 220. the program abstract database wili preferably initially be sent from the network controller 214 or operations center 202 on the program control informauon signal or on a dedicated channel. In this embodiment, updates and changes to the program abstract database can be accomplished as mentioned above in the description r=egarding reprogramming the graplzics memory.
In this emboaliment, the program control information is received by the set top teraainal 220 and integrated with menu details stored in graphics memory. With this integrated inforination. the ffiicroprocessor, graphics decompressor. text generator and video combiner will generate a main menu screen and series of submenu screens.
The microprocessor 602 directs the displaying of the menu screens to the subscriber. The menu screens. as described in more detail below, comprise a graphical display of search criteria. Each particular search criteria has a list of preference entries.
7"he subscriber will provide responses to the set top terminal 220 by selecting preference entaies Indicative of the subscriber's programming preferences. For example. the subscriber can utilize a remote control 900 to facilitate the selection of preference entries by touring through the menus with the assistance of a cursor.
Each subscriber entry will then be mapped into a set of key words selected from a downloaded thesaurus.
Alternative3y, the subscriber entries could be used as the key words. 'rhe key words are then used by the microprocessor 602 to search the program abstract database. If the program abstract database Is at the network controller 214. the set top terminal 220 will have to send the key words to the network .
wo 94114=U PCT/L'S93,,117o8 controller 214. The microprocessor 602 will then select one or more programs to suggest to the subscriber based on the results of the abstract search. These suggested prog:=ams wdll then be displayed on the menu for viewer selection.
More specifically, this embodiment can be described with reference to the menu screens In Figures lla-lle. In this embodiment, as shown in the main menu 1130 depicted in Figure 11 a. a list of possible search eriteria (hereinafter criteria) 1132. including mood, type, categoryJgenre, actor.
time. year preference and standard rating. are provided to assist in the search of selected program suggestions. The viewer has the option to select as few or as many of the criteria 1132 as desired. witl,a the understanding that the more data provided. the more selective the resulting list of suggested programs. The subscriber cara select a desired criteria 1132 by depressing buttorls either on a remote portable controller or on the set top termirial 220 to move a cursor or highlight bar on the TV screen.
Following selection of a criteria on the main menu, the viewer may move through one or more submenu screens from which to choose particular entries indicative of program:ning preferences. As mentioned above, the viewer may choose as few or as many criteria as desired. One criteria depicted in the main menu 1130 is the mood criteria 1134. Upon selection by the viewer of the mood csiteria 1134. a submenu 1136 wi33 appear on the screen. depicted in Figure 13b. ?he mood submenu 1136 allows the viewer to pick from a list of subjective moods 1133. such as SERIOUS, TTgiOUGFi'TFUL.
LIGHT. TIRED. SAD. etc. Preferably the viewer will use a cursor or highlight bar to scroll down the list of subjective moods and select the preference entries desired by clicking on a select button on either the remote or on the set top WO 94114284 PCT tS93 11708 terminal 220. The viewer can select one or more of these moods with the exception that the program will not allow the selection of what it determines to be mutually exclusive moods (e.g.. HAPPY and SAD). This is accomplished by locking out a mood selection when its opposite has already been chosen.
The selected moods are cross referenced (or mapped) with a list of key words from a downioadable thesaurus table stored preferably in either ROM, EPROM or on disc at the set top terzninal 220. The key words will then be used to directly search the abstracts in the program abstract database (not shown).
. Referring back to Figure 12a. the viewer can select the program 'IYPE critetfa 1144 iu which to further distinguish the programs by program preference,. Upon selection of the TYPE criteria 1144. the TYPE submenu 1146. as shown in Figure llc, vvi1l appear on the screen. This submenu 1146 consists of a number of descriptive adjectives 1148 that ,arill preferably be used directly as key words to search the abstracts resident in the program database. The viewer can select one or more adjectives 1148 to make the search more selective.
1lgain, referring back to Figure 11a, if the viewer selects the standard category/genre criteria 1152 shown in the main menu, the category/genre submenu 1154 wt1l appear as shown in Figure 11 d. allowing the viewer to qualify a search to one or more of the program categories = downloaded to the database (example: MOVIE. DRAMA.
CHII.I;3REN. etc.).
Z~"igure 11 a shows that a viewer can also refLne a search by seIecting a favortte actor 1158. Selecting the actor criteria 1158 will allow a viewer to flll in a name entry window 1160.
wo 94114294 PCT11S93;1170E
The name entry window 1160 is limited to six letters in the preferred embodiment with the cursor on the first location, and a name is entered sequentially one letter at a time. The channel up/down key. either on the remote or set top 5 terminal 220. allows the viewer to scroll forward and backward, respectively, through the alphabet. When the desired letter has been chosen and entered. the viewer can use the volume up/down key to move left and right in the name through all the letter positions, until the actor`s name 10 has been fully or partially entered. The search tool will search for all the occurrences of the letters entered. If the name has been fully entered, a precise search of the program abstract database will be conducted for that name. If the name has bten only partlaily entered, the search tool will 15 look for a closest match to the partUWy entered name.
The TIME criteria 1162 allows a viewer to choose the preferred time of day, the preferred duration (in 30 minute increments up to 2 hours). and the preferred day of the week. An alternative embodiment would allow the viewer to 20 select up to X hour time periods for a certain day in which to search.
The YEAR criteria 1164 preferably comprises groupings of years. For ezaanple. the current year and progratns five to ten years old, ten to 20 years old. 20 to 40 25 years old, and older than 40 years. If desired, the viewer can highlight more than one group of years. If the viewer does not highlight any grouping of years. then all years are assumed desired by the viewer.
The STANDARD RATING criteria 1166 allows the 30 viewer to qualify the search to one or more of the MPAA
ratings (G. PG. PG-13. R. NC-17).
t= _ N'o 94/142$3 PCT/L'S93;11708 In alternative embodiments, the actors, time. years.
ratings. etc.. can also be selected through the provision of subanenus similar to those depicted In Figures 11b-11d.
The preferred embodiment also provides for 'negative' searches. In this type of search. words descriptive of a program type of no Interest to the viewer can either be used directly as key words or mapped into key words in the downloaded thesaurus. If the key words are found in a program during a search of the database. the program is automatically excluded from the selection list. For example.
if the viewer does not desire to view any X or R rated movies.
the viewer can simply choose to exclude movies rated as X or R by selecting these ratings on the main menu.
In this embodiment, after the viewer has selected as many of the entries as desired. and then hits the 'go` button or altematively selects by cursor or highlight a'go menu item on the menu screen. the corresponding search will commence. Any typical search tool can be used to search the program abstract database. For example, a Boolean search can be used to scan the database of textual entries and retrieve the textual entries that satisfy the Boolean search.
The programs which meet the search criteria (contain the key words corresponding to entries) selected by the viewer will be counted and the count displayed in the No.
Selections' box 1170 in the upper right hand corner of each of the screens 1130, 1136, 1146. 1154 of Figure I I a through 11d.
If the viewer desires to view a list of all of these selections and/or corresponding abstracts, the viewer may select the VIEW option 1172 in the main menu 1130. Upon selection of the view opticin. the anicroprocessor 602 instructs the selection list menu 1174. as shown in Figure ,=~
WO 941143$4 P(:TtL59111708 11 e, to be displayed on the screen. The viewer can scroll down the list by using the cursor and select the desired movie by clicking on the desired program indicated by cursor or highlight. In Figure 21e, for example, the viewer has selected the John Wayne movie GREEN BERETS. After making the seIection, the program is displayed on the screen, but if there are too many or too few programs listed, or the viewer decides not to watch any of the selected programs. the viewer has the option of returning to the main 10 menu by selecting the RETLI TO MAIN MENU box 1176.
Once the main menu screen 1130 is displayed, the viewer may choose to begin a completely new search, or alternatively, may refine the prior search. If the viewer chooses to perform a refined search, the viewer can access the various submenus and choose further preference entries resulting in a more precise search and fewer number of program selections.
It is understood that this embodiment of searching program abstract databases can be combined with the other methods described below, including viewer profile data and most often watched information. For example, different criteria can be assigned different weights (weighting the criteria's preference entries). 'Then based on an evaluation of the weighted preference entries, only those programs satisfying a minimum weighted index would show up as a selection to be suggested to the viewe.r.
Alterssattvely. program indicators can be generated and used in assigning a weight number to programs. The weight a program is assigned could be based on either most watched program information, favortte channel, or personal proflle as described below. The list of suggested entries resulting from the program abstract search methodology described above WO 93133284 FCTfC'S93/11708 could then be further refined and reduced based on the results of accumulating the weighted indicators corresponding to the programs listed. For example.
weighted numbers can be assigned to programs based primarily on the category of the program. The weighted numbers are used by the system to reflne the search. Those programs suggested from the program abstract search can then be prioritized and either displayed in prioritized order or further refined by deleting programs not satisfying a minimum weight threshold thereby reducing the list of suggested programs displayed to the viewer. 7he refined list is then displayed to the viewer.
C. Other Proit m Suggestion EmbodLments In another 'Responsive' embodirment. a favorite channel list can be established based on responses to inquiries. In this ernbodiment, menus can be used to query a subscriber and allow the subscriber to select eight favorite channels for later display. Figure 12a depicts a menu 1180.
the Broadcast TV Menu. with a favorite channels category of program menus 1182 for selection. Figure 12b shows an example of a favorite channel program subrnenu 1184 being displayed. Although a variety of types of inforffiation can be requested. mood questions and inquiries on personal information about a subscriber are preferred for this responsive method of selecting programs for vievrersõ
In another exnbodixnent, both favorite channels and often watched channels features can be utilized during menu selection. As described above, favorite channels can be stored in memory in the set top terminal 220 for later use. In addition to favorite channels. the broadcast TV menu 1180.
has a separate often watched channels category 1186 which .
.-.,.
WO 94/132bW FCTXS93;11708 allows the subscriber or the set top terminal 220 in a learning mode to choose eight additional channels for display.
In another embodiment. in a manner similar to learning the most often watched channels of the subscriber.
the terminal can also determine the most often watched programs by the subscriberõ After developing (or learning) a list of popular shows or querying the subscriber for a list of popular shows the terminal can display a customized submenu allowing the subscriber to choose one of the suggested popular shows avmilable for viewing. In order to display suggested programs that are available, the set top terminal 220 must cross reference the available programs with the viewers choices. 1'~is can be accomplished using the program control Information signal. After the cross reference. a popular show submenu similar to the favorite channel submenu shown in Figure 12b may be displayed on the television or monitor.
In one embodiment, a sophisticated program viewing suggestion feature is available as an optional feature for the subscriber. This feature gives the indecisive viewer or lazy viewer specific suggestions as to which programs the viewer should watch. The set top terminal 220 uses a combination of intelligent and responsive methodologies along with a matching algorithm to accomplish the program viewing 26 suggestion feature.
In order for the set top terminal 220 to make decisions on which programs the subscriber should watch, the terminal creates a personal profile for the particular viewer. Using the data in the particular viewer"s personal profile, subscriber mood inforanation and the television program information available in the program control inforanatson signal. the set W0 94/11 2U PCT/L=S93%11708 top terminal 220 is able to select a group of programs which the particular viewer is most likely to watch.
Specilically, the set top terminal 220 builds a personal profile for each viewer and stores the information In a 5 memory file by viewer name. To build a personal profiIe, the viewer answers a series of questions presented on a series of menu screens. These personal profile screens request the viewer to input information such as nazine. sex. age, place of birth, place of lower school education, employment type.
10 level of education, amount of television program viewing per week, and the number of shows in particular categories that the viewer watches in a given week such as. sports. movies.
documentaries, sitcoms. etc. A universal remote control 900 with alpha-numeric buttons may be used to assist 3n entering 15 the demographic data. Any subscriber demographic inforrnation which will assist the set top terminal 220 in suggesting television programs to the viewer may be used.
This raw data must be interpreted, formatted, and stored in memory by the set top terminal 220. Preferably the gathered 20 data is processed and stored in a relational database. Once a personal profile has been created tin a particular set top termina9 220). it can be indeiinitely stored in nonvolatile memory.
Ai,ternatively. the personal profile information may be 25 electranicaiiy transmitted to the set top terminal 220 from a remote location such as the cable headend 208 or billing site.
In some cable systems. personal profile information is stored at the billing site. This inforcnat,ion can be electronically transmitted via phone or cable to the set top terminal 220.
30 The set top terminal 220 must rfteSve the data. interpret the data, and forrnat the data for storage in a database in memory.
as well as for later use.
W M142E4 PCTXS93,11'08 A selection at the home menu screen 1010 (Figure 8) activates the program selectlcin feature. Following activation of the program selection feature. as shown in Figures 12c-12e. the set top terminal 220 will present the viewer with a series of brief questions to determine the viewer s mood at that particular time. For example. the first mood question screen 1190 may ask the viewer to select whether a short (30 minute). medium (30-60 minute), or long (60 plus minute) program selection is desired, as shown in Figure 12c.
The second mood question screen 1192 requests the viewer to select between a serious prograra. a thoughttu2 program. or a light program. as shown in Figure 12d. And the third mood question screen 1194 requests whether the user desires a passive program or an active program. as shown in Figure 12e. The viewer makes a selection in each question menu utilizing the cursor movement keys and go' button on his remote control 900. A variety of other mood questions are possible such as the fatigue level of the viewer, whether the viewer is in the mood for older prograaaming, etc.
After the vievver has responded to the mood question menus which determine the viewer's mood. the set top terminal 220 uses a matching algorithm to tind the best programming matches for the viewer and displays an offering of several suggested programs to the viewer (three or rnore programs are preferred). The matching algorithm compares the viewer prof3le data, mood data. and most often watched program information (if available. or favorite program information) with information about the program derived from the program control information (or STT'CIS) signal.
such as show category. description type, length. etc. Using the personal profite information and mood questions suggested above. the following types of outcomes are possible.
...., K'O 94r14284 PCZ'TS93,1140 08 71 If the set top terminal 220 is presented with a young female viewer, educated in Boston who watches sitcoms on a regular basis, and desires a short, light, passive program, a match might be found with the 30-minute sitcom !Cbeerl, the sitcom Desigriin$ Women. or h+Iurph,y Brown. Taking another example. for a middle-aged male viewer from the Boston area.
wishing a longer length, light, passive program. the New England Patriots FootballTm game. the Boston Red Sox BaseballT" game or a science fiction movie might be sug,gested.
With this program selection feature, the set top terminal 220 can intelligently assist the specific viewer In selecting a television program from among hundreds of available choices. The viewer is preferably offered a graphic menu of suggested program choices from which to choose.
Instead of the set top terminal 220 requiring an input of personal profile information, the terminal may also "learn"
the personal profile information. A subscriber's-viewing habits may be "learned" by maintaining historical data on the subscriber and analyzing this data. The historical data may include the channels (or netarcirks( and types of programs the viewer has most frequently watched, time of viewing.
duration of viewing. duration of prograras viewed etc. I'his inforznation must then be analyzed to proflle the viewer.
In the preferred 'learning' embodiment, the personal profile infornnation Is time and date sensitive in that program indicators will be different depending on the date and time of day. For example, a working male with a high school education who has been active in sports or enjoys sporting events might have a heavily weighted sport program indicator during the day on the weekend days but a heavy comedy program indicator in the late evenings on weekdays. Fiis 1( WO 941142U P'C`i'1t;S93= 11708 profile might show light prograinming on working day evenings. After analysis, the indicators can be communicated to the weighing algorithm and the matching algorithm which selects the suggested television programs. 7'he matching algorithm may be implemented through the use of a logic network. The logic network includes a signal detector which could be used for storing and accumulating the weighted indicators. Based on the accumulated weighted indicators.
the logic network could provide a selection signal for use in matching to a suggested program.
Examining Figure 13a. two gathering steps are required. personal information and mood information gather.ng, denoted at blocks 1202. 1206. respectively. As descnQed above, there are several methods in which this infornsation may be gathered. Once It Is gathered. it may be stored (and updated as necessary) for future use. 'The indicators may be newly calculated for each subscriber entry into the program selection system. Alternatively, at least each time the information gathered is changed or updated.
the information must be reinterpreted and converted into preferred program indicators, blocks 1212, 1214.
Program indicators should at a minimum indicate the type of programming to be suggested. To accomplish this.
television programs are divided into program categories preferably the same or sirailar to those categories used for the menu sequence for mnenu selection of programs (described in the detailed description of the set top terminal 220). For example. sports, comedy, news. docuffientaries.
and hit movies may be program categories. Although a variety of program indicators can be used, the preferred method is to assign a weight to each progmn category. 'lhus, a database of inforxnation can be analyzed and weights can be assigned to K'0 94i14:&i PCT,'t:S93;11708 the program categories such as sports (40). comedy (30).
news (20). documentaries (5). hit movies (5).
Using the example shown in Figure 13a. a set of preferred program indicatorR consisting of categories and weights are assigned based on the personal profile data. A
second set of preferred program indicators are assigned based upon the mood data. These two sets of preferred program indicators would then be analyzed and weighted.
block 1218. prior to entering the matching algorithsa. block 1222.
In a specific example. a subsrsibers updated personal profile might indicate: sports (40). comedy (30). news (20).
documentaries (5). hit movies (5): The subscribers mood might indicate: sports (40). comedy (20). news (5).
documentaries (5). hit movies (30). Tbe weight given to mood .might be a factor of three while the weight given to personal profile might be a factor of one. since mood information is the more recent and important information.
The weighted indicators passed onto the matching algorithm would be three times the mood indicators plus one times the personal proflle indicators, namely: sports (160). comedy (90). news (35). documentar9es (20). hit movies (95).
Therefore. the matching algorithm wili focus on sports but also provide selections In hit movies and comedy. The matching algorithm is unlikely to suggest any programs in the news or documentaries categories.
The more areas of information that are gathered and used for indicators. the more weighing factors and calculations that are necessary by t2ie weighing algorithm.
Other more sophisticated methods of weighing the importance of the data may be used.
~
K'0 94r14:U P'C7e'[:S93n1708 The matching algorithm receives program control signal information, block 1226, and extracts needed information therefrom, block 1230, then matches programs with subscribers. The matching algorithm invoYves three 5 primary steps: (1) elirninating programs that are out of the subscribers desired time frame, (2) elinainating programs in program categories that the subscriber is not interested in watching. and (3) determining priority of desired programs.
Finally. the selected programs are displayed. block 1234.
10 The first two steps eliroinate the programs in which the viewer has shown no interest. The first step eliminates programs out of time sequence (current start time or next half hour) and outside the desired length (e.g. 30-60 minutes). With two or three hundred channels in the 15 program delivery system this would reduce the program choices by app tely two thirds to roughly 100 programs.
The next step eliminates programs in program categories that have received the lower program indicator numbers. For instance. in the exaznple above the news and 20 documentaries program category received low indicator numbers. Programs in these categories are ellminated. This generally reduces the number of programs by at least 40 percent from about 100 to 60 or to programs.
The next step is to assign weight numbers to each 25 program. Weight numbers are assigned to programs based primarily on the category of the program. If programs are in two program categories (e.g. hit movie and comedy) an average is taken of the two assigned weight numbers for each progracra category. The weighted numbers are used by the 30 system as the subscribas selection criteria.
Having weighted the prograras, the number of relevant programs can be reduced by examination of the weighted "'o 93114:&i PL'T,TS93111708 numbers. It is preferred that ultimately the hundreds of available television programs be reduced to the twenty or so programs most likely to be viewed by the subscriber.
A variety of methods can be used to determine the final priority of the programs. Where using certain selection methodologies, programs in the same category have the same weight, other 4iner methods of differentiation may be used.
For exasnple, programs receiving the same weight can be further distinguished by network. Programs on the major networks may take priority over programs on smaller networks. Programs that are on networks that the viewer watches more frequently can be given priority over networks less frequently watched. Another example of differentiation is that newer programs (more recently filmed programs) are given priority over older programs. Finer methods of gradation may be accomplished by refining the weighted numbers assigned to the programs or through simple reprioritizing of programs on the short list of twenty programs.
Following the matching. the programs may be displayed on a menu screen generated as described earlier. A signal ident9fying the suggested programs is generated to assist In the menu generation process. It is preferred that 4 to 8 selections are shown on a menu screen. If none of these selections are satisfactory to the viewer. then a second and third menu screen of program choices may be displayed.
Upon selection of a program the set top terminal tunes or switches the viewer to the chosen program.
in an alternative embodiment. as shown in Figure 13b (commonly numbered with Figure 13a except for block 1238). program watched inforntation, block 1238. can be used directly in the matching algorithm. One way in which . f"
dt0 9411428.i PCT,1:S93t117Q8 the program watched information can be used directly by the matching aigorlthm is by determining and using the often watched information in the final decision step. After the matching algorithm has ordered a selection of programs for the viewer the often watched program list may be used to modify or refine the ffinal program list prior to display. For example, the matching algorithm may choose 20 of 100 programs and order the programs 1 through 20 from the most likely to the least likely viewer choices. This ordered list of 20 is compared with the most often watched program list.
A simple use of the list would be to compare between the ordered list of 20 selected programs and the often watched list. to locate the matches or closely related programs and increase the ordr.r number of those programs or "bump up" those programs on the ordered list. A second method would be to increase the located programs weighted number before ordering the 20 programs according to weight. In either case, the effect is that the often watched programs are shifted to a higher priority on the list of twenty programs and ultimately may be placed on the flrst suggested menu screen of programs. A third method of using the information would be to locate any often watched program existing within the 100 current programs and assign each located program a high weighted value before the matching algorithm calculations described above are performed.
In an alternative embodiment, additional coded ix3formauon is provided to the set top terminal 220 via the program control information signal to assist with the program selection. For example, demographic codes for each program may be sent via the program control information signal.
Additional bits could be added to the frame shown in Figure w'U 94-1428a PCT tS9,3/1 d708 7a to facilitate the communications of the code from the controller to the set top terminal 220. A code table could be stored in memory at the network controller 214. Each code would correspond to an attribute. In this embodiment. a program database would comprise a listing of hundreds of programs along with codes which provide descripuve attributes pertaining to the program. These attributes could be similar to the entries already described above in the menus of figures 11 a- 2 2 e. The demographic codes describe the subscriber demographics most likely to match with the program. Thus, a compartsori of the stored demographics in the personal profile and the demographic codes will render a list of preferred programs for the subscriber. Those skilied in the art will realize that a variety of information may be sent by code via the program control informauon signa1.
Although the embodiments specifically describe the use of several sources of information to suggest programs to the subscriber (i.e. mood and personal profiie), those sk3Iled in the art will realize that any one source of information or many more sources may be used. 7Yaose skilled in the art wtll also realize that this program suggestion methodology is not limited to the specif3cs types of information described but can be used with various types of information that indicate a viewer preference.
Using these mnethodology, it is even possible for the set top teraninal 220 to suggest programs for two viewers. By using two sets of viewer profile informauon, the matching algorithm can find the best match for joint viewing. For exunple, the set top terminal 220 can suggest programs for a couple watching television simultaneousiy. The teraainal would use the data stored in memory for each of the two viewers and determine the couples program selections which .~-WO 94J1a.'.&1 PCT/US43111708 are similar or overlap. This method of program selection can resolve disputes between viewers.
After a subscriber selects a suggested program from a menu screen or list of the selection feature, the microprocessor 602 electronically informs the tuning and decompressing hardware of the bandwidth location of the appropriate program (within the television program signal).
Armed with this information the set top ternUnal 220 is able to display the program for the viewer on a television, monitor or similar device. Alternatively, a preview menu screen 1142 as shown in I:"igure 14 may be shown to the subscriber which describes and previews the program selection. The preview menu screens may include live video or stills 1144 depicting the program selected.
'The terms and descriptions used herein are set forth by way of 1lIustration only and are not meant as limitations.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that numerous variations are possible within the spirit and scope of the invention as defined in the fo3lowing clairns.
What is ciairned is:
Table C shows an example Event.Dat data flle. In particular. Table C shows two data streams corresponding to two event types. 'Ihe first data stream identifies a YC'N'T"' event in the first field. The second field designates the event M. which is 1234 in this example. Tbe third field includes the global channel ID number two. The fourth field indicates the cost of 50 cents for this event. The 8fth and sixth fields indicate the respective start and end times of 3:00 AM to 3:00 PM. respectively. The seventh and eighth fields show the corresponding start and end dates. designated as 8/25/93 and 8/27/93. respective;ty. Fleld nine Indicates the P-icon set to PBS.PCX graphics flle. Finally. i3elds ten and WO 94114284 PC"I'J[:593;11708 eleven Indicate the name and description of the events selected, which in this case are Sesame StreetTu and A&MIXTIA. 'I'he second data stream in the Event.Dat example shown in Table C includes analogous information for Terminator Tm, which is designated in field one as a pay-per-view event.
TAHLE C
Event.Dat Lhazample s&Ot Barnev's sass:sie st~et and Barn Abatract =~ "1 e tnsc c .poc amt~s~tar aminsux Dstract The program control information signal and ST'TCIS
can be formatted in a variety of ways and the on-screen menus can be produced in many different ways. For instance.
if the program control information signal carries no menu format information. the menu format for creating the menus can be fixed in ROM at the set top terminal. 7bis method allows the program control inforaiation signal to carry less information but has the least flezibiiity since the menu formats can not be changed without physically swapping the ROM.
In the preferred embodiment, the menu format information is stored at the set top terminal 220 in temporary memory either in a RAM. FLASH ROM, EEPROM
or EPROM. This corn8guratton provides the desired flexibility in the menu format while still limiting the amount of information needed to be communicated via the program control inforination signal. New menu format infoamation can be sent via the program control information signal or the STTCIS to the set top terzninals 220 each time there is a change to a menu.
W 94442U PCTJL'S93- a 17os Program access information for each program watched is stored at the set top terminal 220 until it is polled by the network controller 214 for information retrieval using the program control information signal or S"TT'CIS. This 5 information retrieval can be accomplished by using the polling request message and response formats, 920 and 920' respect.ively. as shown, and Figures 7a and 7b, and described above, but any suitable polling request and response message format znay be used to interrogate each set top terminal 220 10 sequentia.lly, one by one. The set top terminals 220 are identifled by a unique address and set top terminal identifler.
It is preferred that the set top terminal 220 transmit information and messages to the network controller 214 only when given permission by the network controller 214 to do 15 so.
Where, for example. specialty programs have been accessed since the previous poll, the set top teroninal 220 is given permission to transmit a polling response 920' in the form of a status report that includes any such access 20 information. The network controller's control receiver (not shown) is tasked with the receipt of set top terminal polling responses or status reports. These status reports generally include information that allows the network coatrolter 214 to track a subscriber's program ac+cess history.
25 Figure 7b shows an example of firaiae format 920' for the status reports received from the set top terminals 220 during the polling cycle. This frame format is identical to the polling request message format 920 and, as described.
includes: (1) a leading flag 922' at the beginning of the 30 message. (2) an address field 924'. (3) a subscriber region designation 926'. (4) a set top terrnina] identii3er 928' W 941142ES PC'LrCS93111708 that iracludes a polling com,maaad/response (or P/F) bit 930', (5) an information field 932'. and (6) a trailing flag 934' at the end of the message.
The information fleld 932' remains variable in length so 5 that the status of an indeterminate number of programs.
represented at 931, accessed can be included in the frame.
in this way. the control message length of the polling request message is minimal since the network controller 214 does not transmit such access information. After a polling 10 response by a given set top terminal 220. however. the control message length increases in proportion to the number of prograans accessed.
During transmission. the P/F bit is used to carry out the polling function. In particulm' the P/F bit is set to a' 1 15 position to command a polling response from the set top terminal 220 whose address is identitled in the frame. Zbe set top tersainal 220 addressed must respond to the command in the same P/F bit also set to the ` 1 positton.
The response wlll include the number of programs accessed 20 and their corresponding event identification numbers as shown in Figure 7b at 931. In cases where the set top terminal 220 has not accessed any programs since the previous polling cycle, the set top termina3 220 responds with the P/F bit set to "1 and the programs access block 25 denoting zero programs accessed.
In between polling cycles, the program control information continues to supply the set top terminals 220 with menu information. In tt-e simplest embodiffient, the menus remain fixed and only the text changes. ?hus. the 30 program control information signal can be limited to primarily text and a text generator can be employed in the set top terminal 220. This simple embodiment keeps the WO 94/14284 PCT'/t:S93,11708 4a cost of the set top terminal 220 low and limits the bandwidth necessary for the program control information. Another simple embodiment uses a separate channel full-time (large bandwidth) Just for the menu information. This separate channel would facilitate the rapid downloading of new graphics for the system and would enhance response ttme when text and other data information needs to be changed.
In the preferred embodinzent. the basic building bioclcs or templates of the on-screen menu displays will be stored in graphics memory consisting of nonvolatile RFiM. FLASH ROM.
EPROM. or preferably. EEPROM. as shown as 620 in Figure 9a. Referring to Figure 4, with the information from the graphics memory 620. the microprocessor 802, graphics decompressor 622, a text generator (not shown In Figsue 4.
but incorporated if necessary). and video combiner 624 will build a aienu screen.
The memory fi9es of the graphics memory are preferably categorized into three categories, background graphi,cs 800, logo graphics 820. and menu and display graphics 850. as shown in Figure 9a.
The background graphics ffile 800 wil3 store menu backgrounds such as: universal main menu backgrounds 804, universal submenu backgrounds 808. promo backgrounds 812 and custom menu formats 816. The logo graplzics flle 820 will store any necessary logos such as: Your Choice 'IVTN logos 824. Network logo t3Tes 828. cable system logo files 832.
studio logo i'iles 836. and graphic elements file 840. The menu display and cursor graphics file 850 wL1i store menu display blocks 854 and cursor highlight overlays 858. as well as any other miscellaneous 81es needed to build the menus.
Using this method of storing menus discussed above.
the menus can be changed by reprogramming the graphics WO 9a14284 PC'1'rCS93l11708 memory 620 of the set top terminal 220. To revise the entirz design of displayed menus, the network controller 214 or operations center 202 Instructs the EEPROM 620 to be erased and reprogrammed with new menu templates. To change one menu format or logo, the network controller 214 or operaifons center 202 Instructs just the one Iocation in memory to be erased and revrritten. Obviously, this menu reprogramming can also be done Iocally (at the set top terminal 220) by a servicemen.
As shown in Figure 9a, each gaemory subfile is further divided into various memo:y blocks. For example, the background graphics file 800. contains the universal main menu backgrounds 804. The universal main menu backgrounds rnemory 804 includes memory units UMI 860.
UM2 862 and UM3 863. Similarly, the logo graphics file 820 and menu display and curser graphics file 850 contain individuaD sub$,Ie memory blocks (for example, studio logo il2e 836 has memory block SLl 8664; menu display blocks 854 has memory menu display block 11+iD 1 866).
Figure 9b shows the hierarchical storage of text transmitted from the cable headend 208. Although text may be continuously transmitted with the video signals to set top teraminals 220, text may also be transmitted intermittently.
In such a case. the text Is stored in the set top terminai 220.
Preferably, the text is transmitted and stored in a compressed format using known techniques. Additionally.
the text is preferably stored irn graphics memory 820 within the set top terminal 220.
Depending upon the use of the text, it will be stored in one of three portions of memory. Information sent with the text wiYl either direct the text to a particular portion of memory. or Include Information as to the priority of text.
WO 94114284 PU'CS93,11748 The microprocessor 602, part of the set top terminal hardware represented at block 880, may then direct the text to the appropriate memory location for storage.
If the text is to be used frequently and over a long period of time a long term storage 875 wiU be used. If the text wlll be used for a shorter period of time (for example. a month), the text will be directed to an intertsediate storage area 877. If the text is to be used almost iaimediately, or for a short period of time (for example. within a few days) the text is directed to a short term storage area 879. The microprocessor 602 locates the appropriate text required for a particular menu and retrielres it from the appropriate portion of memory 620. T'& e text is output from the graphics memory 620 to the text generator 621. Text generated from the tmt generator 621 is thereafter directed to text/graphics video combiner 624.
Figure 9c shows the steps performed by the microprocessor 682 for ereaung a menu based upon a series of overlay screens. 7bese instructions are stored in memory within the set top terminal 220 in a screens data file. The screens data file instructs the microprocessor 602 on the location of each graphics flle on the screen. An example screens data flle is shown in Table D. wherein the screens data file specifies menu data positioning in terms of, for example. x and y pixel positions, height and width. color codes and fonts. Alternattvely, instructions or routines may be transmitted from the operations center 202 to be stored in memory vvithin the individual set top terminals 220.
i r^r Sfl - The o oanng ta lines u: ot e mua menn r ~
r aaa +anp ate e DUE4ERIL
m m~s-n~c n r " OZ ol' oRt S i% r L
r r CA axsmpJ~l ~ct r 0 os ,aront t r - os o: oat As shown at block 878 in Figure 9c. initially the ~nicz oprocessor 602 instructs the tuner 603 to select a channel.
The channel is decompressed. error corrected and decrypted. if necessary. If the video Is to be reduced in size, so as to be placed within a video window, or 9s a sp13t screen video window which must be enlarge:d, the video is scaled to the appropriate size. Additionally, the video may be required to be redirected to a portion of the television screen. accomplished by creating a series of offsets for each pixel location of the video.
w'O 94r 1328s PCTUS93 111108 Graphics must also be used to create a menu in most instances. As shown tn block 882, the mic: oprocessor 602 must fetch a background flle, a logo file, and a menu display and cursor file in most instances. Each of these files is decompressed 883. and then combined. block 886.
Similariy, the microprocessor 602 must fetch text. as shown in block 884. Depending upon the memory Iocation of the text, the microprocessor 602 will fetch the text from long-term. intermediate-term, or short-term storage, as described above. Based upon this memory retrieval, the text is generated, block 885, and combined with the video (if any). with as many screens of a decompressed graphics as are necessary. and any text, block 886. The image or portions of the iznage are stored in the video combiner (for example.
combiner 624 of Figure 4) until all overlays are received.
Thereafter. the entire image is sent, under direction of another routine, to be displayed on the television screen, as represented by display block 888.
D. B.eirogrammable T'raminal for Suggesting $ograms 1. Hegro am=ngthe 5et 'Pon Terminal In addition to all the features that the set top terminal 220 supports with interna2 programming resident at the set top. additional features may be added or existing features upgraded through remote reprogramming of the set top terminal 220. In the preferred embodiment, the cable headend 208, specificaily the network controller 214.
performs the remote reprogramming of the set top terminal 220. The cable headend 208 is able to reprogram the memory of the set top terminal 220. With this capability the cable headend 208 can remotely upgrade most software or data stored In memory at the set top terminals 220. For r K'O 94:13284 PCT/tS93;11;08 example. in the preferred embodiment, the cable headend 208 reprograms the menu format from time to time based upon special events or programming needs. such as Olympic telecasts, presidential elections, etc.
Set top terminal reprogramming preferably operates using the program control informatton portion of the transmitted signal and sendin.g the appropriate data within the program control information. When reprogr g is to occur. the cable headend 208 wi12 send an interruption sequence within the program control lnformation format that informs the set top terminal 220 that reprogramming information is to follow. In an alternative embodiaaent. one channel is dedicated for the aapecial programnaing needs of the set top terminal 220.
2 5 Signifficant reprogramming of the set top terminals 220 will occur infrequently. However, the changing of color or menu formats will occur more often. In alternative embodiments. color changes to menus may be accomplished via the program control information itself and does not require reprogramming from the cable headend 208.
Using the method of storing menus discussed above with reference to Figure 9a. the menus can be changed by reprogramming the graphics memory 620 of the set top terminai 220. There are at least two methods for reprogr g graphics memory. k'7rst. the inst.ructions for generating the menus can be changed. These Instructions are stored within the set top terminal 220 in a file (not shown in Figure 3a). The instrucuons provide the microprocessor with the location of each graphics file to be displayed on a:nenu screen (see Table D). Reprogramming the graphics file can be initiated by either sending an interrupt from the network controIler 214 or attaching a 2-4 .
wo 94;11 2g.a PC'r,tS43.117o8 bit code to the program control information signal or the S'I'I`CIS indicating that instructions in graphics memory are going to be changed. The signal also designates either the file name to be changed. or alternat3vely. the memory locations in the graphics memory to be rewritten.
The new instructions could either be sent in the information fleld 932 (Figure 7a) of the program control information signal or on a dedicated channel. Upon execution by the microprocessor. the new instructions will be loaded into the appropriate files. Alternatively. the new instructions could be loaded into RAM or disc and later stored in the appropriate memory locations upon execution by the microprocessor. Witks the new instructions stored in graphics memory, the microprocessor, graphics decompressor. text generator (depicted at 623. Figure 9b) and video combiner can build new menu screens.
Alternatively, the graphics (e.g., background graphics 800. icons. logo's 820. menu display blocks 854. cursor highlight overlays 858. etc.) can be changed directly by accessing and rewriting the files in graphics memory 620.
For example, to revise the entire design of displayed menus.
the network controller 214 or operations center 202 instructs the meffiory to be erased and reprogrammed with new menu templates (or background graphics Sle). In the preferred exnbodiffient, the menu format information of the on screen menu displays is stored at the set top terminal 220 in graphics memory 620 consisting of RAM. ROM, EPROM. or preferably EEPROM. To change menu formats, logos, icons.
etc.. directly. the network controller 214 or operations center 202 instructs the appropriate memory locations to be erased and rewritten with the new menu data using mem ry location identifiers in the instructions sent in either the wp 9.i1I3r0. PCTll: S93' 1 I7V0 .T4 program control information signai or STTCIS. New menu format information can be sent via the program control information signal or the STPCIS to the set top terminals 220 each time a change in menus occurs.
bviously. this type of remote menu reprogranomfng can also be done locally (at the set top terminal 220) by loading an extemal cartridge into the set top terminal 220 containing reprogramming instructions with the graphics changes.
In addition to menu reprogramming. the software programs resident at the set top terminal may be reprogrammed. Generally, to reprogram software programs resident at the set top terminal 220n the network controller 214 sends an Interruption command via the program control information signal or STTCIS (hereinafter designated 'program control information signal') informing the set top terminal 220 that . reprogra.mnning information m111 follow.
The program control informatiort signal also contains memory address locations or instnxcuon lines where reprograrnming will occur. Preferably. both the interrupt and memory address locations are included in the data portion of the program control informauon signal framework. The data portion of the program control inforcnauon signal wiU also include the program changes.
Interpreting the reprogramming software resident at the set top terminal 220. the microprocessor 602 will instruct that the reprogramaiing changes be stored inirially in volatile memory such as RAM. After locating the appropriate memory locations or instruction iines. the aaicroprocessor 602 at the set top terminal 220 reads the frames of program control information received and writes w0 9.t1112&3 PCT/1:S9311708 the programming changes to the appropriate memory locations.
There are at least twc> alternative embodiments for implementing the reprogramming of the set top terminal 5 220 discussed above. The preferred embodiment is shown in Figure 10a. In this emlaodiznent. the software with reprogramming instructions 1100 Is stored In a nonvolatile storage chip (EPROM) 1102 at the set top terminal 220.
Since this program is resident in nonvolatile storage, it will 10 be abie to continue to execute after a power failure. The current executable program version n is stored on FLASH
ROM in storage sectors 0 to x.
Reprogramming of the set top executable program can occur at any- time. Reprogramming may commence after the 15 sending of an interruption message via the program control information signal informing the set top that reprograinming will follow. The network controlIer 214 will follow the interruption message with the new prograra version n+1 in the data portion of the program control information signal.
20 The microprocessor 602 recognizes and interprets the interrupt message and directs the execution of the reprogramming software 1100 stored in EPROM. The reprograrnrning software 1100 instructs the construction of a file in RAM 1104 to house the new program version n+1, as 25 shown at 1106. and the microprocessor 602 wili interpret the program control information signal and direct that the new program version n+1 1106 be stored in RAM 1104. as shown.
Once the new program version n+ 1 1106 is completely 30 loaded in RAM 1104, as indicated b~y reception of all data packets. the process of reprogramming the FLASH ROM
1108 begins. In this embodiment, the new program version WO 9411428.i PCTitS93111',J8 n+ 1 1106 will be loaded into the same FLASH ROM 1108 as the old program version n 1110. The microprocessor 602 will direct the new program version n+1 1106 to overwrite the old program version n 1110. The old program version n can be rewritten with the new program version n+1 by initially rewriting all locations in the appropriate sector of FLASH ROM 1108 to zero. This sector of memory is then erased and the sector is rewritten with the data In the new executable program version n+1 1106. This process continues sector-by-sector until the new program is completely transferred and stored in the memory locauons of FLASH ROM 1108. Upon completion of loading the new program version n+1 into the FLASH ROM 1108, the set top terminal 220 vvill be reset. After resetting. the set top terminal 220 will commence operating off of the new executable program version n+1.
If there is a failure during the resetting process. the set top terminal 220 wili have to send a message to the network controller 214 requesting that the controller resend another copy of the new program version n+l. The reprogramming process wtll then begin anew, as described in the preceding paragmphs.
Alternatively, reprogramming can occur wtth the configuration shown In Figure lOb. The process for reprogramming in this embodiment is similar to that depicted in Figure 10a and, therefore. is commonly numbered except for different steps or features. However, a current program version n 1110 remains in FLASH ROM (i.e..
is not overwritten with the new version n+11 throughout the process. wherein the new current version wilt overwrite an old program version n-1 1112. By not overwrriting the current program version n 1110. the particular application .--=
~
w0 941,14294 QC:T,'L'S93 ; 11708 being changed can continue to operate in normal fashion in the event of failure. The set top terminal 220 continues to run off the program version n 1110 until the new executable program n+ 1 1106 is completely loaded in the FLASH ROM
As in the embodiment described above with reference to Figure 10a, the network controller 214 sends an interrupt message via the program control information signal to signify that reprogramming will commence. The new program version n+ 1 1106 is sent from the network controller 214. or other remote location, in the data frame within the program control information signal.
The inicroprocessor 602 recognizes and interprets the interrupt message and directs the execution of the reprogramming software 1102. Once the reprogramming software 1102 recog,nizes the fiIe name of the new program version n+1 1106. the software instructs the construction of a file in RAM to house the new program version n+1 1106.
TYIe new program version n+1 1106 is then loaded into RAM
1104. Once ail of the packets of the new executable version n+1 1106 are completely loaded in RAM 1104, the process of reprogramming the FLASH ROM 1108 begins. In particular.
an instruction commands the initiation of loading the new program version into the sectors X to X plus N of the FLASH
ROM 1108. Each sector of memory comprising the old program version ne 1 1112 in the FLASH ROM 1108 is rewritten with the new data in the new program version n+l 1106. .
If a single FLASH ROM does not have enough memory capacity to store both the current program version n 1110 and new program version. the new program veraion 1106 can be loaded into a second FLASH ROM.
WO 94114:$.i F'CTXS9111718 Upon completion of loading of the new executable 1106 into FLASH ROM 1108, the microprocessor 602 will command that the set top termina.! 220 be reset. Resetting the set top terminal 220 wilI cause the old program version n 1110 to be flushed out, causing the new executable program version n+1 1106 to run.
As an alternattve to resetting the entire set top terminal program, the set top executable code can be written modularly. with a main module and a series of sub-modules.
With this code structure, the set top program would not necessarily need to be entirely reset when replacement code is provided to the set top. Instead. individual sub-modules may be selectively replaced. Only when a replacement main module is sent is resetting of the set top program necessary.
'The instructions for reprogramming (overwriting) are contained In the main module which calls sub-modules of code. The sub-modules are not active until called by the main module. During the calling procedure. a check for the existence of replacement code (new code) for that sub-module is performed. 'Ibis check may be performed either by a physical check of a particular memory location. the setting of a variable in a particular memory location or other method. If replacement code is found for the called sub-module. the replacement code wi11 be run. After a series of error checks on the viability of the replacement code.
instructions are sent for the replacement code to overwrite the called upon sub-module in the sub-module's memory location.
Although the embodiments describe three specific methods for accomplishing reprogramming of the set top terminal 220. those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the reprogramming methodology is not limited to those i -W0 94442U PCTT,ti S93 a1708 embodiments described above but can also consist of embodiments employing different types and conflgurations of memory devices. "7 hose sisilled in that art will also recogn.ize that the reprogramming methodology is not dependent on receiving new programs or graphic files from the network controller 214 or operations center 202 but the new programs or graphic files could also be generated at either the set top terminal 220 or other remote locations.
2. - u t ns &ogra}ns Descri21;on a Ovenri Referring to F'igures 11a-e. 12a-e. 13a and 13b and 14.
the terminal's ability to assist a subscriber in cboosing channels or programs for viewing is presented. There are a variety of methods in which a set top terminal 220 can suggest a channel or program for viewing. These methods can be loosely categorized into three groups: (1) responsive methods. (2) intelligent methods and (3) methods which integrate both responsive and intelligent methodologies.
All of the methodologies for suggesting programs have in common the provision of gathering data that is representative of subscriber preferences. The microprocessor 602 vvill interpret, format and store this data in memory at the set top terminal 220. Alternatively, the subscriber specific data can be stored in memory at the network controller 214. Using progra.m scheduling and descriptive Information received from the operations center 202 or network controller 214 In either the program control information signal or STT'CIS, and the subscriber specific data, the set top terrninal 220 can select programs suited to subscriber vievuing preferences based on one of the analytical methodologies described below. These programs can be displayed on the television screen for viewer selection. Once wo 94114U4 PCt tS93, i l"OS
the subscriber has indicated a selection by using, for example, a remote control 900 utilizing cursor movement, the microprocessor 602 at the set top terminal 220 can match the subscriber selection to the program and direct the set 5 top termfnal. 220 to tune to the selected program.
With memory and a microprocessor 602 built into the set top terminal 220, "intellfgent" methods of determining a subscribers programming preference are possible. By analyzing a subscribers past behavior, the set top terminal 10 220 can literally "learn" to suggest appropriate programming or channels for a viewer. To accomplish this analysis, clues as to the subscribers behavioral pattern must be saved in the set top terminals memory. These clues. such as programs watched and time periods of television viewing. are analyzed 15 as necessary to develop a profile of the viewer. Most of this inforrzzation is gathered and stored by the set top terminal 220 unbeknownst to the subscziber. A simple example is t h e set top teraainal 220 learning' which channels are a subscriber's favorite channels. A simple learning process 20 would involve the set top teraiir:al 220 determining which channels were the most often watched by the subscriber and then assuming that those channels are the subscriber's favorite channels.
More sophisticated learning algorithms can be 25 implemented in the set top tenminals 220 via expert systems.
for example. These expert systems adapt to changing viewer preferences over time and change the corresponding subscriber pro.file.
Alternatively, a responsive method of suggesting 30 programs or channels may be used. Using the subscriber interface and menu generation, program selections can be responsive to information gathered from inquiries about the wo 94"142&i PCTr'tS93+11708 particular subscriber or from subscz'iber selected entries descriptive of preferred progr ig.
Methods for suggesting programs or channels can integrate the use of the set top ternainat's intelligence and information gathering potential. In order to combine the methods. `weights' are QeneraUy assigned to various indicators which assist in determining what channel or program the viewer desires. Following evaluation of the weighted information, program or channel suggestions are made to the viewer. For example. the weights attributed to different preference indicators can be accumulated and processed resulttng in a selection signal which could be matched to suggested programming through the use of logic networks.
While each of the suggestive embodiments described below are set forth in reference to a set top terminal.
numerous hardware variations are possible, including using the embodiments in video rental equipment such as a kiosk.
b. EesDOnsive fmb dirnent Using PrograLm ADZ==
In the preferred 'responsive embodiment (depicted in Figures l la=e). program abstracts are used to facilitate the suggestion of programs to subscribers. The abstracts are preferably created either at the network controller 214 or the operations center 202. They would be atmilar in text and format to those used to describe movies currently listed in comxnon 7'i7 movie guides. Each abstract contains language descriptive of the particular program's contents. These abstracts are preferably stored in a database either at the network controller 214 or set top terminW 220.
if the program abstract database Is stored locally at the set top terminal 220. it can reside In either ROM. EPROM or WO 94114284 FCT.'L'S93;11708 on disc. If stored at the set top terminal 220. the program abstract database wili preferably initially be sent from the network controller 214 or operations center 202 on the program control informauon signal or on a dedicated channel. In this embodiment, updates and changes to the program abstract database can be accomplished as mentioned above in the description r=egarding reprogramming the graplzics memory.
In this emboaliment, the program control information is received by the set top teraainal 220 and integrated with menu details stored in graphics memory. With this integrated inforination. the ffiicroprocessor, graphics decompressor. text generator and video combiner will generate a main menu screen and series of submenu screens.
The microprocessor 602 directs the displaying of the menu screens to the subscriber. The menu screens. as described in more detail below, comprise a graphical display of search criteria. Each particular search criteria has a list of preference entries.
7"he subscriber will provide responses to the set top terminal 220 by selecting preference entaies Indicative of the subscriber's programming preferences. For example. the subscriber can utilize a remote control 900 to facilitate the selection of preference entries by touring through the menus with the assistance of a cursor.
Each subscriber entry will then be mapped into a set of key words selected from a downloaded thesaurus.
Alternative3y, the subscriber entries could be used as the key words. 'rhe key words are then used by the microprocessor 602 to search the program abstract database. If the program abstract database Is at the network controller 214. the set top terminal 220 will have to send the key words to the network .
wo 94114=U PCT/L'S93,,117o8 controller 214. The microprocessor 602 will then select one or more programs to suggest to the subscriber based on the results of the abstract search. These suggested prog:=ams wdll then be displayed on the menu for viewer selection.
More specifically, this embodiment can be described with reference to the menu screens In Figures lla-lle. In this embodiment, as shown in the main menu 1130 depicted in Figure 11 a. a list of possible search eriteria (hereinafter criteria) 1132. including mood, type, categoryJgenre, actor.
time. year preference and standard rating. are provided to assist in the search of selected program suggestions. The viewer has the option to select as few or as many of the criteria 1132 as desired. witl,a the understanding that the more data provided. the more selective the resulting list of suggested programs. The subscriber cara select a desired criteria 1132 by depressing buttorls either on a remote portable controller or on the set top termirial 220 to move a cursor or highlight bar on the TV screen.
Following selection of a criteria on the main menu, the viewer may move through one or more submenu screens from which to choose particular entries indicative of program:ning preferences. As mentioned above, the viewer may choose as few or as many criteria as desired. One criteria depicted in the main menu 1130 is the mood criteria 1134. Upon selection by the viewer of the mood csiteria 1134. a submenu 1136 wi33 appear on the screen. depicted in Figure 13b. ?he mood submenu 1136 allows the viewer to pick from a list of subjective moods 1133. such as SERIOUS, TTgiOUGFi'TFUL.
LIGHT. TIRED. SAD. etc. Preferably the viewer will use a cursor or highlight bar to scroll down the list of subjective moods and select the preference entries desired by clicking on a select button on either the remote or on the set top WO 94114284 PCT tS93 11708 terminal 220. The viewer can select one or more of these moods with the exception that the program will not allow the selection of what it determines to be mutually exclusive moods (e.g.. HAPPY and SAD). This is accomplished by locking out a mood selection when its opposite has already been chosen.
The selected moods are cross referenced (or mapped) with a list of key words from a downioadable thesaurus table stored preferably in either ROM, EPROM or on disc at the set top terzninal 220. The key words will then be used to directly search the abstracts in the program abstract database (not shown).
. Referring back to Figure 12a. the viewer can select the program 'IYPE critetfa 1144 iu which to further distinguish the programs by program preference,. Upon selection of the TYPE criteria 1144. the TYPE submenu 1146. as shown in Figure llc, vvi1l appear on the screen. This submenu 1146 consists of a number of descriptive adjectives 1148 that ,arill preferably be used directly as key words to search the abstracts resident in the program database. The viewer can select one or more adjectives 1148 to make the search more selective.
1lgain, referring back to Figure 11a, if the viewer selects the standard category/genre criteria 1152 shown in the main menu, the category/genre submenu 1154 wt1l appear as shown in Figure 11 d. allowing the viewer to qualify a search to one or more of the program categories = downloaded to the database (example: MOVIE. DRAMA.
CHII.I;3REN. etc.).
Z~"igure 11 a shows that a viewer can also refLne a search by seIecting a favortte actor 1158. Selecting the actor criteria 1158 will allow a viewer to flll in a name entry window 1160.
wo 94114294 PCT11S93;1170E
The name entry window 1160 is limited to six letters in the preferred embodiment with the cursor on the first location, and a name is entered sequentially one letter at a time. The channel up/down key. either on the remote or set top 5 terminal 220. allows the viewer to scroll forward and backward, respectively, through the alphabet. When the desired letter has been chosen and entered. the viewer can use the volume up/down key to move left and right in the name through all the letter positions, until the actor`s name 10 has been fully or partially entered. The search tool will search for all the occurrences of the letters entered. If the name has been fully entered, a precise search of the program abstract database will be conducted for that name. If the name has bten only partlaily entered, the search tool will 15 look for a closest match to the partUWy entered name.
The TIME criteria 1162 allows a viewer to choose the preferred time of day, the preferred duration (in 30 minute increments up to 2 hours). and the preferred day of the week. An alternative embodiment would allow the viewer to 20 select up to X hour time periods for a certain day in which to search.
The YEAR criteria 1164 preferably comprises groupings of years. For ezaanple. the current year and progratns five to ten years old, ten to 20 years old. 20 to 40 25 years old, and older than 40 years. If desired, the viewer can highlight more than one group of years. If the viewer does not highlight any grouping of years. then all years are assumed desired by the viewer.
The STANDARD RATING criteria 1166 allows the 30 viewer to qualify the search to one or more of the MPAA
ratings (G. PG. PG-13. R. NC-17).
t= _ N'o 94/142$3 PCT/L'S93;11708 In alternative embodiments, the actors, time. years.
ratings. etc.. can also be selected through the provision of subanenus similar to those depicted In Figures 11b-11d.
The preferred embodiment also provides for 'negative' searches. In this type of search. words descriptive of a program type of no Interest to the viewer can either be used directly as key words or mapped into key words in the downloaded thesaurus. If the key words are found in a program during a search of the database. the program is automatically excluded from the selection list. For example.
if the viewer does not desire to view any X or R rated movies.
the viewer can simply choose to exclude movies rated as X or R by selecting these ratings on the main menu.
In this embodiment, after the viewer has selected as many of the entries as desired. and then hits the 'go` button or altematively selects by cursor or highlight a'go menu item on the menu screen. the corresponding search will commence. Any typical search tool can be used to search the program abstract database. For example, a Boolean search can be used to scan the database of textual entries and retrieve the textual entries that satisfy the Boolean search.
The programs which meet the search criteria (contain the key words corresponding to entries) selected by the viewer will be counted and the count displayed in the No.
Selections' box 1170 in the upper right hand corner of each of the screens 1130, 1136, 1146. 1154 of Figure I I a through 11d.
If the viewer desires to view a list of all of these selections and/or corresponding abstracts, the viewer may select the VIEW option 1172 in the main menu 1130. Upon selection of the view opticin. the anicroprocessor 602 instructs the selection list menu 1174. as shown in Figure ,=~
WO 941143$4 P(:TtL59111708 11 e, to be displayed on the screen. The viewer can scroll down the list by using the cursor and select the desired movie by clicking on the desired program indicated by cursor or highlight. In Figure 21e, for example, the viewer has selected the John Wayne movie GREEN BERETS. After making the seIection, the program is displayed on the screen, but if there are too many or too few programs listed, or the viewer decides not to watch any of the selected programs. the viewer has the option of returning to the main 10 menu by selecting the RETLI TO MAIN MENU box 1176.
Once the main menu screen 1130 is displayed, the viewer may choose to begin a completely new search, or alternatively, may refine the prior search. If the viewer chooses to perform a refined search, the viewer can access the various submenus and choose further preference entries resulting in a more precise search and fewer number of program selections.
It is understood that this embodiment of searching program abstract databases can be combined with the other methods described below, including viewer profile data and most often watched information. For example, different criteria can be assigned different weights (weighting the criteria's preference entries). 'Then based on an evaluation of the weighted preference entries, only those programs satisfying a minimum weighted index would show up as a selection to be suggested to the viewe.r.
Alterssattvely. program indicators can be generated and used in assigning a weight number to programs. The weight a program is assigned could be based on either most watched program information, favortte channel, or personal proflle as described below. The list of suggested entries resulting from the program abstract search methodology described above WO 93133284 FCTfC'S93/11708 could then be further refined and reduced based on the results of accumulating the weighted indicators corresponding to the programs listed. For example.
weighted numbers can be assigned to programs based primarily on the category of the program. The weighted numbers are used by the system to reflne the search. Those programs suggested from the program abstract search can then be prioritized and either displayed in prioritized order or further refined by deleting programs not satisfying a minimum weight threshold thereby reducing the list of suggested programs displayed to the viewer. 7he refined list is then displayed to the viewer.
C. Other Proit m Suggestion EmbodLments In another 'Responsive' embodirment. a favorite channel list can be established based on responses to inquiries. In this ernbodiment, menus can be used to query a subscriber and allow the subscriber to select eight favorite channels for later display. Figure 12a depicts a menu 1180.
the Broadcast TV Menu. with a favorite channels category of program menus 1182 for selection. Figure 12b shows an example of a favorite channel program subrnenu 1184 being displayed. Although a variety of types of inforffiation can be requested. mood questions and inquiries on personal information about a subscriber are preferred for this responsive method of selecting programs for vievrersõ
In another exnbodixnent, both favorite channels and often watched channels features can be utilized during menu selection. As described above, favorite channels can be stored in memory in the set top terminal 220 for later use. In addition to favorite channels. the broadcast TV menu 1180.
has a separate often watched channels category 1186 which .
.-.,.
WO 94/132bW FCTXS93;11708 allows the subscriber or the set top terminal 220 in a learning mode to choose eight additional channels for display.
In another embodiment. in a manner similar to learning the most often watched channels of the subscriber.
the terminal can also determine the most often watched programs by the subscriberõ After developing (or learning) a list of popular shows or querying the subscriber for a list of popular shows the terminal can display a customized submenu allowing the subscriber to choose one of the suggested popular shows avmilable for viewing. In order to display suggested programs that are available, the set top terminal 220 must cross reference the available programs with the viewers choices. 1'~is can be accomplished using the program control Information signal. After the cross reference. a popular show submenu similar to the favorite channel submenu shown in Figure 12b may be displayed on the television or monitor.
In one embodiment, a sophisticated program viewing suggestion feature is available as an optional feature for the subscriber. This feature gives the indecisive viewer or lazy viewer specific suggestions as to which programs the viewer should watch. The set top terminal 220 uses a combination of intelligent and responsive methodologies along with a matching algorithm to accomplish the program viewing 26 suggestion feature.
In order for the set top terminal 220 to make decisions on which programs the subscriber should watch, the terminal creates a personal profile for the particular viewer. Using the data in the particular viewer"s personal profile, subscriber mood inforanation and the television program information available in the program control inforanatson signal. the set W0 94/11 2U PCT/L=S93%11708 top terminal 220 is able to select a group of programs which the particular viewer is most likely to watch.
Specilically, the set top terminal 220 builds a personal profile for each viewer and stores the information In a 5 memory file by viewer name. To build a personal profiIe, the viewer answers a series of questions presented on a series of menu screens. These personal profile screens request the viewer to input information such as nazine. sex. age, place of birth, place of lower school education, employment type.
10 level of education, amount of television program viewing per week, and the number of shows in particular categories that the viewer watches in a given week such as. sports. movies.
documentaries, sitcoms. etc. A universal remote control 900 with alpha-numeric buttons may be used to assist 3n entering 15 the demographic data. Any subscriber demographic inforrnation which will assist the set top terminal 220 in suggesting television programs to the viewer may be used.
This raw data must be interpreted, formatted, and stored in memory by the set top terminal 220. Preferably the gathered 20 data is processed and stored in a relational database. Once a personal profile has been created tin a particular set top termina9 220). it can be indeiinitely stored in nonvolatile memory.
Ai,ternatively. the personal profile information may be 25 electranicaiiy transmitted to the set top terminal 220 from a remote location such as the cable headend 208 or billing site.
In some cable systems. personal profile information is stored at the billing site. This inforcnat,ion can be electronically transmitted via phone or cable to the set top terminal 220.
30 The set top terminal 220 must rfteSve the data. interpret the data, and forrnat the data for storage in a database in memory.
as well as for later use.
W M142E4 PCTXS93,11'08 A selection at the home menu screen 1010 (Figure 8) activates the program selectlcin feature. Following activation of the program selection feature. as shown in Figures 12c-12e. the set top terminal 220 will present the viewer with a series of brief questions to determine the viewer s mood at that particular time. For example. the first mood question screen 1190 may ask the viewer to select whether a short (30 minute). medium (30-60 minute), or long (60 plus minute) program selection is desired, as shown in Figure 12c.
The second mood question screen 1192 requests the viewer to select between a serious prograra. a thoughttu2 program. or a light program. as shown in Figure 12d. And the third mood question screen 1194 requests whether the user desires a passive program or an active program. as shown in Figure 12e. The viewer makes a selection in each question menu utilizing the cursor movement keys and go' button on his remote control 900. A variety of other mood questions are possible such as the fatigue level of the viewer, whether the viewer is in the mood for older prograaaming, etc.
After the vievver has responded to the mood question menus which determine the viewer's mood. the set top terminal 220 uses a matching algorithm to tind the best programming matches for the viewer and displays an offering of several suggested programs to the viewer (three or rnore programs are preferred). The matching algorithm compares the viewer prof3le data, mood data. and most often watched program information (if available. or favorite program information) with information about the program derived from the program control information (or STT'CIS) signal.
such as show category. description type, length. etc. Using the personal profite information and mood questions suggested above. the following types of outcomes are possible.
...., K'O 94r14284 PCZ'TS93,1140 08 71 If the set top terminal 220 is presented with a young female viewer, educated in Boston who watches sitcoms on a regular basis, and desires a short, light, passive program, a match might be found with the 30-minute sitcom !Cbeerl, the sitcom Desigriin$ Women. or h+Iurph,y Brown. Taking another example. for a middle-aged male viewer from the Boston area.
wishing a longer length, light, passive program. the New England Patriots FootballTm game. the Boston Red Sox BaseballT" game or a science fiction movie might be sug,gested.
With this program selection feature, the set top terminal 220 can intelligently assist the specific viewer In selecting a television program from among hundreds of available choices. The viewer is preferably offered a graphic menu of suggested program choices from which to choose.
Instead of the set top terminal 220 requiring an input of personal profile information, the terminal may also "learn"
the personal profile information. A subscriber's-viewing habits may be "learned" by maintaining historical data on the subscriber and analyzing this data. The historical data may include the channels (or netarcirks( and types of programs the viewer has most frequently watched, time of viewing.
duration of viewing. duration of prograras viewed etc. I'his inforznation must then be analyzed to proflle the viewer.
In the preferred 'learning' embodiment, the personal profile infornnation Is time and date sensitive in that program indicators will be different depending on the date and time of day. For example, a working male with a high school education who has been active in sports or enjoys sporting events might have a heavily weighted sport program indicator during the day on the weekend days but a heavy comedy program indicator in the late evenings on weekdays. Fiis 1( WO 941142U P'C`i'1t;S93= 11708 profile might show light prograinming on working day evenings. After analysis, the indicators can be communicated to the weighing algorithm and the matching algorithm which selects the suggested television programs. 7'he matching algorithm may be implemented through the use of a logic network. The logic network includes a signal detector which could be used for storing and accumulating the weighted indicators. Based on the accumulated weighted indicators.
the logic network could provide a selection signal for use in matching to a suggested program.
Examining Figure 13a. two gathering steps are required. personal information and mood information gather.ng, denoted at blocks 1202. 1206. respectively. As descnQed above, there are several methods in which this infornsation may be gathered. Once It Is gathered. it may be stored (and updated as necessary) for future use. 'The indicators may be newly calculated for each subscriber entry into the program selection system. Alternatively, at least each time the information gathered is changed or updated.
the information must be reinterpreted and converted into preferred program indicators, blocks 1212, 1214.
Program indicators should at a minimum indicate the type of programming to be suggested. To accomplish this.
television programs are divided into program categories preferably the same or sirailar to those categories used for the menu sequence for mnenu selection of programs (described in the detailed description of the set top terminal 220). For example. sports, comedy, news. docuffientaries.
and hit movies may be program categories. Although a variety of program indicators can be used, the preferred method is to assign a weight to each progmn category. 'lhus, a database of inforxnation can be analyzed and weights can be assigned to K'0 94i14:&i PCT,'t:S93;11708 the program categories such as sports (40). comedy (30).
news (20). documentaries (5). hit movies (5).
Using the example shown in Figure 13a. a set of preferred program indicatorR consisting of categories and weights are assigned based on the personal profile data. A
second set of preferred program indicators are assigned based upon the mood data. These two sets of preferred program indicators would then be analyzed and weighted.
block 1218. prior to entering the matching algorithsa. block 1222.
In a specific example. a subsrsibers updated personal profile might indicate: sports (40). comedy (30). news (20).
documentaries (5). hit movies (5): The subscribers mood might indicate: sports (40). comedy (20). news (5).
documentaries (5). hit movies (30). Tbe weight given to mood .might be a factor of three while the weight given to personal profile might be a factor of one. since mood information is the more recent and important information.
The weighted indicators passed onto the matching algorithm would be three times the mood indicators plus one times the personal proflle indicators, namely: sports (160). comedy (90). news (35). documentar9es (20). hit movies (95).
Therefore. the matching algorithm wili focus on sports but also provide selections In hit movies and comedy. The matching algorithm is unlikely to suggest any programs in the news or documentaries categories.
The more areas of information that are gathered and used for indicators. the more weighing factors and calculations that are necessary by t2ie weighing algorithm.
Other more sophisticated methods of weighing the importance of the data may be used.
~
K'0 94r14:U P'C7e'[:S93n1708 The matching algorithm receives program control signal information, block 1226, and extracts needed information therefrom, block 1230, then matches programs with subscribers. The matching algorithm invoYves three 5 primary steps: (1) elirninating programs that are out of the subscribers desired time frame, (2) elinainating programs in program categories that the subscriber is not interested in watching. and (3) determining priority of desired programs.
Finally. the selected programs are displayed. block 1234.
10 The first two steps eliroinate the programs in which the viewer has shown no interest. The first step eliminates programs out of time sequence (current start time or next half hour) and outside the desired length (e.g. 30-60 minutes). With two or three hundred channels in the 15 program delivery system this would reduce the program choices by app tely two thirds to roughly 100 programs.
The next step eliminates programs in program categories that have received the lower program indicator numbers. For instance. in the exaznple above the news and 20 documentaries program category received low indicator numbers. Programs in these categories are ellminated. This generally reduces the number of programs by at least 40 percent from about 100 to 60 or to programs.
The next step is to assign weight numbers to each 25 program. Weight numbers are assigned to programs based primarily on the category of the program. If programs are in two program categories (e.g. hit movie and comedy) an average is taken of the two assigned weight numbers for each progracra category. The weighted numbers are used by the 30 system as the subscribas selection criteria.
Having weighted the prograras, the number of relevant programs can be reduced by examination of the weighted "'o 93114:&i PL'T,TS93111708 numbers. It is preferred that ultimately the hundreds of available television programs be reduced to the twenty or so programs most likely to be viewed by the subscriber.
A variety of methods can be used to determine the final priority of the programs. Where using certain selection methodologies, programs in the same category have the same weight, other 4iner methods of differentiation may be used.
For exasnple, programs receiving the same weight can be further distinguished by network. Programs on the major networks may take priority over programs on smaller networks. Programs that are on networks that the viewer watches more frequently can be given priority over networks less frequently watched. Another example of differentiation is that newer programs (more recently filmed programs) are given priority over older programs. Finer methods of gradation may be accomplished by refining the weighted numbers assigned to the programs or through simple reprioritizing of programs on the short list of twenty programs.
Following the matching. the programs may be displayed on a menu screen generated as described earlier. A signal ident9fying the suggested programs is generated to assist In the menu generation process. It is preferred that 4 to 8 selections are shown on a menu screen. If none of these selections are satisfactory to the viewer. then a second and third menu screen of program choices may be displayed.
Upon selection of a program the set top terminal tunes or switches the viewer to the chosen program.
in an alternative embodiment. as shown in Figure 13b (commonly numbered with Figure 13a except for block 1238). program watched inforntation, block 1238. can be used directly in the matching algorithm. One way in which . f"
dt0 9411428.i PCT,1:S93t117Q8 the program watched information can be used directly by the matching aigorlthm is by determining and using the often watched information in the final decision step. After the matching algorithm has ordered a selection of programs for the viewer the often watched program list may be used to modify or refine the ffinal program list prior to display. For example, the matching algorithm may choose 20 of 100 programs and order the programs 1 through 20 from the most likely to the least likely viewer choices. This ordered list of 20 is compared with the most often watched program list.
A simple use of the list would be to compare between the ordered list of 20 selected programs and the often watched list. to locate the matches or closely related programs and increase the ordr.r number of those programs or "bump up" those programs on the ordered list. A second method would be to increase the located programs weighted number before ordering the 20 programs according to weight. In either case, the effect is that the often watched programs are shifted to a higher priority on the list of twenty programs and ultimately may be placed on the flrst suggested menu screen of programs. A third method of using the information would be to locate any often watched program existing within the 100 current programs and assign each located program a high weighted value before the matching algorithm calculations described above are performed.
In an alternative embodiment, additional coded ix3formauon is provided to the set top terminal 220 via the program control information signal to assist with the program selection. For example, demographic codes for each program may be sent via the program control information signal.
Additional bits could be added to the frame shown in Figure w'U 94-1428a PCT tS9,3/1 d708 7a to facilitate the communications of the code from the controller to the set top terminal 220. A code table could be stored in memory at the network controller 214. Each code would correspond to an attribute. In this embodiment. a program database would comprise a listing of hundreds of programs along with codes which provide descripuve attributes pertaining to the program. These attributes could be similar to the entries already described above in the menus of figures 11 a- 2 2 e. The demographic codes describe the subscriber demographics most likely to match with the program. Thus, a compartsori of the stored demographics in the personal profile and the demographic codes will render a list of preferred programs for the subscriber. Those skilied in the art will realize that a variety of information may be sent by code via the program control informauon signa1.
Although the embodiments specifically describe the use of several sources of information to suggest programs to the subscriber (i.e. mood and personal profiie), those sk3Iled in the art will realize that any one source of information or many more sources may be used. 7Yaose skilled in the art wtll also realize that this program suggestion methodology is not limited to the specif3cs types of information described but can be used with various types of information that indicate a viewer preference.
Using these mnethodology, it is even possible for the set top teraninal 220 to suggest programs for two viewers. By using two sets of viewer profile informauon, the matching algorithm can find the best match for joint viewing. For exunple, the set top terminal 220 can suggest programs for a couple watching television simultaneousiy. The teraainal would use the data stored in memory for each of the two viewers and determine the couples program selections which .~-WO 94J1a.'.&1 PCT/US43111708 are similar or overlap. This method of program selection can resolve disputes between viewers.
After a subscriber selects a suggested program from a menu screen or list of the selection feature, the microprocessor 602 electronically informs the tuning and decompressing hardware of the bandwidth location of the appropriate program (within the television program signal).
Armed with this information the set top ternUnal 220 is able to display the program for the viewer on a television, monitor or similar device. Alternatively, a preview menu screen 1142 as shown in I:"igure 14 may be shown to the subscriber which describes and previews the program selection. The preview menu screens may include live video or stills 1144 depicting the program selected.
'The terms and descriptions used herein are set forth by way of 1lIustration only and are not meant as limitations.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that numerous variations are possible within the spirit and scope of the invention as defined in the fo3lowing clairns.
What is ciairned is:
Claims (90)
1. A method for updating set top terminal memory for use in a television delivery system, the method characterized by the following steps:
receiving a command from a remote location, the command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence;
receiving a reprogramming signal comprising one or more frames, each frame comprising a control portion and a data portion, wherein the reprogramming signal designates memory locations to be updated in the control portion of the signal frame and provides program changes in the data portion of the signal frame;
reading the program changes from the received reprogramming signal;
storing the read program changes in volatile memory;
instructing the transfer of the stored program changes from volatile memory to specified memory locations in nonvolatile memory;
and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the program changes.
receiving a command from a remote location, the command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence;
receiving a reprogramming signal comprising one or more frames, each frame comprising a control portion and a data portion, wherein the reprogramming signal designates memory locations to be updated in the control portion of the signal frame and provides program changes in the data portion of the signal frame;
reading the program changes from the received reprogramming signal;
storing the read program changes in volatile memory;
instructing the transfer of the stored program changes from volatile memory to specified memory locations in nonvolatile memory;
and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the program changes.
2. A method as defined in claim 1 wherein the volatile memory includes random access memory and the nonvolatile memory includes FLASH read/write memory.
3. A set top terminal for a television delivery system, the set top terminal characterized by:
receiving means for receiving a reprogramming signal from a remote location wherein the reprogramming signal comprises a command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence followed by changes;
first storage means for storing changes interpreted from the reprogramming signal;
second storage means for storing information; and processing means, operably connected to the receiving means, the first storage means, and the second storage means, for processing the received reprogramming signal whereby the processing means interprets the changes in the reprogramming signal and instructs the transfer of the stored interpreted changes from the first storage means to the second storage means, and instructs the set top terminal to reset so that the set top terminal operates using the interpreted changes.
receiving means for receiving a reprogramming signal from a remote location wherein the reprogramming signal comprises a command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence followed by changes;
first storage means for storing changes interpreted from the reprogramming signal;
second storage means for storing information; and processing means, operably connected to the receiving means, the first storage means, and the second storage means, for processing the received reprogramming signal whereby the processing means interprets the changes in the reprogramming signal and instructs the transfer of the stored interpreted changes from the first storage means to the second storage means, and instructs the set top terminal to reset so that the set top terminal operates using the interpreted changes.
4. The set top terminal of claim 3 characterized in that the first storage means includes random access memory and the second storage means includes FLASH read/write memory.
5. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 or 4 characterized in that the processing means includes reprogramming instructions, and whereby the reprogramming instructions direct the reprogramming of the set top terminal.
6. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 5 characterized in that the processing means further includes erasable programmable read only memory, whereby the reprogramming instructions are stored in the erasable programmable read only memory so that the reprogramming instructions will continue to execute after a system failure.
7. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 6 characterized in that the processing means further includes FLASH read/write memory, whereby the reprogramming instructions are stored in the FLASH read/write memory.
8. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 7 further characterized by a third storage means for storing an operational program, whereby the set top terminal continues to function during the processing of the reprogrammable signal using the stored operational program.
9. The set top terminal of claim 8 characterized in that the third storage means includes a FLASH read/write memory.
10. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 7 characterized in that the receiving means further includes means for receiving graphics instructions and the changes include graphics instructions.
11. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 8 characterized in that the receiving means further includes means for receiving graphics data and the changes include graphics data.
12. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 11 characterized in that the stored information includes a current program version n and a past program version n-1, and the interpreted changes provide a new program n+1, the processing means further comprising:
means for overwriting the past program version n-1 with the new program n+1, without overwriting the current program version n; and means for resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the new program n+1 rather than the current program version n.
means for overwriting the past program version n-1 with the new program n+1, without overwriting the current program version n; and means for resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the new program n+1 rather than the current program version n.
13. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 12 characterized in that the set top terminal uses menus, and the reprogramming data is menu data to update the menus.
14. The set top terminal of claim 13 characterized in that the receiving means also receives menu changes, and wherein the changes include menu changes.
15. The set top terminal of claim 14 characterized in that the menu changes include graphics data.
16. The set top terminal of claim 14 characterized in that the menus contain graphics and text, and the menu changes comprises graphical data and textual data to update the menu graphics and text.
17. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 16 characterized in that the set top terminal operates through the use of executable instructions and wherein the second storage means stores the executable instructions.
18. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 17 characterized in that the second storage means comprises individual memory modules, and wherein the transferring means comprises:
means for forwarding the stored reprogramming data to individual memory modules of the second storage means.
means for forwarding the stored reprogramming data to individual memory modules of the second storage means.
19. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 18 characterized in that a program control information signal includes the reprogramming signal, so that the reprogramming signal is contained within the program control information signal.
20. The set top terminal of any one of claims 3 to 19 further characterized by:
selecting means, connected to the second storage means and the receiving means, for selecting one or more programs for suggestion based on a received program control information signal and subscriber data;
and means, connected to the selecting means, for displaying information concerning the one or more selected programs for suggestion to the subscriber.
selecting means, connected to the second storage means and the receiving means, for selecting one or more programs for suggestion based on a received program control information signal and subscriber data;
and means, connected to the selecting means, for displaying information concerning the one or more selected programs for suggestion to the subscriber.
21. The set top terminal of claim 20 characterized in that the receiving means includes means for obtaining personal profile data, the personal profile data is contained in the program control information signal; and the selecting means further includes means for suggesting one or more programs based on the personal profile data and the subscriber data.
22. The set top terminal of any one of claims 20 or 21 characterized in that the received program control information signal contains program abstract data and the set top terminal further comprises:
third storage means, connected to the receiver means, for storing the received program abstract data;
wherein the selecting means comprises:
means for mapping the subscriber data into key words; and means for searching the stored program abstract data for the mapped key words, wherein the programs are selected for suggestion using the search.
third storage means, connected to the receiver means, for storing the received program abstract data;
wherein the selecting means comprises:
means for mapping the subscriber data into key words; and means for searching the stored program abstract data for the mapped key words, wherein the programs are selected for suggestion using the search.
23. The set top terminal of any one of claims 20, 21 or 22, characterized in that the received program control information signal contains favorite channel data and the selecting means comprises means for suggesting one or more programs based on the favorite channel data and the subscriber data.
24. The set top terminal of claim 23 characterized in that the set top terminal further comprises means, connected to the second storage means, for inputting the favorite channel data.
25. The set top terminal of claim 23 characterized in that the receiver means is connected to the second storage means and obtains the favorite channel data from the program control information signal.
26. The set top terminal of any one of claims 20 to 25 characterized in that most watched channel data is used, and the selecting means comprises means for suggesting one or more programs using the most watched channel data and the subscriber data.
27. The set top terminal of claims 26 characterized in that the receiver means is connected to the second storage means and obtains the most watched channel data from the program control information signal.
28. The set top terminal of claim 26 characterized in that the set top terminal further comprises a means, connected to the second storage means, for processing subscriber selections to determine the favorite channel data.
29 The set top terminal of any one of claims 20 to 28 characterized in that personal profile data is used and the selecting means comprises means for suggesting one or more programs based on the personal profile data and the subscriber data.
30. The set top terminal of claim 29 characterized in that the receiver means is connected to the second storage means and obtains the personal profile data from the program control information signal.
31. The set top terminal of claim 29 characterized in that the set top terminal further comprises a means, connected to the second storage means, for processing subscriber selections to determine the personal profile data.
32. The set top terminal of claim 29 characterized in that the set top terminal further comprises a means, connected to the second storage means, for inputting the personal profile data.
33. The set top terminal of any one of claims 20 to 32 characterized in that the subscriber data is stored in the first storage means or the second storage means.
34. A method of updating memory in a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system, the method characterized by the steps of:
receiving a program control information signal;
extracting reprogramming data from the received program control information signal;
storing the extracted reprogramming data in a first memory;
transferring the stored reprogramming data from the first memory to a second memory; and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the stored reprogramming data.
receiving a program control information signal;
extracting reprogramming data from the received program control information signal;
storing the extracted reprogramming data in a first memory;
transferring the stored reprogramming data from the first memory to a second memory; and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the stored reprogramming data.
35. The method of claim 34 further characterized by the step of:
running an operation program during the step of transferring, so that the set top terminal functions during the transferring step.
running an operation program during the step of transferring, so that the set top terminal functions during the transferring step.
36. The method of any one of claims 34 or 35 further characterized in that the step of selecting further comprises the step of generating a menu, wherein the set top terminal uses menus, and wherein the reprogramming data is menu data to reprogram menus.
37. The method of any one of claims 34, 35 or 36, further characterized in that the second memory contains data, and the step transferring further comprises the steps of:
moving the reprogramming data from the first memory to the second memory without overwriting the data stored in the second memory; and instructing the set top terminal to use the reprogramming data stored in the second memory instead of the data stored in the second memory, thereby updating the data stored in the second memory without overwriting the data stored in the second memory.
moving the reprogramming data from the first memory to the second memory without overwriting the data stored in the second memory; and instructing the set top terminal to use the reprogramming data stored in the second memory instead of the data stored in the second memory, thereby updating the data stored in the second memory without overwriting the data stored in the second memory.
38. The method of any one of claims 34 to 37 further characterized by the steps of:
gathering subscriber specific data;
storing the gathered subscriber specific data in the second memory;
selecting one or more programs based on the received program control information signal and the subscriber specific data; and displaying program information concerning the one or more selected programs for suggestion to the subscriber.
gathering subscriber specific data;
storing the gathered subscriber specific data in the second memory;
selecting one or more programs based on the received program control information signal and the subscriber specific data; and displaying program information concerning the one or more selected programs for suggestion to the subscriber.
39. The method of any one of claims 34 to 38 further characterized in that the received program control information signal contains program abstract data, and further comprising the step of storing the received program abstract data in the first memory, second memory, or a third memory, and wherein the step of selecting further comprises the steps of:
mapping the subscriber data into key words; and searching the stored program abstract data for the mapped key words, wherein the programs are selected for suggestion based on the search.
mapping the subscriber data into key words; and searching the stored program abstract data for the mapped key words, wherein the programs are selected for suggestion based on the search.
40. The method of any one of claims 38 or 39 further characterized by the step of storing favorite channel data in the first memory, second memory, or third memory, and wherein the step of selecting uses the stored favorite channel data and the stored subscriber specific data.
41. The method of any one of claims 38, 39 or 40, further characterized by the step of storing most watched channel data in the first memory, second memory, or third memory, and wherein the step of selecting uses the stored favorite channel data and the stored subscriber specific data, and wherein the step of selecting uses the stored most watched channel data and the stored subscriber specific data.
42. The method of any one of claims 38 to 41 further characterized by the step of storing personal profile data in the first memory, second memory, or third memory, and wherein the step of selecting uses the stored favorite channel data and the stored subscriber specific data, and wherein the step of selecting uses the stored personal profile data and the stored subscriber specific data.
43. A reprogrammable set top terminal for a television delivery system capable of being remotely reprogrammed wherein stored information may be upgraded using changes contained in a reprogramming signal, the reprogrammable set top terminal comprising:
a means for receiving the reprogramming signal from a remote location wherein the reprogramming signal comprises a command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence followed by changes;
a first means for storing changes interpreted from the reprogramming signal;
a second means for storing information;
a means, operably connected to the receiving means and first and second storing means, for processing the received reprogramming signal whereby the processing means interprets the changes in the reprogramming signal and instructs the transfer of the stored interpreted changes from the first storing means to the second storing means, so that the set top terminal operates using the interpreted changes.
a means for receiving the reprogramming signal from a remote location wherein the reprogramming signal comprises a command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence followed by changes;
a first means for storing changes interpreted from the reprogramming signal;
a second means for storing information;
a means, operably connected to the receiving means and first and second storing means, for processing the received reprogramming signal whereby the processing means interprets the changes in the reprogramming signal and instructs the transfer of the stored interpreted changes from the first storing means to the second storing means, so that the set top terminal operates using the interpreted changes.
44. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 43 wherein the first means for storing comprises random access memory and wherein the second means for storing comprises FLASH read/write memory.
45. The reprogrammable set top terminal in claims 43 or 44 wherein the processing means comprises reprogramming instructions, and whereby the reprogramming instructions direct the reprogramming of the set top terminal.
46. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 43, 44 or 45 wherein the processing means further comprises erasable programmable read only memory, whereby the reprogramming instructions are stored in the erasable programmable read only memory so that the reprogramming instructions will execute after a system failure.
47. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 43, 44, 45 or 46 wherein the processing means further comprises FLASH read/write memory, whereby the reprogramming instructions are stored in the FLASH read/write memory.
48. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 43 to 47 further comprising a third means for storing an operational program, whereby the set top terminal continues to function during the processing of the reprogramming signal using the stored operational program.
49. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 48 wherein the third storage means comprises a FLASH read/write memory.
50. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 43 to 47 wherein the means for receiving a reprogramming signal further comprises means for receiving graphics instructions and wherein the changes include graphics instructions.
51. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 43 to 48 wherein the means for receiving a reprogramming signal further comprises means for receiving graphics data and wherein the changes include graphics data.
52. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 43 to 51, wherein the stored information includes a current program version n and a past program version n-1, and wherein the interpreted changes provide a new program n+1, the means for processing further comprising:
means for overwriting the past program version n-1 with the new program n+1, without overwriting the current program version n; and means for resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the new program n+l rather than the current program version n.
means for overwriting the past program version n-1 with the new program n+1, without overwriting the current program version n; and means for resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the new program n+l rather than the current program version n.
53. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 43 to 52, wherein the means for receiving a reprogramming signal also receives menu changes, and wherein the changes include menu changes.
54. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 53, wherein the menu changes include graphics data.
55. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 43, wherein the processing means comprises means for selecting a television program to suggest to a subscriber.
56. A method for updating a set top terminal having volatile and nonvolatile memory containing memory locations for use in a television delivery system, the method comprising the following steps:
receiving a command from a remote location, the command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence;
receiving a reprogramming signal having one or more frames comprising a control portion and a data portion, the reprogramming signal designating the memory locations to be updated in the control portion and providing program changes in the data portion;
reading the program changes from the received reprogramming signal;
storing the read program changes in volatile memory;
instructing the transfer of the stored program changes from the volatile memory to designated memory locations in nonvolatile memory, whereby the stored program changes are transferred; and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the transferred program changes.
receiving a command from a remote location, the command informing the set top terminal that reprogramming is to commence;
receiving a reprogramming signal having one or more frames comprising a control portion and a data portion, the reprogramming signal designating the memory locations to be updated in the control portion and providing program changes in the data portion;
reading the program changes from the received reprogramming signal;
storing the read program changes in volatile memory;
instructing the transfer of the stored program changes from the volatile memory to designated memory locations in nonvolatile memory, whereby the stored program changes are transferred; and resetting the set top terminal so that the set top terminal operates using the transferred program changes.
57. The method of claim 56 further comprising the step of suggesting a television program to a subscriber.
58. The method of claim 56, further comprising the step of running an operation program during the step of instructing, thereby allowing the set top terminal to function as normal during the instructing step.
59. The method of clam 56, wherein an old program n-56 is stored in a memory, and a current program n is stored in the nonvolatile memory, and wherein the step of instructing further comprises the step of:
overwriting the program changes to specified memory locations in the nonvolatile memory to overwrite the old program n-1 without overwriting the current program n.
overwriting the program changes to specified memory locations in the nonvolatile memory to overwrite the old program n-1 without overwriting the current program n.
60. The method of claim 56, wherein the set top terminal uses stored menus, the data portion includes new menu information, and wherein the step of instructing includes the step of updating a stored menu with a new menu based on the new menu information.
61. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 43 to 52 wherein the reprogrammable set top terminal uses menus, and the reprogramming signal is menu data to update the menus.
62. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 61 wherein the means for receiving also receives menu changes, and wherein the changes include menu changes.
63. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 62 wherein the menu changes include graphics data.
64. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 62 wherein the menus contain graphics and text, and the menu changes comprise graphical data and textual data to update the menu graphics and text.
65. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any of claims 43 to 55 or 61 to 63 wherein the reprogrammable set top terminal operates through the use of executable instructions stored in the second storing means.
66. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any of claims 43 to 55 or 61 to 64 wherein the second storing means comprises individual memory modules, and wherein the transferring means comprises:
means for forwarding the stored reprogramming data to individual memory modules of the second storing means.
means for forwarding the stored reprogramming data to individual memory modules of the second storing means.
67. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any of claims 43 to 55 or 61 to 65 wherein the reprogramming signal is contained within a program control information signal.
68. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 43 to 55 or 61 to 67 further comprising:
selecting means, connected to a memory and the means for receiving, for selecting one or more programs for suggestion based on a received program control information signal and subscriber data; and means, connected to the selecting means, for displaying information concerning the one or more selected programs for suggestion to the subscriber.
selecting means, connected to a memory and the means for receiving, for selecting one or more programs for suggestion based on a received program control information signal and subscriber data; and means, connected to the selecting means, for displaying information concerning the one or more selected programs for suggestion to the subscriber.
69. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 68 wherein the means for receiving includes means for obtaining personal profile data contained in the program control information signal; and the selecting means further includes means for suggesting one or more programs based on the personal profile data and the subscriber data.
70. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 68 or 69 wherein the received program control information signal contains program abstract data, and the reprogrammable set top terminal further comprises storage means for storing the received program abstract data; wherein the selecting means comprises:
means for mapping the subscriber data into key words; and means for searching the stored program abstract data for the mapped key words, wherein the programs are selected for suggestion using the search.
means for mapping the subscriber data into key words; and means for searching the stored program abstract data for the mapped key words, wherein the programs are selected for suggestion using the search.
71. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 68 to 70 wherein the received program control information signal contains favorite channel data and the selecting means comprises means for suggesting one or more programs based on the favorite channel data and the subscriber data.
72. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 71 wherein the reprogrammable set top terminal further comprises means, connected to the second storing means, for inputting the favorite channel data.
73. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 71 wherein the means for receiving is connected to the second storing means and obtains the favorite channel data from the program control information signal.
74. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 68 to 73 wherein most watched channel data are used, and the selecting means comprises means for suggesting one or more programs using the most watched channel data and the subscriber data.
75. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 74 wherein the means for receiving is connected to the second storing means and obtains the most watched channel data from the program control information signal.
76. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 74 wherein the reprogrammable set top terminal further comprises means, connected to the second storing means, for processing subscriber selections to determine the favorite channel data.
77. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 68 to 76 wherein personal profile data is used and the selecting means comprises means for suggesting one or more programs based on the personal profile data and the subscriber data.
78. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 77 wherein the means for receiving is connected to the second storing means and obtains the personal profile data from the program control information signal.
79. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 77 wherein the reprogrammable set top terminal further comprises means, connected to the second storing means, for processing subscriber selections to determine the personal profile data.
80. The reprogrammable set top terminal of claim 77 wherein the reprogrammable set top terminal further comprises means, connected to the second storing means, for inputting the personal profile data.
81. The reprogrammable set top terminal of any one of claims 68 to 79 wherein the subscriber data is stored in the first storing means or the second storing means.
82. A method of updating a memory in a set top terminal used by subscribers of a television program delivery system, the method comprising the steps of:
receiving a program control information signal;
extracting reprogramming data from the received program control information signal, wherein the extracting step includes interpreting the reprogramming data;
storing the extracted reprogramming data in a first memory; and processing the extracted reprogramming data to transfer the stored reprogramming data from the first memory to a second memory and to instruct the set top terminal to reset so that the set top terminal operates using the extracted reprogramming data.
receiving a program control information signal;
extracting reprogramming data from the received program control information signal, wherein the extracting step includes interpreting the reprogramming data;
storing the extracted reprogramming data in a first memory; and processing the extracted reprogramming data to transfer the stored reprogramming data from the first memory to a second memory and to instruct the set top terminal to reset so that the set top terminal operates using the extracted reprogramming data.
83. The method of claim 82 further comprising the step of running an operation program during the step of transferring, so that the set top terminal functions during the transferring step.
84. The method of claim 82 or 83 including a selecting step which comprises the step of generating a menu, wherein the set top terminal uses menus, and wherein the reprogramming data are menu data to reprogram menus.
85. The method of any one of claims 82 to 84 further wherein the second memory contains data, and the step transferring further comprises the steps of:
moving the reprogramming data from the first memory to the second memory without overwriting the data stored in the second memory; and instructing the set top terminal to use the reprogramming data stored in the second memory instead of the data stored in the second memory, thereby updating the data stored in the second memory without overwriting the data stored in the second memory.
moving the reprogramming data from the first memory to the second memory without overwriting the data stored in the second memory; and instructing the set top terminal to use the reprogramming data stored in the second memory instead of the data stored in the second memory, thereby updating the data stored in the second memory without overwriting the data stored in the second memory.
86. The method of any one of claims 82 to 85 further comprising the steps of:
gathering subscriber specific data;
storing the gathered subscriber specific data a second memory ;
selecting one or more programs based on the received program control information signal and the subscriber specific data; and displaying program information concerning the one or more selected programs for suggestion to the subscriber.
gathering subscriber specific data;
storing the gathered subscriber specific data a second memory ;
selecting one or more programs based on the received program control information signal and the subscriber specific data; and displaying program information concerning the one or more selected programs for suggestion to the subscriber.
87. The method of any one of claims 82 to 86 further wherein the received program control information signal contains program abstract data, and further comprising the step of storing the received program abstract data in the first memory, the second memory, or a third memory, and wherein the step of selecting further comprises the steps of mapping the subscriber data into key words, and searching the stored program abstract data for the mapped key words, wherein the programs are selected for suggestion based on the search.
88. The method of any one of claims 86 or 87 further comprising the step of storing favorite channel data in the first memory, the second memory, or a third memory, and wherein the step of selecting uses the stored favorite channel data and the stored subscriber specific data.
89. The method of any one of claims 86 or 87 further comprising the step of storing most watched channel data in the first memory, the second memory, or a third memory, and wherein the step of selecting uses the stored most watched channel data and the stored subscriber specific data.
90. The method of any one of claims 86 or 87 further comprising the step of storing personal profile data in the first memory, the second memory, or a third memory, and wherein the step of selecting uses the stored personal profile data and the stored subscriber specific data.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US99107492A | 1992-12-09 | 1992-12-09 | |
US07/991,074 | 1992-12-09 | ||
CA002151456A CA2151456C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Reprogrammable terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002151456A Division CA2151456C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Reprogrammable terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2444170A1 CA2444170A1 (en) | 1994-06-23 |
CA2444170C true CA2444170C (en) | 2009-09-22 |
Family
ID=25536845
Family Applications (20)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002445287A Expired - Lifetime CA2445287C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | An operation center for a television program packaging and delivery system |
CA002445201A Expired - Lifetime CA2445201C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002445187A Expired - Lifetime CA2445187C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002271552A Expired - Fee Related CA2271552C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Caller identification for television |
CA002445176A Expired - Lifetime CA2445176C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002553120A Expired - Lifetime CA2553120C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Network controller for cable television delivery systems |
CA002151461A Expired - Fee Related CA2151461C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Advanced set top terminal for cable television delivery system |
CA002151456A Expired - Fee Related CA2151456C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Reprogrammable terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system |
CA002151462A Expired - Lifetime CA2151462C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Television program delivery system |
CA002151460A Expired - Lifetime CA2151460C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA2460634A Expired - Lifetime CA2460634C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Digital cable headend for cable television delivery system |
CA002151459A Expired - Lifetime CA2151459C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Network controller for cable television delivery systems |
CA002271555A Expired - Fee Related CA2271555C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Remote control for cable television delivery system |
CA002151457A Expired - Lifetime CA2151457C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Digital cable headend for cable television delivery system |
CA002151458A Expired - Lifetime CA2151458C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | An operation center for a television program packaging and delivery system |
CA002345161A Abandoned CA2345161A1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Advanced set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002461105A Expired - Fee Related CA2461105C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Advanced set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002444170A Expired - Fee Related CA2444170C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Reprogrammable terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system |
CA002410389A Expired - Fee Related CA2410389C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Advanced set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002447895A Expired - Lifetime CA2447895C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Network controller for cable television delivery systems |
Family Applications Before (17)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002445287A Expired - Lifetime CA2445287C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | An operation center for a television program packaging and delivery system |
CA002445201A Expired - Lifetime CA2445201C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002445187A Expired - Lifetime CA2445187C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002271552A Expired - Fee Related CA2271552C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Caller identification for television |
CA002445176A Expired - Lifetime CA2445176C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002553120A Expired - Lifetime CA2553120C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Network controller for cable television delivery systems |
CA002151461A Expired - Fee Related CA2151461C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Advanced set top terminal for cable television delivery system |
CA002151456A Expired - Fee Related CA2151456C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Reprogrammable terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system |
CA002151462A Expired - Lifetime CA2151462C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Television program delivery system |
CA002151460A Expired - Lifetime CA2151460C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA2460634A Expired - Lifetime CA2460634C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Digital cable headend for cable television delivery system |
CA002151459A Expired - Lifetime CA2151459C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Network controller for cable television delivery systems |
CA002271555A Expired - Fee Related CA2271555C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Remote control for cable television delivery system |
CA002151457A Expired - Lifetime CA2151457C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Digital cable headend for cable television delivery system |
CA002151458A Expired - Lifetime CA2151458C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | An operation center for a television program packaging and delivery system |
CA002345161A Abandoned CA2345161A1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Advanced set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002461105A Expired - Fee Related CA2461105C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Advanced set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002410389A Expired - Fee Related CA2410389C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Advanced set top terminal for cable television delivery systems |
CA002447895A Expired - Lifetime CA2447895C (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1993-12-02 | Network controller for cable television delivery systems |
Country Status (19)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (20) | US5990927A (en) |
EP (26) | EP0920207B2 (en) |
JP (11) | JP3958354B2 (en) |
KR (13) | KR100348113B1 (en) |
CN (21) | CN1181680C (en) |
AT (23) | ATE183352T1 (en) |
AU (11) | AU692428B2 (en) |
BR (7) | BR9307622A (en) |
CA (20) | CA2445287C (en) |
CO (5) | CO4480071A1 (en) |
DE (23) | DE69328441T3 (en) |
ES (11) | ES2178730T3 (en) |
HK (13) | HK1048575A1 (en) |
IL (22) | IL119479A (en) |
MY (5) | MY109974A (en) |
NZ (6) | NZ314438A (en) |
RU (5) | RU2138923C1 (en) |
TW (6) | TW361771U (en) |
WO (7) | WO1994014282A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1918)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6292568B1 (en) | 1966-12-16 | 2001-09-18 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Representing entitlements to service in a conditional access system |
US6265187B1 (en) * | 1989-02-14 | 2001-07-24 | Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Recombinant endotoxin-neutralizing proteins |
US5727060A (en) * | 1989-10-30 | 1998-03-10 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Television schedule system |
JP2822526B2 (en) * | 1990-01-19 | 1998-11-11 | ソニー株式会社 | Personal information processing apparatus and personal information processing method |
US7210159B2 (en) * | 1994-02-18 | 2007-04-24 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | System and method for transmitting and utilizing electronic programs guide information |
US5883661A (en) * | 1990-09-28 | 1999-03-16 | Ictv, Inc. | Output switching for load levelling across multiple service areas |
JP2002504271A (en) * | 1991-09-10 | 2002-02-05 | ハイブリッド・ネットワークス・インコーポレイテッド | Remote link adapter for TV broadcast data transmission system |
US5724091A (en) * | 1991-11-25 | 1998-03-03 | Actv, Inc. | Compressed digital data interactive program system |
US10361802B1 (en) | 1999-02-01 | 2019-07-23 | Blanding Hovenweep, Llc | Adaptive pattern recognition based control system and method |
US6400996B1 (en) | 1999-02-01 | 2002-06-04 | Steven M. Hoffberg | Adaptive pattern recognition based control system and method |
US5903454A (en) | 1991-12-23 | 1999-05-11 | Hoffberg; Linda Irene | Human-factored interface corporating adaptive pattern recognition based controller apparatus |
US6850252B1 (en) | 1999-10-05 | 2005-02-01 | Steven M. Hoffberg | Intelligent electronic appliance system and method |
US8352400B2 (en) | 1991-12-23 | 2013-01-08 | Hoffberg Steven M | Adaptive pattern recognition based controller apparatus and method and human-factored interface therefore |
USRE47908E1 (en) | 1991-12-23 | 2020-03-17 | Blanding Hovenweep, Llc | Ergonomic man-machine interface incorporating adaptive pattern recognition based control system |
USRE48056E1 (en) | 1991-12-23 | 2020-06-16 | Blanding Hovenweep, Llc | Ergonomic man-machine interface incorporating adaptive pattern recognition based control system |
US6418424B1 (en) | 1991-12-23 | 2002-07-09 | Steven M. Hoffberg | Ergonomic man-machine interface incorporating adaptive pattern recognition based control system |
USRE46310E1 (en) | 1991-12-23 | 2017-02-14 | Blanding Hovenweep, Llc | Ergonomic man-machine interface incorporating adaptive pattern recognition based control system |
USRE38600E1 (en) | 1992-06-22 | 2004-09-28 | Mankovitz Roy J | Apparatus and methods for accessing information relating to radio television programs |
US8073695B1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 2011-12-06 | Adrea, LLC | Electronic book with voice emulation features |
US6675386B1 (en) | 1996-09-04 | 2004-01-06 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Apparatus for video access and control over computer network, including image correction |
ATE183352T1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1999-08-15 | Discovery Communicat Inc | IMPROVED TOP-UP TERMINAL FOR CABLE TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS |
US9286294B2 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 2016-03-15 | Comcast Ip Holdings I, Llc | Video and digital multimedia aggregator content suggestion engine |
US7509270B1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 2009-03-24 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Electronic Book having electronic commerce features |
US7134131B1 (en) * | 1992-12-09 | 2006-11-07 | Sedna Patent Services, Llc | Digital broadcast program billing |
US7168084B1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 2007-01-23 | Sedna Patent Services, Llc | Method and apparatus for targeting virtual objects |
US7835989B1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 2010-11-16 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Electronic book alternative delivery systems |
US5659350A (en) * | 1992-12-09 | 1997-08-19 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Operations center for a television program packaging and delivery system |
US7849393B1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 2010-12-07 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Electronic book connection to world watch live |
AU6352894A (en) * | 1993-03-05 | 1994-09-26 | Roy J. Mankovitz | Apparatus and method using compressed codes for television program record scheduling |
US5495284A (en) | 1993-03-12 | 1996-02-27 | Katz; Ronald A. | Scheduling and processing system for telephone video communication |
US6323894B1 (en) | 1993-03-12 | 2001-11-27 | Telebuyer, Llc | Commercial product routing system with video vending capability |
US20030185356A1 (en) | 1993-03-12 | 2003-10-02 | Telebuyer, Llc | Commercial product telephonic routing system with mobile wireless and video vending capability |
US20040230992A1 (en) * | 1993-05-27 | 2004-11-18 | Gemstar Development Corporation | Method and apparatus for displaying video clips |
US6239794B1 (en) | 1994-08-31 | 2001-05-29 | E Guide, Inc. | Method and system for simultaneously displaying a television program and information about the program |
US6267670B1 (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2001-07-31 | Walker Digital, Llc | System and method for performing lottery ticket transactions utilizing point-of-sale terminals |
US6119099A (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2000-09-12 | Walker Asset Management Limited Partnership | Method and system for processing supplementary product sales at a point-of-sale terminal |
EP0632397A3 (en) * | 1993-07-02 | 1995-08-16 | Nippon Telegraph & Telephone | Book data service system with data delivery by broadcasting. |
US5822123A (en) * | 1993-09-09 | 1998-10-13 | Davis; Bruce | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with pop-up hints |
US6418556B1 (en) | 1993-09-09 | 2002-07-09 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method |
US5585866A (en) * | 1993-09-09 | 1996-12-17 | Miller; Larry | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method including virtual channels |
US5589892A (en) * | 1993-09-09 | 1996-12-31 | Knee; Robert A. | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with data feed access |
US6275268B1 (en) | 1993-09-09 | 2001-08-14 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Electronic television program guide with remote product ordering |
US5648813A (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 1997-07-15 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co. Ltd. | Graphical-interactive-screen display apparatus and peripheral units |
US7861166B1 (en) | 1993-12-02 | 2010-12-28 | Discovery Patent Holding, Llc | Resizing document pages to fit available hardware screens |
US7865567B1 (en) * | 1993-12-02 | 2011-01-04 | Discovery Patent Holdings, Llc | Virtual on-demand electronic book |
US8095949B1 (en) | 1993-12-02 | 2012-01-10 | Adrea, LLC | Electronic book with restricted access features |
US9053640B1 (en) | 1993-12-02 | 2015-06-09 | Adrea, LLC | Interactive electronic book |
JP3319141B2 (en) * | 1994-03-27 | 2002-08-26 | ソニー株式会社 | Image signal processing device |
US5488412A (en) * | 1994-03-31 | 1996-01-30 | At&T Corp. | Customer premises equipment receives high-speed downstream data over a cable television system and transmits lower speed upstream signaling on a separate channel |
US7991347B1 (en) | 1994-04-07 | 2011-08-02 | Data Innovation Llc | System and method for accessing set of digital data at a remote site |
BR9507311A (en) | 1994-04-08 | 1997-10-07 | Prevue International Inc | Interactive scrolling program guide |
AU2290295A (en) * | 1994-04-13 | 1995-11-10 | Roy J. Mankovitz | Apparatus and method for accessing broadcast information |
US5459789A (en) * | 1994-04-22 | 1995-10-17 | Thomson Consumer Electronics | Packet TV program component detector |
US5619501A (en) | 1994-04-22 | 1997-04-08 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. | Conditional access filter as for a packet video signal inverse transport system |
CA2146472C (en) * | 1994-04-22 | 2007-10-09 | Kevin Elliott Bridgewater | Packet video signal inverse transport processor with memory address circuitry |
USRE44685E1 (en) * | 1994-04-28 | 2013-12-31 | Opentv, Inc. | Apparatus for transmitting and receiving executable applications as for a multimedia system, and method and system to order an item using a distributed computing system |
US8793738B2 (en) | 1994-05-04 | 2014-07-29 | Starsight Telecast Incorporated | Television system with downloadable features |
CA2363051C (en) * | 1994-05-20 | 2004-11-30 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Improved electronic television program schedule guide systems and method |
US6396546B1 (en) | 1994-05-20 | 2002-05-28 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method |
US6002444A (en) | 1994-05-20 | 1999-12-14 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Video clip program guide |
US5559548A (en) * | 1994-05-20 | 1996-09-24 | Davis; Bruce | System and method for generating an information display schedule for an electronic program guide |
US5473609A (en) * | 1994-05-26 | 1995-12-05 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. | Method and apparatus for processing a conditional access program guide as for a satellite TV service |
US5694546A (en) | 1994-05-31 | 1997-12-02 | Reisman; Richard R. | System for automatic unattended electronic information transport between a server and a client by a vendor provided transport software with a manifest list |
US20020133816A1 (en) * | 1994-06-21 | 2002-09-19 | Greene Steven Bradford | System for collecting data concerning received transmitted material |
JPH088860A (en) * | 1994-06-24 | 1996-01-12 | Sony Corp | Information providing system |
US5581706A (en) * | 1994-06-30 | 1996-12-03 | Rca Thomson Licensing Corporation | Method forming an audio/video interactive data signal |
US7181758B1 (en) * | 1994-07-25 | 2007-02-20 | Data Innovation, L.L.C. | Information distribution and processing system |
WO1996003818A1 (en) * | 1994-07-26 | 1996-02-08 | Sony Corporation | Information service system |
ATE188325T1 (en) * | 1994-07-27 | 2000-01-15 | Grundig Ag | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A TELEVISION SIGNAL, AN ACCOMPANYING SIGNAL AND A CONTROL SIGNAL TO A LARGE/SMALL SCREEN PRESENTATION |
NL9401262A (en) * | 1994-08-01 | 1996-03-01 | Sony Telecom Europ Nv | Telecommunication system. |
US5555441A (en) * | 1994-08-02 | 1996-09-10 | Interim Design Inc. | Interactive audiovisual distribution system |
US5641319A (en) * | 1994-08-10 | 1997-06-24 | Lodgenet Entertainment Corporation | Entertainment system for providing interactive video game responses to the game interrogations to the video game engines without being processed by the host computer |
DE4428606B4 (en) * | 1994-08-12 | 2004-04-29 | Deutsche Telekom Ag | Method and arrangement for radio transmission of coded signals |
KR100409187B1 (en) * | 1994-08-16 | 2004-03-10 | 소니 가부시끼 가이샤 | TV signal receiver and program switching device and method and remote controller |
US20050204384A1 (en) * | 1994-08-31 | 2005-09-15 | Gemstar Development Corporation | Method and apparatus for displaying television programs and related text |
US20120167136A1 (en) * | 1994-08-31 | 2012-06-28 | Gemstar Development Corporation | Method and apparatus for displaying television programs and related text |
US5566353A (en) * | 1994-09-06 | 1996-10-15 | Bylon Company Limited | Point of purchase video distribution system |
GB2328105B (en) * | 1994-09-06 | 1999-03-31 | Bylon Co Ltd | Video distribution system |
WO1996008095A1 (en) * | 1994-09-08 | 1996-03-14 | Virtex Communications, Inc. | Method and apparatus for electronic distribution of digital multi-media information |
US5515098A (en) * | 1994-09-08 | 1996-05-07 | Carles; John B. | System and method for selectively distributing commercial messages over a communications network |
US5619249A (en) * | 1994-09-14 | 1997-04-08 | Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. | Telecasting service for providing video programs on demand with an interactive interface for facilitating viewer selection of video programs |
DE4434918C2 (en) * | 1994-09-29 | 1996-12-05 | Siemens Ag | Circuit arrangement for controlling the transmission of information for interactive services |
JP3644455B2 (en) * | 1994-09-29 | 2005-04-27 | ソニー株式会社 | Program information broadcasting system, program information display method and receiving apparatus |
US5760838A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 1998-06-02 | Intel Corporation | Method and system for configuring a display |
US5541662A (en) * | 1994-09-30 | 1996-07-30 | Intel Corporation | Content programmer control of video and data display using associated data |
ES2143556T3 (en) | 1994-10-12 | 2000-05-16 | Touchtunes Music Corp | INTELLIGENT DIGITAL AUDIOVISUAL REPRODUCTION SYSTEM. |
US7188352B2 (en) * | 1995-07-11 | 2007-03-06 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Intelligent digital audiovisual playback system |
US7424731B1 (en) | 1994-10-12 | 2008-09-09 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Home digital audiovisual information recording and playback system |
US5920842A (en) * | 1994-10-12 | 1999-07-06 | Pixel Instruments | Signal synchronization |
US8661477B2 (en) | 1994-10-12 | 2014-02-25 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | System for distributing and selecting audio and video information and method implemented by said system |
DE4437928C1 (en) * | 1994-10-24 | 1995-10-26 | Grundig Emv | Device for realizing interactive television services |
WO1996013124A1 (en) * | 1994-10-24 | 1996-05-02 | Intel Corporation | Video indexing protocol |
CA2158293A1 (en) * | 1994-11-03 | 1996-05-04 | Thomas Calvin Cannon | Interactive television system |
TW250616B (en) * | 1994-11-07 | 1995-07-01 | Discovery Communicat Inc | Electronic book selection and delivery system |
US6583825B1 (en) * | 1994-11-07 | 2003-06-24 | Index Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting and downloading setup information |
US20030213001A1 (en) | 1994-11-07 | 2003-11-13 | Index Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting and downloading setup information |
US5867205A (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 1999-02-02 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for controlling video/audio and channel selection for a communication signal based on textual information indicative of channel contents of a signal |
US5629733A (en) * | 1994-11-29 | 1997-05-13 | News America Publications, Inc. | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with display and search of program listings by title |
US5758257A (en) * | 1994-11-29 | 1998-05-26 | Herz; Frederick | System and method for scheduling broadcast of and access to video programs and other data using customer profiles |
US6460036B1 (en) | 1994-11-29 | 2002-10-01 | Pinpoint Incorporated | System and method for providing customized electronic newspapers and target advertisements |
US6571279B1 (en) * | 1997-12-05 | 2003-05-27 | Pinpoint Incorporated | Location enhanced information delivery system |
JP2792454B2 (en) | 1995-02-09 | 1998-09-03 | 日本電気株式会社 | Video search system |
US5892910A (en) * | 1995-02-28 | 1999-04-06 | General Instrument Corporation | CATV communication system for changing first protocol syntax processor which processes data of first format to second protocol syntax processor processes data of second format |
JP3564698B2 (en) * | 1995-03-10 | 2004-09-15 | ソニー株式会社 | Parental control method and parental control device |
JPH08314979A (en) * | 1995-03-13 | 1996-11-29 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Method and device for displaying program information on display |
CA2170429C (en) * | 1995-03-28 | 2000-04-25 | Stephen Gregory Eick | Method and apparatus for finding and selecting a desired data item from a large schedule of data items using a tv set and a controller similar to a tv-remote-control |
US6246767B1 (en) | 1995-04-03 | 2001-06-12 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Source authentication of download information in a conditional access system |
US6252964B1 (en) | 1995-04-03 | 2001-06-26 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Authorization of services in a conditional access system |
US6937729B2 (en) | 1995-04-03 | 2005-08-30 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Representing entitlements to service in a conditional access system |
US6560340B1 (en) | 1995-04-03 | 2003-05-06 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for geographically limiting service in a conditional access system |
US6424717B1 (en) | 1995-04-03 | 2002-07-23 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Encryption devices for use in a conditional access system |
US5880768A (en) | 1995-04-06 | 1999-03-09 | Prevue Networks, Inc. | Interactive program guide systems and processes |
US6700958B2 (en) | 1995-04-10 | 2004-03-02 | Starguide Digital Networks, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting coded audio signals through a transmission channel with limited bandwidth |
US5550576A (en) * | 1995-04-17 | 1996-08-27 | Starsight Telecast Incorporated | Method and apparatus for merging television program schedule information received from multiple television schedule information sources |
US8539528B2 (en) | 1995-04-17 | 2013-09-17 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Multi-source switching in a television system |
JP3536946B2 (en) * | 1995-04-17 | 2004-06-14 | ソニー株式会社 | Electronic program guide receiving apparatus and method |
JP3662295B2 (en) * | 1995-04-17 | 2005-06-22 | ソニー株式会社 | Electronic program guide transmission apparatus and method, and electronic program guide reception apparatus and method |
CA2466894A1 (en) * | 1995-04-24 | 1996-10-31 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with remote product ordering |
AU727344B2 (en) * | 1995-04-24 | 2000-12-14 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with remote product ordering |
US5818438A (en) | 1995-04-25 | 1998-10-06 | Bellsouth Corporation | System and method for providing television services |
US5689799A (en) * | 1995-04-26 | 1997-11-18 | Wink Communications, Inc. | Method and apparatus for routing confidential information |
US5666645A (en) * | 1995-04-26 | 1997-09-09 | News America Publications, Inc. | Data management and distribution system and method for an electronic television program guide |
US5682511A (en) * | 1995-05-05 | 1997-10-28 | Microsoft Corporation | Graphical viewer interface for an interactive network system |
US5861906A (en) * | 1995-05-05 | 1999-01-19 | Microsoft Corporation | Interactive entertainment network system and method for customizing operation thereof according to viewer preferences |
US5914712A (en) * | 1995-05-08 | 1999-06-22 | Video Jukebox Network, Inc. | Interactive video system |
DE69620289T2 (en) * | 1995-05-08 | 2002-12-12 | Box Worldwide Inc | Interactive video system |
DE19516933C2 (en) * | 1995-05-09 | 1997-07-03 | Inst Rundfunktechnik Gmbh | Method for reproducing data signals in television or radio program channels |
GB9526304D0 (en) * | 1995-05-22 | 1996-02-21 | British Sky Broadcasting Ltd | Interactive services interface |
DE19520601C1 (en) * | 1995-06-06 | 1996-07-11 | Grundig Emv | Implementing interactive television |
US6769128B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2004-07-27 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with data feed access |
US5652613A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-07-29 | Lazarus; David Beryl | Intelligent electronic program guide memory management system and method |
US5760821A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-06-02 | News America Publications, Inc. | Electronic program guide schedule localization system and method |
AU714491B2 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2000-01-06 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Television system with downloadable features |
US5724492A (en) * | 1995-06-08 | 1998-03-03 | Microsoft Corporation | Systems and method for displaying control objects including a plurality of panels |
US7917922B1 (en) * | 1995-06-08 | 2011-03-29 | Schwab Barry H | Video input switching and signal processing apparatus |
US6275988B1 (en) | 1995-06-30 | 2001-08-14 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Image transmission apparatus, image transmission system, and communication apparatus |
EP0787407B1 (en) * | 1995-07-03 | 2002-11-06 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Transmission of an electronic database of information |
FR2736785A1 (en) * | 1995-07-11 | 1997-01-17 | Television Francaise 1 Soc | Television programme distribution method |
ES2147381T3 (en) * | 1995-07-11 | 2000-09-01 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | VIDEO A LA CARTE SYSTEM. |
JP3698273B2 (en) * | 1995-07-20 | 2005-09-21 | ソニー株式会社 | Electronic program guide transmission apparatus and method, electronic program guide reception apparatus and method, and electronic program guide transmission / reception system and method |
KR0170865B1 (en) * | 1995-07-28 | 1999-03-20 | 김주용 | Method and apparatus for testing a telephone of optic cable television system |
EP0757485B1 (en) * | 1995-07-31 | 2008-03-05 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Interactive television system |
DE59606918D1 (en) * | 1995-08-09 | 2001-06-21 | Siemens Ag | METHOD FOR SELECTING AND RETRIEVING MULTIMEDIA SERVICES |
US5801753A (en) * | 1995-08-11 | 1998-09-01 | General Instrument Corporation Of Delaware | Method and apparatus for providing an interactive guide to events available on an information network |
US5758259A (en) * | 1995-08-31 | 1998-05-26 | Microsoft Corporation | Automated selective programming guide |
DE19532503C1 (en) * | 1995-09-02 | 1996-12-05 | Grundig Emv | Digital radio signal receiving terminal |
JPH0983465A (en) * | 1995-09-07 | 1997-03-28 | Ekushingu:Kk | Program broadcast system |
JPH0981473A (en) * | 1995-09-18 | 1997-03-28 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Spontaneous service providing method and system |
US5682206A (en) * | 1995-09-25 | 1997-10-28 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. | Consumer interface for programming device |
US20020056136A1 (en) * | 1995-09-29 | 2002-05-09 | Wistendahl Douglass A. | System for converting existing TV content to interactive TV programs operated with a standard remote control and TV set-top box |
US6388714B1 (en) * | 1995-10-02 | 2002-05-14 | Starsight Telecast Inc | Interactive computer system for providing television schedule information |
US8850477B2 (en) | 1995-10-02 | 2014-09-30 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Systems and methods for linking television viewers with advertisers and broadcasters |
US6323911B1 (en) | 1995-10-02 | 2001-11-27 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | System and method for using television schedule information |
EP1986430A3 (en) * | 1995-10-02 | 2012-06-27 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | System and methods for providing television schedule information |
US6732369B1 (en) | 1995-10-02 | 2004-05-04 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Systems and methods for contextually linking television program information |
FI99065C (en) * | 1995-10-05 | 1997-09-25 | Nokia Oy Ab | Processing a program file in a digital broadcasting system |
US6785905B1 (en) * | 1995-10-24 | 2004-08-31 | Sony Corporation | Television transmitter, television transmitting method, television receiver and television receiving method |
US6216264B1 (en) | 1995-11-17 | 2001-04-10 | Thomson Licensing S.A. | Scheduler apparatus employing a gopher agent |
DE69634642T2 (en) * | 1995-11-17 | 2006-03-02 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc., Indianapolis | Method for locating a program by searching in a program guide for search criteria |
US6157413A (en) * | 1995-11-20 | 2000-12-05 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive special events video signal navigation system |
US5886732A (en) * | 1995-11-22 | 1999-03-23 | Samsung Information Systems America | Set-top electronics and network interface unit arrangement |
CN1100422C (en) * | 1995-11-22 | 2003-01-29 | 三星电子株式会社 | Home multimedia network architecture |
US5721583A (en) * | 1995-11-27 | 1998-02-24 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Interactive television system for implementing electronic polling or providing user-requested services based on identification of users or of remote control apparatuses which are employed by respective users to communicate with the system |
FR2741972B1 (en) * | 1995-11-30 | 1998-01-02 | Thomson Multimedia Sa | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR LOADING A USER INTERFACE |
JP3416007B2 (en) * | 1995-12-06 | 2003-06-16 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレーション | Apparatus and method for screening audiovisual material |
US5835487A (en) * | 1995-12-08 | 1998-11-10 | Worldspace International Network, Inc. | Satellite direct radio broadcast system |
EP1113602A3 (en) * | 1995-12-08 | 2002-06-12 | Deutsche Telekom AG | Method and circuit for digital data broadcast transmission |
DE19547604A1 (en) * | 1995-12-20 | 1997-06-26 | Sel Alcatel Ag | Set-top box |
AU7631696A (en) * | 1995-12-22 | 1997-07-17 | British Sky Broadcasting Limited | Improvements in receivers for television signals |
GB9616406D0 (en) | 1996-08-05 | 1996-09-25 | British Sky Broadcasting Ltd | Improvements in receivers for television signals |
JP4079462B2 (en) * | 1996-01-10 | 2008-04-23 | ソニー株式会社 | Program selection support device, program selection support method, broadcast reception device, broadcast reception method, broadcast transmission device, broadcast transmission method, broadcast transmission / reception device, and broadcast transmission / reception method |
US20090012864A1 (en) * | 2007-07-02 | 2009-01-08 | Goldberg Sheldon F | Compensation model for network services |
US6264560B1 (en) | 1996-01-19 | 2001-07-24 | Sheldon F. Goldberg | Method and system for playing games on a network |
US9530150B2 (en) | 1996-01-19 | 2016-12-27 | Adcension, Llc | Compensation model for network services |
US5823879A (en) | 1996-01-19 | 1998-10-20 | Sheldon F. Goldberg | Network gaming system |
US5915207A (en) | 1996-01-22 | 1999-06-22 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Mobile and wireless information dissemination architecture and protocols |
US8140358B1 (en) | 1996-01-29 | 2012-03-20 | Progressive Casualty Insurance Company | Vehicle monitoring system |
US8090598B2 (en) | 1996-01-29 | 2012-01-03 | Progressive Casualty Insurance Company | Monitoring system for determining and communicating a cost of insurance |
JP3165635B2 (en) * | 1996-02-07 | 2001-05-14 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Multiplex broadcast receiver |
JP3186565B2 (en) * | 1996-02-07 | 2001-07-11 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Data broadcasting system, receiving system in data broadcasting system, multiplex broadcasting system, and program broadcasting method for multiplex broadcasting system |
US6314570B1 (en) * | 1996-02-08 | 2001-11-06 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Data processing apparatus for facilitating data selection and data processing in at television environment with reusable menu structures |
US5761606A (en) * | 1996-02-08 | 1998-06-02 | Wolzien; Thomas R. | Media online services access via address embedded in video or audio program |
US5635989A (en) * | 1996-02-13 | 1997-06-03 | Hughes Electronics | Method and apparatus for sorting and searching a television program guide |
US5751372A (en) * | 1996-02-19 | 1998-05-12 | Hughes Electronics | Method and apparatus for navigating an on-screen program guide |
BR9702071A (en) * | 1996-02-19 | 1998-05-26 | Hughes Aircraft Co | Method and apparatus for selecting channel guides based on the call signal |
JP2000505616A (en) * | 1996-02-26 | 2000-05-09 | イー グイド インコーポレイテッド | Cordless phone backlinks for interactive television systems |
US5809471A (en) * | 1996-03-07 | 1998-09-15 | Ibm Corporation | Retrieval of additional information not found in interactive TV or telephony signal by application using dynamically extracted vocabulary |
US6513069B1 (en) | 1996-03-08 | 2003-01-28 | Actv, Inc. | Enhanced video programming system and method for providing a distributed community network |
US20020038383A1 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2002-03-28 | Craig Ullman | Enhanced video programming system and method for incorporating and displaying retrieved integrated internet information segments |
ES2182058T5 (en) | 1996-03-15 | 2011-05-24 | E Guide, Inc. | METHOD FOR DISPLAYING TELEVISION PROGRAMS AND RELATED TEXT. |
US5753363A (en) * | 1996-03-15 | 1998-05-19 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Metallized film structure |
JPH09261609A (en) * | 1996-03-18 | 1997-10-03 | Sharp Corp | Transmitter, receiver and transmission/reception system for broadcasting program |
US6240555B1 (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 2001-05-29 | Microsoft Corporation | Interactive entertainment system for presenting supplemental interactive content together with continuous video programs |
US6025837A (en) | 1996-03-29 | 2000-02-15 | Micrsoft Corporation | Electronic program guide with hyperlinks to target resources |
KR100463064B1 (en) * | 1996-04-03 | 2005-09-16 | 어데토 아크세스 인코포레이티드 | Bookmarking television program and channel selections |
JPH09284668A (en) * | 1996-04-11 | 1997-10-31 | Hitachi Ltd | Object oriented tv program selection or program reservation system |
US7158188B1 (en) | 1996-04-19 | 2007-01-02 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Broadcasting and communication receiver apparatus |
JP3911047B2 (en) | 1996-04-30 | 2007-05-09 | ソニー株式会社 | Recording reservation control system and recording reservation control method |
DE19617508A1 (en) * | 1996-05-02 | 1997-11-13 | Grundig Emv | Digital television signal receiving unit |
US5940073A (en) | 1996-05-03 | 1999-08-17 | Starsight Telecast Inc. | Method and system for displaying other information in a TV program guide |
US5815195A (en) * | 1996-05-06 | 1998-09-29 | Microsoft Corporation | Subscriber information maintenance system and methods |
US7266686B1 (en) | 1996-05-09 | 2007-09-04 | Two-Way Media Llc | Multicasting method and apparatus |
KR100251641B1 (en) * | 1996-05-13 | 2000-04-15 | 김영환 | Circuit for arranging channels |
JP3793975B2 (en) * | 1996-05-20 | 2006-07-05 | ソニー株式会社 | Registration method of customized menu in hierarchical menu and video equipment provided with customized menu |
FR2749118A1 (en) * | 1996-05-22 | 1997-11-28 | Philips Electronics Nv | METHOD FOR READING A SERVICE CARD |
US5969748A (en) | 1996-05-29 | 1999-10-19 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Television schedule system with access control |
JP3276848B2 (en) * | 1996-05-31 | 2002-04-22 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Television receiver |
JPH09322086A (en) * | 1996-05-31 | 1997-12-12 | Hitachi Ltd | Program reservation system |
US5801787A (en) | 1996-06-14 | 1998-09-01 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Television schedule system and method of operation for multiple program occurrences |
WO1997049237A1 (en) * | 1996-06-17 | 1997-12-24 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Television schedule system with enhanced features |
JP3925742B2 (en) * | 1996-06-24 | 2007-06-06 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Information provision system |
US5708478A (en) * | 1996-06-26 | 1998-01-13 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Computer system for enabling radio listeners/television watchers to obtain advertising information |
JP3169832B2 (en) * | 1996-06-27 | 2001-05-28 | 日本電気アイシーマイコンシステム株式会社 | Data error correction method for frame-structured digital signal and apparatus used therefor |
US5929850A (en) | 1996-07-01 | 1999-07-27 | Thomson Consumer Electronices, Inc. | Interactive television system and method having on-demand web-like navigational capabilities for displaying requested hyperlinked web-like still images associated with television content |
FR2750778B1 (en) * | 1996-07-02 | 1998-11-06 | Joseph Marchi | PROGRAMMABLE WIRELESS REMOTE DEVICE WITH AN INTERNAL CLOCK |
JP3131564B2 (en) | 1996-07-03 | 2001-02-05 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Broadcasting system, service providing device, and receiving terminal device |
EP0913056B1 (en) * | 1996-07-15 | 2001-12-12 | CASAROTTO, G. & C. S.R.L. | A method for the automatic control of radio-television receivers |
EP0823823A3 (en) | 1996-08-07 | 2001-02-14 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Digital broadcasting system |
FR2752350B1 (en) * | 1996-08-09 | 2001-06-08 | Thomson Multimedia Sa | METHOD FOR EXTRACTING DATA IN A CYCLIC TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND IMPLEMENTING DEVICE |
FR2752351B1 (en) * | 1996-08-09 | 2001-09-07 | Thomson Multimedia Sa | METHOD FOR INDEXING DATA IN A DIGITAL TELEVISION TRANSMISSION SYSTEM |
US6118492A (en) * | 1996-08-14 | 2000-09-12 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Guide system and method of operation |
KR19980015956A (en) * | 1996-08-24 | 1998-05-25 | 김광호 | Apparatus and method for checking the frequency of use of electronic products |
WO1998010589A1 (en) * | 1996-09-03 | 1998-03-12 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Schedule system with enhanced recording capability |
EP0927493A4 (en) * | 1996-09-17 | 2000-04-19 | Diva Systems Corp | Set top terminal for an interactive information distribution system |
US6289314B1 (en) | 1996-09-18 | 2001-09-11 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Pay information providing system for descrambling information from plural sources and rescrambling the information before sending to a terminal or terminals |
JP3894342B2 (en) * | 1996-09-18 | 2007-03-22 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Paid information provision system |
JP2004007647A (en) * | 1996-09-18 | 2004-01-08 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Charged information providing system |
FR2753868A1 (en) | 1996-09-25 | 1998-03-27 | Technical Maintenance Corp | METHOD FOR SELECTING A RECORDING ON AN AUDIOVISUAL DIGITAL REPRODUCTION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD |
US6052556A (en) * | 1996-09-27 | 2000-04-18 | Sharp Laboratories Of America | Interactivity enhancement apparatus for consumer electronics products |
WO1998015122A1 (en) * | 1996-09-30 | 1998-04-09 | The Weather Channel, Inc. | Multimedia information transmission and distribution system |
US6125392A (en) * | 1996-10-11 | 2000-09-26 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for high speed event log data compression within a non-volatile storage area |
US6311329B1 (en) | 1996-10-14 | 2001-10-30 | Sony Corporation | Information providing apparatus and method, display controlling apparatus and method, information providing system, as well as transmission medium |
JP4032402B2 (en) * | 1996-10-14 | 2008-01-16 | ソニー株式会社 | Information providing apparatus and method, display control apparatus and method, information providing system |
US20030192051A1 (en) * | 1996-10-15 | 2003-10-09 | Index Systems, Inc. | Interactive television system |
US20030005463A1 (en) * | 1999-09-30 | 2003-01-02 | Douglas B Macrae | Access to internet data through a television system |
US5977962A (en) * | 1996-10-18 | 1999-11-02 | Cablesoft Corporation | Television browsing system with transmitted and received keys and associated information |
JPH10126750A (en) * | 1996-10-23 | 1998-05-15 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Program information broadcast system, broadcast equipment, and reception terminal equipment |
US5948061A (en) | 1996-10-29 | 1999-09-07 | Double Click, Inc. | Method of delivery, targeting, and measuring advertising over networks |
US6331876B1 (en) * | 1996-11-12 | 2001-12-18 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Method of updating software in a video receiver |
US6758755B2 (en) | 1996-11-14 | 2004-07-06 | Arcade Planet, Inc. | Prize redemption system for games executed over a wide area network |
US5801747A (en) * | 1996-11-15 | 1998-09-01 | Hyundai Electronics America | Method and apparatus for creating a television viewer profile |
KR100426195B1 (en) * | 1996-11-29 | 2004-06-23 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Complex medium processing system |
JP4223578B2 (en) * | 1996-11-29 | 2009-02-12 | ソニー株式会社 | Keyword generation method and apparatus |
DE19650515C5 (en) * | 1996-12-05 | 2009-06-10 | Institut für Rundfunktechnik GmbH | Method for decoding additional data |
US5963843A (en) * | 1996-12-09 | 1999-10-05 | Adc Telecommunications, Inc. | Amplifier switch controller and system |
EP1809017B1 (en) * | 1996-12-10 | 2014-02-19 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Internet television program guide system |
US20030066085A1 (en) * | 1996-12-10 | 2003-04-03 | United Video Properties, Inc., A Corporation Of Delaware | Internet television program guide system |
US6184877B1 (en) * | 1996-12-11 | 2001-02-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for interactively accessing program information on a television |
KR19980063435A (en) * | 1996-12-11 | 1998-10-07 | 포만제프리엘 | Method and system for interactively displaying and accessing program information on television |
US7039928B2 (en) | 1996-12-13 | 2006-05-02 | Access Co., Ltd. | Method and device for obtaining audience data on TV program |
EP0849943A1 (en) * | 1996-12-18 | 1998-06-24 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Interactive remote control for a receiver for digital television signals |
US6177931B1 (en) | 1996-12-19 | 2001-01-23 | Index Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for displaying and recording control interface with television programs, video, advertising information and program scheduling information |
US6687906B1 (en) | 1996-12-19 | 2004-02-03 | Index Systems, Inc. | EPG with advertising inserts |
US8635649B2 (en) | 1996-12-19 | 2014-01-21 | Gemstar Development Corporation | System and method for modifying advertisement responsive to EPG information |
US5991799A (en) | 1996-12-20 | 1999-11-23 | Liberate Technologies | Information retrieval system using an internet multiplexer to focus user selection |
US7036139B2 (en) * | 1996-12-25 | 2006-04-25 | Aras Mehmet R | Method and apparatus for remote control of a distributed television broadcasting system |
US6163316A (en) * | 1997-01-03 | 2000-12-19 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Electronic programming system and method |
US6510557B1 (en) * | 1997-01-03 | 2003-01-21 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Apparatus for the integration of television signals and information from an information service provider |
US6526575B1 (en) * | 1997-01-07 | 2003-02-25 | United Video Properties, Inc. | System and method for distributing and broadcasting multimedia |
US6253375B1 (en) | 1997-01-13 | 2001-06-26 | Diva Systems Corporation | System for interactively distributing information services |
KR100223644B1 (en) * | 1997-01-14 | 1999-10-15 | 윤종용 | Multi-system television receiver with personal computer monitor |
US6675383B1 (en) | 1997-01-22 | 2004-01-06 | Nielsen Media Research, Inc. | Source detection apparatus and method for audience measurement |
US5905942A (en) * | 1997-02-18 | 1999-05-18 | Lodgenet Entertainment Corporation | Multiple dwelling unit interactive audio/video distribution system |
US5850218A (en) * | 1997-02-19 | 1998-12-15 | Time Warner Entertainment Company L.P. | Inter-active program guide with default selection control |
AU6176398A (en) * | 1997-02-19 | 1998-09-09 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | System and method for providing a full service television system |
AU2134097A (en) * | 1997-02-26 | 1998-09-18 | He Holdings, Inc. Dba Hughes Electronics | Method and apparatus for generating television program guides utilizing icons |
AU6675098A (en) * | 1997-02-28 | 1998-09-18 | Starsight Telecast Incorporated | Television control interface with electronic guide |
JP3823422B2 (en) * | 1997-03-05 | 2006-09-20 | ソニー株式会社 | Program management apparatus and program management method |
US7529856B2 (en) * | 1997-03-05 | 2009-05-05 | At Home Corporation | Delivering multimedia services |
US6370571B1 (en) * | 1997-03-05 | 2002-04-09 | At Home Corporation | System and method for delivering high-performance online multimedia services |
JP3662384B2 (en) * | 1997-03-09 | 2005-06-22 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Information providing method and information providing and receiving apparatus used therefor |
US6064376A (en) * | 1997-03-13 | 2000-05-16 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Adjustable program guide display system |
GB9705719D0 (en) * | 1997-03-20 | 1997-05-07 | Two Way Tv Ltd | Method and apparatus for transmitting data |
US7184990B2 (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2007-02-27 | Walker Digital, Llc | Method and apparatus for selling an aging food product |
US7351142B2 (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2008-04-01 | Walker Digital, Llc | Method and apparatus for facilitating play of fractional value lottery games |
US7542919B1 (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2009-06-02 | Walker Digital, Llc | Method and apparatus for selecting a supplemental product to offer for sale during a transaction |
US7272569B1 (en) | 1997-03-21 | 2007-09-18 | Walker Digital, Llc | Method and apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point-of-sale terminal |
EP1282315A3 (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2004-09-01 | Canal+ Technologies | Smartcard for use with a receiver of encrypted broadcast signals, and receiver |
IL131949A (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2004-06-20 | Canal Plus Sa | Broadcast and reception system, and conditional access system therefor |
US6504580B1 (en) | 1997-03-24 | 2003-01-07 | Evolve Products, Inc. | Non-Telephonic, non-remote controller, wireless information presentation device with advertising display |
US20050097594A1 (en) * | 1997-03-24 | 2005-05-05 | O'donnell Frank | Systems and methods for awarding affinity points based upon remote control usage |
GB2325537B8 (en) * | 1997-03-31 | 2000-01-31 | Microsoft Corp | Query-based electronic program guide |
GB2340638B (en) * | 1997-03-31 | 2000-08-09 | Microsoft Corp | Query-based electronic program guide |
US6357045B1 (en) * | 1997-03-31 | 2002-03-12 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for generating a time-multiplexed channel surfing signal at television head-end sites |
JPH10276160A (en) * | 1997-03-31 | 1998-10-13 | Sony Corp | Program production transmission device |
GB2323963B (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 1999-05-12 | Sony Corp | Data transmission apparatus and data transmission method |
BR9714607B1 (en) * | 1997-04-14 | 2011-12-13 | method for automatically forming a composite program guide for display from comparing data from multiple sources. | |
JP2001527715A (en) * | 1997-04-16 | 2001-12-25 | スターサイト テレキャスト インコーポレイテッド | Multiple databases, user-selected editing programs, and event guides |
US9113122B2 (en) | 1997-04-21 | 2015-08-18 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Method and apparatus for time-shifting video and text in a text-enhanced television program |
US6961556B2 (en) | 1997-04-29 | 2005-11-01 | Vbi-2000, Llc | Apparatus and method for an enhanced PCS communication system |
US6219537B1 (en) * | 1997-04-29 | 2001-04-17 | Vbi-2000, L.L.C. | Apparatus and method for an enhanced PCS communication system |
US8065701B2 (en) * | 1997-04-30 | 2011-11-22 | Sony Corporation | Information broadcasting method, information broadcasting system, and receiving apparatus for transmitting data other than program through digital broadcasting |
US6381748B1 (en) * | 1997-05-02 | 2002-04-30 | Gte Main Street Incorporated | Apparatus and methods for network access using a set top box and television |
KR100287021B1 (en) * | 1997-05-12 | 2001-04-16 | 이정태 | Device for selecting and driving program of computer and device for inputting selection signal of computer |
US6326970B1 (en) | 1997-05-16 | 2001-12-04 | Liberate Technologies | TV centric layout |
US6061097A (en) | 1997-05-22 | 2000-05-09 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television program guide with selectable non-program options |
DE19722915A1 (en) * | 1997-05-31 | 1998-12-03 | Alsthom Cge Alcatel | Digital decoder of a transmission system |
SE509582C2 (en) * | 1997-06-05 | 1999-02-08 | Telia Ab | Systems at telecommunication networks |
DE19723815A1 (en) * | 1997-06-06 | 1998-12-10 | Philips Patentverwaltung | System for menu-driven command entry |
US6681393B1 (en) | 1997-06-06 | 2004-01-20 | Nds Limited | Viewer interaction feedback method and system for use with an interactive telecommunication system |
JP4201843B2 (en) * | 1997-06-06 | 2008-12-24 | トムソン コンシューマ エレクトロニクス インコーポレイテッド | TV program processing method |
US6029194A (en) * | 1997-06-10 | 2000-02-22 | Tektronix, Inc. | Audio/video media server for distributed editing over networks |
US7039599B2 (en) * | 1997-06-16 | 2006-05-02 | Doubleclick Inc. | Method and apparatus for automatic placement of advertising |
EP0892554A3 (en) * | 1997-06-18 | 2000-03-01 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Program information retrieval apparatus, method and system for retrieving and displaying information of broadcast programs |
US6081533A (en) * | 1997-06-25 | 2000-06-27 | Com21, Inc. | Method and apparatus for an application interface module in a subscriber terminal unit |
US6337715B1 (en) * | 1997-07-04 | 2002-01-08 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Broadcasting reception apparatus and data broadcasting method |
US20040253565A1 (en) * | 1997-07-10 | 2004-12-16 | Kyu Jin Park | Caption type language learning system using caption type learning terminal and communication network |
US6223292B1 (en) * | 1997-07-15 | 2001-04-24 | Microsoft Corporation | Authorization systems, methods, and computer program products |
CN1941863B (en) * | 1997-07-21 | 2011-06-29 | 骏升发展(美国)有限公司 | Method for displaying target advertisement to user in electronic program guide system |
EP2330815A3 (en) * | 1997-07-21 | 2011-07-20 | Gemstar Development Corporation | Systems and methods for displaying and recording control interfaces |
US7574727B2 (en) | 1997-07-23 | 2009-08-11 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Intelligent digital audiovisual playback system |
AU8679898A (en) * | 1997-08-01 | 1999-02-22 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for geographically limiting service in a conditional accesssystem |
DE19733730A1 (en) * | 1997-08-04 | 1999-02-11 | Siemens Ag | Programmable television signal receiver |
WO1999009744A1 (en) * | 1997-08-18 | 1999-02-25 | Sony Electronics Inc. | Interactive menu |
US6529602B1 (en) * | 1997-08-19 | 2003-03-04 | Walker Digital, Llc | Method and apparatus for the secure storage of audio signals |
AU733206B2 (en) | 1997-08-21 | 2001-05-10 | Sony Corporation | Information transmitting method and television broadcasting receiving apparatus |
US6028604A (en) * | 1997-08-27 | 2000-02-22 | Microsoft Corporation | User friendly remote system interface providing previews of applications |
US6266059B1 (en) | 1997-08-27 | 2001-07-24 | Microsoft Corporation | User interface for switching between application modes |
US6313851B1 (en) * | 1997-08-27 | 2001-11-06 | Microsoft Corporation | User friendly remote system interface |
US6665869B1 (en) | 1997-09-05 | 2003-12-16 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Program guide application interface system |
US5999795A (en) * | 1997-09-10 | 1999-12-07 | Starlink Inc. | RF GPS long cable driver |
EP1008260B1 (en) | 1997-09-18 | 2002-05-15 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Electronic-mail reminder for an internet television program guide |
US7313810B1 (en) | 1997-09-25 | 2007-12-25 | The Weather Channel | Multimedia information transmission and distribution system |
FR2769165B1 (en) | 1997-09-26 | 2002-11-29 | Technical Maintenance Corp | WIRELESS SYSTEM WITH DIGITAL TRANSMISSION FOR SPEAKERS |
US6600496B1 (en) | 1997-09-26 | 2003-07-29 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Interactive graphical user interface for television set-top box |
AU735093B2 (en) * | 1997-10-06 | 2001-06-28 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Interactive television program guide system with pay program package promotion |
US6016141A (en) | 1997-10-06 | 2000-01-18 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television program guide system with pay program package promotion |
US6604240B2 (en) * | 1997-10-06 | 2003-08-05 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television program guide system with operator showcase |
US6209130B1 (en) * | 1997-10-10 | 2001-03-27 | United Video Properties, Inc. | System for collecting television program data |
US6154633A (en) * | 1997-10-22 | 2000-11-28 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for upgrading features and functions of a set top box in the field |
CA2251412A1 (en) * | 1997-10-28 | 1999-04-28 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | A reproduction apparatus for reproducing digital data, a recording medium recording digital data, and a computer-readable recording medium recording a reproduction program |
US6647057B1 (en) * | 1997-11-03 | 2003-11-11 | International Communications Products, Inc. | Link adapter interface for upgrading existing satellite communication system for enhanced modulation and coding |
UA57812C2 (en) * | 1997-11-04 | 2003-07-15 | Джорджія Тек Ресерч Корпорейшн | System and method for transmitting digital video signals and data over a communication link |
JP4196419B2 (en) * | 1997-11-05 | 2008-12-17 | ソニー株式会社 | Data transmission / reception system, data reception apparatus, and data transmission / reception method |
AU761627B2 (en) * | 1997-11-11 | 2003-06-05 | Snaptrack, Inc. | Transmitter and transmitting method, information editor and editing method, receiver and receiving method, information storage and storing method, and broadcasting system |
US6016507A (en) * | 1997-11-21 | 2000-01-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for deleting a portion of a video or audio file from data storage prior to completion of broadcast or presentation |
JP3447207B2 (en) | 1997-12-05 | 2003-09-16 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Program information creation transmission apparatus and method |
JP3466071B2 (en) * | 1997-12-05 | 2003-11-10 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Broadcast receiver |
JP3558534B2 (en) * | 1997-12-09 | 2004-08-25 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Control information creation device for broadcast system |
US6415373B1 (en) | 1997-12-24 | 2002-07-02 | Avid Technology, Inc. | Computer system and process for transferring multiple high bandwidth streams of data between multiple storage units and multiple applications in a scalable and reliable manner |
US6374336B1 (en) | 1997-12-24 | 2002-04-16 | Avid Technology, Inc. | Computer system and process for transferring multiple high bandwidth streams of data between multiple storage units and multiple applications in a scalable and reliable manner |
JPH11196342A (en) * | 1997-12-26 | 1999-07-21 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Sender and terminal |
US5949474A (en) * | 1997-12-31 | 1999-09-07 | At&T Corp | Videophone blocker |
US6020916A (en) * | 1997-12-31 | 2000-02-01 | At&T Corp | Videophone multimedia interactive on-hold information menus |
US6385693B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2002-05-07 | At&T Corp. | Network server platform/facilities management platform caching server |
US6222520B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2001-04-24 | At&T Corp. | Information display for a visual communication device |
US6385305B1 (en) * | 1997-12-31 | 2002-05-07 | At& T Corp. | Video phone multimedia announcement message toolkit |
US6088387A (en) * | 1997-12-31 | 2000-07-11 | At&T Corp. | Multi-channel parallel/serial concatenated convolutional codes and trellis coded modulation encoder/decoder |
US6667759B2 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2003-12-23 | At&T Corp. | Video phone form factor |
US6052439A (en) * | 1997-12-31 | 2000-04-18 | At&T Corp | Network server platform telephone directory white-yellow page services |
US6356569B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2002-03-12 | At&T Corp | Digital channelizer with arbitrary output sampling frequency |
US6178446B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2001-01-23 | At&T Corp | Method and system for supporting interactive commercials displayed on a display device using a telephone network |
US6359881B1 (en) * | 1997-12-31 | 2002-03-19 | At&T Corp. | Hybrid fiber twisted pair local loop network service architecture |
US6229810B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2001-05-08 | At&T Corp | Network server platform for a hybrid fiber twisted pair local loop network service architecture |
US6084583A (en) * | 1997-12-31 | 2000-07-04 | At&T Corp | Advertising screen saver |
US6144696A (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2000-11-07 | At&T Corp. | Spread spectrum bit allocation algorithm |
US5970473A (en) * | 1997-12-31 | 1999-10-19 | At&T Corp. | Video communication device providing in-home catalog services |
US6396531B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2002-05-28 | At+T Corp. | Set top integrated visionphone user interface having multiple menu hierarchies |
US6347075B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2002-02-12 | At&T Corp. | Circuit to provide backup telephone service for a multiple service access system using a twisted pair |
US6044403A (en) * | 1997-12-31 | 2000-03-28 | At&T Corp | Network server platform for internet, JAVA server and video application server |
US6226362B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2001-05-01 | At&T Corp | Video phone interactive corporate menu answering machine announcement |
US6377664B2 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2002-04-23 | At&T Corp. | Video phone multimedia announcement answering machine |
US7054313B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2006-05-30 | At&T Corp. | Integrated services director (ISD) overall architecture |
US7184428B1 (en) * | 1997-12-31 | 2007-02-27 | At&T Corp. | Facility management platform for a hybrid coaxial/twisted pair local loop network service architecture |
US6292210B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2001-09-18 | At&T Corp. | Integrated remote control and phone user interface |
US6363079B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2002-03-26 | At&T Corp. | Multifunction interface facility connecting wideband multiple access subscriber loops with various networks |
US6545722B1 (en) * | 1998-01-09 | 2003-04-08 | Douglas G. Brown | Methods and systems for providing television related services via a networked personal computer |
US5945993A (en) * | 1998-01-30 | 1999-08-31 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Pictograph-based method and apparatus for controlling a plurality of lighting loads |
EP0935385A3 (en) * | 1998-02-04 | 2002-06-19 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Decoder device and receiver using the same |
US6452611B1 (en) * | 1998-02-04 | 2002-09-17 | Corporate Media Partners | Method and system for providing dynamically changing programming categories |
CN1288900C (en) * | 1998-02-20 | 2006-12-06 | 汤姆森特许公司 | Multimedia system for adaptively forming and processing expansive program guides |
US7185355B1 (en) | 1998-03-04 | 2007-02-27 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Program guide system with preference profiles |
CN1183746C (en) * | 1998-03-04 | 2005-01-05 | 联合视频制品公司 | Program guide system with monitoring of advertisement usage and user activities |
CA2322217C (en) * | 1998-03-04 | 2007-04-10 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Program guide system with targeted advertising |
US7194757B1 (en) | 1998-03-06 | 2007-03-20 | Starguide Digital Network, Inc. | Method and apparatus for push and pull distribution of multimedia |
US6289346B1 (en) * | 1998-03-12 | 2001-09-11 | At&T Corp. | Apparatus and method for a bookmarking system |
JP3657424B2 (en) * | 1998-03-20 | 2005-06-08 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Center device and terminal device for broadcasting program information |
US6477707B1 (en) * | 1998-03-24 | 2002-11-05 | Fantastic Corporation | Method and system for broadcast transmission of media objects |
US6189008B1 (en) * | 1998-04-03 | 2001-02-13 | Intertainer, Inc. | Dynamic digital asset management |
US8284774B2 (en) | 1998-04-03 | 2012-10-09 | Megawave Audio Llc | Ethernet digital storage (EDS) card and satellite transmission system |
US6160797A (en) | 1998-04-03 | 2000-12-12 | Starguide Digital Networks, Inc. | Satellite receiver/router, system, and method of use |
JP4591483B2 (en) * | 1998-04-09 | 2010-12-01 | ソニー株式会社 | Information replacing device and information replacing method |
US20030140351A1 (en) * | 1998-04-17 | 2003-07-24 | Hoarty W. Leo | Cable television system compatible bandwidth upgrade using embedded digital channels |
US20030112370A1 (en) * | 2001-12-18 | 2003-06-19 | Chris Long | Adaptive expanded information capacity for communications systems |
US6433835B1 (en) * | 1998-04-17 | 2002-08-13 | Encamera Sciences Corporation | Expanded information capacity for existing communication transmission systems |
EP0954171A1 (en) * | 1998-04-29 | 1999-11-03 | CANAL+ Société Anonyme | Receiver/decoder and method of processing video data |
US6725461B1 (en) | 1998-04-30 | 2004-04-20 | Wink Communications, Inc. | Reminder system for broadcast and non-broadcast events based on broadcast interactive applications |
US20040194138A1 (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2004-09-30 | Prevue Networks, Inc. | Program guide system with targeted advertisements based on function buttons and non-programming options |
EP1076994B1 (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2006-01-18 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Program guide system with advertisements |
US6564379B1 (en) | 1998-04-30 | 2003-05-13 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Program guide system with flip and browse advertisements |
US6530082B1 (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2003-03-04 | Wink Communications, Inc. | Configurable monitoring of program viewership and usage of interactive applications |
US6067107A (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2000-05-23 | Wink Communications, Inc. | Response capacity management in interactive broadcast systems by periodic reconfiguration of response priorities |
WO1999057902A1 (en) * | 1998-05-01 | 1999-11-11 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for pay-per-view program guide |
EP1078526A1 (en) | 1998-05-01 | 2001-02-28 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for pay-per-view system |
US6802077B1 (en) * | 1998-05-01 | 2004-10-05 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method for a pay-per-view referral |
US20080034113A1 (en) * | 1998-05-04 | 2008-02-07 | Frank Montero | Method of contextually determining missing components of an incomplete uniform resource locator |
US6154206A (en) * | 1998-05-06 | 2000-11-28 | Sony Corporation Of Japan | Method and apparatus for distributed conditional access control on a serial communication network |
SG81981A1 (en) * | 1998-05-11 | 2001-07-24 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Broadcasting transmitter and receiver |
CA2289519C (en) * | 1998-05-12 | 2001-04-10 | Nielsen Media Research, Inc. | Audience measurement system for digital television |
US6040829A (en) * | 1998-05-13 | 2000-03-21 | Croy; Clemens | Personal navigator system |
US6476825B1 (en) | 1998-05-13 | 2002-11-05 | Clemens Croy | Hand-held video viewer and remote control device |
US7117518B1 (en) * | 1998-05-14 | 2006-10-03 | Sony Corporation | Information retrieval method and apparatus |
US6742183B1 (en) | 1998-05-15 | 2004-05-25 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for advertising television networks, channels, and programs |
US6005603A (en) * | 1998-05-15 | 1999-12-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Control of a system for processing a stream of information based on information content |
EP1237372B2 (en) † | 1998-05-15 | 2008-01-30 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television program guide system for determining user values for demographic categories |
US20020095676A1 (en) * | 1998-05-15 | 2002-07-18 | Robert A. Knee | Interactive television program guide system for determining user values for demographic categories |
AU2015200159B2 (en) * | 1998-05-19 | 2016-09-22 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Program Guide System With Video-on-Demand Browsing |
US7603684B1 (en) * | 1998-05-19 | 2009-10-13 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Program guide system with video-on-demand browsing |
US6563515B1 (en) * | 1998-05-19 | 2003-05-13 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Program guide system with video window browsing |
US6100916A (en) * | 1998-05-20 | 2000-08-08 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | System and method for subscriber controlled signal blocking |
JP2955561B1 (en) | 1998-05-29 | 1999-10-04 | 株式会社ディジタル・ビジョン・ラボラトリーズ | Stream communication system and stream transfer control method |
US6427238B1 (en) * | 1998-05-29 | 2002-07-30 | Opentv, Inc. | Module manager for interactive television system |
US6314573B1 (en) * | 1998-05-29 | 2001-11-06 | Diva Systems Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing subscription-on-demand services for an interactive information distribution system |
WO1999062261A1 (en) * | 1998-05-29 | 1999-12-02 | Diva Systems Corporation | Interactive information distribution system and method |
GB0027260D0 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2000-12-27 | Koninl Philips Electronics Nv | An image control system |
EP0963119B1 (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 2006-10-11 | THOMSON multimedia | Apparatus and method for selecting viewers' profile in interactive TV |
US6115080A (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 2000-09-05 | Sarnoff Corporation | Channel selection methodology in an ATSC/NTSC television receiver |
EP0963115A1 (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 1999-12-08 | THOMSON multimedia | Apparatus and method for selecting viewers' profile in interactive TV |
US6959449B1 (en) * | 1998-06-08 | 2005-10-25 | Sony Corporation | System and method for simultaneously accessing video data and internet page data |
EP1403805A3 (en) * | 1998-06-11 | 2004-05-26 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Virtual jukebox |
US20050204388A1 (en) | 1998-06-11 | 2005-09-15 | Knudson Edward B. | Series reminders and series recording from an interactive television program guide |
US8352984B2 (en) | 1998-06-12 | 2013-01-08 | Thomson Licensing | System and method for generating and managing user preference information for scheduled and stored television programs |
US6614987B1 (en) * | 1998-06-12 | 2003-09-02 | Metabyte, Inc. | Television program recording with user preference determination |
US7146627B1 (en) | 1998-06-12 | 2006-12-05 | Metabyte Networks, Inc. | Method and apparatus for delivery of targeted video programming |
GB2377846B (en) * | 1998-06-12 | 2003-03-05 | British Sky Broadcasting Ltd | Improvements in receivers for television signals |
US6698020B1 (en) * | 1998-06-15 | 2004-02-24 | Webtv Networks, Inc. | Techniques for intelligent video ad insertion |
AR018677A1 (en) | 1998-06-16 | 2001-11-28 | United Video Properties Inc | A METHOD FOR USING AN INTERACTIVE TELEVISION PROGRAMMING GUIDE IMPLEMENTED IN A TELEVISION EQUIPMENT AND AN INTERACTIVE TELEVISION DEPROGRAMATION GUIDANCE PROVISION FOR EXECUTING SUCH METHOD |
US6536041B1 (en) | 1998-06-16 | 2003-03-18 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Program guide system with real-time data sources |
DE69926689T2 (en) | 1998-06-18 | 2006-06-08 | Sony Corp. | Apparatus and method for transmitting information, apparatus and method for receiving information, apparatus for providing a computer-readable program and television transmission system |
KR100614347B1 (en) * | 1998-06-19 | 2006-08-18 | 마츠시타 덴끼 산교 가부시키가이샤 | Data transmitting/receiving method and device, and program recorded medium |
CA2335996C (en) * | 1998-06-23 | 2008-12-09 | Rudolf Ritter | Display device for displaying received information and for transmitting received digital data to external mobile apparatuses and corresponding request method |
JP2000092086A (en) * | 1998-06-24 | 2000-03-31 | Canon Inc | Communication equipment, communication information recording method, response information reproducing/ communication information recording method and storage medium |
CA2273762A1 (en) * | 1998-06-26 | 1999-12-26 | Sarnoff Corporation | Information distribution system exhibiting demographic affinity |
US6268849B1 (en) * | 1998-06-30 | 2001-07-31 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Internet television program guide system with embedded real-time data |
US9009773B1 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2015-04-14 | Cox Communications, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing broadcast data services |
FR2780833B1 (en) * | 1998-07-01 | 2004-07-09 | Sagem | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR AUDIIMETRY ON TELEVISION DECODER |
US6801713B1 (en) * | 1998-07-01 | 2004-10-05 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Recorded program viewing support method |
JP2000020779A (en) * | 1998-07-03 | 2000-01-21 | Yazaki Corp | Vehicle operation information collecting device |
US6442755B1 (en) | 1998-07-07 | 2002-08-27 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Electronic program guide using markup language |
TW416224B (en) * | 1998-07-07 | 2000-12-21 | United Video Properties Inc | Interactive television program guide system with local advertisements |
JP2995177B1 (en) | 1998-07-10 | 1999-12-27 | 株式会社ディジタル・ビジョン・ラボラトリーズ | Stream distribution system |
CN1867068A (en) | 1998-07-14 | 2006-11-22 | 联合视频制品公司 | Client-server based interactive television program guide system with remote server recording |
AR020608A1 (en) | 1998-07-17 | 2002-05-22 | United Video Properties Inc | A METHOD AND A PROVISION TO SUPPLY A USER REMOTE ACCESS TO AN INTERACTIVE PROGRAMMING GUIDE BY A REMOTE ACCESS LINK |
CA2673308C (en) | 1998-07-17 | 2016-01-19 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Television system with aided user program searching |
CN1180615C (en) * | 1998-07-17 | 2004-12-15 | 联合视频制品公司 | Interactive television program guide system having multiple devices within household |
JP3925586B2 (en) | 1998-07-17 | 2007-06-06 | ソニー株式会社 | Data receiving apparatus and method, and data transmission / reception system and method |
US6229524B1 (en) * | 1998-07-17 | 2001-05-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | User interface for interaction with video |
FR2781582B1 (en) | 1998-07-21 | 2001-01-12 | Technical Maintenance Corp | SYSTEM FOR DOWNLOADING OBJECTS OR FILES FOR SOFTWARE UPDATE |
FR2781580B1 (en) | 1998-07-22 | 2000-09-22 | Technical Maintenance Corp | SOUND CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR INTELLIGENT DIGITAL AUDIOVISUAL REPRODUCTION SYSTEM |
FR2781591B1 (en) | 1998-07-22 | 2000-09-22 | Technical Maintenance Corp | AUDIOVISUAL REPRODUCTION SYSTEM |
FR2781593B1 (en) | 1998-07-22 | 2001-01-12 | Technical Maintenance Corp | REMOTE CONTROL FOR INTELLIGENT DIGITAL AUDIOVISUAL REPRODUCTION SYSTEM |
US8028318B2 (en) | 1999-07-21 | 2011-09-27 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Remote control unit for activating and deactivating means for payment and for displaying payment status |
US6415437B1 (en) | 1998-07-23 | 2002-07-02 | Diva Systems Corporation | Method and apparatus for combining video sequences with an interactive program guide |
US6754905B2 (en) * | 1998-07-23 | 2004-06-22 | Diva Systems Corporation | Data structure and methods for providing an interactive program guide |
BR9912385A (en) | 1998-07-23 | 2002-01-15 | Diva Systems Corp | User interface generated on a head end, interactive program guide, and processes for generating and distributing a user interface, and interacting with an interactive program guide |
AR019458A1 (en) | 1998-07-23 | 2002-02-20 | United Video Properties Inc | AN INTERACTIVE TELEVISION PROGRAMMING GUIDE PROVISION THAT SERVES AS AN ENTRY |
BR9912386A (en) * | 1998-07-23 | 2001-10-02 | Diva Systems Corp | System and process for generating and using an interactive user interface |
US7091968B1 (en) * | 1998-07-23 | 2006-08-15 | Sedna Patent Services, Llc | Method and apparatus for encoding a user interface |
US9924234B2 (en) | 1998-07-23 | 2018-03-20 | Comcast Ip Holdings I, Llc | Data structure and methods for providing an interactive program |
US7360230B1 (en) | 1998-07-27 | 2008-04-15 | Microsoft Corporation | Overlay management |
AU758390B2 (en) * | 1998-07-27 | 2003-03-20 | Webtv Networks, Inc. | Remote computer access |
US8189662B2 (en) * | 1999-07-27 | 2012-05-29 | Microsoft Corporation | Selection compression |
US6505348B1 (en) | 1998-07-29 | 2003-01-07 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods |
US6233389B1 (en) | 1998-07-30 | 2001-05-15 | Tivo, Inc. | Multimedia time warping system |
US7558472B2 (en) | 2000-08-22 | 2009-07-07 | Tivo Inc. | Multimedia signal processing system |
AU5234999A (en) | 1998-08-03 | 2000-02-28 | Doubleclick Inc. | Network for distribution of re-targeted advertising |
US20020045477A1 (en) | 1999-08-03 | 2002-04-18 | Dabrowski Stanley P. | Method and apparatus for scrip distribution and management permitting redistribution of issued scrip |
US6208341B1 (en) * | 1998-08-05 | 2001-03-27 | U. S. Philips Corporation | GUI of remote control facilitates user-friendly editing of macros |
US6430165B1 (en) | 1998-08-07 | 2002-08-06 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Method and apparatus for performing satellite selection in a broadcast communication system |
US6310661B1 (en) * | 1998-08-07 | 2001-10-30 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Method of broadcasting controlling data streams and apparatus for receiving the same |
US20100325668A1 (en) * | 1998-08-11 | 2010-12-23 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Television schedule system |
AU2013204458B2 (en) * | 1998-08-21 | 2014-10-09 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Client-Server Electronic Program Guide |
AU2012207036B2 (en) * | 1998-08-21 | 2015-06-04 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Client-Server Electronic Program Guide |
US6222530B1 (en) * | 1998-08-21 | 2001-04-24 | Corporate Media Partners | System and method for a master scheduler |
US6898762B2 (en) | 1998-08-21 | 2005-05-24 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Client-server electronic program guide |
US7254823B2 (en) | 1998-08-21 | 2007-08-07 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Apparatus and method for constrained selection of favorite channels |
EP1675396A3 (en) * | 1998-08-21 | 2011-06-22 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Client-server electronic program guide |
AU2005202893B2 (en) * | 1998-08-21 | 2007-12-13 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Client-Server Electronic Program Guide |
TW463503B (en) * | 1998-08-26 | 2001-11-11 | United Video Properties Inc | Television chat system |
TW447221B (en) * | 1998-08-26 | 2001-07-21 | United Video Properties Inc | Television message system |
US6772436B1 (en) * | 1998-09-01 | 2004-08-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Interactive audio conferencing system |
ES2234331T3 (en) * | 1998-09-08 | 2005-06-16 | Asvan Technology, Llc. | REINFORCED SECURITY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. |
US6219358B1 (en) * | 1998-09-11 | 2001-04-17 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Adaptive rate control for insertion of data into arbitrary bit rate data streams |
ATE282920T1 (en) * | 1998-09-11 | 2004-12-15 | Two Way Media Ltd | DELIVERY OF INTERACTIVE APPLICATIONS |
TW465235B (en) | 1998-09-17 | 2001-11-21 | United Video Properties Inc | Electronic program guide with digital storage |
DE19843270A1 (en) * | 1998-09-21 | 2000-05-04 | Manfred Kotulla | System and application-independent multifunction access module for digital and analog data transfers of all kinds |
US6446082B1 (en) * | 1998-09-21 | 2002-09-03 | Impress Corporation | Method of receiving time-specified program contents |
JP2000165845A (en) * | 1998-09-21 | 2000-06-16 | Impress:Kk | Time designation program contents reception method, system and medium |
US6934963B1 (en) | 1998-09-22 | 2005-08-23 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television program guide with passive content |
JP2000115098A (en) * | 1998-10-05 | 2000-04-21 | Victor Co Of Japan Ltd | Program selection assisting device |
US6567978B1 (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2003-05-20 | Adcom Information Services, Inc. | Television audience monitoring system and method employing display of cable converter box |
US6405370B1 (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2002-06-11 | Adcom Information Services, Inc. | Television audience monitoring system and method employing tuner interface of set-top converter box |
WO2000022551A1 (en) | 1998-10-13 | 2000-04-20 | Chris Cheah | Method and system for controlled distribution of information over a network |
US6484316B1 (en) | 1998-10-14 | 2002-11-19 | Adcom Information Services, Inc. | Television audience monitoring system and apparatus and method of aligning a magnetic pick-up device |
KR100301015B1 (en) * | 1998-10-15 | 2001-09-06 | 윤종용 | Indicator position control method |
JP4142175B2 (en) | 1998-10-20 | 2008-08-27 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Graphical user interface device |
GB2343075B (en) * | 1998-10-23 | 2003-02-12 | Sony Uk Ltd | Broadcast programme listings |
JP2000137607A (en) * | 1998-10-29 | 2000-05-16 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Digital television receiver |
US7313806B1 (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2007-12-25 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for channel surfing through multiple sources based on user-definable preferences |
US6157377A (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2000-12-05 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for purchasing upgraded media features for programming transmissions |
US6594825B1 (en) | 1998-10-30 | 2003-07-15 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for selecting a version of an entertainment program based on user preferences |
US8850483B2 (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2014-09-30 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for purchasing upgraded media features for programming transmissions |
US7694319B1 (en) | 1998-11-02 | 2010-04-06 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive program guide with continuous data stream and client-server data supplementation |
US7603685B2 (en) | 1998-11-03 | 2009-10-13 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Program guide system with combination category search |
US6233429B1 (en) * | 1998-11-03 | 2001-05-15 | Gilat Satellite Networks Ltd. | VSAT satellite telecommunications system |
EP1001419B1 (en) | 1998-11-09 | 2004-03-03 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Data conversion apparatus and method in copyright protecting system |
EP1133875B1 (en) * | 1998-11-13 | 2011-07-20 | Comcast IP Holdings I, LLC | Digital broadcast program ordering |
JP3389948B2 (en) * | 1998-11-27 | 2003-03-24 | 日本電気株式会社 | Display ad selection system |
AT412934B (en) * | 1998-11-27 | 2005-08-25 | Faller Josef | CIRCUIT FOR TRANSFERRING DATA IN THE HOUSE |
US6732367B1 (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2004-05-04 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television program guide system with title and description blocking |
TW499816B (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2002-08-21 | United Video Properties Inc | Interactive program guide system and method |
US6732370B1 (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2004-05-04 | Diva Systems Corporation | Service provider side interactive program guide encoder |
US7051360B1 (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2006-05-23 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television program guide with selectable languages |
CN1352776A (en) | 1998-11-30 | 2002-06-05 | 英戴克系统公司 | Smart agent based on habit, statistical inference and psycho-demographic profiling |
US6859799B1 (en) | 1998-11-30 | 2005-02-22 | Gemstar Development Corporation | Search engine for video and graphics |
US6526577B1 (en) | 1998-12-01 | 2003-02-25 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Enhanced interactive program guide |
US7949565B1 (en) * | 1998-12-03 | 2011-05-24 | Prime Research Alliance E., Inc. | Privacy-protected advertising system |
US7653923B2 (en) | 2000-02-18 | 2010-01-26 | Prime Research Alliance E, Inc. | Scheduling and presenting IPG ads in conjunction with programming ads in a television environment |
US7068724B1 (en) * | 1999-10-20 | 2006-06-27 | Prime Research Alliance E., Inc. | Method and apparatus for inserting digital media advertisements into statistical multiplexed streams |
US20020083439A1 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2002-06-27 | Eldering Charles A. | System for rescheduling and inserting advertisements |
US20020083441A1 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2002-06-27 | Flickinger Gregory C. | Advertisement filtering and storage for targeted advertisement systems |
US6766526B1 (en) | 1998-12-03 | 2004-07-20 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Smart channel entry system |
AU761730B2 (en) * | 1998-12-03 | 2003-06-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Subscriber identification system |
US6865746B1 (en) | 1998-12-03 | 2005-03-08 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Electronic program guide with related-program search feature |
US7039932B2 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2006-05-02 | Prime Research Alliance E., Inc. | Queue-based head-end advertisement scheduling method and apparatus |
US8151295B1 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2012-04-03 | Prime Research Alliance E., Inc. | Queue based advertisement scheduling and sales |
US7328448B2 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2008-02-05 | Prime Research Alliance E, Inc. | Advertisement distribution system for distributing targeted advertisements in television systems |
WO2000033577A1 (en) * | 1998-12-03 | 2000-06-08 | Sony Electronics, Inc. | A method and system for processing broadcast data |
US6457010B1 (en) | 1998-12-03 | 2002-09-24 | Expanse Networks, Inc. | Client-server based subscriber characterization system |
US6560578B2 (en) * | 1999-03-12 | 2003-05-06 | Expanse Networks, Inc. | Advertisement selection system supporting discretionary target market characteristics |
US7185353B2 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2007-02-27 | Prime Research Alliance E., Inc. | System and method for delivering statistically scheduled advertisements |
US20020083445A1 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2002-06-27 | Flickinger Gregory C. | Delivering targeted advertisements to the set-top-box |
US7228555B2 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2007-06-05 | Prime Research Alliance E., Inc. | System and method for delivering targeted advertisements using multiple presentation streams |
US7240355B1 (en) * | 1998-12-03 | 2007-07-03 | Prime Research Alliance E., Inc. | Subscriber characterization system with filters |
US20020144263A1 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2002-10-03 | Eldering Charles A. | Grouping of advertisements on an advertising channel in a targeted advertisement system |
EP1208418A4 (en) | 1998-12-03 | 2004-09-15 | Samsung Electronics Co Ltd | Subscriber characterization and advertisement monitoring system |
US6820277B1 (en) | 1999-04-20 | 2004-11-16 | Expanse Networks, Inc. | Advertising management system for digital video streams |
US8180675B2 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2012-05-15 | Prime Research Alliance E., Inc. | System and method for automatically managing avail inventory data and avail pricing |
US7150030B1 (en) | 1998-12-03 | 2006-12-12 | Prime Research Alliance, Inc. | Subscriber characterization system |
US6792197B1 (en) | 1998-12-07 | 2004-09-14 | Index Systems, Inc. | System and method for generating video taping reminders |
WO2000036837A1 (en) * | 1998-12-15 | 2000-06-22 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Interactive communication system comprising users connected in groups |
US20030131356A1 (en) * | 1998-12-21 | 2003-07-10 | Andrew M. Proehl | Method and apparatus for notification on a broadcast device |
WO2000038421A1 (en) * | 1998-12-21 | 2000-06-29 | Sony Electronics, Inc. | A method and apparatus for providing electronic coupons |
JP2000187927A (en) * | 1998-12-22 | 2000-07-04 | Sony Corp | Optical disk device |
EP1057329B1 (en) * | 1998-12-23 | 2007-12-05 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Apparatus for receiving programs |
CN1197355C (en) * | 1998-12-28 | 2005-04-13 | 汤姆森特许公司 | Method for selecting program displayed in advertisement in application software program |
CN1138361C (en) | 1999-01-12 | 2004-02-11 | 索尼公司 | INformation distribution system |
US7305695B1 (en) | 1999-01-20 | 2007-12-04 | Intel Corporation | System for providing video on demand with pause feature |
US7765568B1 (en) | 1999-01-27 | 2010-07-27 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Graphical tuning bar |
US8073955B1 (en) | 1999-01-27 | 2011-12-06 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for tuning used in a broadcast data system |
WO2000045601A1 (en) * | 1999-01-28 | 2000-08-03 | Brown, Douglas, G. | Methods and systems for providing information to set-top boxes having set-top box identifiers using frequency shift keying modulation |
US6189148B1 (en) | 1999-01-28 | 2001-02-13 | Douglas G. Brown | Methods and circuits using frequency shift keying modulation to transfer data over transmission lines simultaneous with television signals |
US6675388B1 (en) | 1999-01-29 | 2004-01-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data distribution system using coordinated analog and digital streams |
US7904187B2 (en) | 1999-02-01 | 2011-03-08 | Hoffberg Steven M | Internet appliance system and method |
JP4228252B2 (en) | 1999-02-05 | 2009-02-25 | ソニー株式会社 | Data setting method, data transmission system, and receiving terminal device |
FI106593B (en) * | 1999-02-15 | 2001-02-28 | Valtion Teknillinen | IP multicast service without return connection |
ES2397354T3 (en) * | 1999-02-17 | 2013-03-06 | Index Systems, Inc. | System and method to adapt features of television and / or electronic programming guide, such as advertising |
US8726330B2 (en) | 1999-02-22 | 2014-05-13 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Intelligent digital audiovisual playback system |
US6480819B1 (en) * | 1999-02-25 | 2002-11-12 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Automatic search of audio channels by matching viewer-spoken words against closed-caption/audio content for interactive television |
WO2000052934A1 (en) * | 1999-03-02 | 2000-09-08 | Comunic. T.V. Ltd. | System and method for serving local and global media content |
US6654897B1 (en) * | 1999-03-05 | 2003-11-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic wave-pipelined interface apparatus and methods therefor |
US7051351B2 (en) | 1999-03-08 | 2006-05-23 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method of inserting advertisements into an information retrieval system display |
EP1166560B1 (en) * | 1999-03-09 | 2003-01-08 | PowerTV, Inc. | Tv manager |
AU3520800A (en) * | 1999-03-10 | 2000-09-28 | Digital Electronic Cinema, Inc. | System and method for standard and high definition video delivery |
US6918135B1 (en) * | 1999-03-10 | 2005-07-12 | General Instrument Corporation | Session oriented settop communication using dynamic, synchronized routing |
US6229895B1 (en) | 1999-03-12 | 2001-05-08 | Diva Systems Corp. | Secure distribution of video on-demand |
WO2000055962A2 (en) | 1999-03-15 | 2000-09-21 | Sony Electronics, Inc. | Electronic media system, method and device |
DE19912207A1 (en) * | 1999-03-18 | 2000-09-21 | Tcp Connect Ag | Set-top device |
US6278976B1 (en) * | 1999-03-25 | 2001-08-21 | Michael Charles Kochian | System for the delivery of audio recordings |
JP2000278665A (en) * | 1999-03-26 | 2000-10-06 | Sony Corp | Receiver, receiving method and providing medium |
US7552458B1 (en) * | 1999-03-29 | 2009-06-23 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmission receipt and display of advertisements |
US7877290B1 (en) | 1999-03-29 | 2011-01-25 | The Directv Group, Inc. | System and method for transmitting, receiving and displaying advertisements |
US6289514B1 (en) | 1999-03-29 | 2001-09-11 | Qcom Tv, Inc. | System and method for the near-real time capture and reporting of large population consumer behaviors concerning television use |
DE60038590T3 (en) † | 1999-03-29 | 2011-06-30 | Hughes Electronics Corp., Calif. | Method and device for distributing viewer preferences |
AU4185800A (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2000-10-16 | Tivo, Inc. | Multimedia program bookmarking system |
AU4185900A (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2000-11-14 | Tivo, Inc. | System for automatic playback position correction after fast forward or reverse |
US6757906B1 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2004-06-29 | Tivo, Inc. | Television viewer interface system |
US7543325B2 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2009-06-02 | Tivo Inc. | System for remotely controlling client recording and storage behavior |
AU4186000A (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2000-11-14 | Tivo, Inc. | Television viewer interface system |
US8689265B2 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2014-04-01 | Tivo Inc. | Multimedia mobile personalization system |
US20020118954A1 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2002-08-29 | Barton James M. | Data storage management and scheduling system |
US7665111B1 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2010-02-16 | Tivo Inc. | Data storage management and scheduling system |
US6847778B1 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2005-01-25 | Tivo, Inc. | Multimedia visual progress indication system |
FR2791847B1 (en) * | 1999-04-02 | 2001-06-01 | Mediametrie Cabsat | METHOD FOR CODING / DECODING AN ANALOG TELEVISION SIGNAL BROADCASTED ON A CABLE NETWORK, TO ALLOW THE IDENTIFICATION OF THE CHANNEL BY THE RECEIVER, IN PARTICULAR FOR AUDIIMETRY PURPOSES |
US6331859B1 (en) | 1999-04-06 | 2001-12-18 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Video skimming system utilizing the vector rank filter |
US6486892B1 (en) | 1999-04-07 | 2002-11-26 | Joseph L. Stern | System and method for accessing, manipulating and viewing internet and non-internet related information and for controlling networked devices |
JP3784201B2 (en) * | 1999-04-09 | 2006-06-07 | パイオニア株式会社 | CATV viewing control system |
US6588018B1 (en) * | 1999-04-09 | 2003-07-01 | Thomson Licensing Sa | Method for automating updating of configuration/status information in master control switcher |
JP2000295594A (en) * | 1999-04-09 | 2000-10-20 | Pioneer Electronic Corp | Viewing control system for catv |
US7096487B1 (en) | 1999-10-27 | 2006-08-22 | Sedna Patent Services, Llc | Apparatus and method for combining realtime and non-realtime encoded content |
US6904610B1 (en) | 1999-04-15 | 2005-06-07 | Sedna Patent Services, Llc | Server-centric customized interactive program guide in an interactive television environment |
US6754271B1 (en) | 1999-04-15 | 2004-06-22 | Diva Systems Corporation | Temporal slice persistence method and apparatus for delivery of interactive program guide |
US6704359B1 (en) * | 1999-04-15 | 2004-03-09 | Diva Systems Corp. | Efficient encoding algorithms for delivery of server-centric interactive program guide |
US7519982B1 (en) | 1999-04-15 | 2009-04-14 | Comcast Ip Holdings I, Llc | Efficient delivery of interactive program guide using demand-cast |
US7127737B1 (en) * | 2000-01-26 | 2006-10-24 | Sedna Patent Services, Llc | Bandwidth management techniques for delivery of interactive program guide |
DE60039861D1 (en) * | 1999-04-20 | 2008-09-25 | Samsung Electronics Co Ltd | ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR DIGITAL VIDEO TONES |
US7454361B1 (en) | 1999-04-22 | 2008-11-18 | Ceats, Inc. | Individual seat selection ticketing and reservation system |
US7861275B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2010-12-28 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Multicast data services and broadcast signal markup stream for interactive broadcast systems |
US6424998B2 (en) | 1999-04-28 | 2002-07-23 | World Theatre, Inc. | System permitting the display of video or still image content on selected displays of an electronic display network according to customer dictates |
US6430605B2 (en) * | 1999-04-28 | 2002-08-06 | World Theatre, Inc. | System permitting retail stores to place advertisements on roadside electronic billboard displays that tie into point of purchase displays at stores |
US7088335B2 (en) * | 1999-04-28 | 2006-08-08 | Novus Partners Llc | Methods and apparatus for ultra-violet stimulated displays |
US6430603B2 (en) * | 1999-04-28 | 2002-08-06 | World Theatre, Inc. | System for direct placement of commercial advertising, public service announcements and other content on electronic billboard displays |
US7213061B1 (en) * | 1999-04-29 | 2007-05-01 | Amx Llc | Internet control system and method |
MXPA01010910A (en) * | 1999-04-30 | 2002-05-06 | Thomson Licensing Sa | Advertisement selection based on user action in an electronic program guide. |
AU4493800A (en) * | 1999-04-30 | 2000-11-17 | Thomson Licensing S.A. | A status monitoring and data processing system suitable for use in a bi-directional communication device |
EP1177674A4 (en) * | 1999-05-10 | 2004-12-08 | Samsung Electronics Co Ltd | Advertisement subgroups for digital streams |
CN1355989A (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2002-06-26 | 英戴克系统公司 | Download system for consumer electronic devices |
US6556219B1 (en) * | 1999-05-18 | 2003-04-29 | Gateway, Inc. | Method and system for peripheral device user interface construction |
US20010034705A1 (en) * | 1999-05-19 | 2001-10-25 | Rhoads Geoffrey B. | Payment-based systems for internet music |
US7565294B2 (en) * | 1999-05-19 | 2009-07-21 | Digimarc Corporation | Methods and systems employing digital content |
KR100853951B1 (en) * | 1999-05-19 | 2008-08-25 | 디지맥 코포레이션 | Methods and devices for processing audio |
US6792615B1 (en) * | 1999-05-19 | 2004-09-14 | New Horizons Telecasting, Inc. | Encapsulated, streaming media automation and distribution system |
US6418473B1 (en) * | 1999-05-20 | 2002-07-09 | Nortel Networks Limited | Multimedia clent and server |
US6717590B1 (en) * | 1999-05-21 | 2004-04-06 | Gateway, Inc. | Verified scheduling of recurrent program recording operations |
US6263503B1 (en) * | 1999-05-26 | 2001-07-17 | Neal Margulis | Method for effectively implementing a wireless television system |
US8266657B2 (en) | 2001-03-15 | 2012-09-11 | Sling Media Inc. | Method for effectively implementing a multi-room television system |
FR2794601B1 (en) * | 1999-06-02 | 2001-07-27 | Dassault Automatismes | COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR COLLECTIVE INFORMATION RECEPTION, IN PARTICULAR OF DIGITAL TELEVISION IMAGES AND / OR MULTIMEDIA DATA |
US6657646B2 (en) * | 1999-06-08 | 2003-12-02 | Amx Corporation | System and method for multimedia display |
US7540012B1 (en) * | 1999-06-08 | 2009-05-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Video on demand configuring, controlling and maintaining |
EP1190354A2 (en) * | 1999-06-09 | 2002-03-27 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Electronic book selection and delivery system with targeted advertising |
US6469743B1 (en) | 1999-06-09 | 2002-10-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Programmable external graphics/video port for digital video decode system chip |
US7150031B1 (en) * | 2000-06-09 | 2006-12-12 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | System and method for reminders of upcoming rentable media offerings |
BR0011487A (en) * | 1999-06-11 | 2002-03-19 | Scientific Atlanta | Small screen control system for interactive programming guide |
US6817028B1 (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2004-11-09 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Reduced screen control system for interactive program guide |
AU3712300A (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2001-01-02 | Liberate Technologies | Hierarchical open security information delegation and acquisition |
US6986156B1 (en) * | 1999-06-11 | 2006-01-10 | Scientific Atlanta, Inc | Systems and methods for adaptive scheduling and dynamic bandwidth resource allocation management in a digital broadband delivery system |
US7010801B1 (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2006-03-07 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Video on demand system with parameter-controlled bandwidth deallocation |
US7992163B1 (en) * | 1999-06-11 | 2011-08-02 | Jerding Dean F | Video-on-demand navigational system |
US6832386B1 (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2004-12-14 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | System and method for allowing a user to quickly navigate within a program guide to an established reference point |
US7222155B1 (en) * | 1999-06-15 | 2007-05-22 | Wink Communications, Inc. | Synchronous updating of dynamic interactive applications |
GB9914766D0 (en) * | 1999-06-25 | 1999-08-25 | Pace Micro Tech Plc | Control system for electrical apparatus |
EP1197075A1 (en) | 1999-06-28 | 2002-04-17 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television program guide system and method with niche hubs |
US8255956B2 (en) | 1999-06-28 | 2012-08-28 | Cox Communications, Inc. | System and method for delivery of short-time duration video segments |
CN1359591A (en) | 1999-06-28 | 2002-07-17 | 英戴克系统公司 | System and method for utilizing EPG database for modifying advertisements |
AU5775900A (en) | 1999-06-29 | 2001-01-31 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Method and system for a video-on-demand-related interactive display within an interactive television application |
US6735487B1 (en) | 1999-07-01 | 2004-05-11 | Ods Properties, Inc. | Interactive wagering system with promotions |
AU6072000A (en) * | 1999-07-06 | 2001-01-22 | Tel O Net, Llc. | Method and apparatus for electronic commerce |
JP4020562B2 (en) * | 1999-07-07 | 2007-12-12 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Information management device and remote controller |
US7257812B1 (en) | 1999-12-16 | 2007-08-14 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for managing an application |
US6762798B1 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2004-07-13 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for providing video control for television applications |
JP4849756B2 (en) * | 1999-07-13 | 2012-01-11 | オラクル・アメリカ・インコーポレイテッド | Method and apparatus for generating a video window with parameters for determining position and scaling factor |
KR20010010109A (en) * | 1999-07-16 | 2001-02-05 | 구자홍 | Broadcasting Service System Based On Mobile Network |
FR2796482B1 (en) | 1999-07-16 | 2002-09-06 | Touchtunes Music Corp | REMOTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR AT LEAST ONE AUDIOVISUAL INFORMATION REPRODUCING DEVICE |
KR100322609B1 (en) * | 1999-07-19 | 2002-03-18 | 구자홍 | Digital Authoring System and Server System and Digital Authoring Method Using the same |
US7464394B1 (en) * | 1999-07-22 | 2008-12-09 | Sedna Patent Services, Llc | Music interface for media-rich interactive program guide |
FR2797134B1 (en) * | 1999-07-27 | 2004-05-28 | Sagem | METHOD FOR MANAGING A DISPLAY ON A SCREEN OF A TELEVISION, USE OF THIS METHOD, AND TELEVISION OPERATING ACCORDING TO THIS METHOD |
AU5235199A (en) * | 1999-07-27 | 2001-02-13 | Morecom, Inc. | Graphics transcoding scheme for efficient decoding on digital settop decoder |
GB2352914A (en) | 1999-08-03 | 2001-02-07 | Sony Uk Ltd | Data broadcast method |
WO2001010115A1 (en) * | 1999-08-03 | 2001-02-08 | America Online, Inc. | Varying electronic content based on local context |
EP1076279A1 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2001-02-14 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Computer platforms and their methods of operation |
EE200200063A (en) * | 1999-08-13 | 2003-04-15 | Nagravision Sa | A method for sorting text information and a pay-TV receiver |
WO2001013632A1 (en) * | 1999-08-14 | 2001-02-22 | Rotor Communications Corporation | Internet-based program broadcast system |
US6662365B1 (en) * | 1999-08-17 | 2003-12-09 | Gateway, Inc. | Unified parental locks |
WO2001015444A1 (en) * | 1999-08-19 | 2001-03-01 | Sony Corporation | Transmission method and receiver |
DE60014942T2 (en) * | 1999-08-25 | 2005-10-27 | Spotware Technologies, Inc., San Diego | System and method for scheduling events relating to a television preview |
ES2273460T3 (en) * | 1999-08-26 | 2007-05-01 | Sony Service Centre (Europe) N.V. | TELEVISION PRESENTATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR OPERATING A TELEVISION SYSTEM. |
US7209900B2 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2007-04-24 | Charles Eric Hunter | Music distribution systems |
US6647417B1 (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2003-11-11 | World Theatre, Inc. | Music distribution systems |
US6952685B1 (en) * | 1999-08-27 | 2005-10-04 | Ochoa Optics Llc | Music distribution system and associated antipiracy protection |
US20060212908A1 (en) * | 1999-08-27 | 2006-09-21 | Ochoa Optics Llc | Video distribution system |
US6711552B1 (en) * | 1999-08-27 | 2004-03-23 | Matthew W. Kay | Apparatus and method for saving commerce related information in a broadcast programming network |
WO2001017256A1 (en) * | 1999-08-27 | 2001-03-08 | Commerce Tv Corporation | Video distribution system and method |
US7370016B1 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2008-05-06 | Ochoa Optics Llc | Music distribution systems |
US7234155B1 (en) * | 1999-08-27 | 2007-06-19 | Kay Matthew W | Automating commerce on a broadcast programming distribution network |
US6944877B1 (en) * | 1999-08-27 | 2005-09-13 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Closed loop addressable advertising system and method of operation |
US20020056118A1 (en) * | 1999-08-27 | 2002-05-09 | Hunter Charles Eric | Video and music distribution system |
US8090619B1 (en) * | 1999-08-27 | 2012-01-03 | Ochoa Optics Llc | Method and system for music distribution |
US7647618B1 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2010-01-12 | Charles Eric Hunter | Video distribution system |
EP1230798A1 (en) * | 1999-08-31 | 2002-08-14 | Labeeb K. Ismail | Method and apparatus for delivery of targeted video programming |
EP1775949A3 (en) * | 1999-08-31 | 2007-12-12 | Metabyte Networks, Inc. | Method and apparatus for delivery of targeted video programming |
US7120926B1 (en) | 1999-09-02 | 2006-10-10 | General Instrument Corporation | Method and system of identifying software and firmware objects available for download over a network such as a cable television system |
US8595308B1 (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2013-11-26 | Ianywhere Solutions, Inc. | System, method, and computer program product for server side processing in a mobile device environment |
US20020052781A1 (en) * | 1999-09-10 | 2002-05-02 | Avantgo, Inc. | Interactive advertisement mechanism on a mobile device |
US7392308B2 (en) * | 1999-09-10 | 2008-06-24 | Ianywhere Solutions, Inc. | System, method, and computer program product for placement of channels on a mobile device |
US20050060641A1 (en) * | 1999-09-16 | 2005-03-17 | Sezan Muhammed Ibrahim | Audiovisual information management system with selective updating |
WO2001022729A1 (en) | 1999-09-20 | 2001-03-29 | Tivo, Inc. | Closed caption tagging system |
US7831512B2 (en) | 1999-09-21 | 2010-11-09 | Quantumstream Systems, Inc. | Content distribution system and method |
US9451310B2 (en) | 1999-09-21 | 2016-09-20 | Quantum Stream Inc. | Content distribution system and method |
CA2284438A1 (en) * | 1999-09-22 | 2001-03-22 | John Andrew Vasilakos | Selection & adaptation system & method for the delivery of individualized television commercial(s) to an identified advanced television viewer |
KR100350787B1 (en) * | 1999-09-22 | 2002-08-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Multimedia browser based on user profile having ordering preference of searching item of multimedia data |
GB9922665D0 (en) * | 1999-09-25 | 1999-11-24 | Hewlett Packard Co | A method of enforcing trusted functionality in a full function platform |
US7949722B1 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 2011-05-24 | Actv Inc. | Enhanced video programming system and method utilizing user-profile information |
US6784945B2 (en) | 1999-10-01 | 2004-08-31 | Microtune (Texas), L.P. | System and method for providing fast acquire time tuning of multiple signals to present multiple simultaneous images |
WO2001025948A1 (en) * | 1999-10-05 | 2001-04-12 | Zapmedia, Inc. | System and method for distributing media assets to user devices and managing user rights of the media assets |
US8434113B1 (en) | 1999-10-06 | 2013-04-30 | Tvworks, Llc | Electronic commerce using streaming media |
US6948186B1 (en) * | 1999-10-07 | 2005-09-20 | General Instrument Corporation | Multi-tasking message extractor |
US6973662B1 (en) * | 1999-10-13 | 2005-12-06 | Starz Entertainment Group Llc | Method for providing programming distribution |
US6983480B1 (en) * | 1999-10-13 | 2006-01-03 | Starz Entertainment Group Llc | Method for authorizing limited programming distribution |
US9066113B1 (en) | 1999-10-19 | 2015-06-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for ensuring reliable playout in a DMD system |
US20030182567A1 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2003-09-25 | Tivo Inc. | Client-side multimedia content targeting system |
CA2388606C (en) | 1999-10-27 | 2009-12-29 | Diva Systems Corporation | Picture-in-picture and multiple video streams using slice-based encoding |
US6970641B1 (en) * | 2000-09-15 | 2005-11-29 | Opentv, Inc. | Playback of interactive programs |
US20050177850A1 (en) | 1999-10-29 | 2005-08-11 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television system with programming-related links |
CN1240218C (en) * | 1999-11-01 | 2006-02-01 | 皇家菲利浦电子有限公司 | Method and apparatus for swapping the video contents of undesired commercial breaks or other video sequences |
AU1357701A (en) * | 1999-11-03 | 2001-05-14 | Measurecast, Inc. | Direct tracking of viewers of selected content in audio and video programming provided over a computer network |
US7134133B1 (en) | 1999-11-08 | 2006-11-07 | Gateway Inc. | Method, system, and software for creating and utilizing broadcast electronic program guide templates |
US6876991B1 (en) | 1999-11-08 | 2005-04-05 | Collaborative Decision Platforms, Llc. | System, method and computer program product for a collaborative decision platform |
US7020845B1 (en) | 1999-11-15 | 2006-03-28 | Gottfurcht Elliot A | Navigating internet content on a television using a simplified interface and a remote control |
US6600497B1 (en) * | 1999-11-15 | 2003-07-29 | Elliot A. Gottfurcht | Apparatus and method to navigate interactive television using unique inputs with a remote control |
EP1232460A2 (en) | 1999-11-17 | 2002-08-21 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Electronic book having electronic commerce features |
CN100348039C (en) * | 1999-11-17 | 2007-11-07 | 索尼公司 | Apparatus and method for digital signal processing |
WO2001037570A1 (en) * | 1999-11-17 | 2001-05-25 | Tvn Entertainment Corporation | Centralized cable access control system by satellite |
CN100387054C (en) * | 1999-11-17 | 2008-05-07 | 索尼公司 | Method and apparatus for digital signal processing and method of providing extension function |
US6993245B1 (en) | 1999-11-18 | 2006-01-31 | Vulcan Patents Llc | Iterative, maximally probable, batch-mode commercial detection for audiovisual content |
AU1786701A (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2001-06-04 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television targeted message system |
EP1564995B1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2017-07-19 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Interactive television targeted message system |
EP1258137A2 (en) * | 1999-11-29 | 2002-11-20 | Future TV Technologies, Ltd. | Apparatus and method for selective insertion and pricing of media data into a media data stream |
US7062510B1 (en) * | 1999-12-02 | 2006-06-13 | Prime Research Alliance E., Inc. | Consumer profiling and advertisement selection system |
JP3696014B2 (en) * | 1999-12-02 | 2005-09-14 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Digital tv broadcast receiver |
TW514884B (en) | 1999-12-03 | 2002-12-21 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Allocating real time data on a disc like recording medium |
US8051446B1 (en) | 1999-12-06 | 2011-11-01 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Method of creating a semantic video summary using information from secondary sources |
AU4711601A (en) | 1999-12-10 | 2001-07-03 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for coordinating interactive and passive advertisement and merchandising opportunities |
JP2003516675A (en) | 1999-12-10 | 2003-05-13 | ユナイテッド ビデオ プロパティーズ, インコーポレイテッド | Ability to use advanced set-top applications on interactive television systems |
US7564873B1 (en) * | 1999-12-10 | 2009-07-21 | Cox Communications, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing in-band messaging within a video on demand environment |
US20060059525A1 (en) * | 1999-12-13 | 2006-03-16 | Jerding Dean F | Media services window configuration system |
WO2001043436A1 (en) * | 1999-12-13 | 2001-06-14 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | System and method for staging a home communication terminal to set default system parameters |
AU4717601A (en) * | 1999-12-14 | 2001-07-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Selection between an in-band and an out-of-band channel for downloading code to a set top box |
DE60027052T2 (en) * | 1999-12-14 | 2006-09-28 | Motorola, Inc. | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTING IN-BAND CHANNELS AND FOR IDENTIFICATION THROUGH CHANNELS |
EP1109400A1 (en) * | 1999-12-16 | 2001-06-20 | CANAL+ Société Anonyme | Transmission of a command to a receiver or to a decoder |
US6850901B1 (en) | 1999-12-17 | 2005-02-01 | World Theatre, Inc. | System and method permitting customers to order products from multiple participating merchants |
JP2003522356A (en) * | 1999-12-17 | 2003-07-22 | ワールド シアター,インコーポレイティド | Systems and methods for enabling customers to order selected products from a wide range of products offered by multiple participating merchants |
DE19961726A1 (en) * | 1999-12-21 | 2001-07-05 | Xsys Interactive Res Gmbh | Graphics output unit and graphics output system |
US6442614B1 (en) * | 1999-12-22 | 2002-08-27 | At&T Corp. | Method and apparatus for lost connectivity recovery |
FR2803420A1 (en) * | 1999-12-30 | 2001-07-06 | Thomson Multimedia Sa | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPRESENTATION ON A DIGITAL TELEVISION SCREEN |
US6754904B1 (en) | 1999-12-30 | 2004-06-22 | America Online, Inc. | Informing network users of television programming viewed by other network users |
FR2803421B1 (en) * | 1999-12-30 | 2002-02-15 | Thomson Multimedia Sa | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPRESENTATION ON A DIGITAL TELEVISION SCREEN |
JP2000295585A (en) * | 2000-01-01 | 2000-10-20 | Sony Corp | System and display method for electronic program guide |
JP2000216735A (en) * | 2000-01-01 | 2000-08-04 | Sony Corp | Data reception processor, data reception processing method and broadcasting method |
FR2803472B1 (en) * | 2000-01-03 | 2003-05-16 | Nptv | COMPUTER METHOD FOR OPERATING AN INTERACTIVE DIGITAL TELEVISION TRANSMISSION |
WO2001050331A2 (en) * | 2000-01-06 | 2001-07-12 | L90, Inc. | Method and apparatus for selecting and delivering internet based advertising |
AU2001229400A1 (en) * | 2000-01-11 | 2001-07-24 | Viewplus, Inc. | System and method for dynamically pricing pay-programming |
EP1117255B1 (en) * | 2000-01-12 | 2007-10-24 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Digital broadcast receiving device |
US6857132B1 (en) * | 2000-01-14 | 2005-02-15 | Terayon Communication Systems, Inc. | Head end multiplexer to select and transmit video-on-demand and other requested programs and services |
US20020059637A1 (en) * | 2000-01-14 | 2002-05-16 | Rakib Selim Shlomo | Home gateway for video and data distribution from various types of headend facilities and including digital video recording functions |
US20040107434A1 (en) * | 2000-01-19 | 2004-06-03 | Denis Khoo | Customized media method and system |
US8813123B2 (en) * | 2000-01-19 | 2014-08-19 | Interad Technologies, Llc | Content with customized advertisement |
US20040193488A1 (en) * | 2000-01-19 | 2004-09-30 | Denis Khoo | Method and system for advertising over a data network |
JP2001202371A (en) * | 2000-01-19 | 2001-07-27 | Sony Corp | Data communication system and receiver to be used therefor |
US6434747B1 (en) * | 2000-01-19 | 2002-08-13 | Individual Network, Inc. | Method and system for providing a customized media list |
US20020100042A1 (en) * | 2000-01-19 | 2002-07-25 | Denis Khoo | Method and system for providing intelligent advertisement placement in a motion picture |
US6735778B2 (en) * | 2000-01-19 | 2004-05-11 | Denis Khoo | Method and system for providing home shopping programs |
US6725258B1 (en) | 2000-01-20 | 2004-04-20 | Family Man, Inc. | Removable storage medium with network enhancement and method of presenting same |
FR2804275B1 (en) * | 2000-01-25 | 2002-10-31 | Sagem | TELEVISION DECODER AND METHOD FOR DECODING SIGNALS OF A STREAM |
US6701528B1 (en) * | 2000-01-26 | 2004-03-02 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Virtual video on demand using multiple encrypted video segments |
CA2398196C (en) * | 2000-01-26 | 2006-03-21 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Electronic program guide display control apparatus |
WO2001056273A1 (en) * | 2000-01-28 | 2001-08-02 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | System and method for reference point navigation within a program guide |
US9252898B2 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2016-02-02 | Zarbaña Digital Fund Llc | Music distribution systems |
WO2001058154A2 (en) * | 2000-02-01 | 2001-08-09 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing promotions with recorded programs |
EP2257061A1 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2010-12-01 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Methods and system for forced advertising |
US6757707B1 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2004-06-29 | America Online, Inc. | Displayed complementary content sources in a web-based TV system |
FR2805377B1 (en) | 2000-02-23 | 2003-09-12 | Touchtunes Music Corp | EARLY ORDERING PROCESS FOR A SELECTION, DIGITAL SYSTEM AND JUKE-BOX FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD |
EP1130920A3 (en) * | 2000-02-03 | 2002-10-30 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method, apparatus and system for motion picture signal distribution |
US7051352B1 (en) | 2000-02-04 | 2006-05-23 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Adaptive TV program recommender |
US6519773B1 (en) | 2000-02-08 | 2003-02-11 | Sherjil Ahmed | Method and apparatus for a digitized CATV network for bundled services |
US6681396B1 (en) * | 2000-02-11 | 2004-01-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Automated detection/resumption of interrupted television programs |
FR2805072B1 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2002-04-05 | Touchtunes Music Corp | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING THE SOUND VOLUME OF A DIGITAL SOUND RECORDING |
FR2805060B1 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2005-04-08 | Touchtunes Music Corp | METHOD FOR RECEIVING FILES DURING DOWNLOAD |
DE10007710A1 (en) | 2000-02-19 | 2001-08-23 | Grundig Ag | Device for receiving digital radio signals |
US6484148B1 (en) * | 2000-02-19 | 2002-11-19 | John E. Boyd | Electronic advertising device and method of using the same |
WO2001063916A1 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2001-08-30 | Interval Research Corporation | Method and system for selecting advertisements |
US6968565B1 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2005-11-22 | Vulcan Patents Llc | Detection of content display observers with prevention of unauthorized access to identification signal |
US6574793B1 (en) * | 2000-02-25 | 2003-06-03 | Interval Research Corporation | System and method for displaying advertisements |
US8910199B2 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2014-12-09 | Interval Licensing Llc | Targeted television content display |
US7661116B2 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2010-02-09 | Vulcan Patents Llc | Auction for targeted content |
BR0108714A (en) * | 2000-03-02 | 2002-11-26 | Scientific Atlanta | Apparatus and method for providing a plurality of initial interactive program guide arrangements |
DE10010907A1 (en) * | 2000-03-06 | 2001-10-18 | Artemedia Ag | Selective shipment |
US7320025B1 (en) | 2002-03-18 | 2008-01-15 | Music Choice | Systems and methods for providing a broadcast entertainment service and an on-demand entertainment service |
US7293279B1 (en) * | 2000-03-09 | 2007-11-06 | Sedna Patent Services, Llc | Advanced set top terminal having a program pause feature with voice-to-text conversion |
JP2001268544A (en) * | 2000-03-15 | 2001-09-28 | Sony Corp | Digital signal receiver |
US7167840B1 (en) | 2000-03-15 | 2007-01-23 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for distributing and selling electronic content |
US6611881B1 (en) | 2000-03-15 | 2003-08-26 | Personal Data Network Corporation | Method and system of providing credit card user with barcode purchase data and recommendation automatically on their personal computer |
US8336069B1 (en) * | 2000-03-16 | 2012-12-18 | Jlb Ventures Llc | Method and system for adaptive electronic programming guide |
WO2001069921A1 (en) * | 2000-03-17 | 2001-09-20 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and apparatus for rating database objects |
US7284064B1 (en) | 2000-03-21 | 2007-10-16 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus to determine broadcast content and scheduling in a broadcast system |
AU2001249313A1 (en) * | 2000-03-21 | 2001-10-03 | Walker Digital, Llc | Method and apparatus for selecting a supplemental product to offer for sale during a transaction |
US7577978B1 (en) * | 2000-03-22 | 2009-08-18 | Wistendahl Douglass A | System for converting TV content to interactive TV game program operated with a standard remote control and TV set-top box |
US7167895B1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2007-01-23 | Intel Corporation | Signaling method and apparatus to provide content on demand in a broadcast system |
US6654835B1 (en) * | 2000-03-23 | 2003-11-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | High bandwidth data transfer employing a multi-mode, shared line buffer |
US20020056083A1 (en) * | 2000-03-29 | 2002-05-09 | Istvan Anthony F. | System and method for picture-in-browser scaling |
US20020060750A1 (en) * | 2000-03-29 | 2002-05-23 | Istvan Anthony F. | Single-button remote access to a synthetic channel page of specialized content |
US7058179B1 (en) * | 2000-03-29 | 2006-06-06 | Sony Corporation | Method and system for a secure high bandwidth bus in a transceiver device |
US20070288959A1 (en) * | 2000-03-29 | 2007-12-13 | Digeo, Inc. | Single-button remote access to a synthetic channel page of specialized content |
AR027760A1 (en) * | 2000-03-31 | 2003-04-09 | United Video Properties Inc | PROVISION AND METHOD FOR ADVERTISING NOTICE LINKED WITH METADATA |
US20020054068A1 (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2002-05-09 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for reducing cut-offs in program recording |
ES2240443T3 (en) * | 2000-03-31 | 2005-10-16 | United Video Properties, Inc. | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF INTERACTIVE MEANS TO PRESENT THE CONTENT OF THE PAUSE TIME. |
KR20030036149A (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2003-05-09 | 유나이티드 비디오 프로퍼티즈, 인크. | Systems and methods for improved audience measuring |
US20010043285A1 (en) * | 2000-03-31 | 2001-11-22 | Hicks Thomas P. | Video information insertion system |
EP1161084A3 (en) * | 2000-03-31 | 2002-02-06 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Set top box output format selector and indicator |
US8516525B1 (en) | 2000-06-09 | 2013-08-20 | Dean F. Jerding | Integrated searching system for interactive media guide |
US20020007485A1 (en) * | 2000-04-03 | 2002-01-17 | Rodriguez Arturo A. | Television service enhancements |
US7975277B1 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2011-07-05 | Jerding Dean F | System for providing alternative services |
US7200857B1 (en) | 2000-06-09 | 2007-04-03 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Synchronized video-on-demand supplemental commentary |
NZ521636A (en) * | 2000-04-05 | 2004-05-28 | Ods Properties Inc | Systems and methods for controlling television distribution bandwidth and for utilizing real-time statistical wagering data |
EP1281279B8 (en) * | 2000-04-06 | 2015-12-16 | OpenTV, Inc. | Generic data processing engine |
JP3810268B2 (en) * | 2000-04-07 | 2006-08-16 | シャープ株式会社 | Audio visual system |
AU2001253239A1 (en) * | 2000-04-07 | 2001-10-23 | America Online, Inc. | Contextual programming |
CA2405788A1 (en) | 2000-04-10 | 2001-10-18 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television program guide systems with integrated program listings |
JP4433560B2 (en) * | 2000-04-11 | 2010-03-17 | ソニー株式会社 | Terminal device and information processing method |
US7013479B2 (en) * | 2000-04-14 | 2006-03-14 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Broadcasting apparatus and method for pre-transmitting data carousel and receiving apparatus for receiving data carousel |
US20040148625A1 (en) | 2000-04-20 | 2004-07-29 | Eldering Charles A | Advertisement management system for digital video streams |
WO2001082585A2 (en) * | 2000-04-21 | 2001-11-01 | Mixed Signals Technologies, Inc. | System and method for merging interactive television data with closed caption data |
JP2001308857A (en) * | 2000-04-24 | 2001-11-02 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | System and method for distributing information and computer-readable recording medium with program for making computer execute the method recorded |
US7360231B2 (en) * | 2000-05-01 | 2008-04-15 | The Directv Group, Inc. | System for obtaining data regarding customer use of interactive television |
US20020188950A1 (en) * | 2000-05-01 | 2002-12-12 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Low speed data port for data transactions and information |
US7024461B1 (en) * | 2000-04-28 | 2006-04-04 | Nortel Networks Limited | Session initiation protocol enabled set-top device |
US7526184B1 (en) | 2000-04-28 | 2009-04-28 | Keen Personal Media, Inc. | Video recording system utilizing external video storage to record streaming video data via an isochronous interface |
WO2001084823A2 (en) * | 2000-05-01 | 2001-11-08 | Diva Systems Corporation | Channel information window via server-centric interactive user interface |
US7302224B2 (en) * | 2000-05-03 | 2007-11-27 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Communication system for rebroadcasting electronic content within local area network |
US20010039662A1 (en) * | 2000-05-03 | 2001-11-08 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Digital over-the-air communication system for use with digital terrestrial broadcasting system |
US20010039663A1 (en) * | 2000-05-03 | 2001-11-08 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Portable device for use with digital over-the-air communication system for use with terrestrial broadcasting system |
US20010039664A1 (en) * | 2000-05-03 | 2001-11-08 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Digital over-the-air communication system for use with analog terrestrial broadcasting system |
US7055168B1 (en) | 2000-05-03 | 2006-05-30 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Method for interpreting and executing user preferences of audiovisual information |
US20010053700A1 (en) * | 2000-05-03 | 2001-12-20 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Communication system with secondary channel rebroadcasting within a local area network |
US7934232B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2011-04-26 | Jerding Dean F | Navigation paradigm for access to television services |
US7877766B1 (en) * | 2000-05-04 | 2011-01-25 | Enreach Technology, Inc. | Method and system of providing a non-skippable sub-advertisement stream |
AU2001259558A1 (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2001-11-20 | Worldgate Service, Inc. | System and method for broadcasting information in a television distribution system |
US6658231B2 (en) * | 2000-05-09 | 2003-12-02 | Sony Corporation | Receiver for user-demand information and entertainment system using wide area digital broadcast |
FR2808906B1 (en) | 2000-05-10 | 2005-02-11 | Touchtunes Music Corp | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR REMOTELY MANAGING A NETWORK OF AUDIOVISUAL INFORMATION REPRODUCTION SYSTEMS |
JP4352196B2 (en) * | 2000-05-15 | 2009-10-28 | 日本電気株式会社 | CM transmission / reception system and CM transmission / reception method using the same |
KR100325023B1 (en) * | 2000-05-18 | 2002-02-25 | 이 용 국 | Apparatus and method for receiving a multi-channel signal |
GB0012211D0 (en) * | 2000-05-19 | 2000-07-12 | Gemstar Dev Limited | A targeted advertising system |
US8028314B1 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2011-09-27 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Audiovisual information management system |
US7181759B2 (en) * | 2000-05-26 | 2007-02-20 | Bigband Networks, Inc. | System and method for providing interactivity for end-users over digital broadcast channels |
US7415718B1 (en) * | 2000-05-31 | 2008-08-19 | Aol Llc | Receiving and processing vertical blanking interval data |
US7269837B1 (en) | 2000-05-31 | 2007-09-11 | Your Choice Interactive, Inc. | Interactive television advertising method |
US20020053084A1 (en) * | 2000-06-01 | 2002-05-02 | Escobar George D. | Customized electronic program guide |
US7143429B2 (en) * | 2000-06-02 | 2006-11-28 | Sony Corporation | Program information providing apparatus and method, program recording preset system and method, and program recording system and method |
FR2809914B1 (en) * | 2000-06-06 | 2003-01-24 | Sagem | TELEVISION DECODER WITH ASSISTANCE |
US8082572B1 (en) | 2000-06-08 | 2011-12-20 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting, receiving, and utilizing audio/visual signals and other information |
AU2001251503A1 (en) * | 2000-06-08 | 2001-12-17 | Digeo, Inc. | Systems and methods for personalized access to internet-enabled television |
CA2349914C (en) * | 2000-06-09 | 2013-07-30 | Invidi Technologies Corp. | Advertising delivery method |
US8069259B2 (en) | 2000-06-09 | 2011-11-29 | Rodriguez Arturo A | Managing removal of media titles from a list |
US20020026636A1 (en) * | 2000-06-15 | 2002-02-28 | Daniel Lecomte | Video interfacing and distribution system and method for delivering video programs |
US6769127B1 (en) * | 2000-06-16 | 2004-07-27 | Minerva Networks, Inc. | Method and system for delivering media services and application over networks |
CN1423893A (en) * | 2000-06-19 | 2003-06-11 | 皇家菲利浦电子有限公司 | Application-specific point of deployment modules for digital cable television devices |
US7076445B1 (en) | 2000-06-20 | 2006-07-11 | Cartwright Shawn D | System and methods for obtaining advantages and transacting the same in a computer gaming environment |
FR2811175B1 (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2002-12-27 | Touchtunes Music Corp | AUDIOVISUAL INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION METHOD AND AUDIOVISUAL INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM |
US20040205812A1 (en) * | 2000-06-22 | 2004-10-14 | Candelore Brant L. | Method and apparatus for routing program data in a program viewing unit |
AU2001266981A1 (en) * | 2000-06-22 | 2002-01-02 | Encabler, Inc. | Automatic content viewing recommendation from among multiple programming sources |
US7568207B1 (en) * | 2000-06-23 | 2009-07-28 | Braun Warren L | Cable drop monitor with upstream signalling |
FR2810832B1 (en) * | 2000-06-27 | 2006-06-16 | Interactif Delta Production | INTERACTIVE DIGITAL TELEVISION NETWORK |
US7647340B2 (en) | 2000-06-28 | 2010-01-12 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Metadata in JPEG 2000 file format |
GB0015661D0 (en) * | 2000-06-28 | 2000-08-16 | Pace Micro Tech Plc | Broadcast data receiver with dual tuning capability |
AU2001271259A1 (en) * | 2000-06-28 | 2002-01-08 | Intertainer, Inc. | Intelligent media targeting system and method |
FR2811114B1 (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2002-12-27 | Touchtunes Music Corp | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A SYSTEM FOR REPRODUCING AUDIOVISUAL INFORMATION AND AN ELECTRONIC ENTERTAINMENT MACHINE |
US7962370B2 (en) * | 2000-06-29 | 2011-06-14 | Rodriguez Arturo A | Methods in a media service system for transaction processing |
US8087051B2 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2011-12-27 | Thomson Licensing | Database management system and method for electronic program guide and television channel lineup organization |
US7886330B2 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2011-02-08 | Jlb Ventures Llc | Enhanced home entertainment system with removable long-term storage |
US8495679B2 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2013-07-23 | Thomson Licensing | Method and apparatus for delivery of television programs and targeted de-coupled advertising |
US7565680B1 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2009-07-21 | Comcast Ip Holdings I, Llc | Advanced set top terminal having a video call feature |
KR20020030809A (en) * | 2000-07-10 | 2002-04-25 | 요트.게.아. 롤페즈 | Device for and method of presenting program information |
US6498937B1 (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2002-12-24 | Trw Inc. | Asymmetric bandwidth wireless communication techniques |
FR2812161A1 (en) * | 2000-07-19 | 2002-01-25 | Sagem | Digital television favourites service list function having principal television services storage zone and user favourites selection list with associated access rights output. |
US7203311B1 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2007-04-10 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Super encrypted storage and retrieval of media programs in a hard-paired receiver and storage device |
US8140859B1 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2012-03-20 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Secure storage and replay of media programs using a hard-paired receiver and storage device |
US7457414B1 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2008-11-25 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Super encrypted storage and retrieval of media programs with smartcard generated keys |
CN1201579C (en) * | 2000-07-27 | 2005-05-11 | 皇家菲利浦电子有限公司 | Method and arrangement for providing access to a consumer device |
US7937725B1 (en) * | 2000-07-27 | 2011-05-03 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Three-way media recommendation method and system |
NL1018679C2 (en) * | 2000-08-03 | 2002-07-16 | Nagravision Sa | Digital television distribution system. |
KR100386603B1 (en) * | 2000-08-18 | 2003-06-02 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | A digital tv with setting user circumstance function and of the same method |
JP3744785B2 (en) * | 2000-10-18 | 2006-02-15 | シャープ株式会社 | Composite reception delivery device |
US6985963B1 (en) * | 2000-08-23 | 2006-01-10 | At Home Corporation | Sharing IP network resources |
US7509267B1 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2009-03-24 | Paul M. Yarmolich | Method for combining data signals and video signals for transmission to video display units |
AU2001283384A1 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2002-03-13 | Intel Corporation | Mapping enhancements to network identifiers |
WO2002019309A1 (en) * | 2000-09-01 | 2002-03-07 | Mixed Signals Technologies, Inc. | System and method for displaying closed captions in an interactive tv environment |
US6941138B1 (en) | 2000-09-05 | 2005-09-06 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Concurrent communications between a user terminal and multiple stratospheric transponder platforms |
FR2813738B1 (en) * | 2000-09-07 | 2003-06-06 | Sagem | DIGITAL TELEVISION DECODER WITH REMOVABLE HARD DISK AND METHOD FOR COMMISSIONING A REMOVABLE HARD DISK |
JP3730849B2 (en) * | 2000-09-07 | 2006-01-05 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Video redistribution server |
EP1338145A1 (en) * | 2000-09-09 | 2003-08-27 | High Gain Antenna Co., Ltd. | Multilingual video-transmitting/receiving system |
US20020032908A1 (en) * | 2000-09-14 | 2002-03-14 | General Instrument Corporation | System and methods for automatically selecting, mapping and designating components for digital cable service distribution systems |
US8205237B2 (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2012-06-19 | Cox Ingemar J | Identifying works, using a sub-linear time search, such as an approximate nearest neighbor search, for initiating a work-based action, such as an action on the internet |
US20030097657A1 (en) * | 2000-09-14 | 2003-05-22 | Yiming Zhou | Method and system for delivery of targeted programming |
US8020183B2 (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2011-09-13 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Audiovisual management system |
FR2814085B1 (en) | 2000-09-15 | 2005-02-11 | Touchtunes Music Corp | ENTERTAINMENT METHOD BASED ON MULTIPLE CHOICE COMPETITION GAMES |
KR20020056924A (en) * | 2000-09-20 | 2002-07-10 | 요트.게.아. 롤페즈 | Presenting a visual distribution of television program recommonendation scores |
US8302127B2 (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2012-10-30 | Thomson Licensing | System and method for personalized TV |
FI20002129A (en) * | 2000-09-28 | 2002-03-29 | Nokia Corp | A method and arrangement for wirelessly sharing a local broadband data stream |
US7103906B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2006-09-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | User controlled multi-device media-on-demand system |
US6944880B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2005-09-13 | Digeo, Inc. | Methods for audio capture and communication during television broadcasts |
US7865922B2 (en) * | 2000-10-03 | 2011-01-04 | Sony Corporation | Low-power broadcast receiver |
AU2002211570A1 (en) | 2000-10-11 | 2002-04-22 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for caching data in media-on-demand systems |
AU2002213071A1 (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2002-04-22 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for supplementing on-demand media |
CA2425450A1 (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2002-04-18 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing targeted advertisements based on current activity |
JP2004511937A (en) | 2000-10-11 | 2004-04-15 | ユナイテッド ビデオ プロパティーズ, インコーポレイテッド | System and method for providing storage of data in a server of an on-demand media delivery system |
US20060253330A1 (en) * | 2000-10-12 | 2006-11-09 | Maggio Frank S | Method and system for automatically substituting media content |
EP1339233B1 (en) * | 2000-10-12 | 2016-04-27 | Panasonic Corporation | Audio/video data recording/reproducing device and method, and audio/video data reproducing device and method |
US20020046402A1 (en) * | 2000-10-16 | 2002-04-18 | Olalekan Akinyanmi | Application server delivery of information to customers from multiple sources |
US7913286B2 (en) * | 2000-10-20 | 2011-03-22 | Ericsson Television, Inc. | System and method for describing presentation and behavior information in an ITV application |
US7054256B2 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2006-05-30 | Ochoa Optics Llc | High capacity digital data storage by transmission of radiant energy through arrays of small diameter holes |
US7290274B1 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2007-10-30 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Context sensitive television menu |
GB0026208D0 (en) | 2000-10-26 | 2000-12-13 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | A decoder supporting multiple inputs |
CA2427132A1 (en) * | 2000-10-27 | 2002-05-02 | General Instrument Corporation | External modules with optional features for a dual-tuner set-top terminal and method of implementing same |
JP4039244B2 (en) * | 2000-10-27 | 2008-01-30 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Data receiving apparatus and management apparatus for managing data receiving apparatus |
FR2816158B1 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2005-04-01 | Sagem | DIGITAL TELEVISION DECODER AND METHOD FOR EDITING A TELEVISION PROGRAM LIST USING SUCH A DECODER |
US20020053089A1 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2002-05-02 | Kent Massey | Methods and apparatus for presenting interactive entertainment |
AU2002220213A1 (en) * | 2000-11-03 | 2002-05-15 | Sightsound.Com | System and method for automating a complex download process with territorial restrictions |
US20020054206A1 (en) * | 2000-11-06 | 2002-05-09 | Allen Paul G. | Systems and devices for audio and video capture and communication during television broadcasts |
US7490343B1 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2009-02-10 | Sedna Patent Services, Llc | Method and apparatus for keeping track of program indexes in an interactive delivery system |
DE60134943D1 (en) * | 2000-11-08 | 2008-09-04 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Broadcast system for sending and receiving programs |
US6889384B1 (en) * | 2000-11-08 | 2005-05-03 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Simplified interactive user interface for multi-video channel navigation |
US7340759B1 (en) | 2000-11-10 | 2008-03-04 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Systems and methods for adaptive pricing in a digital broadband delivery system |
CA2428946C (en) | 2000-11-14 | 2010-06-22 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Networked subscriber television distribution |
US8127326B2 (en) | 2000-11-14 | 2012-02-28 | Claussen Paul J | Proximity detection using wireless connectivity in a communications system |
CA2326368A1 (en) * | 2000-11-20 | 2002-05-20 | Adexact Corporation | Method and system for targeted content delivery, presentation, management, and reporting |
US7275254B1 (en) | 2000-11-21 | 2007-09-25 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for determining and displaying the service level of a digital television broadcast signal |
AU2002230501A1 (en) * | 2000-11-27 | 2002-06-03 | Intellocity Usa, Inc. | System and method for providing an omnimedia package |
US7047273B2 (en) | 2000-11-28 | 2006-05-16 | Navic Systems, Inc. | Load balancing in set top cable box environment |
WO2002045433A2 (en) * | 2000-11-28 | 2002-06-06 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television application with research features |
US7237250B2 (en) * | 2000-11-28 | 2007-06-26 | Navic Systems, Inc. | Promotion server using video on demand channel |
KR100436088B1 (en) * | 2000-12-04 | 2004-06-14 | 주식회사 알티캐스트 | Method and System for re-utilizing of contents data for digital broadcasting |
US7721310B2 (en) | 2000-12-05 | 2010-05-18 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and apparatus for selective updating of a user profile |
US7017172B2 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2006-03-21 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Recommender system using “fuzzy-now” for real-time events |
US7103317B2 (en) | 2000-12-12 | 2006-09-05 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Communication system using multiple link terminals for aircraft |
US7181162B2 (en) | 2000-12-12 | 2007-02-20 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Communication system using multiple link terminals |
US6952580B2 (en) | 2000-12-12 | 2005-10-04 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Multiple link internet protocol mobile communications system and method therefor |
US7400857B2 (en) | 2000-12-12 | 2008-07-15 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Communication system using multiple link terminals |
US20020083006A1 (en) * | 2000-12-14 | 2002-06-27 | Intertainer, Inc. | Systems and methods for delivering media content |
US7346698B2 (en) * | 2000-12-20 | 2008-03-18 | G. W. Hannaway & Associates | Webcasting method and system for time-based synchronization of multiple, independent media streams |
US20020114299A1 (en) * | 2000-12-27 | 2002-08-22 | Daozheng Lu | Apparatus and method for measuring tuning of a digital broadcast receiver |
US7331057B2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2008-02-12 | Prime Research Alliance E, Inc. | Grouping advertisement subavails |
GB0100076D0 (en) * | 2001-01-03 | 2001-02-14 | Pace Micro Tech Plc | Information on demand |
US6731312B2 (en) * | 2001-01-08 | 2004-05-04 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Media player interface |
ATE321422T1 (en) | 2001-01-09 | 2006-04-15 | Metabyte Networks Inc | SYSTEM, METHOD AND SOFTWARE FOR PROVIDING TARGETED ADVERTISING THROUGH USER PROFILE DATA STRUCTURE BASED ON USER PREFERENCES |
US7555615B2 (en) * | 2001-01-10 | 2009-06-30 | Tempur-Pedic Management, Inc. | Product demonstration system and method for using same |
US8396513B2 (en) | 2001-01-19 | 2013-03-12 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Communication system for mobile users using adaptive antenna |
US7809403B2 (en) * | 2001-01-19 | 2010-10-05 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Stratospheric platforms communication system using adaptive antennas |
JP4765182B2 (en) * | 2001-01-19 | 2011-09-07 | ソニー株式会社 | Interactive television communication method and interactive television communication client device |
US7187949B2 (en) | 2001-01-19 | 2007-03-06 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Multiple basestation communication system having adaptive antennas |
US8909739B2 (en) * | 2001-01-29 | 2014-12-09 | Universal Electronics Inc. | System and method for upgrading the remote control functionality of a device |
US7260785B2 (en) | 2001-01-29 | 2007-08-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for object retransmission without a continuous network connection in a digital media distribution system |
DE20112183U1 (en) * | 2001-02-01 | 2001-09-27 | Grundig Ag | Device for receiving digital radio signals |
KR20020065250A (en) * | 2001-02-06 | 2002-08-13 | 강용희 | Processing Method for overlaying Contents on Moving Picture and Processing Method for Electronic Mail using the same and A computer-readable Storage Medium for executing the above Method |
US20020152475A1 (en) * | 2001-02-07 | 2002-10-17 | Istvan Anthony F. | User model for interactive television system |
US20020152461A1 (en) * | 2001-02-07 | 2002-10-17 | Istvan Anthony F. | Coordination of favorites among disparate devices in an interactive video casting system |
US20020152472A1 (en) * | 2001-02-07 | 2002-10-17 | Istvan Anthony F. | Access device interface for user model-based interactive television |
US20020184351A1 (en) * | 2001-02-07 | 2002-12-05 | Istvan Anthony F. | Information access in user model-based interactive television |
US20030140345A1 (en) * | 2001-02-09 | 2003-07-24 | Fisk Julian B. | System for and method of distributing television, video and other signals |
US20020112243A1 (en) * | 2001-02-12 | 2002-08-15 | World Theatre | Video distribution system |
US8112311B2 (en) | 2001-02-12 | 2012-02-07 | Ochoa Optics Llc | Systems and methods for distribution of entertainment and advertising content |
US20020112235A1 (en) * | 2001-02-12 | 2002-08-15 | Ballou Bernard L. | Video distribution system |
US7689598B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2010-03-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for file system synchronization between a central site and a plurality of remote sites |
US20030038796A1 (en) * | 2001-02-15 | 2003-02-27 | Van Beek Petrus J.L. | Segmentation metadata for audio-visual content |
KR20020068134A (en) | 2001-02-20 | 2002-08-27 | 엘지전자주식회사 | Method for displaying PIP of a digital TV |
EP2034726A3 (en) | 2001-02-21 | 2010-12-22 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for interactive program guides with personal video recording features |
US20020120635A1 (en) * | 2001-02-27 | 2002-08-29 | Joao Raymond Anthony | Apparatus and method for providing an electronic book |
ES2335198T3 (en) * | 2001-02-28 | 2010-03-23 | Thomson Licensing | METHOD OF SEARCH FOR AN ELECTRONIC PROGRAM GUIDE. |
US20020120932A1 (en) * | 2001-02-28 | 2002-08-29 | Schwalb Eddie M. | Omni menu for an audio/visual network |
US20020129383A1 (en) * | 2001-03-08 | 2002-09-12 | Wasilewski Louise Mary | Apparatus for a cosumer controlled selective recording device for interactive television |
US7154898B1 (en) | 2001-03-13 | 2006-12-26 | Intelsat, Ltd. | Scalable edge node |
US20020194587A1 (en) * | 2001-03-13 | 2002-12-19 | Lampton David P. | Enhanced communication, monitoring and control system |
US7130908B1 (en) | 2001-03-13 | 2006-10-31 | Intelsat Ltd. | Forward cache management between edge nodes in a satellite based content delivery system |
US7174373B1 (en) | 2001-03-13 | 2007-02-06 | Panamsat Corporation | Self-contained demonstration node in a satellite based content delivery system |
US7237017B1 (en) | 2001-03-13 | 2007-06-26 | Panamsat Corporation | Micronode in a satellite based content delivery system |
AR033067A1 (en) * | 2001-03-22 | 2003-12-03 | United Video Properties Inc | PROVISIONS AND METHODS TO PROVIDE FUNCTIONS OF PERSONAL VIDEO RECORDER |
US20030061610A1 (en) * | 2001-03-27 | 2003-03-27 | Errico James H. | Audiovisual management system |
US20020142750A1 (en) * | 2001-03-28 | 2002-10-03 | Gill Earl F. | Content for rental property |
US20020144265A1 (en) * | 2001-03-29 | 2002-10-03 | Connelly Jay H. | System and method for merging streaming and stored content information in an electronic program guide |
US20020143647A1 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2002-10-03 | Intertainer, Inc. | Subscriber management system |
US6925469B2 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2005-08-02 | Intertainer, Inc. | Digital entertainment service platform |
US20020144279A1 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2002-10-03 | Guojun Zhou | Method and apparatus for providing custom television channels to viewers |
US20020144283A1 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2002-10-03 | Intertainer, Inc. | Content distribution system |
US20020144269A1 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2002-10-03 | Connelly Jay H. | Apparatus and method for a dynamic electronic program guide enabling billing broadcast services per EPG line item |
US20020143901A1 (en) * | 2001-04-03 | 2002-10-03 | Gtech Rhode Island Corporation | Interactive media response processing system |
US7660328B1 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2010-02-09 | Bigband Networks Inc. | Method and system for generating, transmitting and utilizing bit rate conversion information |
EP1376913A4 (en) * | 2001-04-05 | 2008-07-30 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Data broadcast program ts (transport stream) transmission apparatus and method, data broadcast program transmission program, recording medium, delivery apparatus, and delivery system |
US20020147985A1 (en) * | 2001-04-05 | 2002-10-10 | Koji Miyajima | Video distribution system and video distribution method |
US20020147986A1 (en) * | 2001-04-06 | 2002-10-10 | Comverse Network Systems, Ltd. | Interactive response system for digital television |
US20030145331A1 (en) * | 2002-01-31 | 2003-07-31 | Escobar George D. | Modifying content retrieved from a set-top box |
KR100374843B1 (en) * | 2001-04-16 | 2003-03-04 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Pip processing apparatus and method in settop box |
JP2003009115A (en) * | 2001-04-19 | 2003-01-10 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Image distribution system |
US7904814B2 (en) | 2001-04-19 | 2011-03-08 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | System for presenting audio-video content |
US20020157115A1 (en) * | 2001-04-24 | 2002-10-24 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Wireless communication point of deployment module for use in digital cable compliant devices |
US8909555B2 (en) * | 2001-04-24 | 2014-12-09 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Information security system |
US8776153B2 (en) | 2001-04-25 | 2014-07-08 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Method and system for transferring content to a networked unit |
US20020161634A1 (en) * | 2001-04-27 | 2002-10-31 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Electronic document with an automatically updated portion |
US7725910B2 (en) * | 2001-05-03 | 2010-05-25 | Sony Corporation | Interactive broadcast system and method with different content displayed to different viewers |
US20020165770A1 (en) * | 2001-05-04 | 2002-11-07 | Individual Network, Inc. | Method and system for providing content with an option |
US7131134B2 (en) | 2001-05-08 | 2006-10-31 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Evening planner |
US7185352B2 (en) * | 2001-05-11 | 2007-02-27 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for combining broadcast schedules and content on a digital broadcast-enabled client platform |
JP2002341802A (en) * | 2001-05-14 | 2002-11-29 | Nippon Hoso Kyokai <Nhk> | Server, user terminal, and message update system constituted of them |
JP4176973B2 (en) * | 2001-05-15 | 2008-11-05 | アルパイン株式会社 | Receiving machine |
JP3837302B2 (en) * | 2001-05-16 | 2006-10-25 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Digital broadcast receiver |
KR100411342B1 (en) | 2001-05-22 | 2003-12-18 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for generating video text synthetic key frame |
US8028249B2 (en) * | 2001-05-23 | 2011-09-27 | Eastman Kodak Company | Method and system for browsing large digital multimedia object collections |
US7058087B1 (en) | 2001-05-29 | 2006-06-06 | Bigband Networks, Inc. | Method and system for prioritized bit rate conversion |
US6937619B1 (en) | 2001-05-29 | 2005-08-30 | Bigband Networks, Inc. | Method and system for comparison-based prioritized bit rate conversion |
US20020184623A1 (en) * | 2001-05-30 | 2002-12-05 | Hodge Gregory A. | Methods and apparatus for interactive television |
US20020184634A1 (en) * | 2001-05-31 | 2002-12-05 | Cooper Robert M. | Television rides |
SE519518C2 (en) * | 2001-06-01 | 2003-03-11 | Kianoush Namvar | Signal Decoding System |
US7499077B2 (en) * | 2001-06-04 | 2009-03-03 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Summarization of football video content |
US20020194602A1 (en) * | 2001-06-06 | 2002-12-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V | Expert model recommendation method and system |
US7124303B2 (en) | 2001-06-06 | 2006-10-17 | Sony Corporation | Elementary stream partial encryption |
US7730509B2 (en) | 2001-06-08 | 2010-06-01 | Invidi Technologies Corporation | Asset delivery reporting in a broadcast network |
JP3883397B2 (en) | 2001-06-08 | 2007-02-21 | 富士通株式会社 | Method for providing complete package program with advertisement and method for using complete package program with advertisement |
US20020188955A1 (en) * | 2001-06-11 | 2002-12-12 | Thompson Calvin Eugene | Digital video recording and playback system for television |
US20030046698A1 (en) * | 2001-06-11 | 2003-03-06 | Yakov Kamen | Methods and apparatuses for conducting a TV EPG search in various search time periods |
US20020188960A1 (en) * | 2001-06-12 | 2002-12-12 | Rodriguez Arturo A. | Multiple information levels in media services menus |
US6918132B2 (en) * | 2001-06-14 | 2005-07-12 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Dynamic interface method and system for displaying reduced-scale broadcasts |
US7055165B2 (en) * | 2001-06-15 | 2006-05-30 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for periodically delivering an optimal batch broadcast schedule based on distributed client feedback |
US20020194585A1 (en) * | 2001-06-15 | 2002-12-19 | Connelly Jay H. | Methods and apparatus for providing ranking feedback for content in a broadcast system |
US20030005451A1 (en) * | 2001-06-15 | 2003-01-02 | Connelly Jay H. | Method and apparatus to distribute content descriptors in a content distribution broadcast system |
US7020893B2 (en) * | 2001-06-15 | 2006-03-28 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for continuously and opportunistically driving an optimal broadcast schedule based on most recent client demand feedback from a distributed set of broadcast clients |
DE10128925A1 (en) | 2001-06-15 | 2002-12-19 | Deutsche Telekom Ag | Terminal and method for using various services offered over a telecommunications network |
US20020194603A1 (en) * | 2001-06-15 | 2002-12-19 | Jay H. Connelly | Method and apparatus to distribute content using a multi-stage broadcast system |
US8910203B2 (en) * | 2001-06-19 | 2014-12-09 | Jlb Ventures Llc | Method for displaying channel listings in an electronic program guide and an electronic program guide implementing the method |
US8818871B2 (en) | 2001-06-21 | 2014-08-26 | Thomson Licensing | Method and system for electronic purchases using an intelligent data carrier medium, electronic coupon system, and interactive TV infrastructure |
US7328455B2 (en) | 2001-06-28 | 2008-02-05 | Intel Corporation | Apparatus and method for enabling secure content decryption within a set-top box |
US20030005466A1 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2003-01-02 | Hsinchao Liao | Content personalization system for mobile users |
US7496945B2 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2009-02-24 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Interactive program guide for bidirectional services |
US7512964B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2009-03-31 | Cisco Technology | System and method for archiving multiple downloaded recordable media content |
US7015875B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2006-03-21 | Novus Partners Llc | Dynamic device for billboard advertising |
US7098869B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2006-08-29 | Novus Partners Llc | Business method for billboard advertising |
US7526788B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2009-04-28 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Graphic user interface alternate download options for unavailable PRM content |
US7098870B2 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2006-08-29 | Novus Partners Llc | Advertising method for dynamic billboards |
US7088352B2 (en) | 2002-06-19 | 2006-08-08 | Novus Partners Llc | Dynamic device and method for dispensing machines |
CA2451656C (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2009-05-26 | Novus Communications Technologies | Dynamic device and method for billboard advertising |
US7363569B2 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2008-04-22 | Intel Corporation | Correcting for data losses with feedback and response |
US8006262B2 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2011-08-23 | Rodriguez Arturo A | Graphic user interfaces for purchasable and recordable media (PRM) downloads |
US20030121040A1 (en) * | 2001-07-02 | 2003-06-26 | Ferman A. Mufit | Audiovisual management system |
US7203620B2 (en) * | 2001-07-03 | 2007-04-10 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Summarization of video content |
JP4730869B2 (en) * | 2001-07-04 | 2011-07-20 | シャープ株式会社 | Television program information display device |
DE10132276A1 (en) | 2001-07-04 | 2003-01-23 | Siemens Ag | System for switching, controlling, programming and operating communication devices |
US7529485B2 (en) * | 2001-07-05 | 2009-05-05 | Enablence Usa Fttx Networks, Inc. | Method and system for supporting multiple services with a subscriber optical interface located outside a subscriber's premises |
JP2003037790A (en) * | 2001-07-23 | 2003-02-07 | Funai Electric Co Ltd | Broadcast receiver |
US7154916B2 (en) * | 2001-07-26 | 2006-12-26 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method for real-time insertion of auxiliary data packets into DSS bitstream in the presence of one or more service channels |
DE10137858B4 (en) * | 2001-07-31 | 2005-03-17 | Loewe Opta Gmbh | Method for updating and / or exchanging operating software or data in entertainment electronic communication and information devices |
US9094728B1 (en) * | 2001-07-31 | 2015-07-28 | Keen Personal Media, Inc. | Client terminal for providing channel subscription from a program guide |
US8515773B2 (en) | 2001-08-01 | 2013-08-20 | Sony Corporation | System and method for enabling distribution and brokering of content information |
JP4576075B2 (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2010-11-04 | パナソニック株式会社 | Program distribution system and program playback device |
US7908628B2 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2011-03-15 | Comcast Ip Holdings I, Llc | Video and digital multimedia aggregator content coding and formatting |
KR100442673B1 (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2004-08-02 | 주식회사 한단정보통신 | System for receiving and transmitting a multi-channel signal, and method for controlling the same |
US7793326B2 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2010-09-07 | Comcast Ip Holdings I, Llc | Video and digital multimedia aggregator |
JP2003061000A (en) * | 2001-08-10 | 2003-02-28 | Fujitsu Ltd | Controller and program |
DE10139669B4 (en) * | 2001-08-11 | 2007-01-04 | Rtl Interactive Gmbh | Two-way television system |
US6996564B2 (en) * | 2001-08-13 | 2006-02-07 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Proactive internet searching tool |
US20030030750A1 (en) * | 2001-08-13 | 2003-02-13 | Hoarty William Leo | System and method for data distribution network |
US20030038893A1 (en) * | 2001-08-24 | 2003-02-27 | Nokia Corporation | Digital video receiver that generates background pictures and sounds for games |
US20030046683A1 (en) * | 2001-08-28 | 2003-03-06 | Jutzi Curtis E. | Server-side preference prediction based on customer billing information to generate a broadcast schedule |
US7047456B2 (en) * | 2001-08-28 | 2006-05-16 | Intel Corporation | Error correction for regional and dynamic factors in communications |
US7735102B1 (en) | 2001-08-29 | 2010-06-08 | Billmaier James A | System and method for focused navigation within a user interface |
US20030046695A1 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2003-03-06 | Digeo, Inc. | System and method for enabling focused navigation using filtering and direct-tune buttons |
US7594246B1 (en) | 2001-08-29 | 2009-09-22 | Vulcan Ventures, Inc. | System and method for focused navigation within a user interface |
US7080394B2 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2006-07-18 | Digeo, Inc. | System and method for capturing video frames for focused navigation within a user interface |
US20030046694A1 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2003-03-06 | Digeo, Inc. | System and method for displaying option representations with multiple levels of specificity |
US20030046693A1 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2003-03-06 | Digeo, Inc. | System and method for focused navigation within an interactive television user interface |
US7107532B1 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2006-09-12 | Digeo, Inc. | System and method for focused navigation within a user interface |
US7650569B1 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2010-01-19 | Allen Paul G | System and method for focused navigation within a user interface |
US7055104B1 (en) * | 2002-03-29 | 2006-05-30 | Digeo, Inc. | System and method for focused navigation using filters |
DE10142699A1 (en) * | 2001-08-31 | 2003-03-20 | Grundig Ag | headend |
US7960005B2 (en) | 2001-09-14 | 2011-06-14 | Ochoa Optics Llc | Broadcast distribution of content for storage on hardware protected optical storage media |
US20030206710A1 (en) * | 2001-09-14 | 2003-11-06 | Ferman Ahmet Mufit | Audiovisual management system |
US11388451B2 (en) | 2001-11-27 | 2022-07-12 | Comcast Cable Communications Management, Llc | Method and system for enabling data-rich interactive television using broadcast database |
US8413205B2 (en) | 2001-09-19 | 2013-04-02 | Tvworks, Llc | System and method for construction, delivery and display of iTV content |
AU2002327677A1 (en) | 2001-09-19 | 2003-04-01 | Meta Tv, Inc. | Interactive user interface for television applications |
US8042132B2 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2011-10-18 | Tvworks, Llc | System and method for construction, delivery and display of iTV content |
US7409562B2 (en) * | 2001-09-21 | 2008-08-05 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for encrypting media programs for later purchase and viewing |
JP4659357B2 (en) * | 2001-09-21 | 2011-03-30 | ザ・ディレクティービー・グループ・インコーポレイテッド | Method and apparatus for controlling paired operation of conditional access module and integrated receiver and decoder |
US7231653B2 (en) | 2001-09-24 | 2007-06-12 | Intel Corporation | Method for delivering transport stream data |
US20030066076A1 (en) * | 2001-09-28 | 2003-04-03 | Minahan Michael R. | Method of distribution of digital media having durational limits for digital media usage |
US8943540B2 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2015-01-27 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus to provide a personalized channel |
US7324947B2 (en) | 2001-10-03 | 2008-01-29 | Promptu Systems Corporation | Global speech user interface |
FR2830707B1 (en) * | 2001-10-09 | 2004-02-06 | Telediffusion De France Tdf | LOCKING THE TRANSMISSION OF A NATIONAL TELEVISION SIGNAL IN A LOCAL STATION |
US7233781B2 (en) | 2001-10-10 | 2007-06-19 | Ochoa Optics Llc | System and method for emergency notification content delivery |
US8079045B2 (en) * | 2001-10-17 | 2011-12-13 | Keen Personal Media, Inc. | Personal video recorder and method for inserting a stored advertisement into a displayed broadcast stream |
US7474698B2 (en) | 2001-10-19 | 2009-01-06 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Identification of replay segments |
WO2003036948A1 (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2003-05-01 | Predictive Media Corporation | Method and system for selective initial television channel display |
US7085529B1 (en) | 2001-10-24 | 2006-08-01 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for determining a direct-to-home satellite receiver multi-switch type |
US20030084440A1 (en) * | 2001-10-26 | 2003-05-01 | George Lownes | Method of providing a code upgrade to a host device having a smart card interface |
US20030081834A1 (en) * | 2001-10-31 | 2003-05-01 | Vasanth Philomin | Intelligent TV room |
US7739707B2 (en) * | 2001-11-20 | 2010-06-15 | Starz Entertainment, Llc | Parental controls using view limits |
WO2003044835A2 (en) * | 2001-11-20 | 2003-05-30 | Starz Encore Group Llc | Viewing limit controls |
WO2003047257A1 (en) * | 2001-11-26 | 2003-06-05 | Nds Limited | Online television messenger |
EP1452023B1 (en) * | 2001-12-07 | 2008-07-16 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Media contents distribution system and method |
DE10160137B4 (en) * | 2001-12-07 | 2005-03-03 | Loewe Opta Gmbh | Method for individual list compilation of Internet addresses |
US20030109249A1 (en) * | 2001-12-07 | 2003-06-12 | William Frantz | System, method and apparatus to deliver guaranteed advertising |
EP1318678A3 (en) * | 2001-12-10 | 2009-08-05 | Thomson Licensing | Method for measuring audience information of interactive applications and associated devices |
US20030219085A1 (en) * | 2001-12-18 | 2003-11-27 | Endres Thomas J. | Self-initializing decision feedback equalizer with automatic gain control |
US7180942B2 (en) | 2001-12-18 | 2007-02-20 | Dotcast, Inc. | Joint adaptive optimization of soft decision device and feedback equalizer |
WO2003058967A1 (en) * | 2001-12-28 | 2003-07-17 | Pegasus Development Corporation | Wideband direct-to-home broadcasting satellite communications system and method |
US7792978B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2010-09-07 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method to remotely manage and audit set top box resources |
US8051443B2 (en) | 2002-01-02 | 2011-11-01 | Sony Corporation | Content replacement by PID mapping |
US7765567B2 (en) | 2002-01-02 | 2010-07-27 | Sony Corporation | Content replacement by PID mapping |
US6897904B2 (en) | 2002-01-04 | 2005-05-24 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and apparatus for selecting among multiple tuners |
US20030131349A1 (en) * | 2002-01-04 | 2003-07-10 | General Instrument Corporation | Methods and systems for managing and collecting impulse pay-per-view data in smart card enabled television terminals |
US20030131350A1 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2003-07-10 | Peiffer John C. | Method and apparatus for identifying a digital audio signal |
US20030135605A1 (en) * | 2002-01-11 | 2003-07-17 | Ramesh Pendakur | User rating feedback loop to modify virtual channel content and/or schedules |
US20030135857A1 (en) * | 2002-01-11 | 2003-07-17 | Ramesh Pendakur | Content discovery in a digital broadcast data service |
JP3857143B2 (en) * | 2002-01-15 | 2006-12-13 | 株式会社インフォシティ | Content transmission processing method, content receiving apparatus, and broadcasting apparatus |
US7120873B2 (en) * | 2002-01-28 | 2006-10-10 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Summarization of sumo video content |
US20030142129A1 (en) * | 2002-01-31 | 2003-07-31 | Kleven Michael L. | Content processing and distribution systems and processes |
US6947772B2 (en) | 2002-01-31 | 2005-09-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for providing messages on a wireless device connecting to an application server |
US6981227B1 (en) * | 2002-02-04 | 2005-12-27 | Mircrosoft Corporation | Systems and methods for a dimmable user interface |
US7334251B2 (en) | 2002-02-11 | 2008-02-19 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Management of television advertising |
US7228440B1 (en) * | 2002-02-13 | 2007-06-05 | Lsi Corporation | Scan and boundary scan disable mechanism on secure device |
US7177608B2 (en) * | 2002-03-11 | 2007-02-13 | Catch A Wave Technologies | Personal spectrum recorder |
WO2003077540A1 (en) * | 2002-03-11 | 2003-09-18 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | A system for and method of displaying information |
US8099680B1 (en) | 2002-03-12 | 2012-01-17 | Arris Group, Inc. | System and method of contextual pre-tuning |
KR100441521B1 (en) * | 2002-03-13 | 2004-07-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus for receiving digital broadcating and method therein |
US8707354B1 (en) | 2002-06-12 | 2014-04-22 | Tvworks, Llc | Graphically rich, modular, promotional tile interface for interactive television |
KR100683616B1 (en) * | 2002-03-15 | 2007-02-16 | 후지쯔 가부시끼가이샤 | Video information delivery apparatus and reception apparatus |
US7703116B1 (en) | 2003-07-11 | 2010-04-20 | Tvworks, Llc | System and method for construction, delivery and display of iTV applications that blend programming information of on-demand and broadcast service offerings |
US8214741B2 (en) | 2002-03-19 | 2012-07-03 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Synchronization of video and data |
US8321892B1 (en) * | 2002-03-20 | 2012-11-27 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for filtering data displayed in an electronic television program guide |
US20040098753A1 (en) * | 2002-03-20 | 2004-05-20 | Steven Reynolds | Video combiner |
JP2003284041A (en) * | 2002-03-20 | 2003-10-03 | Ntt Data Corp | Program delivering system, advertisement delivering apparatus, viewer terminal and advertisement delivering program, program reproducing program and method for delivering program |
FR2837648B1 (en) * | 2002-03-20 | 2004-07-23 | France Telecom | CONSTITUTION OF A PILOTAGE PROGRAM FOR EQUIPMENT RECEIVING RADIO AND TELEVISION TRANSMISSIONS |
CN1284363C (en) * | 2002-03-21 | 2006-11-08 | 汤姆森许可公司 | Signal receiver for receiving simultaneously a plurality of broadcast signals |
KR100454959B1 (en) * | 2002-04-30 | 2004-11-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Settop box system capable of watching digital broadcasting and watching method thereof |
JP2003304476A (en) * | 2002-04-09 | 2003-10-24 | Funai Electric Co Ltd | Digital broadcast receiver |
US7346552B1 (en) | 2002-04-24 | 2008-03-18 | Cauldron Solutions, Llc | System and method for the enablement of electronic commerce in a content network |
JP4711675B2 (en) * | 2002-04-25 | 2011-06-29 | トムソン ライセンシング | Video resolution control for web browsers and video displays |
US7155674B2 (en) * | 2002-04-29 | 2006-12-26 | Seachange International, Inc. | Accessing television services |
US7584493B2 (en) * | 2002-04-29 | 2009-09-01 | The Boeing Company | Receiver card technology for a broadcast subscription video service |
AU2003243183A1 (en) * | 2002-05-01 | 2003-11-17 | Index Systems, Inc. | Method and system for facilitating advertising and t-commerce transactions in connection with content stored on a storage medium |
US7610606B2 (en) * | 2002-05-03 | 2009-10-27 | Time Warner Cable, Inc. | Technique for effectively providing various entertainment services through a communications network |
US7908626B2 (en) * | 2002-05-03 | 2011-03-15 | Time Warner Interactive Video Group, Inc. | Network based digital information and entertainment storage and delivery system |
US8443383B2 (en) | 2002-05-03 | 2013-05-14 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Use of messages in program signal streams by set-top terminals |
US7111314B2 (en) * | 2002-05-03 | 2006-09-19 | Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. | Technique for delivering entertainment programming content including interactive features in a communications network |
US8392952B2 (en) | 2002-05-03 | 2013-03-05 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Programming content processing and management system and method |
US8312504B2 (en) | 2002-05-03 | 2012-11-13 | Time Warner Cable LLC | Program storage, retrieval and management based on segmentation messages |
US7614066B2 (en) * | 2002-05-03 | 2009-11-03 | Time Warner Interactive Video Group Inc. | Use of multiple embedded messages in program signal streams |
US7299182B2 (en) * | 2002-05-09 | 2007-11-20 | Thomson Licensing | Text-to-speech (TTS) for hand-held devices |
EP1361759A1 (en) * | 2002-05-10 | 2003-11-12 | Canal+ Technologies Société Anonyme | System and method of providing media content |
US7694326B2 (en) * | 2002-05-17 | 2010-04-06 | Sony Corporation | Signal processing system and method, signal processing apparatus and method, recording medium, and program |
US7292547B1 (en) * | 2002-05-22 | 2007-11-06 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Device and method for nodal multiple access into communications channels |
US20050068952A1 (en) * | 2002-05-24 | 2005-03-31 | Deiss Michael S. | Conditional access filter as for a packet video signal inverse transport system |
US7181010B2 (en) * | 2002-05-24 | 2007-02-20 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Apparatus for entitling remote client devices |
GB0212143D0 (en) * | 2002-05-27 | 2002-07-03 | Sendo Int Ltd | Processor Monitor |
US7386048B2 (en) * | 2002-05-28 | 2008-06-10 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Methods and systems for image intra-prediction mode organization |
US20030226153A1 (en) * | 2002-06-04 | 2003-12-04 | Sony Corporation, A Japanese Corporation | Method and apparatus for switching television channels |
US20030233667A1 (en) * | 2002-06-17 | 2003-12-18 | Abs-Cbn Broadcasting Corporation | Method and apparatus for implementing a scaled upgrading of an upgradeable set-top box |
GB0214444D0 (en) * | 2002-06-21 | 2002-07-31 | Thirdspace Living Ltd | User interface system |
EP1376912A1 (en) * | 2002-06-24 | 2004-01-02 | Alcatel | Method for providing multi-media data streams to subscribers of a data distribution network and data distribution network and distribution nodes therefor |
US20040003413A1 (en) * | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for priority sponsorship of multimedia content |
US20040003397A1 (en) * | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for customized video commercial distribution |
US7212730B2 (en) * | 2002-06-27 | 2007-05-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for enhanced edit list for recording options |
US20040003405A1 (en) * | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for personal video recording system menu control |
US20040003404A1 (en) * | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for personal video recording system advertisements |
US20040002963A1 (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2004-01-01 | Cynkin Laurence H. | Resolving query terms based on time of submission |
US8352983B1 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2013-01-08 | Tvworks, Llc | Programming contextual interactive user interface for television |
US20040010798A1 (en) * | 2002-07-11 | 2004-01-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Apparatus and method for logging television viewing patterns for guardian review |
US7151575B1 (en) * | 2002-07-18 | 2006-12-19 | Entropic Communications, Inc. | Wireless extension for cable television signals |
US6662518B1 (en) * | 2002-07-24 | 2003-12-16 | Arbor Contract Carpet, Inc. | Floor covering transition device |
US7657836B2 (en) | 2002-07-25 | 2010-02-02 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Summarization of soccer video content |
US7516470B2 (en) | 2002-08-02 | 2009-04-07 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Locally-updated interactive program guide |
US11070890B2 (en) | 2002-08-06 | 2021-07-20 | Comcast Cable Communications Management, Llc | User customization of user interfaces for interactive television |
KR100958519B1 (en) | 2002-08-14 | 2010-05-17 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for receive and transmission in mobile communications system |
US8272020B2 (en) * | 2002-08-17 | 2012-09-18 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | System for the delivery and dynamic presentation of large media assets over bandwidth constrained networks |
US20040133923A1 (en) * | 2002-08-21 | 2004-07-08 | Watson Scott F. | Digital home movie library |
US7736394B2 (en) * | 2002-08-22 | 2010-06-15 | Victhom Human Bionics Inc. | Actuated prosthesis for amputees |
GB2392262A (en) * | 2002-08-23 | 2004-02-25 | Hewlett Packard Co | A method of controlling the processing of data |
US7039398B2 (en) | 2002-08-30 | 2006-05-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Server processing of interactive screens for a wireless device |
US6996394B2 (en) | 2002-08-30 | 2006-02-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Server processing in providing messages for a wireless device connecting to a server |
US7653928B2 (en) * | 2002-08-30 | 2010-01-26 | Sony Corporation | Remote user interface for media player |
US20040045022A1 (en) * | 2002-09-03 | 2004-03-04 | Steven Riedl | Digital message insertion technique for analog video services |
US20040046780A1 (en) * | 2002-09-05 | 2004-03-11 | Imagictv Inc. | Non-modal navigation of interactive multimedia content |
JP3092688U (en) * | 2002-09-10 | 2003-03-20 | 船井電機株式会社 | TV receiver |
US9646339B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2017-05-09 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital downloading jukebox system with central and local music servers |
US11029823B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2021-06-08 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Jukebox with customizable avatar |
US10373420B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2019-08-06 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital downloading jukebox with enhanced communication features |
US8332895B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2012-12-11 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital downloading jukebox system with user-tailored music management, communications, and other tools |
US8103589B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2012-01-24 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital downloading jukebox system with central and local music servers |
US8151304B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2012-04-03 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital downloading jukebox system with user-tailored music management, communications, and other tools |
US7822687B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2010-10-26 | Francois Brillon | Jukebox with customizable avatar |
US8584175B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2013-11-12 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital downloading jukebox system with user-tailored music management, communications, and other tools |
US8220018B2 (en) | 2002-09-19 | 2012-07-10 | Tvworks, Llc | System and method for preferred placement programming of iTV content |
US20040060074A1 (en) * | 2002-09-19 | 2004-03-25 | Ganesh Basawapatna | Video distribution system with increased centralized processing |
JP2004118242A (en) * | 2002-09-20 | 2004-04-15 | Pioneer Electronic Corp | Status announcement system, status announcement method, and program for status announcement |
US20040064835A1 (en) * | 2002-09-26 | 2004-04-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for content based on-demand video media overlay |
US8601514B1 (en) | 2002-09-27 | 2013-12-03 | Arris Enterprises, Inc. | PC media center and extension device for a home entertainment system |
US8141117B1 (en) * | 2002-09-30 | 2012-03-20 | Arris Group, Inc. | PC media center and extension device for interfacing with a personal video recorder through a home network |
US7657907B2 (en) * | 2002-09-30 | 2010-02-02 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Automatic user profiling |
US7690022B2 (en) * | 2002-10-02 | 2010-03-30 | Ganesh Basawapatna | Video distribution system for digital and analog subscribers |
US7908625B2 (en) | 2002-10-02 | 2011-03-15 | Robertson Neil C | Networked multimedia system |
US7360235B2 (en) | 2002-10-04 | 2008-04-15 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Systems and methods for operating a peripheral record/playback device in a networked multimedia system |
US8046806B2 (en) | 2002-10-04 | 2011-10-25 | Wall William E | Multiroom point of deployment module |
US7545935B2 (en) | 2002-10-04 | 2009-06-09 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Networked multimedia overlay system |
US20040073931A1 (en) * | 2002-10-10 | 2004-04-15 | Tempur World, Inc. | Interactive bed display |
BR0316013A (en) * | 2002-11-08 | 2005-09-13 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Method for providing a content recommendation to a user, recommendation device for providing a content recommendation to a user, and private video recorder |
US20040090291A1 (en) * | 2002-11-13 | 2004-05-13 | Rakib Selim Shlomo | Method and apparatus for refurbishing analog set top box to provide digital set top box and optional DOCSIS cable modem capability |
KR20040044236A (en) * | 2002-11-20 | 2004-05-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | program upgrade system and the method for television |
SE0203493D0 (en) * | 2002-11-26 | 2002-11-26 | Kianoush Namvar | Interactive Media Communication |
US9027063B2 (en) * | 2002-11-27 | 2015-05-05 | Deluxe Digital Distribution Inc. | Video-on-demand (VOD) management system and methods |
DE10256216A1 (en) * | 2002-12-02 | 2004-06-24 | Fujitsu Siemens Computers Gmbh | Computer system and method for transfer of image data to the computer screen, whereby the display unit has means, that fulfill the functions of a graphics card, for processing a digital image signal received from the computer |
IL153244A0 (en) * | 2002-12-03 | 2003-07-06 | Method and apparatus for providing credits through digital television interactive applications | |
US20040117826A1 (en) * | 2002-12-11 | 2004-06-17 | Jeyhan Karaoguz | Media exchange network with media guide interface |
AU2003276583A1 (en) | 2002-12-16 | 2004-07-09 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Personal video recorder method and user interface |
JP2004214748A (en) * | 2002-12-27 | 2004-07-29 | Alpine Electronics Inc | Video reproducing apparatus and display control method |
US7930716B2 (en) | 2002-12-31 | 2011-04-19 | Actv Inc. | Techniques for reinsertion of local market advertising in digital video from a bypass source |
US20040130581A1 (en) * | 2003-01-03 | 2004-07-08 | Microsoft Corporation | Interaction model |
US8683518B2 (en) * | 2003-01-07 | 2014-03-25 | Home Box Office, Inc. | Integrated media viewing environment |
US20040136690A1 (en) * | 2003-01-09 | 2004-07-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Controlling the recording of a media program |
US7779247B2 (en) | 2003-01-09 | 2010-08-17 | Jericho Systems Corporation | Method and system for dynamically implementing an enterprise resource policy |
US7006945B2 (en) | 2003-01-10 | 2006-02-28 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Processing of video content |
US8094640B2 (en) | 2003-01-15 | 2012-01-10 | Robertson Neil C | Full duplex wideband communications system for a local coaxial network |
US7487532B2 (en) | 2003-01-15 | 2009-02-03 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Optimization of a full duplex wideband communications system |
PL358355A1 (en) * | 2003-01-20 | 2004-07-26 | Advanced Digital Broadcast Polska Spółka z o.o. | Method of automatic functional inspection of digital television decoder based on a checklist of selected programs |
US7493646B2 (en) | 2003-01-30 | 2009-02-17 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television systems with digital video recording and adjustable reminders |
US20040150748A1 (en) * | 2003-01-31 | 2004-08-05 | Qwest Communications International Inc. | Systems and methods for providing and displaying picture-in-picture signals |
US20040150749A1 (en) * | 2003-01-31 | 2004-08-05 | Qwest Communications International Inc. | Systems and methods for displaying data over video |
US8713617B2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2014-04-29 | Qwest Communications International Inc. | Systems and methods for providing television signals using a network interface device |
US10142023B2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2018-11-27 | Centurylink Intellectual Property Llc | Antenna system and methods for wireless optical network termination |
US7194249B2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2007-03-20 | Qwest Communications International Inc. | Methods, systems and apparatus for providing urgent public information |
US8490129B2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2013-07-16 | Qwest Communications International Inc. | Methods, systems and apparatus for selectively distributing urgent public information |
US20040150751A1 (en) * | 2003-01-31 | 2004-08-05 | Qwest Communications International Inc. | Systems and methods for forming picture-in-picture signals |
US7921443B2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2011-04-05 | Qwest Communications International, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing video and data services to a customer premises |
WO2004075469A2 (en) * | 2003-02-19 | 2004-09-02 | Dotcast Inc. | Joint, adaptive control of equalization, synchronization, and gain in a digital communications receiver |
US20040181811A1 (en) * | 2003-03-13 | 2004-09-16 | Rakib Selim Shlomo | Thin DOCSIS in-band management for interactive HFC service delivery |
US11381875B2 (en) | 2003-03-14 | 2022-07-05 | Comcast Cable Communications Management, Llc | Causing display of user-selectable content types |
US10664138B2 (en) | 2003-03-14 | 2020-05-26 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Providing supplemental content for a second screen experience |
US8578411B1 (en) | 2003-03-14 | 2013-11-05 | Tvworks, Llc | System and method for controlling iTV application behaviors through the use of application profile filters |
US6915065B2 (en) * | 2003-03-21 | 2005-07-05 | American Video Electronics, Inc. | Data processing system architecture |
US7421438B2 (en) | 2004-04-29 | 2008-09-02 | Microsoft Corporation | Metadata editing control |
US7627552B2 (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2009-12-01 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method for filtering and organizing items based on common elements |
JP2004297544A (en) * | 2003-03-27 | 2004-10-21 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Remote control apparatus |
ES2343172T3 (en) * | 2003-03-28 | 2010-07-26 | Loewe Opta Gmbh | HANDLING SYSTEM FOR A TELEVISION RECEIVING DEVICE. |
US20040189879A1 (en) * | 2003-03-31 | 2004-09-30 | Sony Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for switching television channels |
EP1465047A1 (en) | 2003-04-03 | 2004-10-06 | Deutsche Thomson-Brandt Gmbh | Method for presenting menu buttons |
GB0307763D0 (en) * | 2003-04-04 | 2003-05-07 | Zap Corp Uk The Ltd | System and method of broadcasting advertisements |
CA2463228C (en) * | 2003-04-04 | 2012-06-26 | Evertz Microsystems Ltd. | Apparatus, systems and methods for packet based transmission of multiple data signals |
US20060051059A1 (en) | 2004-09-08 | 2006-03-09 | Krakirian Haig H | Video recorder having user extended and automatically extended time slots |
US6760538B1 (en) * | 2003-04-21 | 2004-07-06 | Pioneer Digital Technologies, Inc. | Video recorder having user extended and automatically extended time slots |
US20040213557A1 (en) * | 2003-04-23 | 2004-10-28 | Pioneer Digital Technologies, Inc. | Non-hierarchical interface screens for use in a video recorder |
US7684432B2 (en) * | 2003-05-15 | 2010-03-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Methods of providing data services over data networks and related data networks, data service providers, routing gateways and computer program products |
US7430187B2 (en) * | 2003-05-15 | 2008-09-30 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Methods, systems, and computer program products for providing different quality of service/bandwidth allocation to different susbscribers for interactive gaming |
US7367039B2 (en) | 2003-05-22 | 2008-04-29 | The Directv Group, Inc. | System and method for evaluating callback functionality in a satellite television network |
US8072470B2 (en) | 2003-05-29 | 2011-12-06 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | System and method for providing a real-time three-dimensional interactive environment |
TW570449U (en) * | 2003-05-30 | 2004-01-01 | Aviquest Technology Co Ltd | Multi-media playing TV |
US6724335B1 (en) * | 2003-06-03 | 2004-04-20 | Broadcom Corporation | Systems and methods for digital upconversion for television signals |
US7130846B2 (en) | 2003-06-10 | 2006-10-31 | Microsoft Corporation | Intelligent default selection in an on-screen keyboard |
US7792828B2 (en) | 2003-06-25 | 2010-09-07 | Jericho Systems Corporation | Method and system for selecting content items to be presented to a viewer |
KR100542580B1 (en) * | 2003-06-26 | 2006-01-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Resource reservation system and a resource reservation method using the same in the mobile/wireless environments |
US8635643B2 (en) | 2003-06-30 | 2014-01-21 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method for providing interactive media content over a network |
US20040267880A1 (en) * | 2003-06-30 | 2004-12-30 | Kestutis Patiejunas | System and method for delivery of media content |
US8438601B2 (en) | 2003-07-02 | 2013-05-07 | Rovi Solutions Corporation | Resource management for a networked personal video recording system |
US7454120B2 (en) | 2003-07-02 | 2008-11-18 | Macrovision Corporation | Methods and apparatus for client aggregation of television programming in a networked personal video recording system |
US7603022B2 (en) * | 2003-07-02 | 2009-10-13 | Macrovision Corporation | Networked personal video recording system |
US8416952B1 (en) | 2003-07-11 | 2013-04-09 | Tvworks, Llc | Channel family surf control |
JP2005038263A (en) * | 2003-07-16 | 2005-02-10 | Canon Inc | Image processor, image processing method, recording medium, and program |
ATE368962T1 (en) * | 2003-07-24 | 2007-08-15 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONAL FEATURES TO AN ELECTRONIC SYSTEM |
KR100568230B1 (en) * | 2003-07-30 | 2006-04-07 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Device and method for providing advertisement in digital tv |
US8112449B2 (en) | 2003-08-01 | 2012-02-07 | Qwest Communications International Inc. | Systems and methods for implementing a content object access point |
WO2005022909A1 (en) * | 2003-08-25 | 2005-03-10 | Gist Communications Europe Gmbh | Electronic programme guide |
US7673297B1 (en) * | 2003-09-03 | 2010-03-02 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Automatic software update detection and flexible installer for set-top boxes |
US9402045B2 (en) | 2003-09-09 | 2016-07-26 | Echostar Technologies L.L.C. | Method and apparatus for displaying electronic program guide information |
US20050068915A1 (en) * | 2003-09-10 | 2005-03-31 | Wi Networks Inc. | Wireless infrastructure for broadcasting with return channel |
US20050055720A1 (en) * | 2003-09-10 | 2005-03-10 | Wi Networks Inc. | Receiver installation for multi channel broadcasting with return channel, and method of modifying the same |
US8214256B2 (en) * | 2003-09-15 | 2012-07-03 | Time Warner Cable Inc. | System and method for advertisement delivery within a video time shifting architecture |
US20050060748A1 (en) * | 2003-09-16 | 2005-03-17 | Showtime Networks Inc. | Programming service offer presentment and instant actvation system, method, and computer program product |
US8819734B2 (en) | 2003-09-16 | 2014-08-26 | Tvworks, Llc | Contextual navigational control for digital television |
US20050064275A1 (en) * | 2003-09-18 | 2005-03-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Fuel cell gas diffusion layer |
US7133051B2 (en) | 2003-09-19 | 2006-11-07 | Microsoft Corporation | Full scale video with overlaid graphical user interface and scaled image |
WO2005032133A2 (en) * | 2003-09-26 | 2005-04-07 | General Instrument Corporation | Method and apparatus for high- speed data multiplexing |
WO2005041109A2 (en) * | 2003-10-17 | 2005-05-06 | Nielsen Media Research, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for identifiying audio/video content using temporal signal characteristics |
US20050086689A1 (en) * | 2003-10-17 | 2005-04-21 | Mydtv, Inc. | Interactive program guides providing program segment information |
US8721449B2 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2014-05-13 | Tipping Point Group, Llc | Method and system for paragame activity at electronic gaming machine |
US9564004B2 (en) * | 2003-10-20 | 2017-02-07 | Igt | Closed-loop system for providing additional event participation to electronic video game customers |
US9582963B2 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2017-02-28 | Tipping Point Group, Llc | Method and system for gaming machine accounting |
US7335106B2 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2008-02-26 | Las Vegas Gaming, Inc. | Closed-loop system for displaying promotional events and granting awards for electronic video games |
US10127765B1 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2018-11-13 | Tipping Point Group, Llc | Gaming machine having secondary gaming controller with proxy configuration |
US8512144B2 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2013-08-20 | Tipping Point Group, Llc | Method and apparatus for providing secondary gaming machine functionality |
US8024335B2 (en) | 2004-05-03 | 2011-09-20 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method for dynamically generating a selectable search extension |
EP1528512A3 (en) * | 2003-10-28 | 2006-02-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Graphic decoder, image reproduction apparatus and method for graphic display acceleration based on commands |
US7310807B2 (en) | 2003-10-29 | 2007-12-18 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | System and method for local video distribution |
US20070226770A1 (en) * | 2003-11-04 | 2007-09-27 | Electronics And Telecommunications Reserach Institue 161, Gajeong-Dong, Yuseong-Gu | Apparatus and Method for Receiving Data Broadcasting Service to Support Connection with Mobile Networks |
KR100642129B1 (en) * | 2003-11-05 | 2006-11-10 | (주) 아이티비엠지 | Method and apparatus for accessing and processing data for television contents, and the media and transmitting signal containing the method |
US7984468B2 (en) | 2003-11-06 | 2011-07-19 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing program suggestions in an interactive television program guide |
CN100536540C (en) * | 2003-11-10 | 2009-09-02 | 汤姆森许可贸易公司 | Method and apparatus for providing dynamic display of content information associated with a device in a network |
US20050147247A1 (en) * | 2003-11-14 | 2005-07-07 | Westberg Thomas E. | Interactive television systems having POD modules and methods for use in the same |
US7398478B2 (en) * | 2003-11-14 | 2008-07-08 | Microsoft Corporation | Controlled non-proportional scaling display |
US20050114879A1 (en) * | 2003-11-20 | 2005-05-26 | General Instrument Corporation | Monitoring signal quality on a cable network |
EP1696592A1 (en) * | 2003-11-26 | 2006-08-30 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Content transmitter apparatus |
US20050204394A1 (en) * | 2003-12-15 | 2005-09-15 | Nguyen Liem Q. | Movie distribution system |
US8286203B2 (en) | 2003-12-19 | 2012-10-09 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method for enhanced hot key delivery |
US20070094292A1 (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2007-04-26 | Mitsuteru Kataoka | Recommended program notification method and recommended program notification device |
US8196044B2 (en) * | 2004-01-05 | 2012-06-05 | Microsoft Corporation | Configuration of user interfaces |
US20050149988A1 (en) * | 2004-01-06 | 2005-07-07 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | Delivering interactive television components in real time for live broadcast events |
JP2005196697A (en) * | 2004-01-09 | 2005-07-21 | Pioneer Electronic Corp | Control information file creating device, information display device, control information file creating method and information distributing displaying system |
US8281339B1 (en) | 2004-01-12 | 2012-10-02 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Customizable flip and browse overlays in an interactive television system |
IL159838A0 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2004-06-20 | Yehuda Binder | Information device |
US7861274B2 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2010-12-28 | Time Warner Cable, Inc. | System and method for managing program assets |
US8175444B2 (en) * | 2004-01-14 | 2012-05-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of reproducing from storage medium storing interactive graphics stream activated in response to user's command |
US7599494B2 (en) * | 2004-01-16 | 2009-10-06 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Distribution of video content using a trusted network key for sharing content |
US7580523B2 (en) | 2004-01-16 | 2009-08-25 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Distribution of video content using client to host pairing of integrated receivers/decoders |
US7548624B2 (en) * | 2004-01-16 | 2009-06-16 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Distribution of broadcast content for remote decryption and viewing |
US20050156902A1 (en) * | 2004-01-20 | 2005-07-21 | Mcpherson Roger | Electronic tablet |
US20100153997A1 (en) * | 2004-01-21 | 2010-06-17 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television system with templates for managing vendor-specific video-on-demand content |
US8161388B2 (en) * | 2004-01-21 | 2012-04-17 | Rodriguez Arturo A | Interactive discovery of display device characteristics |
US20050177743A1 (en) * | 2004-02-05 | 2005-08-11 | Barber Aaron J. | Method and system for a consumer upgradeable decoder |
US7259696B1 (en) * | 2004-02-10 | 2007-08-21 | Zilog, Inc. | Interactive web-based codeset selection and development tool |
US20050177624A1 (en) * | 2004-02-11 | 2005-08-11 | Alio, Inc. | Distributed System and Methodology for Delivery of Media Content to Clients having Peer-to-peer Connectivity |
US20050177853A1 (en) * | 2004-02-11 | 2005-08-11 | Alio, Inc. | System and Methodology for Distributed Delivery of Online Content in Response to Client Selections from an Online Catalog |
US20050177745A1 (en) * | 2004-02-11 | 2005-08-11 | Alio, Inc. | Distributed System and Methodology for Delivery of Media Content |
US7801303B2 (en) * | 2004-03-01 | 2010-09-21 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Video on demand in a broadcast network |
US8356317B2 (en) | 2004-03-04 | 2013-01-15 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Presence based technology |
US7594245B2 (en) | 2004-03-04 | 2009-09-22 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Networked video devices |
US8949899B2 (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2015-02-03 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Collaborative recommendation system |
WO2005092928A1 (en) * | 2004-03-11 | 2005-10-06 | Fresenius Kabi Deutschland Gmbh | Conjugates of hydroxyalkyl starch and a protein, prepared by reductive amination |
US7966424B2 (en) | 2004-03-15 | 2011-06-21 | Microsoft Corporation | Data compression |
US20050210510A1 (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2005-09-22 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and apparatus for generating a program guide |
US7861006B2 (en) | 2004-03-23 | 2010-12-28 | Mcnulty Scott | Apparatus, method and system for a tunneling client access point |
US20050229228A1 (en) * | 2004-04-07 | 2005-10-13 | Sandeep Relan | Unicast cable content delivery |
US20050240963A1 (en) * | 2004-04-21 | 2005-10-27 | Showtime Networks, Inc. | Interactive gateway |
US7523145B2 (en) * | 2004-04-22 | 2009-04-21 | Opentv, Inc. | System for managing data in a distributed computing system |
TWI276888B (en) * | 2004-04-22 | 2007-03-21 | Novatek Microelectronics Corp | Data transferring method |
US7694236B2 (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2010-04-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Stack icons representing multiple objects |
WO2005107260A1 (en) * | 2004-04-28 | 2005-11-10 | Leonid Aleksandrovich Pogyba | Method for delivering video products to ethnic consumers by using internet engineering and device for carrying out said method |
JP2005316761A (en) * | 2004-04-28 | 2005-11-10 | Toshiba Corp | Electronic apparatus and method for notifying information |
TW200603632A (en) * | 2004-05-14 | 2006-01-16 | Nielsen Media Res Inc | Methods and apparatus for identifying media content |
JP4855653B2 (en) * | 2004-05-25 | 2012-01-18 | ソニー株式会社 | Broadcast program providing system, broadcast receiving terminal device, browsing terminal, operation terminal, and computer program |
US20050278375A1 (en) * | 2004-05-26 | 2005-12-15 | Stephanie Mitchko | Asset management system and associated methods |
US7769756B2 (en) * | 2004-06-07 | 2010-08-03 | Sling Media, Inc. | Selection and presentation of context-relevant supplemental content and advertising |
US7975062B2 (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2011-07-05 | Sling Media, Inc. | Capturing and sharing media content |
US7917932B2 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2011-03-29 | Sling Media, Inc. | Personal video recorder functionality for placeshifting systems |
US8346605B2 (en) * | 2004-06-07 | 2013-01-01 | Sling Media, Inc. | Management of shared media content |
US9998802B2 (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2018-06-12 | Sling Media LLC | Systems and methods for creating variable length clips from a media stream |
US8099755B2 (en) * | 2004-06-07 | 2012-01-17 | Sling Media Pvt. Ltd. | Systems and methods for controlling the encoding of a media stream |
EP1769399B1 (en) * | 2004-06-07 | 2020-03-18 | Sling Media L.L.C. | Personal media broadcasting system |
US20050289613A1 (en) * | 2004-06-18 | 2005-12-29 | Honeywell International Inc. | Control architecture for audio/video (A/V) systems |
JP4167205B2 (en) * | 2004-06-22 | 2008-10-15 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Display control apparatus and display control method |
US20050289012A1 (en) * | 2004-06-28 | 2005-12-29 | Richard Boller | Distribution and marketing system and method for subscription service |
US8484308B2 (en) * | 2004-07-02 | 2013-07-09 | MatrixStream Technologies, Inc. | System and method for transferring content via a network |
US7739717B1 (en) | 2004-07-13 | 2010-06-15 | The Directv Group, Inc. | System and method for performing diagnostics for a customer IRD in a satellite television system |
KR100631735B1 (en) * | 2004-07-14 | 2006-10-09 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Multimedia data trading system and method |
US20090164986A1 (en) * | 2004-07-23 | 2009-06-25 | Heekyung Lee | Extended package scheme to support application program downloading, and system and method for application porogram service using the same |
US7580668B2 (en) * | 2004-07-27 | 2009-08-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Intelligent data broadcasting |
US8904458B2 (en) | 2004-07-29 | 2014-12-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method for pre-caching a first portion of a video file on a set-top box |
US11259059B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2022-02-22 | Broadband Itv, Inc. | System for addressing on-demand TV program content on TV services platform of a digital TV services provider |
US7631336B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2009-12-08 | Broadband Itv, Inc. | Method for converting, navigating and displaying video content uploaded from the internet to a digital TV video-on-demand platform |
US9635429B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2017-04-25 | Broadband Itv, Inc. | Dynamic adjustment of electronic program guide displays based on viewer preferences for minimizing navigation in VOD program selection |
US9344765B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2016-05-17 | Broadband Itv, Inc. | Dynamic adjustment of electronic program guide displays based on viewer preferences for minimizing navigation in VOD program selection |
US9584868B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2017-02-28 | Broadband Itv, Inc. | Dynamic adjustment of electronic program guide displays based on viewer preferences for minimizing navigation in VOD program selection |
US7590997B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2009-09-15 | Broadband Itv, Inc. | System and method for managing, converting and displaying video content on a video-on-demand platform, including ads used for drill-down navigation and consumer-generated classified ads |
JP4738773B2 (en) | 2004-08-06 | 2011-08-03 | キヤノン株式会社 | Image processing apparatus and control method thereof |
US20060037043A1 (en) * | 2004-08-10 | 2006-02-16 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | Method and interface for managing movies on a set-top box |
US8584257B2 (en) | 2004-08-10 | 2013-11-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and interface for video content acquisition security on a set-top box |
US20060037040A1 (en) * | 2004-08-12 | 2006-02-16 | Mahalick Scott G | Method of transmitting audio and video signals over radio and television channels |
US20060037046A1 (en) * | 2004-08-13 | 2006-02-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Aligning video data to create a comprehensive program guide |
US7543317B2 (en) | 2004-08-17 | 2009-06-02 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Service activation of set-top box functionality using broadcast conditional access system |
US7940746B2 (en) | 2004-08-24 | 2011-05-10 | Comcast Cable Holdings, Llc | Method and system for locating a voice over internet protocol (VoIP) device connected to a network |
US20060048178A1 (en) * | 2004-08-26 | 2006-03-02 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | Interface for controlling service actions at a set top box from a remote control |
US7797724B2 (en) * | 2004-08-31 | 2010-09-14 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for secure online access on a client device |
US20070211691A1 (en) * | 2004-09-09 | 2007-09-13 | Barber Ronald W | Method, system and computer program using standard interfaces for independent device controllers |
US20060069615A1 (en) * | 2004-09-29 | 2006-03-30 | Ajay Gupta | Systems and methods for subsidizing the printing costs of advertiser-sponsored documents delivered through broadcast networks |
WO2006035450A1 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2006-04-06 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company L.P. | Systems and methods for soliciting feedback using print-augmented broadcast signal |
AU2005211539B2 (en) * | 2004-09-30 | 2008-04-03 | Universal Entertainment Corporation | Gaming machine and game system |
WO2006038529A1 (en) | 2004-10-01 | 2006-04-13 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Channel contract proposing apparatus, method, program and integrated circuit |
US8086261B2 (en) | 2004-10-07 | 2011-12-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method for providing digital network access and digital broadcast services using combined channels on a single physical medium to the customer premises |
US8806533B1 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2014-08-12 | United Video Properties, Inc. | System and method for using television information codes |
KR100685992B1 (en) | 2004-11-10 | 2007-02-23 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for information outputting during channel Change in digital broadcasting receiver |
US9967534B1 (en) | 2004-11-19 | 2018-05-08 | Tivo Solutions Inc. | Digital video recorder video editing system |
US20060174279A1 (en) * | 2004-11-19 | 2006-08-03 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | System and method for managing television tuners |
US7716714B2 (en) * | 2004-12-01 | 2010-05-11 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method for recording television content at a set top box |
US8434116B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2013-04-30 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Device, system, and method for managing television tuners |
US7474359B2 (en) | 2004-12-06 | 2009-01-06 | At&T Intellectual Properties I, L.P. | System and method of displaying a video stream |
US20060123451A1 (en) * | 2004-12-07 | 2006-06-08 | Showtime Networks Inc. | Enhanced content in an on-demand environment |
KR20070092735A (en) * | 2004-12-13 | 2007-09-13 | 코닌클리케 필립스 일렉트로닉스 엔.브이. | System and method for scheduling an audiovisual information recording |
US7716237B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2010-05-11 | Csc Holdings, Inc. | System and associated methods for remotely enabling features |
PL1842369T3 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2020-11-16 | Invidi Technologies Corporation | Targeted impression model for broadcast network asset delivery |
US20090094640A1 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2009-04-09 | Anderson Bruce J | Targeted advertising in unicast, multicast and hybrid distribution system contexts |
US20060156372A1 (en) * | 2005-01-12 | 2006-07-13 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | System, method and interface for managing content at a set top box |
US8204131B2 (en) * | 2005-01-13 | 2012-06-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and system for rapid and smooth selection of digitally compressed video programs |
DE602005007069D1 (en) | 2005-01-20 | 2008-07-03 | Thomson Licensing | BIMODAL SWITCHING FOR CONTROLLING DIGITAL TELEVISION APPLICATIONS ON HAND-HELD VIDEO DEVICES |
US7436346B2 (en) | 2005-01-20 | 2008-10-14 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System, method and interface for controlling multiple electronic devices of a home entertainment system via a single control device |
US20060168610A1 (en) * | 2005-01-26 | 2006-07-27 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | System and method of managing content |
TW200704183A (en) * | 2005-01-27 | 2007-01-16 | Matrix Tv | Dynamic mosaic extended electronic programming guide for television program selection and display |
US20060174309A1 (en) * | 2005-01-28 | 2006-08-03 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | System and method of managing set top box memory |
US7602820B2 (en) | 2005-02-01 | 2009-10-13 | Time Warner Cable Inc. | Apparatus and methods for multi-stage multiplexing in a network |
US7307574B2 (en) * | 2005-02-02 | 2007-12-11 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, Lp | Remote control, apparatus, system and methods of using the same |
US20060179466A1 (en) * | 2005-02-04 | 2006-08-10 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | System and method of providing email service via a set top box |
PA8660701A1 (en) * | 2005-02-04 | 2006-09-22 | Pfizer Prod Inc | SMALL AGONISTS AND THEIR USES |
US20060184991A1 (en) * | 2005-02-14 | 2006-08-17 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, Lp | System and method of providing television content |
US8214859B2 (en) * | 2005-02-14 | 2012-07-03 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Automatic switching between high definition and standard definition IP television signals |
US8306975B1 (en) | 2005-03-08 | 2012-11-06 | Worldwide Creative Techniques, Inc. | Expanded interest recommendation engine and variable personalization |
JP5639335B2 (en) * | 2005-03-08 | 2014-12-10 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェ | Multi-user control of downloadable applications |
US7698451B2 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2010-04-13 | Vudu, Inc. | Method and apparatus for instant playback of a movie title |
US8219635B2 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2012-07-10 | Vudu, Inc. | Continuous data feeding in a distributed environment |
US8904463B2 (en) | 2005-03-09 | 2014-12-02 | Vudu, Inc. | Live video broadcasting on distributed networks |
US20090019489A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2009-01-15 | Vvond, Inc. | Method and apparatus for displaying movie titles based on distributed objects |
US20090019468A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2009-01-15 | Vvond, Llc | Access control of media services over an open network |
US8887224B2 (en) | 2005-03-09 | 2014-11-11 | Vudu, Inc. | Updating content libraries by transmitting release data |
US7937379B2 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2011-05-03 | Vudu, Inc. | Fragmentation of a file for instant access |
US7191215B2 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2007-03-13 | Marquee, Inc. | Method and system for providing instantaneous media-on-demand services by transmitting contents in pieces from client machines |
US20090025046A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2009-01-22 | Wond, Llc | Hybrid architecture for media services |
US20080022343A1 (en) | 2006-07-24 | 2008-01-24 | Vvond, Inc. | Multiple audio streams |
US9176955B2 (en) | 2005-03-09 | 2015-11-03 | Vvond, Inc. | Method and apparatus for sharing media files among network nodes |
US20060218590A1 (en) * | 2005-03-10 | 2006-09-28 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | System and method for displaying an electronic program guide |
WO2006104968A2 (en) * | 2005-03-28 | 2006-10-05 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Interactive mosaic channel video stream with barker channel and guide |
US20060230421A1 (en) * | 2005-03-30 | 2006-10-12 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, Lp | Method of using an entertainment system and an apparatus and handset for use with the entertainment system |
CA2601792C (en) * | 2005-03-30 | 2016-02-09 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for video-rich navigation |
US20100311399A1 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2010-12-09 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for generating audible reminders on mobile user equipment |
US9973817B1 (en) | 2005-04-08 | 2018-05-15 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | System and method for providing a list of video-on-demand programs |
US20060236343A1 (en) * | 2005-04-14 | 2006-10-19 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, Lp | System and method of locating and providing video content via an IPTV network |
KR100713279B1 (en) * | 2005-04-18 | 2007-05-04 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for sending data multi of an image display device |
US7818667B2 (en) | 2005-05-03 | 2010-10-19 | Tv Works Llc | Verification of semantic constraints in multimedia data and in its announcement, signaling and interchange |
US8387089B1 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2013-02-26 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing a scan |
US8640166B1 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2014-01-28 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for content surfing |
US20060277316A1 (en) * | 2005-05-12 | 2006-12-07 | Yunchuan Wang | Internet protocol television |
US20060271552A1 (en) * | 2005-05-26 | 2006-11-30 | Venture Capital & Consulting Group, Llc. | Targeted delivery of content |
US8054849B2 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2011-11-08 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method of managing video content streams |
DE102005024528B3 (en) * | 2005-05-28 | 2006-10-12 | Blankom Antennentechnik Gmbh | Digital head point has metabus which is formed as bus according to IEEE 1394b and digital head point has at least three areas whereby first area has one module of first kind which possesses input for signal |
US20060282785A1 (en) * | 2005-06-09 | 2006-12-14 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | System and method of displaying content in display windows |
US8099511B1 (en) | 2005-06-11 | 2012-01-17 | Vudu, Inc. | Instantaneous media-on-demand |
KR20060131471A (en) * | 2005-06-16 | 2006-12-20 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for controlling opc data in lead-in zone optical of blu-ray rewritable disc |
US9860599B2 (en) | 2005-06-17 | 2018-01-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Methods, systems, and products for providing sample content |
US8893199B2 (en) | 2005-06-22 | 2014-11-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method of managing video content delivery |
US7908627B2 (en) | 2005-06-22 | 2011-03-15 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method to provide a unified video signal for diverse receiving platforms |
US20070011133A1 (en) * | 2005-06-22 | 2007-01-11 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | Voice search engine generating sub-topics based on recognitiion confidence |
US8282476B2 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2012-10-09 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Multimedia-based video game distribution |
US8635659B2 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2014-01-21 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Audio receiver modular card and method thereof |
US20060294568A1 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2006-12-28 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | Video game console modular card and method thereof |
US8365218B2 (en) | 2005-06-24 | 2013-01-29 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Networked television and method thereof |
JP5255753B2 (en) * | 2005-06-29 | 2013-08-07 | シャープ株式会社 | Information terminal device and communication system |
US20070003224A1 (en) * | 2005-06-30 | 2007-01-04 | Jason Krikorian | Screen Management System for Media Player |
US7702952B2 (en) * | 2005-06-30 | 2010-04-20 | Sling Media, Inc. | Firmware update for consumer electronic device |
JP4416704B2 (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2010-02-17 | シャープ株式会社 | Wireless transmission system |
US8190688B2 (en) * | 2005-07-11 | 2012-05-29 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | System and method of transmitting photographs from a set top box |
US7665028B2 (en) | 2005-07-13 | 2010-02-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Rich drag drop user interface |
US8074248B2 (en) | 2005-07-26 | 2011-12-06 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | System and method for providing video content associated with a source image to a television in a communication network |
US7873102B2 (en) * | 2005-07-27 | 2011-01-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Video quality testing by encoding aggregated clips |
US20070027842A1 (en) * | 2005-07-27 | 2007-02-01 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures L.P. | Information-paging delivery |
US8046709B2 (en) * | 2005-08-05 | 2011-10-25 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus for providing multiple screens and method of dynamically configuring multiple screens |
US9325944B2 (en) | 2005-08-11 | 2016-04-26 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Secure delivery of program content via a removable storage medium |
US20090013350A1 (en) * | 2005-08-11 | 2009-01-08 | Vvond, Llc | Display of movie titles in a library |
US8875196B2 (en) | 2005-08-13 | 2014-10-28 | Webtuner Corp. | System for network and local content access |
US7657843B2 (en) * | 2005-08-15 | 2010-02-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Menu promotions user interface |
US8739231B2 (en) * | 2005-08-23 | 2014-05-27 | Vudu, Inc. | System and method for distributed video-on-demand |
US7788266B2 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2010-08-31 | Veveo, Inc. | Method and system for processing ambiguous, multi-term search queries |
JP2009506716A (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2009-02-12 | トムソン ライセンシング | 2-mode switching to control digital TV applications on video devices |
TW200719718A (en) * | 2005-09-06 | 2007-05-16 | Nokia Corp | Optimized broadcast to ESG with simple fragment management scheme |
US9063739B2 (en) | 2005-09-07 | 2015-06-23 | Open Invention Network, Llc | Method and computer program for device configuration |
US8189472B2 (en) | 2005-09-07 | 2012-05-29 | Mcdonald James F | Optimizing bandwidth utilization to a subscriber premises |
EP1938600A2 (en) * | 2005-09-08 | 2008-07-02 | The DIRECTV Group, Inc. | Mosaic channel video stream with interactive services |
US7565506B2 (en) | 2005-09-08 | 2009-07-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for delivering content based on receivers characteristics |
US8528029B2 (en) | 2005-09-12 | 2013-09-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and methods of open and closed package subscription |
US8893179B2 (en) | 2005-09-12 | 2014-11-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and methods for providing and presenting customized channel information |
US7539472B2 (en) | 2005-09-13 | 2009-05-26 | Microsoft Corporation | Type-ahead keypad input for an input device |
US8132203B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2012-03-06 | Microsoft Corporation | In-program content targeting |
US20070079342A1 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2007-04-05 | Guideworks, Llc | Systems and methods for managing local storage of on-demand content |
US7876998B2 (en) | 2005-10-05 | 2011-01-25 | Wall William E | DVD playback over multi-room by copying to HDD |
JP4813497B2 (en) * | 2005-10-07 | 2011-11-09 | シャープ株式会社 | Receiving device, server, television receiver, mobile terminal device, system, information processing program, and recording medium |
KR100790146B1 (en) * | 2005-10-13 | 2008-01-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Terrestrial digital broadcasting system and a method therof |
BRPI0618019A2 (en) * | 2005-10-28 | 2011-08-16 | Directv Group Inc | method for selectively displaying television signal, infrastructure, system for selectively displaying video program |
US8582946B2 (en) * | 2005-11-04 | 2013-11-12 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for recording programs using a network recording device as supplemental storage |
US8159959B2 (en) * | 2005-11-07 | 2012-04-17 | Vudu, Inc. | Graphic user interface for playing video data |
US20090024602A1 (en) * | 2005-11-07 | 2009-01-22 | Vvond, Llc | Method and apparatus for searching a video library by genre |
US8571570B2 (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2013-10-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for delivering regional parameters |
US8533358B2 (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2013-09-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for fragmenting system information messages in wireless networks |
US9113107B2 (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2015-08-18 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Interactive advertising and program promotion in an interactive television system |
US20070115929A1 (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2007-05-24 | Bruce Collins | Flexible system for distributing content to a device |
US8600836B2 (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2013-12-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System for distributing packages and channels to a device |
CN101326823A (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2008-12-17 | 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 | Method and system for generating a recommendation for at least one further content item |
US7889765B2 (en) * | 2005-11-30 | 2011-02-15 | Time Warner Cable Inc. | Apparatus and methods for utilizing variable rate program streams in a network |
US7852416B2 (en) * | 2005-11-30 | 2010-12-14 | Broadcom Corporation | Control device with language selectivity |
US8613024B2 (en) | 2005-12-13 | 2013-12-17 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Cross-platform predictive popularity ratings for use in interactive television applications |
US8317618B2 (en) | 2005-12-15 | 2012-11-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | System, method and computer program for enabling an interactive game |
WO2007071003A1 (en) | 2005-12-20 | 2007-06-28 | Bce Inc. | Method, system and apparatus for conveying personalized content to a viewer |
US20070150338A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2007-06-28 | Dale Malik | Systems, methods and computer programs for enabling interactive viewer control of advertising content |
US20070157223A1 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-07-05 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for managing content |
US20070156521A1 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2007-07-05 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for commerce in media program related merchandise |
US20100153885A1 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2010-06-17 | Rovi Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for interacting with advanced displays provided by an interactive media guidance application |
US9681105B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2017-06-13 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Interactive media guidance system having multiple devices |
US9015736B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2015-04-21 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for episode tracking in an interactive media environment |
US8607287B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2013-12-10 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive media guidance system having multiple devices |
US20070157247A1 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-07-05 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for managing content |
US20070157222A1 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-07-05 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for managing content |
US20070166004A1 (en) * | 2006-01-10 | 2007-07-19 | Io.Tek Co., Ltd | Robot system using menu selection card having printed menu codes and pictorial symbols |
US7699229B2 (en) * | 2006-01-12 | 2010-04-20 | Broadcom Corporation | Laptop based television remote control |
US8161412B2 (en) | 2006-01-13 | 2012-04-17 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Systems, methods, and computer program products for providing interactive content |
BRPI0708681A2 (en) * | 2006-02-02 | 2011-06-07 | Directv Group Inc | interactive matrix video channel and systems to distribute and display the same |
CA2640425C (en) * | 2006-02-02 | 2016-06-14 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Interactive mosaic channel video stream with additional programming sources |
KR100965702B1 (en) * | 2006-02-07 | 2010-06-24 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for furnishing epg information in digital multimedia broadcasting terminal |
US8402503B2 (en) | 2006-02-08 | 2013-03-19 | At& T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Interactive program manager and methods for presenting program content |
BRPI0707933A2 (en) * | 2006-02-17 | 2011-05-17 | Directv Group Inc | system and apparatus for determining dynamic display rating |
US20070199041A1 (en) * | 2006-02-23 | 2007-08-23 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, Lp | Video systems and methods of using the same |
US7555464B2 (en) | 2006-03-01 | 2009-06-30 | Sony Corporation | Multiple DRM management |
US8065710B2 (en) | 2006-03-02 | 2011-11-22 | At& T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatuses and methods for interactive communication concerning multimedia content |
US8689253B2 (en) * | 2006-03-03 | 2014-04-01 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Method and system for configuring media-playing sets |
US7739280B2 (en) | 2006-03-06 | 2010-06-15 | Veveo, Inc. | Methods and systems for selecting and presenting content based on user preference information extracted from an aggregate preference signature |
US7853630B2 (en) | 2006-03-06 | 2010-12-14 | Aggregate Knowledge | System and method for the dynamic generation of correlation scores between arbitrary objects |
US7788358B2 (en) | 2006-03-06 | 2010-08-31 | Aggregate Knowledge | Using cross-site relationships to generate recommendations |
US8209724B2 (en) | 2007-04-25 | 2012-06-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for providing access to information of potential interest to a user |
US8200688B2 (en) | 2006-03-07 | 2012-06-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for facilitating information searching on electronic devices |
AR059820A1 (en) * | 2006-03-10 | 2008-04-30 | Directv Group Inc | SYSTEM FOR SELECTING PREDICTIONS THROUGH MULTIPLE PLATFORMS. |
AR059819A1 (en) * | 2006-03-10 | 2008-04-30 | Directv Group Inc | DYNAMIC DETERMINATION OF THE MULTIPLE PRESENTATION VIDEO CELLS IN A SCREEN VIEWER. |
JP4492568B2 (en) * | 2006-03-17 | 2010-06-30 | ソニー株式会社 | Program list notification apparatus and method, and program recording apparatus and method |
US8316394B2 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2012-11-20 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive media guidance application with intelligent navigation and display features |
US8384743B2 (en) * | 2006-04-06 | 2013-02-26 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Linking and browsing media on television |
US9167208B2 (en) * | 2006-04-07 | 2015-10-20 | Your Choice Interactive, Inc. | System and method for providing supplementary interactive content |
US20070240232A1 (en) * | 2006-04-07 | 2007-10-11 | Pino Angelo J | Interactive Television System and Method |
US7716232B2 (en) * | 2006-04-10 | 2010-05-11 | Flagpath Venture Vii, Llc. | Devices, systems, and methods for producing and distributing multiple variations of an instance of a media presentation |
US20070240182A1 (en) * | 2006-04-10 | 2007-10-11 | John Callahan | Methods and apparatus for providing a guide and/or remote control suitable for children |
US20070245019A1 (en) * | 2006-04-12 | 2007-10-18 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive media content delivery using a backchannel communications network |
US8208796B2 (en) | 2006-04-17 | 2012-06-26 | Prus Bohdan S | Systems and methods for prioritizing the storage location of media data |
WO2007124436A2 (en) | 2006-04-20 | 2007-11-01 | Veveo, Inc. | User interface methods and systems for selecting and presenting content based on relationships between the user and other members of an organization |
US20090158217A1 (en) * | 2006-04-24 | 2009-06-18 | Anthony Edward Stuart | Method and Apparatus for Providing an On-Screen Menu System |
US20070250512A1 (en) * | 2006-04-24 | 2007-10-25 | Dell Products L.P. | Video interactivity via connectivity through a conditional access system |
KR100829113B1 (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2008-05-14 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for providing of broadcasting data in a digital multimedia broadcasting service |
US20130254787A1 (en) | 2006-05-02 | 2013-09-26 | Invidi Technologies Corporation | Method and apparatus to perform real-time audience estimation and commercial selection suitable for targeted advertising |
WO2007131069A2 (en) | 2006-05-02 | 2007-11-15 | Inividi Technologies Corporation | Fuzzy logic based viewer identification |
US9602512B2 (en) | 2006-05-08 | 2017-03-21 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Methods and apparatus to distribute media delivery to mobile devices |
US8996421B2 (en) * | 2006-05-15 | 2015-03-31 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Methods and apparatus to conditionally authorize content delivery at broadcast headends in pay delivery systems |
US8095466B2 (en) * | 2006-05-15 | 2012-01-10 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Methods and apparatus to conditionally authorize content delivery at content servers in pay delivery systems |
US7992175B2 (en) * | 2006-05-15 | 2011-08-02 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Methods and apparatus to provide content on demand in content broadcast systems |
US8001565B2 (en) * | 2006-05-15 | 2011-08-16 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Methods and apparatus to conditionally authorize content delivery at receivers in pay delivery systems |
US20070265966A1 (en) * | 2006-05-15 | 2007-11-15 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Content delivery systems and methods to operate the same |
US8775319B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2014-07-08 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Secure content transfer systems and methods to operate the same |
US20070271532A1 (en) * | 2006-05-19 | 2007-11-22 | Nguyen Loc V | Method and apparatus for displaying layered user interface |
US20080320074A1 (en) * | 2006-05-24 | 2008-12-25 | Owen Guy Jones | Method and apparatus for efficient peer network set-top box web-casting |
EP2039154A4 (en) * | 2006-06-12 | 2011-05-04 | Invidi Tech Corp | System and method for inserting media based on keyword search |
EP2036340A4 (en) * | 2006-06-12 | 2011-07-06 | Invidi Tech Corp | System and method for auctioning avails |
EP2030439B1 (en) | 2006-06-15 | 2018-09-19 | The Nielsen Company (US), LLC | Methods and apparatus to meter content exposure using closed caption information |
US9277295B2 (en) | 2006-06-16 | 2016-03-01 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Securing media content using interchangeable encryption key |
US7661121B2 (en) | 2006-06-22 | 2010-02-09 | Tivo, Inc. | In-band data recognition and synchronization system |
US7978720B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2011-07-12 | Russ Samuel H | Digital media device having media content transfer capability |
US9137480B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2015-09-15 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Secure escrow and recovery of media device content keys |
WO2008005450A1 (en) * | 2006-06-30 | 2008-01-10 | The Directv Group, Inc. | User-selectable audio feed for video programming |
US8069191B2 (en) | 2006-07-13 | 2011-11-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method, an apparatus and a system for managing a snapshot storage pool |
US9037828B2 (en) | 2006-07-13 | 2015-05-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Transferring storage resources between snapshot storage pools and volume storage pools in a data storage system |
US20080016081A1 (en) * | 2006-07-14 | 2008-01-17 | Anthology Solutions, Inc. | System and method for automatic digital library creation |
US7577921B2 (en) * | 2006-07-18 | 2009-08-18 | Vudu, Inc. | Method and system for performing search using acronym |
US7636839B2 (en) * | 2006-07-21 | 2009-12-22 | Intel Corporation | Method, apparatus and system for pre-boot note display |
JP2009545921A (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2009-12-24 | ユナイテッド ビデオ プロパティーズ, インコーポレイテッド | System and method for providing a media guidance planner |
US9225761B2 (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2015-12-29 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Distributed media-aggregation systems and methods to operate the same |
US9178693B2 (en) * | 2006-08-04 | 2015-11-03 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Distributed media-protection systems and methods to operate the same |
US8949895B2 (en) * | 2006-08-18 | 2015-02-03 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Mosaic channel video stream with personalized interactive services |
EP2074821A1 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2009-07-01 | The DirecTV Group, Inc. | Selective display of overlay video streams via interactive alert icons |
WO2008027464A2 (en) * | 2006-08-30 | 2008-03-06 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Mosaic channel video stream with interactive services |
US8296812B1 (en) | 2006-09-01 | 2012-10-23 | Vudu, Inc. | Streaming video using erasure encoding |
EP2064885A4 (en) | 2006-09-01 | 2011-12-07 | Bce Inc | Method, system and apparatus for conveying personalized content to a viewer |
KR101281813B1 (en) * | 2006-09-07 | 2013-07-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for automatically searching of data application for all channel and image play apparatus thereof |
US7930644B2 (en) | 2006-09-13 | 2011-04-19 | Savant Systems, Llc | Programming environment and metadata management for programmable multimedia controller |
US7751451B2 (en) * | 2006-09-14 | 2010-07-06 | Tandberg Television Inc. | Systems and methods for analog channel reuse in a cable system |
KR100782856B1 (en) * | 2006-09-26 | 2007-12-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for upgrading software of digital broadcasting receiver |
US8832742B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2014-09-09 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for acquiring, categorizing and delivering media in interactive media guidance applications |
US8520850B2 (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2013-08-27 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Downloadable security and protection methods and apparatus |
US20080104513A1 (en) * | 2006-10-26 | 2008-05-01 | Joker Media Aps | System for retrieving information |
US8473868B1 (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2013-06-25 | Arris Group, Inc. | System and method for reverse hierarchical navigation within a user interface |
US20080115189A1 (en) * | 2006-11-10 | 2008-05-15 | Stephane Lejeune | TV-centric system |
US7827490B2 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2010-11-02 | Microsoft Corporation | Media state user interface |
CA2671464C (en) * | 2006-12-01 | 2017-03-07 | Hsn Lp | Method and system for improved interactive television processing |
JP2008141697A (en) * | 2006-12-05 | 2008-06-19 | Mitsumi Electric Co Ltd | Service providing system and application execution method using service providing system |
US20080148335A1 (en) * | 2006-12-15 | 2008-06-19 | Thomas Patrick Dawson | Expansion of television functionality |
US20080189738A1 (en) * | 2006-12-18 | 2008-08-07 | Purpura Richard F | Active channel for interactive television services |
US20080155600A1 (en) * | 2006-12-20 | 2008-06-26 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing remote access to interactive media guidance applications |
US8209424B2 (en) * | 2006-12-20 | 2012-06-26 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing remote access to interactive media guidance applications |
US8060910B2 (en) * | 2006-12-21 | 2011-11-15 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Set top box apparatus having a radio frequency antenna and an associated method |
GB2444974B (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2011-12-28 | British Sky Broadcasting Ltd | Media device and interface |
GB2444973A (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2008-06-25 | British Sky Broadcasting Ltd | Media demand and playback system |
US9826197B2 (en) | 2007-01-12 | 2017-11-21 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | Providing television broadcasts over a managed network and interactive content over an unmanaged network to a client device |
US9355681B2 (en) | 2007-01-12 | 2016-05-31 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | MPEG objects and systems and methods for using MPEG objects |
US9330529B2 (en) | 2007-01-17 | 2016-05-03 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Game terminal configured for interaction with jukebox device systems including same, and/or associated methods |
US9171419B2 (en) | 2007-01-17 | 2015-10-27 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Coin operated entertainment system |
JP4736094B2 (en) * | 2007-01-18 | 2011-07-27 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Sound data generating apparatus and program |
US20080178252A1 (en) * | 2007-01-18 | 2008-07-24 | General Instrument Corporation | Password Installation in Home Networks |
US8621540B2 (en) | 2007-01-24 | 2013-12-31 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for provisioning in a download-enabled system |
US20090055393A1 (en) * | 2007-01-29 | 2009-02-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for facilitating information searching on electronic devices based on metadata information |
WO2008094960A2 (en) * | 2007-01-30 | 2008-08-07 | Invidi Technologies Corporation | Asset targeting system for limited resource environments |
US8146126B2 (en) | 2007-02-01 | 2012-03-27 | Invidi Technologies Corporation | Request for information related to broadcast network content |
US20080196056A1 (en) * | 2007-02-12 | 2008-08-14 | Bassett Ronald W | Method of augmenting local programming content |
JP2008199558A (en) * | 2007-02-16 | 2008-08-28 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Broadcast receiving system |
JP5172169B2 (en) | 2007-02-16 | 2013-03-27 | シャープ株式会社 | Content display device, television receiver, content display method, content display control program, and recording medium |
EP2113155A4 (en) | 2007-02-21 | 2010-12-22 | Nds Ltd | Method for content presentation |
US8490138B2 (en) * | 2007-02-23 | 2013-07-16 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Channel searching by content type |
US20080208752A1 (en) * | 2007-02-23 | 2008-08-28 | Microsoft Corporation | Content communication and purchase using a computer-based media component |
EP1968205A1 (en) * | 2007-02-28 | 2008-09-10 | Nederlandse Organisatie voor toegepast- natuurwetenschappelijk onderzoek TNO | Signal quality determination in cable networks |
US7801888B2 (en) | 2007-03-09 | 2010-09-21 | Microsoft Corporation | Media content search results ranked by popularity |
EP1970107A1 (en) * | 2007-03-16 | 2008-09-17 | British Sky Broadcasting Limited | Interactive services |
US8418206B2 (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2013-04-09 | United Video Properties, Inc. | User defined rules for assigning destinations of content |
US9953481B2 (en) | 2007-03-26 | 2018-04-24 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Jukebox with associated video server |
US20080256485A1 (en) * | 2007-04-12 | 2008-10-16 | Jason Gary Krikorian | User Interface for Controlling Video Programs on Mobile Computing Devices |
KR100782923B1 (en) | 2007-04-18 | 2007-12-07 | 주식회사 마켓포인트 | Display controlling sysyem on network |
US8087047B2 (en) | 2007-04-20 | 2011-12-27 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing remote access to interactive media guidance applications |
US9286385B2 (en) | 2007-04-25 | 2016-03-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for providing access to information of potential interest to a user |
US11570521B2 (en) | 2007-06-26 | 2023-01-31 | Broadband Itv, Inc. | Dynamic adjustment of electronic program guide displays based on viewer preferences for minimizing navigation in VOD program selection |
US20090019492A1 (en) | 2007-07-11 | 2009-01-15 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for mirroring and transcoding media content |
US8407737B1 (en) | 2007-07-11 | 2013-03-26 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing a scan transport bar |
US20090024707A1 (en) * | 2007-07-18 | 2009-01-22 | Gm Global Technology Operations, Inc. | Electronic Messaging System and Method For A Vehicle |
US8625607B2 (en) | 2007-07-24 | 2014-01-07 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Generation, distribution and use of content metadata in a network |
US8209718B2 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2012-06-26 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for positioning row advertising in a program guide |
US8856835B2 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2014-10-07 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for associating content and content information in a menu structure |
US9693106B2 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2017-06-27 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for preordering content in a user device associated with a content processing system |
US9357155B2 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2016-05-31 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for generating row advertising in a program guide |
US8281255B2 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2012-10-02 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for using various content and content information in multiple menu structures |
US10063813B2 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2018-08-28 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for communicating and displaying broadband content availability using information received through a satellite |
US20090031369A1 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2009-01-29 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for ordering video content from an interactive interface |
JP4600446B2 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2010-12-15 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Interactive system |
US20090031346A1 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2009-01-29 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for populating a menu structure on a user device |
EP2026558A1 (en) * | 2007-07-30 | 2009-02-18 | Sony United Kingdom Limited | Transport stream module for digital television receiver |
US20090037431A1 (en) | 2007-07-30 | 2009-02-05 | Paul Martino | System and method for maintaining metadata correctness |
US7954134B2 (en) * | 2007-08-28 | 2011-05-31 | Sony Corporation | Set back box with digital receiver for upgrading TV with analog receiver |
US20090060468A1 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2009-03-05 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for recording popular media in an interactive media delivery system |
US20090060469A1 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2009-03-05 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for recording popular media in an interactive media delivery system |
US8327403B1 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2012-12-04 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing remote program ordering on a user device via a web server |
US8107977B2 (en) * | 2007-09-07 | 2012-01-31 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Cross-platform messaging |
TWM328056U (en) * | 2007-09-13 | 2008-03-01 | Avermedia Tech Inc | Digital television box with photo display |
US8332887B2 (en) | 2008-01-10 | 2012-12-11 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | System and/or methods for distributing advertisements from a central advertisement network to a peripheral device via a local advertisement server |
US7870166B2 (en) * | 2007-09-24 | 2011-01-11 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for menu generation |
US7840591B2 (en) * | 2007-09-24 | 2010-11-23 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for associating menu information |
US8484240B2 (en) * | 2007-09-24 | 2013-07-09 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for generating menu information |
US10290006B2 (en) | 2008-08-15 | 2019-05-14 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital signage and gaming services to comply with federal and state alcohol and beverage laws and regulations |
US8477793B2 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2013-07-02 | Sling Media, Inc. | Media streaming device with gateway functionality |
US8032714B2 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2011-10-04 | Aggregate Knowledge Inc. | Methods and systems for caching data using behavioral event correlations |
US9824389B2 (en) * | 2007-10-13 | 2017-11-21 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for confirming the download of content at a user device |
US8707361B2 (en) * | 2007-10-13 | 2014-04-22 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for quickly recording linear content from an interactive interface |
US8561114B2 (en) * | 2007-10-13 | 2013-10-15 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for ordering video content from a mobile device |
US8046802B2 (en) * | 2007-10-13 | 2011-10-25 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for ordering and prioritizing the downloading of content from an interactive interface |
US20090099858A1 (en) * | 2007-10-13 | 2009-04-16 | Jeffs Alistair E | Method and system for ordering content from a first device for a selected user device through an interactive interface |
GB2453789B (en) * | 2007-10-19 | 2012-11-14 | British Sky Broadcasting Ltd | Television display |
CN101150708B (en) * | 2007-10-23 | 2011-09-14 | 华为终端有限公司 | Method, system and device for hiding program |
US8350971B2 (en) | 2007-10-23 | 2013-01-08 | Sling Media, Inc. | Systems and methods for controlling media devices |
US20090112695A1 (en) * | 2007-10-24 | 2009-04-30 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Physiological response based targeted advertising |
US8112407B2 (en) * | 2007-10-24 | 2012-02-07 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Selecting a second content based on a user's reaction to a first content |
US8234262B2 (en) | 2007-10-24 | 2012-07-31 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Method of selecting a second content based on a user's reaction to a first content of at least two instances of displayed content |
US9513699B2 (en) | 2007-10-24 | 2016-12-06 | Invention Science Fund I, LL | Method of selecting a second content based on a user's reaction to a first content |
US9582805B2 (en) | 2007-10-24 | 2017-02-28 | Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Returning a personalized advertisement |
US20090112694A1 (en) * | 2007-10-24 | 2009-04-30 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Targeted-advertising based on a sensed physiological response by a person to a general advertisement |
US8126867B2 (en) * | 2007-10-24 | 2012-02-28 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Returning a second content based on a user's reaction to a first content |
US20090112697A1 (en) * | 2007-10-30 | 2009-04-30 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Providing personalized advertising |
CN101159847B (en) * | 2007-10-30 | 2012-12-05 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | System and method for switching broadcast type mobile phone television service to stream media service |
US8402484B2 (en) | 2007-11-14 | 2013-03-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Systems and method of controlling access to media content |
US20090133078A1 (en) | 2007-11-16 | 2009-05-21 | United Video Properties, Inc | Systems and methods for automatically purchasing and recording popular pay programs in an interactive media delivery system |
US7444347B1 (en) * | 2007-11-16 | 2008-10-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Systems, methods and computer products for compression of hierarchical identifiers |
US8528013B2 (en) * | 2007-11-20 | 2013-09-03 | General Instrument Corporation | Method and apparatus for limiting access to programming in a switched digital video system |
US20090132527A1 (en) * | 2007-11-20 | 2009-05-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Personalized video channels on social networks |
US8195025B2 (en) * | 2007-11-30 | 2012-06-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Systems, methods, and computer products for digital video recorder management and scheduling |
US20090158350A1 (en) * | 2007-12-14 | 2009-06-18 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing enhanced recording options of media content |
KR20090063702A (en) * | 2007-12-14 | 2009-06-18 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Signal processing apparatus and control method thereof |
US9078024B2 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2015-07-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Video processing system with user customized graphics for use with layered video coding and methods for use therewith |
US20090165051A1 (en) * | 2007-12-19 | 2009-06-25 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Methods and devices for presenting an interactive media guidance application |
US20090165049A1 (en) | 2007-12-19 | 2009-06-25 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Methods and devices for presenting and interactive media guidance application |
US9143493B2 (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2015-09-22 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for communicating between a user device and a gateway device to form a system to allow a partner service to be provided to the user device |
US8060609B2 (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2011-11-15 | Sling Media Inc. | Systems and methods for determining attributes of media items accessed via a personal media broadcaster |
JP4572939B2 (en) * | 2008-02-18 | 2010-11-04 | ソニー株式会社 | Signal processing apparatus, receiving apparatus, and signal processing method |
US8300541B2 (en) * | 2008-02-19 | 2012-10-30 | Time Warner Cable Inc. | Apparatus and methods for utilizing statistical multiplexing to ensure quality of service in a network |
TWI377580B (en) * | 2008-04-03 | 2012-11-21 | Wistron Corp | Method and related device for data storage in an electronic device |
DE102008018169A1 (en) | 2008-04-03 | 2008-09-04 | Daniel Meier | Method for providing program list, involves selecting broadcast program by user for each program location and assigning to these program place and conveying program list to management unit |
JP4670893B2 (en) * | 2008-04-21 | 2011-04-13 | ソニー株式会社 | Signal processing apparatus and signal processing method |
US20090266888A1 (en) * | 2008-04-23 | 2009-10-29 | Mccarthy Mary | Method for organizing and inventorying library materials |
CN101272220B (en) * | 2008-04-30 | 2010-05-12 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Data resolution method |
US8856003B2 (en) | 2008-04-30 | 2014-10-07 | Motorola Solutions, Inc. | Method for dual channel monitoring on a radio device |
US8293714B2 (en) * | 2008-05-05 | 2012-10-23 | Covx Technology Ireland, Ltd. | Anti-angiogenic compounds |
FR2931332A1 (en) * | 2008-05-16 | 2009-11-20 | Alcatel Lucent Sas | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING A PROGRAM GUIDE IN A DEMAND-BASED VIDEOS SERVICE BASED ON THE USER'S MOOD |
US8345798B2 (en) * | 2008-05-21 | 2013-01-01 | Entropic Communications, Inc. | Channel stacking system and method of operation |
US8989561B1 (en) | 2008-05-29 | 2015-03-24 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for alerting users of the postponed recording of programs |
US8601526B2 (en) * | 2008-06-13 | 2013-12-03 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for displaying media content and media guidance information |
US8624908B1 (en) | 2008-06-27 | 2014-01-07 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods of transitioning from buffering video to recording video |
US8667279B2 (en) | 2008-07-01 | 2014-03-04 | Sling Media, Inc. | Systems and methods for securely place shifting media content |
US20100001960A1 (en) * | 2008-07-02 | 2010-01-07 | Sling Media, Inc. | Systems and methods for gestural interaction with user interface objects |
US8849435B2 (en) | 2008-07-09 | 2014-09-30 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital downloading jukebox with revenue-enhancing features |
US8327402B1 (en) | 2008-07-15 | 2012-12-04 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Methods and devices for presenting an interactive media guidance application |
US8776115B2 (en) | 2008-08-05 | 2014-07-08 | Invidi Technologies Corporation | National insertion of targeted advertisement |
CA2733199C (en) | 2008-08-06 | 2018-01-09 | Invidi Technologies Corporation | Third party data matching for targeted advertising |
US8381310B2 (en) | 2009-08-13 | 2013-02-19 | Sling Media Pvt. Ltd. | Systems, methods, and program applications for selectively restricting the placeshifting of copy protected digital media content |
US8667163B2 (en) | 2008-09-08 | 2014-03-04 | Sling Media Inc. | Systems and methods for projecting images from a computer system |
US20100064332A1 (en) * | 2008-09-08 | 2010-03-11 | Sling Media Inc. | Systems and methods for presenting media content obtained from multiple sources |
EP2164247A3 (en) * | 2008-09-12 | 2011-08-24 | Axel Springer Digital TV Guide GmbH | Method for distributing second multi-media content items in a list of first multi-media content items |
JP2010074772A (en) * | 2008-09-22 | 2010-04-02 | Sony Corp | Video display, and video display method |
CN101369859B (en) * | 2008-09-25 | 2010-08-18 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and system for acquiring mobile phone television electronic service instruction information |
US8892630B1 (en) * | 2008-09-29 | 2014-11-18 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Facilitating discussion group formation and interaction |
US8346669B2 (en) * | 2008-10-08 | 2013-01-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method of requesting a customized instance of an object using information contained within an existing instance |
US9124769B2 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2015-09-01 | The Nielsen Company (Us), Llc | Methods and apparatus to verify presentation of media content |
US8244224B2 (en) * | 2008-11-20 | 2012-08-14 | Research In Motion Limited | Providing customized information to a user based on identifying a trend |
US11832024B2 (en) | 2008-11-20 | 2023-11-28 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Method and apparatus for delivering video and video-related content at sub-asset level |
CN100576894C (en) * | 2008-11-21 | 2009-12-30 | 海尔集团公司 | Menu setting system and method to set up |
US9357247B2 (en) | 2008-11-24 | 2016-05-31 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for content delivery and message exchange across multiple content delivery networks |
US10063934B2 (en) | 2008-11-25 | 2018-08-28 | Rovi Technologies Corporation | Reducing unicast session duration with restart TV |
US9191610B2 (en) * | 2008-11-26 | 2015-11-17 | Sling Media Pvt Ltd. | Systems and methods for creating logical media streams for media storage and playback |
KR101600905B1 (en) | 2008-12-10 | 2016-03-08 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Broadcasting receiving apparatus and control method of the same |
US8407733B2 (en) * | 2008-12-19 | 2013-03-26 | General Instrument Corporation | Method and apparatus for establishing individualized subscription plans in a switched digital video system |
US20100162300A1 (en) * | 2008-12-19 | 2010-06-24 | At&T Intellectual Property I,L.P. | Methods And Systems For Creating An Emergency Alert Channel |
US8700072B2 (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2014-04-15 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | Scalable message fidelity |
WO2010080801A2 (en) * | 2009-01-06 | 2010-07-15 | Adc Telecommunications, Inc. | Rf circuit module and panel |
KR20100084037A (en) * | 2009-01-15 | 2010-07-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for providing user interface |
US8438602B2 (en) * | 2009-01-26 | 2013-05-07 | Sling Media Inc. | Systems and methods for linking media content |
WO2010087588A2 (en) * | 2009-01-29 | 2010-08-05 | (주)세컨커머셜 | System for providing rating points for iga and method thereof |
US20100192181A1 (en) * | 2009-01-29 | 2010-07-29 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and Method to Navigate an Electonic Program Guide (EPG) Display |
CA2750700C (en) * | 2009-01-30 | 2018-11-27 | Invidi Technologies Corporation | System and method for auctioning avails |
US8819541B2 (en) * | 2009-02-13 | 2014-08-26 | Language Technologies, Inc. | System and method for converting the digital typesetting documents used in publishing to a device-specfic format for electronic publishing |
WO2010104690A1 (en) * | 2009-03-13 | 2010-09-16 | Simulmedia, Inc. | Method and apparatus for television program promotion |
CN102449658A (en) | 2009-03-18 | 2012-05-09 | 踏途音乐公司 | Entertainment server and associated social networking services |
US9292166B2 (en) | 2009-03-18 | 2016-03-22 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital jukebox device with improved karaoke-related user interfaces, and associated methods |
US10564804B2 (en) | 2009-03-18 | 2020-02-18 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital jukebox device with improved user interfaces, and associated methods |
US10719149B2 (en) | 2009-03-18 | 2020-07-21 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital jukebox device with improved user interfaces, and associated methods |
US9083932B2 (en) | 2009-03-25 | 2015-07-14 | Eloy Technology, Llc | Method and system for providing information from a program guide |
US11076189B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2021-07-27 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Personal media channel apparatus and methods |
US9215423B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2015-12-15 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Recommendation engine apparatus and methods |
US8438596B2 (en) | 2009-04-08 | 2013-05-07 | Tivo Inc. | Automatic contact information transmission system |
US8117564B2 (en) | 2009-04-10 | 2012-02-14 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for generating a media guidance application with multiple perspective views |
US8171148B2 (en) | 2009-04-17 | 2012-05-01 | Sling Media, Inc. | Systems and methods for establishing connections between devices communicating over a network |
JP2010268273A (en) * | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-25 | Dx Antenna Co Ltd | Remote control device |
US20100306708A1 (en) * | 2009-05-29 | 2010-12-02 | Rovi Techonologies Corporation | Systems and methods for handling profiles in a community |
US9602864B2 (en) | 2009-06-08 | 2017-03-21 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Media bridge apparatus and methods |
US8255820B2 (en) | 2009-06-09 | 2012-08-28 | Skiff, Llc | Electronic paper display device event tracking |
US8406603B2 (en) * | 2009-06-09 | 2013-03-26 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method of recording programs of favorite channels |
US9916625B2 (en) | 2012-02-02 | 2018-03-13 | Progressive Casualty Insurance Company | Mobile insurance platform system |
US8854947B2 (en) | 2009-06-15 | 2014-10-07 | Ppc Broadband, Inc. | Device and method for monitoring a communications system |
US8571994B2 (en) * | 2009-06-26 | 2013-10-29 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Method and system for allocating access to digital media content |
US10565388B2 (en) | 2009-06-26 | 2020-02-18 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Method and system for providing digital media rental |
US20110016492A1 (en) * | 2009-07-16 | 2011-01-20 | Gemstar Development Corporation | Systems and methods for forwarding media asset events |
US8406431B2 (en) * | 2009-07-23 | 2013-03-26 | Sling Media Pvt. Ltd. | Adaptive gain control for digital audio samples in a media stream |
US20110022620A1 (en) * | 2009-07-27 | 2011-01-27 | Gemstar Development Corporation | Methods and systems for associating and providing media content of different types which share atrributes |
US9479737B2 (en) | 2009-08-06 | 2016-10-25 | Echostar Technologies L.L.C. | Systems and methods for event programming via a remote media player |
US9525838B2 (en) | 2009-08-10 | 2016-12-20 | Sling Media Pvt. Ltd. | Systems and methods for virtual remote control of streamed media |
US8799408B2 (en) | 2009-08-10 | 2014-08-05 | Sling Media Pvt Ltd | Localization systems and methods |
US8966101B2 (en) | 2009-08-10 | 2015-02-24 | Sling Media Pvt Ltd | Systems and methods for updating firmware over a network |
US8532472B2 (en) | 2009-08-10 | 2013-09-10 | Sling Media Pvt Ltd | Methods and apparatus for fast seeking within a media stream buffer |
US9565479B2 (en) | 2009-08-10 | 2017-02-07 | Sling Media Pvt Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for seeking within a media stream using scene detection |
US9160974B2 (en) | 2009-08-26 | 2015-10-13 | Sling Media, Inc. | Systems and methods for transcoding and place shifting media content |
US8314893B2 (en) * | 2009-08-28 | 2012-11-20 | Sling Media Pvt. Ltd. | Remote control and method for automatically adjusting the volume output of an audio device |
US8786702B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2014-07-22 | Behavioral Recognition Systems, Inc. | Visualizing and updating long-term memory percepts in a video surveillance system |
US9166714B2 (en) | 2009-09-11 | 2015-10-20 | Veveo, Inc. | Method of and system for presenting enriched video viewing analytics |
US9014546B2 (en) | 2009-09-23 | 2015-04-21 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for automatically detecting users within detection regions of media devices |
US20110070819A1 (en) * | 2009-09-23 | 2011-03-24 | Rovi Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for providing reminders associated with detected users |
US20110072452A1 (en) * | 2009-09-23 | 2011-03-24 | Rovi Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for providing automatic parental control activation when a restricted user is detected within range of a device |
US20110078572A1 (en) * | 2009-09-30 | 2011-03-31 | Rovi Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for analyzing clickstream data |
US8359616B2 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2013-01-22 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for automatically generating advertisements using a media guidance application |
US8161071B2 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2012-04-17 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Systems and methods for audio asset storage and management |
US8396055B2 (en) | 2009-10-20 | 2013-03-12 | Time Warner Cable Inc. | Methods and apparatus for enabling media functionality in a content-based network |
JP5168263B2 (en) * | 2009-10-30 | 2013-03-21 | ソニー株式会社 | Program recording apparatus and method |
US10264029B2 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2019-04-16 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Methods and apparatus for packetized content delivery over a content delivery network |
CN101707719B (en) * | 2009-11-02 | 2012-08-22 | 深圳市龙视传媒有限公司 | Analyzer, analysis system and analysis method of advertisement code stream |
US11418842B2 (en) | 2009-11-03 | 2022-08-16 | DISH Technologies L.L.C. | Methods and apparatus for presenting content selection menus |
GB2487330B (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2013-11-06 | Research In Motion Ltd | Device, system and method for selecting, sharing and displaying electronic content |
US20110111697A1 (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2011-05-12 | Research In Motion Limited | Device, system and method for selecting, sharing and displaying electronic content |
TWI416402B (en) * | 2009-11-10 | 2013-11-21 | Wistron Corp | Position remote control system for widget |
WO2011059359A1 (en) * | 2009-11-13 | 2011-05-19 | Krivosheev Mark Iosifovich | Video information system |
US9015225B2 (en) | 2009-11-16 | 2015-04-21 | Echostar Technologies L.L.C. | Systems and methods for delivering messages over a network |
JP5399211B2 (en) | 2009-11-16 | 2014-01-29 | ソニー株式会社 | Information processing system, server device, information processing method, and program |
IT1396983B1 (en) * | 2009-11-21 | 2012-12-20 | Nova Scientia Tecnologie S R L | METHOD FOR DELIVERING A POSTAL ITEM AND EQUIPMENT THAT ACTIVES THIS METHOD |
SG171492A1 (en) * | 2009-12-01 | 2011-06-29 | Creative Tech Ltd | An electronic book reader |
US9519728B2 (en) | 2009-12-04 | 2016-12-13 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for monitoring and optimizing delivery of content in a network |
KR20110064435A (en) * | 2009-12-08 | 2011-06-15 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | A method of setting initial screen for a network television |
US9681106B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2017-06-13 | Nbcuniversal Media, Llc | Viewer-personalized broadcast and data channel content delivery system and method |
US8799485B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2014-08-05 | Sling Media, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for establishing network connections using an inter-mediating device |
US9113108B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2015-08-18 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for navigating program listings simultaneously displayed with a program in a media guidance application |
US8626879B2 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2014-01-07 | Sling Media, Inc. | Systems and methods for establishing network connections using local mediation services |
US9178923B2 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2015-11-03 | Echostar Technologies L.L.C. | Systems and methods for remotely controlling a media server via a network |
US9275054B2 (en) * | 2009-12-28 | 2016-03-01 | Sling Media, Inc. | Systems and methods for searching media content |
CN101909163B (en) * | 2009-12-30 | 2013-06-05 | 新奥特(北京)视频技术有限公司 | Advertising program arranging system |
US9201627B2 (en) * | 2010-01-05 | 2015-12-01 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for transferring content between user equipment and a wireless communications device |
EP2343895A1 (en) * | 2010-01-07 | 2011-07-13 | Triax A/S | Configuration and management of a headend facility for video and/or audio signals |
CA3034363C (en) | 2010-01-26 | 2021-04-06 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital jukebox device with improved user interfaces, and associated methods |
US20110191456A1 (en) * | 2010-02-03 | 2011-08-04 | Sling Media Pvt Ltd | Systems and methods for coordinating data communication between two devices |
US8856349B2 (en) * | 2010-02-05 | 2014-10-07 | Sling Media Inc. | Connection priority services for data communication between two devices |
US8205227B1 (en) * | 2010-02-06 | 2012-06-19 | Frontier Communications Corporation | Management and delivery of audiovisual content items that correspond to scheduled programs |
US8413187B1 (en) | 2010-02-06 | 2013-04-02 | Frontier Communications Corporation | Method and system to request audiovisual content items matched to programs identified in a program grid |
EP2362649A1 (en) * | 2010-02-16 | 2011-08-31 | Axel Springer Digital TV Guide GmbH | Adaptive placement of auxiliary media in recommender systems |
US20110208506A1 (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2011-08-25 | Sling Media Inc. | Systems and methods for emulating network-enabled media components |
US9342661B2 (en) | 2010-03-02 | 2016-05-17 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for rights-managed content and data delivery |
US20110225550A1 (en) * | 2010-03-12 | 2011-09-15 | Creedon Michael S | System and method for displaying and navigating library information with a virtual library collections browser |
US9565466B2 (en) * | 2010-03-26 | 2017-02-07 | Mediatek Inc. | Video processing method and video processing system |
GB201005458D0 (en) | 2010-03-31 | 2010-05-19 | Skype Ltd | Media appliance |
JP2011228969A (en) * | 2010-04-21 | 2011-11-10 | Hitachi Consumer Electronics Co Ltd | Video processing apparatus |
US9122701B2 (en) | 2010-05-13 | 2015-09-01 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing media content listings according to points of interest |
US9204193B2 (en) | 2010-05-14 | 2015-12-01 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for media detection and filtering using a parental control logging application |
US9167196B2 (en) | 2010-05-19 | 2015-10-20 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for trimming recorded content using a media guidance application |
JP2011243070A (en) * | 2010-05-19 | 2011-12-01 | Sony Corp | Information processing system and information processing device |
US20110296468A1 (en) * | 2010-06-01 | 2011-12-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Augmenting television media |
US8402486B2 (en) | 2010-06-23 | 2013-03-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | System and method of ad delivery |
US8555314B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2013-10-08 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method of selective channel or advertising delivery |
US9906838B2 (en) | 2010-07-12 | 2018-02-27 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for content delivery and message exchange across multiple content delivery networks |
CA2715146C (en) * | 2010-09-17 | 2011-11-22 | Guest Tek Interactive Entertainment Ltd. | Configuration apparatus and method of configuring one or more devices having hidden configuration settings |
KR101701151B1 (en) * | 2010-09-20 | 2017-02-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Integrated Message Transmitting and Receiving Method and Apparatus Using Portable Device |
CN101968712B (en) * | 2010-10-08 | 2012-09-19 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Remote controller with touch display screen |
JP5866125B2 (en) | 2010-10-14 | 2016-02-17 | アクティブビデオ ネットワークス, インコーポレイテッド | Digital video streaming between video devices using a cable TV system |
WO2012078143A1 (en) * | 2010-12-07 | 2012-06-14 | Intertech, Corp. | Efficient authorization system for multi-channel broadcast program options |
US9269047B2 (en) | 2010-12-09 | 2016-02-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Rule-based selection of content |
GB2486744A (en) * | 2010-12-24 | 2012-06-27 | Starbucks Hk Ltd | Multimedia system with separately transmitted supplementary data overlaid onto broadcast video stream based on user input |
CN102036117A (en) * | 2010-12-31 | 2011-04-27 | 广东九联科技股份有限公司 | Television program broadcasting method for remembering user interests and system thereof |
US9736524B2 (en) | 2011-01-06 | 2017-08-15 | Veveo, Inc. | Methods of and systems for content search based on environment sampling |
RU2458473C1 (en) * | 2011-02-24 | 2012-08-10 | Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "ТВ Менеджер" | System for controlling transmission of analogue television signal over cable television networks |
US9496982B2 (en) | 2011-03-04 | 2016-11-15 | Alcatel Lucent | System and method providing resilient data transmission via spectral fragments |
US9686062B2 (en) * | 2011-03-04 | 2017-06-20 | Alcatel Lucent | Virtual aggregation of fragmented wireless spectrum |
US8529328B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2013-09-10 | Elis Rocco Tarantino | Gaming devices with dedicated player RNG and time share features |
CN102685584A (en) * | 2011-03-16 | 2012-09-19 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Set-top box, earphones and video broadcast method |
RU2474872C2 (en) * | 2011-03-21 | 2013-02-10 | Константин Сергеевич Богданов | Electronic accounting device and method of recording data into financial account base used therein |
US9251130B1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2016-02-02 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Tagging annotations of electronic books |
WO2012138660A2 (en) | 2011-04-07 | 2012-10-11 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | Reduction of latency in video distribution networks using adaptive bit rates |
KR20140033412A (en) | 2011-05-17 | 2014-03-18 | 웹튜너 코포레이션 | System and method for scalable, high accuracy, sensor and id based audience measurement system |
JP2014519276A (en) | 2011-05-24 | 2014-08-07 | ウエブチユーナー・コーポレイシヨン | System and method for increasing the efficiency and speed of analysis report generation in an audience measurement system |
JP2014518051A (en) | 2011-05-26 | 2014-07-24 | ウエブチユーナー・コーポレイシヨン | A highly scalable audience measurement system with client event pre-processing |
CN102215425B (en) * | 2011-05-30 | 2013-01-02 | 浙江宇视科技有限公司 | Method and equipment for realizing live video on demand |
US9513799B2 (en) | 2011-06-05 | 2016-12-06 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for providing control of a touch-based user interface absent physical touch capabilities |
US9112623B2 (en) | 2011-06-06 | 2015-08-18 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Asynchronous interaction at specific points in content |
US9854318B2 (en) | 2011-06-06 | 2017-12-26 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for sharing interactive media guidance information |
US9154813B2 (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2015-10-06 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Multiple video content in a composite video stream |
US8949901B2 (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2015-02-03 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Methods and systems for customizing viewing environment preferences in a viewing environment control application |
JP6088511B2 (en) * | 2011-07-18 | 2017-03-01 | トムソン ライセンシングThomson Licensing | Retaining base design for instruments on cover removal instruments |
WO2013051020A2 (en) * | 2011-07-26 | 2013-04-11 | Tata Consultancy Services Limited | A method and system for distance education based on asynchronous interaction |
US9760631B1 (en) | 2011-08-05 | 2017-09-12 | Google Inc. | Video segment play-through reporting |
CA2970057C (en) | 2011-09-18 | 2023-08-01 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Digital jukebox device with karaoke and/or photo booth features, and associated methods |
US9076323B2 (en) * | 2011-09-29 | 2015-07-07 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Method and system for interfacing with multiple devices |
US9286854B2 (en) | 2011-10-31 | 2016-03-15 | Roku, Inc. | Multi-interface streaming media system |
US9131260B2 (en) | 2011-10-31 | 2015-09-08 | Roku, Inc. | Streaming media system |
US9100685B2 (en) | 2011-12-09 | 2015-08-04 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Determining audience state or interest using passive sensor data |
CN102496108A (en) * | 2011-12-09 | 2012-06-13 | 上海全景数字技术有限公司 | Electronic billing system based on set top box |
US8805418B2 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2014-08-12 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Methods and systems for performing actions based on location-based rules |
US9218122B2 (en) | 2011-12-29 | 2015-12-22 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for transferring settings across devices based on user gestures |
US9116611B2 (en) | 2011-12-29 | 2015-08-25 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for providing multitouch inputs and hardware-based features using a single touch input |
US11151224B2 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2021-10-19 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Systems and/or methods for monitoring audio inputs to jukebox devices |
WO2013106390A1 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2013-07-18 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | Rendering of an interactive lean-backward user interface on a television |
US8745654B1 (en) | 2012-02-09 | 2014-06-03 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for managing digital rights for content |
US8687947B2 (en) | 2012-02-20 | 2014-04-01 | Rr Donnelley & Sons Company | Systems and methods for variable video production, distribution and presentation |
US9571869B2 (en) * | 2012-03-29 | 2017-02-14 | Sony Corporation | Method and apparatus for content channels based on selection criteria |
CA2791935A1 (en) * | 2012-03-30 | 2013-09-30 | Disternet Technology, Inc. | Transcoding system and method |
US9800945B2 (en) | 2012-04-03 | 2017-10-24 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | Class-based intelligent multiplexing over unmanaged networks |
US9467723B2 (en) | 2012-04-04 | 2016-10-11 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for automated highlight reel creation in a content delivery network |
US10674191B2 (en) | 2012-04-06 | 2020-06-02 | Minerva Networks, Inc | Systems and methods to remotely synchronize digital data |
US9123084B2 (en) | 2012-04-12 | 2015-09-01 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | Graphical application integration with MPEG objects |
US9197937B1 (en) | 2012-04-26 | 2015-11-24 | Music Choice | Automatic on-demand navigation based on meta-data broadcast with media content |
CA2775700C (en) * | 2012-05-04 | 2013-07-23 | Microsoft Corporation | Determining a future portion of a currently presented media program |
DE102012208801A1 (en) * | 2012-05-25 | 2013-11-28 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Multi-switch with dynamic input assignment |
US20130325581A1 (en) * | 2012-06-05 | 2013-12-05 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | In-library lending activation |
US20150163537A1 (en) * | 2012-06-14 | 2015-06-11 | Flextronics Ap, Llc | Intelligent television |
US9609374B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2017-03-28 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | System and methods for automatically obtaining cost-efficient access to a media content collection |
EP2680599A1 (en) * | 2012-06-29 | 2014-01-01 | Thomson Licensing | Provision of a personalized media content |
US20150040008A1 (en) * | 2013-08-02 | 2015-02-05 | Gamer Parents Inc. | Interactive overlay for video applications |
US20140082645A1 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2014-03-20 | Peter Stern | Apparatus and methods for providing enhanced or interactive features |
US11259087B2 (en) | 2012-10-03 | 2022-02-22 | Mimik Technology Inc. | System and method for managing streaming services |
KR20140055486A (en) | 2012-10-31 | 2014-05-09 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display apparatus and method for controlling display apparatus thereof |
US11115722B2 (en) | 2012-11-08 | 2021-09-07 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Crowdsourcing supplemental content |
CN103839398B (en) * | 2012-11-20 | 2017-12-29 | 华为终端有限公司 | The key value information processing method and control device of remote control, remote control |
RU2500042C2 (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2013-11-27 | Владимир Алексеевич Небольсин | Television receiver display |
US9565472B2 (en) | 2012-12-10 | 2017-02-07 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for content transfer protection |
US9147198B2 (en) | 2013-01-10 | 2015-09-29 | Rovi Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for providing an interface for data driven media placement |
US8854555B2 (en) * | 2013-01-18 | 2014-10-07 | Darryl Adderly | System and method to toggle between two or more television channels |
US9253262B2 (en) | 2013-01-24 | 2016-02-02 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for connecting media devices through web sockets |
US20140215546A1 (en) * | 2013-01-29 | 2014-07-31 | The Boeing Company | Systems and methods for video distribution |
CN104023265A (en) * | 2013-03-01 | 2014-09-03 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | Method and device for switching audio information streams and electronic equipment |
US9848276B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2017-12-19 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for auto-configuring a user equipment device with content consumption material |
US9553927B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2017-01-24 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Synchronizing multiple transmissions of content |
US9473801B1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2016-10-18 | Tribune Broadcasting Company, Llc | Systems and methods for causing a stunt switcher to run a bug-removal DVE |
US9549208B1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2017-01-17 | Tribune Broadcasting Company, Llc | Systems and methods for causing a stunt switcher to run a multi-video-source DVE |
US9049386B1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2015-06-02 | Tribune Broadcasting Company, Llc | Systems and methods for causing a stunt switcher to run a bug-overlay DVE |
US9185309B1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2015-11-10 | Tribune Broadcasting Company, Llc | Systems and methods for causing a stunt switcher to run a snipe-overlay DVE |
US10880609B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2020-12-29 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Content event messaging |
US10275128B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-04-30 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | Multiple-mode system and method for providing user selectable video content |
US9294785B2 (en) | 2013-06-06 | 2016-03-22 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | System and method for exploiting scene graph information in construction of an encoded video sequence |
US9219922B2 (en) | 2013-06-06 | 2015-12-22 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | System and method for exploiting scene graph information in construction of an encoded video sequence |
WO2014197879A1 (en) | 2013-06-06 | 2014-12-11 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | Overlay rendering of user interface onto source video |
CN104254000B (en) * | 2013-06-27 | 2018-05-11 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of video data handling procedure and device |
US11134304B2 (en) * | 2013-07-31 | 2021-09-28 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Methods and apparatus that facilitate channel switching during commercial breaks and/or other program segments |
USD749621S1 (en) * | 2013-08-06 | 2016-02-16 | Graftech International Holdings, Inc. | Display screen with graphical user interface for a furnace monitoring system |
US9674563B2 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2017-06-06 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for recommending content |
WO2015070070A1 (en) | 2013-11-07 | 2015-05-14 | Touchtunes Music Corporation | Techniques for generating electronic menu graphical user interface layouts for use in connection with electronic devices |
CN104683852B (en) | 2013-11-29 | 2018-04-06 | 国际商业机器公司 | The method and apparatus for handling broadcast message |
CN103686410A (en) * | 2013-12-10 | 2014-03-26 | 乐视网信息技术(北京)股份有限公司 | Method and terminal for video playing |
KR101548228B1 (en) * | 2013-12-27 | 2015-08-28 | 주식회사 케이티 | Apparatus for synchronizing user interface based on user state and method thereof |
USD755243S1 (en) * | 2013-12-30 | 2016-05-03 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Display screen or portion thereof with icon |
WO2015120915A1 (en) * | 2014-02-17 | 2015-08-20 | Saronikos Trading And Services, Unipessoal Lda | Method to browse through radio-television services, and relative television apparatus and remote control |
US9712482B2 (en) | 2014-02-18 | 2017-07-18 | Veveo, Inc. | Methods and systems for recommending concept clusters based on availability |
US20150237398A1 (en) * | 2014-02-18 | 2015-08-20 | Kylintv, Inc. | Internet protocol television |
US9264656B2 (en) | 2014-02-26 | 2016-02-16 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for managing storage space |
GB2539588A (en) * | 2014-03-13 | 2016-12-21 | Nielsen Co Us Llc | Methods and apparatus to compensate impression data for misattribution and/or non-coverage by a database proprietor |
KR102378718B1 (en) | 2014-03-25 | 2022-03-24 | 터치튠즈 뮤직 코포레이션 | Digital jukebox device with improved user interfaces, and associated methods |
US9788029B2 (en) | 2014-04-25 | 2017-10-10 | Activevideo Networks, Inc. | Intelligent multiplexing using class-based, multi-dimensioned decision logic for managed networks |
US9547867B2 (en) | 2014-05-07 | 2017-01-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Targeted advertising and customized display of advertisements in satellite broadcasting |
US9288521B2 (en) | 2014-05-28 | 2016-03-15 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for updating media asset data based on pause point in the media asset |
US9621940B2 (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2017-04-11 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for recording, accessing, and delivering packetized content |
WO2015187970A2 (en) * | 2014-06-06 | 2015-12-10 | Innovari, Inc. | Real time capacity monitoring for measurement and verification of demand side management |
CN105282620A (en) * | 2014-07-23 | 2016-01-27 | 深圳市同方多媒体科技有限公司 | Homepage customization method and system of smart television |
US9756393B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2017-09-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Recording option for advertised programs |
US9697630B2 (en) | 2014-10-01 | 2017-07-04 | Sony Corporation | Sign language window using picture-in-picture |
US11783382B2 (en) | 2014-10-22 | 2023-10-10 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Systems and methods for curating content metadata |
US10219027B1 (en) | 2014-10-24 | 2019-02-26 | Music Choice | System for providing music content to a user |
US9948962B2 (en) | 2014-11-13 | 2018-04-17 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for efficient delivery of electronic program guide data |
US10667008B1 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2020-05-26 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for setting and receiving user notifications for content available far in the future |
CN107211192B (en) | 2015-01-30 | 2020-11-06 | 夏普株式会社 | Method for reporting information |
USD770501S1 (en) * | 2015-01-30 | 2016-11-01 | Teradici Corporation | Portion of a display with a graphical user interface |
US10116676B2 (en) | 2015-02-13 | 2018-10-30 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for data collection, analysis and service modification based on online activity |
US9912997B2 (en) | 2015-03-03 | 2018-03-06 | Darryl Adderly | System and method to determine content items and associated toggle triggers for a viewer |
USD771675S1 (en) * | 2015-05-21 | 2016-11-15 | Layer3 TV, Inc. | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
USD778300S1 (en) * | 2015-05-21 | 2017-02-07 | Layer3 TV, Inc. | Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface shown thereon |
US9961239B2 (en) | 2015-06-07 | 2018-05-01 | Apple Inc. | Touch accommodation options |
US9916735B2 (en) | 2015-07-22 | 2018-03-13 | Igt | Remote gaming cash voucher printing system |
US10440421B2 (en) | 2015-08-14 | 2019-10-08 | DISH Technologies L.L.C. | Apparatus, systems and methods for electronic program guide information presented on a display |
US9467726B1 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2016-10-11 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Systems and methods for provisioning multi-dimensional rule based entitlement offers |
US9813396B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2017-11-07 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Methods and systems for managing content subscription data |
US10178421B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2019-01-08 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Methods and systems for monitoring content subscription usage |
CN105392046B (en) * | 2015-11-24 | 2019-04-26 | 天脉聚源(北京)科技有限公司 | A kind of interactive television system recommends the method and device of program |
KR102147230B1 (en) | 2015-12-16 | 2020-08-25 | 그레이스노트, 인코포레이티드 | Dynamic video overlay |
USD810779S1 (en) * | 2015-12-29 | 2018-02-20 | Sony Corporation | Portion of display panel or screen with icon |
KR102532071B1 (en) * | 2015-12-30 | 2023-05-15 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display apparatus, user terminal, control method thereof, computer-readable medium, system thereof |
US20170236150A1 (en) * | 2016-02-12 | 2017-08-17 | Invidi Technologies Corporation | Predictive programmatic system for audience identification and analysis |
US10404758B2 (en) | 2016-02-26 | 2019-09-03 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for centralized message exchange in a user premises device |
CN107180038A (en) * | 2016-03-09 | 2017-09-19 | 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 | The acquisition methods and device of geographic position data |
DE102016105661A1 (en) | 2016-03-29 | 2017-10-05 | BLANKOM systems GmbH | Modular cable head and module for it |
USD825532S1 (en) * | 2016-06-15 | 2018-08-14 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Remote control |
US10327043B2 (en) * | 2016-07-09 | 2019-06-18 | N. Dilip Venkatraman | Method and system for displaying interactive questions during streaming of real-time and adaptively assembled video |
CN106301922B (en) * | 2016-08-16 | 2020-02-04 | 青岛海信宽带多媒体技术有限公司 | Method and device for adjusting Tuner state |
US9900632B1 (en) | 2016-12-30 | 2018-02-20 | Echostar Technologies L.L.C. | Viewing suggestions based on closed-captioned content from multiple tuners |
US10091549B1 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2018-10-02 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Methods and systems for recommending media assets based on the geographic location at which the media assets are frequently consumed |
CN107203591A (en) * | 2017-04-25 | 2017-09-26 | 北京威动科技有限公司 | A kind of film information preservation, methods of exhibiting and device |
US10694223B2 (en) * | 2017-06-21 | 2020-06-23 | Google Llc | Dynamic custom interstitial transition videos for video streaming services |
TWI657688B (en) * | 2017-11-22 | 2019-04-21 | 群登科技股份有限公司 | Time division multiplexing channel structure and time division multiplexing communication method using the same |
US10839641B2 (en) | 2018-02-27 | 2020-11-17 | Stanley P. Dabrowski | Method and apparatus for modifying gaming machines to provide supplemental or modified functionality |
CN108648437A (en) * | 2018-04-26 | 2018-10-12 | 安徽科杰粮保仓储设备有限公司 | A kind of chargeable door and window remote controler |
CN109412817B (en) * | 2018-10-29 | 2020-11-06 | 旌德县展嘉智能科技有限公司 | Computer communication device with adjustable |
CN109474839B (en) * | 2018-11-05 | 2022-03-18 | 海信视像科技股份有限公司 | Method and device for displaying EPG user interface during broadcasting program |
US10743041B1 (en) | 2019-01-31 | 2020-08-11 | DISH Technologies L.L.C. | Systems and methods for facilitating adaptive content splicing |
CN110047566B (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2023-09-15 | 中国人民解放军总医院 | Medical data display platform |
CN110022453B (en) * | 2019-04-02 | 2021-11-16 | 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 | Terminal equipment |
EP3737007B8 (en) | 2019-05-06 | 2023-11-15 | Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG | Mobile radio testing device and method for protocol testing |
WO2021015314A1 (en) * | 2019-07-22 | 2021-01-28 | (주)알고코리아 | Mobile terminal having integrated radio function, and integrated radio system using same |
CN110401842A (en) * | 2019-07-26 | 2019-11-01 | 广州华多网络科技有限公司 | Live broadcasting method, device and storage medium |
RU194706U1 (en) * | 2019-10-11 | 2019-12-19 | Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "Новая сервисная компания" (ООО "НСК") | Automated workplace of the operator of forming a single advertising channel for end-to-end advertising |
US11638049B2 (en) | 2019-10-16 | 2023-04-25 | Dish Network L.L.C. | Systems and methods for content item recognition and adaptive packet transmission |
US10880351B1 (en) | 2019-10-16 | 2020-12-29 | Dish Network L.L.C. | Systems and methods for adapting content items to endpoint media devices |
US11303943B2 (en) * | 2019-10-16 | 2022-04-12 | Dish Network L.L.C. | Systems and methods for facilitating adaptive content items for delivery in a packet stream |
CA3155294A1 (en) * | 2019-11-01 | 2021-05-06 | Kyle Baker | Display control for televisions |
US11245946B2 (en) | 2020-01-21 | 2022-02-08 | Dish Network L.L.C. | Systems and methods for adapting content items to secured endpoint media device data |
US11218525B2 (en) | 2020-01-21 | 2022-01-04 | Dish Network L.L.C. | Systems and methods for adapting content delivery based on endpoint communications |
RU2719318C1 (en) * | 2020-01-28 | 2020-04-17 | Ооо "Новел Ил" | Method of transmitting information over fiber-optic communication lines with distributed access nodes |
US11012737B1 (en) | 2020-04-27 | 2021-05-18 | Dish Network L.L.C. | Systems and methods for audio adaptation of content items to endpoint media devices |
CN113173466B (en) * | 2021-03-23 | 2023-01-06 | 上海新时达电气股份有限公司 | Elevator interface board and elevator service equipment access method |
CN113347500A (en) * | 2021-06-01 | 2021-09-03 | 广州欢网科技有限责任公司 | Personalized program recommendation method and device based on answer mode |
KR102417209B1 (en) * | 2021-11-10 | 2022-07-06 | (주)코리아테크노 | monitoring system of broadcasting communication device |
Family Cites Families (837)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3256386A (en) * | 1963-01-23 | 1966-06-14 | Charles A Morchand | Aural visual multiplex information display system |
US3475547A (en) | 1965-06-30 | 1969-10-28 | Zenith Radio Corp | Subscription television receiver with program use recording |
GB1204190A (en) | 1966-12-26 | 1970-09-03 | Mainichi Broadcasting System | Multiplex communication system |
US3639686A (en) * | 1969-04-25 | 1972-02-01 | Homarket Inc | Television receiver cut-in device |
CH488345A (en) | 1969-05-14 | 1970-03-31 | Ibm | Multiplex facility |
US3860873A (en) | 1971-10-01 | 1975-01-14 | Tape Athon Corp | Fm transmission system |
US3789136A (en) * | 1972-06-28 | 1974-01-29 | M Haith | Electronic system for viewer response to television program stimuli |
US3794923A (en) * | 1972-12-14 | 1974-02-26 | Itt | Head end interconnection system for cable tv systems |
US3825674A (en) * | 1973-05-25 | 1974-07-23 | Westinghouse Electric Corp | Educational tv branching system |
US3953666A (en) * | 1973-05-25 | 1976-04-27 | Justice James W H | Television system for simultaneously transmitting and receiving a plurality of independent pictures on a single carrier screen |
US3916092A (en) * | 1973-05-25 | 1975-10-28 | Westinghouse Electric Corp | Transmission system for audio and coding signals in educational tv |
US3849594A (en) * | 1973-05-25 | 1974-11-19 | Westinghouse Electric Corp | Multi-picture tv system with audio and doding channels |
FR2269254B1 (en) | 1974-04-26 | 1978-09-15 | Leclercq Marc | |
US3891792A (en) * | 1974-06-25 | 1975-06-24 | Asahi Broadcasting | Television character crawl display method and apparatus |
US3978470A (en) * | 1974-07-10 | 1976-08-31 | Midwest Analog And Digital, Inc. | Multi-channel data color display apparatus |
US4023408A (en) * | 1975-01-10 | 1977-05-17 | Dytronics Company, Inc. | Stormscope |
US3993955A (en) | 1975-04-25 | 1976-11-23 | Tocom, Inc. | Method of and apparatus for establishing emergency communications in a two-way cable television system |
US4197590A (en) | 1976-01-19 | 1980-04-08 | Nugraphics, Inc. | Method for dynamically viewing image elements stored in a random access memory array |
USRE32776E (en) * | 1976-06-23 | 1988-11-01 | IDR, Incorporated | Piggy back row grabbing system |
FR2363949A1 (en) * | 1976-09-06 | 1978-03-31 | Telediffusion Fse | DIGITAL TRANSMISSION AND TEXT DISPLAY SYSTEM ON A TELEVISION SCREEN |
US4071697A (en) | 1976-10-18 | 1978-01-31 | Atari, Inc. | Interactive video/telephone transmission system |
US4225884A (en) | 1977-02-14 | 1980-09-30 | Telease, Inc. | Method and system for subscription television billing and access |
US4528589A (en) * | 1977-02-14 | 1985-07-09 | Telease, Inc. | Method and system for subscription television billing and access |
US4160242A (en) | 1977-06-28 | 1979-07-03 | Fowler Gerald C | Reading machine |
US4179212A (en) | 1977-09-06 | 1979-12-18 | Xerox Corporation | Demand publishing royalty accounting system |
US4159417A (en) | 1977-10-28 | 1979-06-26 | Rubincam David P | Electronic book |
US4405829A (en) | 1977-12-14 | 1983-09-20 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Cryptographic communications system and method |
NL7802132A (en) | 1978-02-27 | 1979-08-29 | Philips Nv | PORTABLE ELEMENT FOR RECORDING, REMEMBERING, DISPLAYING AND DISPLAYING DIGITAL INFORMATION AND BOOKING DEVICE FOR USE IN A BOOKING SYSTEM. |
US4264924A (en) * | 1978-03-03 | 1981-04-28 | Freeman Michael J | Dedicated channel interactive cable television system |
JPS54129942A (en) | 1978-03-31 | 1979-10-08 | Fujitsu Ltd | Direct transfer system between sub-systems |
JPH0697787B2 (en) * | 1978-06-30 | 1994-11-30 | テレ−ズ インコ−ポレ−テツド | Subscriber TV charge calculation method |
US4860379A (en) * | 1979-05-18 | 1989-08-22 | General Instrument Corporation | Data communications system |
US4513390A (en) | 1979-06-08 | 1985-04-23 | Planning Research Corporation | System for digital transmission and synthesis of integrated data |
US4406626A (en) | 1979-07-31 | 1983-09-27 | Anderson Weston A | Electronic teaching aid |
CA1142244A (en) † | 1979-08-22 | 1983-03-01 | Eric J. Gargini | Wired broadcasting system with subscriber controlled switched programme selection |
US4279035A (en) * | 1979-12-27 | 1981-07-14 | Zenith Radio Corporation | Channel number entry system |
JPS5940105B2 (en) * | 1979-12-27 | 1984-09-28 | 豊田合成株式会社 | Soft brightening products |
US4302193A (en) | 1980-01-17 | 1981-11-24 | Haynes Leonard S | Reading tutor timer |
CA1161545A (en) * | 1980-04-30 | 1984-01-31 | Manitoba Telephone System (The) | Video distribution control system |
US4398216A (en) * | 1980-09-19 | 1983-08-09 | Telease, Inc. | Multiple signal transmission method and system, particularly for television |
DE3036552C2 (en) * | 1980-09-27 | 1985-04-25 | Blaupunkt-Werke Gmbh, 3200 Hildesheim | Television reception system |
US4455570A (en) | 1980-10-13 | 1984-06-19 | Pioneer Electronic Corporation | CATV System |
US4331974A (en) | 1980-10-21 | 1982-05-25 | Iri, Inc. | Cable television with controlled signal substitution |
US4451701A (en) | 1980-10-30 | 1984-05-29 | Oclc Online Computer Library Center, Incorporated | Viewdata system and apparatus |
US4381522A (en) * | 1980-12-01 | 1983-04-26 | Adams-Russell Co., Inc. | Selective viewing |
US4455548A (en) | 1981-01-26 | 1984-06-19 | Burnett Dorothy K | Call system and methods and apparatus for operating same |
NL8103064A (en) * | 1981-06-25 | 1983-01-17 | Philips Nv | COMMON AERIAL DEVICE FOR THE RECEPTION AND DISTRIBUTION OF TV AND DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNALS. |
US4688218A (en) * | 1981-07-15 | 1987-08-18 | Etablissement Public De Diffusion Dit "Telediffusion De France" | Multiplex channels for continuous flow for numerical signal |
JPS5861547U (en) * | 1981-10-19 | 1983-04-25 | デイエツクスアンテナ株式会社 | satellite receiver |
US4965825A (en) * | 1981-11-03 | 1990-10-23 | The Personalized Mass Media Corporation | Signal processing apparatus and methods |
US4694490A (en) * | 1981-11-03 | 1987-09-15 | Harvey John C | Signal processing apparatus and methods |
US4740834A (en) | 1981-12-14 | 1988-04-26 | Mobarry Robert G | Video program distribution |
EP0096705A1 (en) * | 1981-12-19 | 1983-12-28 | CHARD, Frederick William | Method and apparatus for editing the output of a television set |
US4429385A (en) | 1981-12-31 | 1984-01-31 | American Newspaper Publishers Association | Method and apparatus for digital serial scanning with hierarchical and relational access |
DE3272234D1 (en) | 1982-01-29 | 1986-09-04 | Ibm | Audio response terminal for use with data processing systems |
US4579533A (en) | 1982-04-26 | 1986-04-01 | Anderson Weston A | Method of teaching a subject including use of a dictionary and translator |
US4509073A (en) * | 1982-04-29 | 1985-04-02 | Packet Technologies, Inc. | Two-way cable-television system |
US4533948A (en) | 1982-04-30 | 1985-08-06 | General Instrument Corporation | CATV Communication system |
US4484217A (en) * | 1982-05-11 | 1984-11-20 | Telease, Inc. | Method and system for remote reporting, particularly for pay television billing |
US4578531A (en) | 1982-06-09 | 1986-03-25 | At&T Bell Laboratories | Encryption system key distribution method and apparatus |
US4507680A (en) * | 1982-06-22 | 1985-03-26 | Freeman Michael J | One way interactive multisubscriber communication system |
JPS59188A (en) * | 1982-06-24 | 1984-01-05 | シャープ株式会社 | Portable general-purpose electronic apparatus |
US4567512A (en) | 1982-08-19 | 1986-01-28 | World Video Library, Inc. | Recorded program communication system |
ATE20994T1 (en) * | 1982-09-07 | 1986-08-15 | Emi Plc Thorn | TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION NETWORK. |
US4694880A (en) | 1982-09-16 | 1987-09-22 | Gladwin Kirk M | Method of continuously casting metal slabs |
US4581484A (en) | 1982-09-29 | 1986-04-08 | Oclc Online Computer Library Center Incorporated | Audio-enhanced videotex system |
US4517598A (en) * | 1982-10-22 | 1985-05-14 | George Van Valkenburg | Method and apparatus for electronic publishing |
JPS5987569A (en) | 1982-11-11 | 1984-05-21 | Toshiba Corp | Automatic continuous processing circuit of data |
US4528643A (en) * | 1983-01-10 | 1985-07-09 | Fpdc, Inc. | System for reproducing information in material objects at a point of sale location |
US4532540A (en) | 1983-03-28 | 1985-07-30 | Rca Corporation | Teletext set-top converter with transparent mode |
US4587520A (en) * | 1983-04-07 | 1986-05-06 | Rca Corporation | Cursor controlled page selection in a video display |
US4916539A (en) | 1983-04-21 | 1990-04-10 | The Weather Channel, Inc. | Communications system having receivers which can be addressed in selected classes |
US4625235A (en) | 1983-05-19 | 1986-11-25 | Westinghouse Electric Corp. | Remote control switching of television sources |
US4816904A (en) | 1983-06-09 | 1989-03-28 | Control Data Corporation | Television and market research data collection system and method |
US4566030A (en) | 1983-06-09 | 1986-01-21 | Ctba Associates | Television viewer data collection system |
US4558464A (en) | 1983-06-10 | 1985-12-10 | General Instrument Corporation | Address-programmable CATV converter |
US4633462A (en) * | 1983-07-18 | 1986-12-30 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Multiple access communication on a CATV reverse channel |
CA1227865A (en) † | 1983-10-03 | 1987-10-06 | Markley L. Jones | Music delivery system |
WO1985001854A1 (en) | 1983-10-07 | 1985-04-25 | National Information Utilities Corporation | Education utility |
US4776011A (en) | 1983-10-24 | 1988-10-04 | Sony Corporation | Recursive key schedule cryptographic system |
AU576787B2 (en) * | 1983-11-07 | 1988-09-08 | Sony Corporation | Satellite to cable television interface |
GB2149544B (en) | 1983-11-08 | 1987-03-25 | Standard Telephones Cables Ltd | Electronic books for the partially sighted |
NL8303991A (en) * | 1983-11-18 | 1985-06-17 | Nl Standard Electric Mij B V | CABLE TELEVISION NETWORK. |
US4658290A (en) | 1983-12-08 | 1987-04-14 | Ctba Associates | Television and market research data collection system and method |
GB8401318D0 (en) * | 1984-01-18 | 1984-02-22 | Communications Patents Ltd | Communications system |
US4641205A (en) * | 1984-03-05 | 1987-02-03 | Rca Corporation | Television system scheduler with on-screen menu type programming prompting apparatus |
NL8400860A (en) * | 1984-03-16 | 1985-10-16 | Nl Standard Electric Mij B V | CABLE TELEVISION NETWORK. |
US4625076A (en) | 1984-03-19 | 1986-11-25 | Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Public Corporation | Signed document transmission system |
US4573072A (en) * | 1984-03-21 | 1986-02-25 | Actv Inc. | Method for expanding interactive CATV displayable choices for a given channel capacity |
US4602279A (en) | 1984-03-21 | 1986-07-22 | Actv, Inc. | Method for providing targeted profile interactive CATV displays |
AU3542284A (en) * | 1984-03-30 | 1985-10-03 | Wang Laboratories, Inc. | Enhanced videotex decoder |
US4697209A (en) * | 1984-04-26 | 1987-09-29 | A. C. Nielsen Company | Methods and apparatus for automatically identifying programs viewed or recorded |
GB8410671D0 (en) * | 1984-04-26 | 1984-05-31 | British Telecomm | Transmitting stereo audio programmes |
US4673976A (en) | 1984-05-31 | 1987-06-16 | American Television & Communications Corporation | Cable television system data verification apparatus |
EP0167237A3 (en) * | 1984-05-31 | 1988-08-03 | AMERICAN TELEVISION & COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION | Cable television system |
DE3423846A1 (en) | 1984-06-28 | 1986-01-09 | Telefunken Fernseh Und Rundfunk Gmbh, 3000 Hannover | Television receiver with a teletext decoder |
USD280099S (en) | 1984-07-06 | 1985-08-13 | Multi-Tech Industries Corp. | Telephone keypad for a combined radio, clock and telephone set |
US4644470A (en) | 1984-07-20 | 1987-02-17 | International Business Machines Corp. | Non-unique names for broadcast messages |
US4941125A (en) | 1984-08-01 | 1990-07-10 | Smithsonian Institution | Information storage and retrieval system |
US4724491A (en) * | 1984-08-28 | 1988-02-09 | Adams-Russell Co., Inc. | Inserting television advertising spots automatically |
JPS6160150A (en) * | 1984-08-31 | 1986-03-27 | Fujitsu Ltd | System for calling picture information |
US4885775A (en) * | 1984-09-21 | 1989-12-05 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Information display scheme for subscribers of a subscription television system |
US4890319A (en) | 1984-09-21 | 1989-12-26 | Scientific-Atlantic, Inc. | Method for controlling copying of protected information transmitted over a communications link |
US4829569A (en) * | 1984-09-21 | 1989-05-09 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Communication of individual messages to subscribers in a subscription television system |
JPH0763159B2 (en) | 1984-10-12 | 1995-07-05 | ソニー株式会社 | Video receiver |
US4695975A (en) * | 1984-10-23 | 1987-09-22 | Profit Technology, Inc. | Multi-image communications system |
US4774655A (en) | 1984-10-24 | 1988-09-27 | Telebase Systems, Inc. | System for retrieving information from a plurality of remote databases having at least two different languages |
US5036537A (en) * | 1984-11-19 | 1991-07-30 | General Instrument Corp. | Geographic black-out method for direct broadcast satellite system |
GB8429488D0 (en) | 1984-11-22 | 1985-01-03 | Communications Patents Ltd | Interactive television distribution system |
US4691340A (en) | 1984-11-28 | 1987-09-01 | Sony Corporation | Image information accessing user terminal |
US4709266A (en) * | 1985-01-14 | 1987-11-24 | Oak Industries Inc. | Satellite scrambling communication network using geographically separated uplinks |
US4616263A (en) | 1985-02-11 | 1986-10-07 | Gte Corporation | Video subsystem for a hybrid videotex facility |
GB8505874D0 (en) * | 1985-03-07 | 1985-04-11 | Ti Crypton Ltd | Engine analysers |
NL8500690A (en) * | 1985-03-12 | 1986-10-01 | Philips Nv | REMOTE CONTROL UNIT FOR OPERATING VARIOUS MODULES. |
US4674085A (en) | 1985-03-21 | 1987-06-16 | American Telephone And Telegraph Co. | Local area network |
SE448277B (en) | 1985-04-12 | 1987-02-09 | Draco Ab | INDICATOR DEVICE WITH A DOSAGE DEVICE FOR MEDICINAL PRODUCTS |
EP0200310B1 (en) * | 1985-05-01 | 1993-08-11 | General Instrument Corporation | Direct broadcast satellite signal transmission system |
US4731840A (en) | 1985-05-06 | 1988-03-15 | The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy | Method for encryption and transmission of digital keying data |
US4751578A (en) | 1985-05-28 | 1988-06-14 | David P. Gordon | System for electronically controllably viewing on a television updateable television programming information |
US4706121B1 (en) * | 1985-07-12 | 1993-12-14 | Insight Telecast, Inc. | Tv schedule system and process |
US4677685A (en) | 1985-07-16 | 1987-06-30 | Zenith Electronics Corporation | Method and apparatus for downloading a code defining the channel transmission format employed in an addressable CATV system |
GB2177873B (en) * | 1985-07-19 | 1989-11-22 | Marconi Electronic Devices | Communications system |
US4665559A (en) * | 1985-07-23 | 1987-05-12 | Andrew Benun | FM-TV audio adapter |
US4695880A (en) * | 1985-07-30 | 1987-09-22 | Postron Corp. | Electronic information dissemination system |
US4745479A (en) * | 1985-10-04 | 1988-05-17 | American Dynamics Corporation | Multiple image video display system |
US4647964A (en) * | 1985-10-24 | 1987-03-03 | Weinblatt Lee S | Technique for testing television commercials |
US4891838A (en) | 1985-11-04 | 1990-01-02 | Dental Data Service, Inc. | Computer accessing system |
US4779138A (en) | 1985-11-27 | 1988-10-18 | Casio Computer Co., Ltd. | Compact liquid crystal television receiver having information memory |
US4854878A (en) | 1985-11-29 | 1989-08-08 | Malvino, Inc. | Textbook with animated illustrations |
US6101324A (en) | 1985-12-06 | 2000-08-08 | Media Touch Systems, Inc. | Computer touch screen radio station control system |
JPS62140134A (en) * | 1985-12-16 | 1987-06-23 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Command input device |
US4688246A (en) * | 1985-12-20 | 1987-08-18 | Zenith Electronics Corporation | CATV scrambling system with compressed digital audio in synchronizing signal intervals |
US4646150A (en) | 1986-01-03 | 1987-02-24 | General Instrument Corporation | Apparatus and method for stereo television sound |
US4695879A (en) | 1986-02-07 | 1987-09-22 | Weinblatt Lee S | Television viewer meter |
JPS62185485A (en) * | 1986-02-10 | 1987-08-13 | Pioneer Electronic Corp | Setting system for limit capable of viewing/listing charged program in bidirectional catv system |
EP0243312B1 (en) * | 1986-04-18 | 1995-07-19 | Nagra Plus S.A. | Decoder for a pay television system |
USD301037S (en) | 1986-04-28 | 1989-05-09 | Multivision Products, Inc. | Hand-held remote control |
US4694483A (en) | 1986-06-02 | 1987-09-15 | Innings Telecom Inc. | Computerized system for routing incoming telephone calls to a plurality of agent positions |
EP0252646B1 (en) | 1986-07-07 | 1993-09-29 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Paperless portable book |
US4890321A (en) | 1986-07-08 | 1989-12-26 | Scientific Atlanta, Inc. | Communications format for a subscription television system permitting transmission of individual text messages to subscribers |
US4866770A (en) | 1986-07-08 | 1989-09-12 | Scientific Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for communication of video, audio, teletext, and data to groups of decoders in a communication system |
US5202817A (en) * | 1989-06-07 | 1993-04-13 | Norand Corporation | Hand-held data capture system with interchangeable modules |
US4792972A (en) * | 1986-08-19 | 1988-12-20 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Remote programming of CATV channel authorization unit |
US4712130A (en) * | 1986-08-29 | 1987-12-08 | Rca Corporation | Chrominance signal frequency converter as for a pix-in-pix television receiver |
US4956725A (en) * | 1986-08-29 | 1990-09-11 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Image signal reproducing apparatus |
US4775935A (en) | 1986-09-22 | 1988-10-04 | Westinghouse Electric Corp. | Video merchandising system with variable and adoptive product sequence presentation order |
USD314384S (en) | 1986-09-23 | 1991-02-05 | RUF GmbH & Co. KG Elektrotechnische Spezialfabrik | Remote control transmitter |
US4931872A (en) * | 1986-11-24 | 1990-06-05 | Gte Laboratories Incorporated | Methods of and apparatus for the generation of split-screen video displays |
US4825220A (en) | 1986-11-26 | 1989-04-25 | General Electric Company | Microstrip fed printed dipole with an integral balun |
US4941089A (en) | 1986-12-12 | 1990-07-10 | Datapoint Corporation | Input/output network for computer system |
US4796220A (en) | 1986-12-15 | 1989-01-03 | Pride Software Development Corp. | Method of controlling the copying of software |
US4820167A (en) | 1987-01-14 | 1989-04-11 | Nobles Anthony A | Electronic school teaching system |
JP2658030B2 (en) * | 1987-01-30 | 1997-09-30 | ソニー株式会社 | Information transmission equipment |
US4802008A (en) | 1987-02-09 | 1989-01-31 | Walling Paul J | Satellite communications system for medical related images |
JP2722450B2 (en) * | 1987-02-25 | 1998-03-04 | ソニー株式会社 | Central control device |
EP0347419B1 (en) | 1987-02-27 | 1994-11-09 | Logicblend Limited | Improvements in interactive video systems |
US4747785A (en) | 1987-03-17 | 1988-05-31 | Global Equipment Company, Div. Of Continental Dynamics | Shielding for connector hood |
US4885803A (en) * | 1987-03-17 | 1989-12-05 | Lawrence W. Hermann | System and method for controlling a plurality of electronic entertainment devices |
US4896370A (en) | 1987-03-27 | 1990-01-23 | Teletec Corporation | Control system for microprocessor and software enhanced communications equipment |
US4974252A (en) | 1987-06-03 | 1990-11-27 | Club Theatre Network, Inc. | Interactive commercial/entertainment network |
US4985697A (en) | 1987-07-06 | 1991-01-15 | Learning Insights, Ltd. | Electronic book educational publishing method using buried reference materials and alternate learning levels |
US4825200A (en) | 1987-06-25 | 1989-04-25 | Tandy Corporation | Reconfigurable remote control transmitter |
US4887308A (en) * | 1987-06-26 | 1989-12-12 | Dutton Bradley C | Broadcast data storage and retrieval system |
US4847700A (en) * | 1987-07-16 | 1989-07-11 | Actv, Inc. | Interactive television system for providing full motion synched compatible audio/visual displays from transmitted television signals |
US5152011A (en) * | 1987-07-27 | 1992-09-29 | Schwob Pierre R | Broadcast receiver capable of automatic station identification and format-scanning based on an internal database updatable via data reception over the airwaves |
CA1288516C (en) | 1987-07-31 | 1991-09-03 | Leendert M. Bijnagte | Apparatus and method for communicating textual and image information between a host computer and a remote display terminal |
US5208665A (en) | 1987-08-20 | 1993-05-04 | Telaction Corporation | Presentation player for an interactive digital communication system |
US4829372A (en) * | 1987-08-20 | 1989-05-09 | Telaction Corporation | Presentation player |
US4797568A (en) | 1987-08-21 | 1989-01-10 | Gumbs Curtis M | Electronic switching system for controlling indoor and outdoor lights |
JPS6450688A (en) * | 1987-08-21 | 1989-02-27 | Hashimoto Corp | Method and device for generating individual television program |
US4930160A (en) | 1987-09-02 | 1990-05-29 | Vogel Peter S | Automatic censorship of video programs |
US5099331A (en) | 1987-09-04 | 1992-03-24 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Apparatus for overlaying a displayed image with a second image |
US4876736A (en) * | 1987-09-23 | 1989-10-24 | A. C. Nielsen Company | Method and apparatus for determining channel reception of a receiver |
US4924513A (en) | 1987-09-25 | 1990-05-08 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Apparatus and method for secure transmission of data over an unsecure transmission channel |
US5414426A (en) * | 1987-10-14 | 1995-05-09 | Universal Electronics Inc. | Favorite key macro command and chained macro command in a remote control |
US4959810A (en) * | 1987-10-14 | 1990-09-25 | Universal Electronics, Inc. | Universal remote control device |
US4918516A (en) * | 1987-10-26 | 1990-04-17 | 501 Actv, Inc. | Closed circuit television system having seamless interactive television programming and expandable user participation |
US5566294A (en) | 1989-09-29 | 1996-10-15 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Method for visual programming with aid of animation |
US4835607A (en) | 1987-11-16 | 1989-05-30 | Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for expanding compressed video data |
US4855725A (en) | 1987-11-24 | 1989-08-08 | Fernandez Emilio A | Microprocessor based simulated book |
JPH01142918A (en) * | 1987-11-30 | 1989-06-05 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Menu controller |
US4947429A (en) * | 1987-11-30 | 1990-08-07 | Zenith Electronics Corporation | Pay per view television signaling method |
JPH01147727A (en) | 1987-12-04 | 1989-06-09 | Hitachi Ltd | Fault restoring method for on-line program |
US5136411A (en) † | 1987-12-11 | 1992-08-04 | General Instrument Corporation | Dynamically responsive CATV system with shared fiber optic link |
US4920432A (en) | 1988-01-12 | 1990-04-24 | Eggers Derek C | System for random access to an audio video data library with independent selection and display at each of a plurality of remote locations |
US5132789A (en) * | 1988-01-15 | 1992-07-21 | Tiltrac Corporation | Tilt rack video tape library and VCP to multiple subscriber system |
US4943963A (en) | 1988-01-19 | 1990-07-24 | A. C. Nielsen Company | Data collection and transmission system with real time clock |
US4829558A (en) * | 1988-01-19 | 1989-05-09 | Peac Media Research, Inc. | System and device for data transmission, and related method |
GB2214757A (en) * | 1988-01-22 | 1989-09-06 | Philips Electronic Associated | Signal distribution network |
FR2627045B1 (en) * | 1988-02-05 | 1994-07-01 | Sgs Thomson Microelectronics | SELECTION SYSTEM FOR RECEIVING BROADCASTED OR BROADCASTED BROADCASTS |
US5121476A (en) | 1988-02-22 | 1992-06-09 | Yee Keen Y | TV data capture device |
US5010499A (en) | 1988-02-22 | 1991-04-23 | Yee Keen Y | Digital data capture for use with TV set or monitor |
US5157783A (en) | 1988-02-26 | 1992-10-20 | Wang Laboratories, Inc. | Data base system which maintains project query list, desktop list and status of multiple ongoing research projects |
US4885632A (en) | 1988-02-29 | 1989-12-05 | Agb Television Research | System and methods for monitoring TV viewing system including a VCR and/or a cable converter |
US4899292A (en) | 1988-03-02 | 1990-02-06 | Image Storage/Retrieval Systems, Inc. | System for storing and retrieving text and associated graphics |
US5235619A (en) | 1990-03-20 | 1993-08-10 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Cable television radio frequency subscriber data transmission apparatus and rf return method |
US5319454A (en) | 1990-11-13 | 1994-06-07 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | CATV system enabling access to premium (pay per view) program events by bar code data entry |
JPH01280977A (en) * | 1988-03-31 | 1989-11-13 | Toshiba Corp | Method and apparatus for displaying slave picture of television system |
US5003384A (en) * | 1988-04-01 | 1991-03-26 | Scientific Atlanta, Inc. | Set-top interface transactions in an impulse pay per view television system |
US4928177A (en) | 1988-04-11 | 1990-05-22 | Cooper Industries, Inc. | Two-way data broadcast networks |
US4816901A (en) * | 1988-04-27 | 1989-03-28 | Universal Video Communications Corp. | Method and system for compressing color video data |
US5146600A (en) * | 1988-04-30 | 1992-09-08 | Minolta Camera Kabushiki Kaisha | Document image filing system for furnishing additional managerial information for management of documents filed in the system |
US4907082A (en) | 1988-05-03 | 1990-03-06 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. | Dynamic control menu for a television system or the like |
US5321840A (en) * | 1988-05-05 | 1994-06-14 | Transaction Technology, Inc. | Distributed-intelligence computer system including remotely reconfigurable, telephone-type user terminal |
US4982344A (en) | 1988-05-18 | 1991-01-01 | Xerox Corporation | Accelerating link creation |
WO1989011693A1 (en) | 1988-05-27 | 1989-11-30 | Wang Laboratories, Inc. | Document annotation and manipulation in a data processing system |
US4995078A (en) * | 1988-06-09 | 1991-02-19 | Monslow H Vincent | Television broadcast system for selective transmission of viewer-chosen programs at viewer-requested times |
US4890320A (en) * | 1988-06-09 | 1989-12-26 | Monslow H Vincent | Television broadcast system for selective transmission of viewer-chosen programs at viewer-requested times |
US4845562A (en) * | 1988-06-10 | 1989-07-04 | Rca Licensing Corporation | Widescreen television reception and recording system utilizing conventional equipment |
US5130924A (en) | 1988-06-30 | 1992-07-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | System for defining relationships among document elements including logical relationships of elements in a multi-dimensional tabular specification |
JPH0219079A (en) * | 1988-07-06 | 1990-01-23 | Pioneer Electron Corp | Video signal processing unit |
US4977455B1 (en) * | 1988-07-15 | 1993-04-13 | System and process for vcr scheduling | |
US5208745A (en) | 1988-07-25 | 1993-05-04 | Electric Power Research Institute | Multimedia interface and method for computer system |
DE3925501A1 (en) * | 1988-07-30 | 1990-02-01 | Samsung Electronics Co Ltd | MULTIPLE SCREEN GENERATING CIRCUIT |
JPH0695759B2 (en) * | 1988-08-08 | 1994-11-24 | パイオニア株式会社 | Billing display system for CCTV device |
US5247575A (en) * | 1988-08-16 | 1993-09-21 | Sprague Peter J | Information distribution system |
JP3002471B2 (en) * | 1988-08-19 | 2000-01-24 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Program distribution device |
US5235328A (en) | 1988-08-23 | 1993-08-10 | Sony Corporation | Remote command apparatus |
US4924303A (en) | 1988-09-06 | 1990-05-08 | Kenneth Dunlop | Method and apparatus for providing interactive retrieval of TV still frame images and audio segments |
JP2644844B2 (en) | 1988-09-20 | 1997-08-25 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Distributed image recognition system |
US4965819A (en) | 1988-09-22 | 1990-10-23 | Docu-Vision, Inc. | Video conferencing system for courtroom and other applications |
US5446488A (en) | 1988-09-30 | 1995-08-29 | Vogel; Peter S. | Television programme distribution signal having the capability to selectively block non-programme material |
US4949810A (en) * | 1988-10-03 | 1990-08-21 | Dwinnell Wayne F | Attachment to stabilize and expand the use of hollow rung ladders |
US5221962A (en) * | 1988-10-03 | 1993-06-22 | Popeil Industries, Inc. | Subliminal device having manual adjustment of perception level of subliminal messages |
US4975951A (en) * | 1988-10-07 | 1990-12-04 | General Instrument Corporation | IPPV programming distribution control system |
USD325581S (en) | 1988-10-07 | 1992-04-21 | Cable Electric Products, Inc. | Remote control |
US4888638A (en) | 1988-10-11 | 1989-12-19 | A. C. Nielsen Company | System for substituting television programs transmitted via telephone lines |
US4975771A (en) | 1989-02-10 | 1990-12-04 | Kassatly Salim A | Method and apparatus for TV broadcasting |
US5508733A (en) | 1988-10-17 | 1996-04-16 | Kassatly; L. Samuel A. | Method and apparatus for selectively receiving and storing a plurality of video signals |
US5691777A (en) | 1988-10-17 | 1997-11-25 | Kassatly; Lord Samuel Anthony | Method and apparatus for simultaneous compression of video, audio and data signals |
US5105268A (en) * | 1988-11-08 | 1992-04-14 | Fujitsu Limited | Community antenna broadcast system having an improved channel selecting system permitting purchase of a selected channel from a plurality of non-purchased channels |
CA2002912A1 (en) | 1988-11-14 | 1990-05-14 | William A. Clough | Portable computer with touch screen and computer system employing same |
US4879736A (en) | 1988-11-22 | 1989-11-07 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | X-ray examination apparatus |
US5089956A (en) | 1988-11-29 | 1992-02-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method of distributing related documents to identified end users in an information processing system |
JPH02152382A (en) * | 1988-12-02 | 1990-06-12 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Teletext receiver |
US5038402A (en) * | 1988-12-06 | 1991-08-06 | General Instrument Corporation | Apparatus and method for providing digital audio in the FM broadcast band |
NL192712C (en) * | 1988-12-08 | 1997-12-02 | Samsung Electronics Co Ltd | Video device adapted to display at least one sub-picture in a main picture. |
US5199104A (en) | 1988-12-15 | 1993-03-30 | Sony Corporation | Electronic organizer with electronic book marker |
US5159669A (en) | 1988-12-15 | 1992-10-27 | Xerox Corporation | Automatically creating a second workspace operation record including history data and a unit ID based on a first workspace operation |
US4949187A (en) * | 1988-12-16 | 1990-08-14 | Cohen Jason M | Video communications system having a remotely controlled central source of video and audio data |
US4994908A (en) | 1988-12-23 | 1991-02-19 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Interactive room status/time information system |
US5307173A (en) | 1988-12-23 | 1994-04-26 | Gemstar Development Corporation | Apparatus and method using compressed codes for television program record scheduling |
USRE36988E (en) * | 1988-12-23 | 2000-12-12 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Terminal authorization method |
US5077607A (en) * | 1988-12-23 | 1991-12-31 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Cable television transaction terminal |
US5001554A (en) * | 1988-12-23 | 1991-03-19 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Terminal authorization method |
KR920002049B1 (en) * | 1988-12-31 | 1992-03-10 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Multi-screen execution method |
US4920339A (en) * | 1989-01-06 | 1990-04-24 | Western Digital Corp. | Switchable bus termination and address selector |
US5029232A (en) | 1989-01-12 | 1991-07-02 | Cycle-Sat., Inc. | Satellite communications network |
EP0380239A3 (en) * | 1989-01-18 | 1992-04-15 | Lotus Development Corporation | Search and retrieval system |
DE3901790A1 (en) | 1989-01-21 | 1990-07-26 | Gfk Gmbh | METHOD FOR THE REMOTE CONTROLLED REPLACEMENT OF A PARTICULAR PROGRAM PART OF A TELEVISION PROGRAM BY A SEPARATELY SENT PROGRAM PART FOR SPECIFIC SELECTED RECEIVER, HOUSEHOLD TERMINAL DEVICE AND THROUGH THE DRIVE DRIVE |
JPH02200054A (en) * | 1989-01-30 | 1990-08-08 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Center delivery type videotex system |
US5054071A (en) * | 1989-02-03 | 1991-10-01 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Volume control for optimum television stereo separation |
US5283561A (en) * | 1989-02-24 | 1994-02-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Color television window for a video display unit |
CA1319762C (en) | 1989-02-28 | 1993-06-29 | Elie Cassorla | Method for displaying online information |
US4985761A (en) | 1989-03-02 | 1991-01-15 | Spectradyne, Inc. | Current detection circuit and method |
CA2010094A1 (en) | 1989-03-09 | 1990-09-09 | Robert R. Butler | Binding line book tracking system and method |
WO1990010988A1 (en) * | 1989-03-09 | 1990-09-20 | Viewfacts, Inc. | A system and device for data transmission, and related method |
US5124980A (en) | 1989-03-20 | 1992-06-23 | Maki Gerald G | Synchronous multiport digital 2-way communications network using T1 PCM on a CATV cable |
JPH0322259A (en) | 1989-03-22 | 1991-01-30 | Seiko Epson Corp | Small-sized data display and reproducing device |
JPH078060B2 (en) * | 1989-03-28 | 1995-01-30 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Remote-controlled electronic device control system |
US5239665A (en) * | 1989-03-30 | 1993-08-24 | Hiuka Sangyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Electronic book having several keys for changing pages and underlining certain portions of text |
US4903129A (en) * | 1989-04-06 | 1990-02-20 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. | Audio signal section apparatus |
US4996597A (en) * | 1989-04-20 | 1991-02-26 | Rca Licensing Corporation | User programmable switching arrangement |
US5227211A (en) * | 1989-04-21 | 1993-07-13 | Hmt Technology Corporation | Magnetic recording disk medium comprising a magnetic thin film and a carbon overcoat having surface nitrogen atoms, a specified carbon structure, and oxygen atoms |
US5015829A (en) * | 1989-04-28 | 1991-05-14 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Key pad and front panel assembly for an electronic instrument |
NL8901133A (en) * | 1989-05-03 | 1990-12-03 | Nederland Ptt | DATA DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTING DATA VIA INFORMATION FREE ZONES IN A TELEVISION SIGNAL TO BE TRANSMITTED BY A TRANSMITTER. |
US4947244A (en) | 1989-05-03 | 1990-08-07 | On Command Video Corporation | Video selection and distribution system |
US5014125A (en) * | 1989-05-05 | 1991-05-07 | Cableshare, Inc. | Television system for the interactive distribution of selectable video presentations |
GB8910452D0 (en) | 1989-05-06 | 1989-06-21 | Allwood Searle & Timney | Friction welding |
US5150118A (en) * | 1989-05-08 | 1992-09-22 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Interchangeable coded key pad assemblies alternately attachable to a user definable keyboard to enable programmable keyboard functions |
US5151782A (en) * | 1989-05-17 | 1992-09-29 | Reiss Media Enterprises | Control system for satellite delivered pay-per-view television system |
US5003591A (en) | 1989-05-25 | 1991-03-26 | General Instrument Corporation | Functionally modifiable cable television converter system |
JPH0620187Y2 (en) * | 1989-05-26 | 1994-05-25 | アルプス電気株式会社 | Trackball |
US5253066C1 (en) * | 1989-06-01 | 2001-05-22 | United Video Properties Inc | Tv recording and viewing control system |
US5047867A (en) * | 1989-06-08 | 1991-09-10 | North American Philips Corporation | Interface for a TV-VCR system |
IL94519A (en) * | 1989-06-13 | 1993-07-08 | Tv Answer Int Inc | Satellite television communication system for audience polling and processing answers |
US5319453A (en) | 1989-06-22 | 1994-06-07 | Airtrax | Method and apparatus for video signal encoding, decoding and monitoring |
US5038211A (en) * | 1989-07-05 | 1991-08-06 | The Superguide Corporation | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving television program information |
US5663757A (en) | 1989-07-14 | 1997-09-02 | Morales; Fernando | Software controlled multi-mode interactive TV systems |
JP2906462B2 (en) * | 1989-07-18 | 1999-06-21 | ソニー株式会社 | Television receiver |
JP2830111B2 (en) * | 1989-07-21 | 1998-12-02 | ソニー株式会社 | High efficiency coding device |
USD326446S (en) | 1989-07-26 | 1992-05-26 | Wong Curtis G | Combined electronic book and CD ROM reader |
US5208660A (en) * | 1989-07-29 | 1993-05-04 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Television display apparatus having picture-in-picture display function and the method of operating the same |
US5166886A (en) * | 1989-07-31 | 1992-11-24 | Molnar Charles E | System to demonstrate and sell computer programs |
US5231631A (en) | 1989-08-15 | 1993-07-27 | At&T Bell Laboratories | Arrangement for regulating traffic in a high speed data network |
US5167508A (en) | 1989-08-21 | 1992-12-01 | Mc Taggart Stephen I | Electronic book |
US5484292A (en) | 1989-08-21 | 1996-01-16 | Mctaggart; Stephen I. | Apparatus for combining audio and visual indicia |
US4953854A (en) † | 1989-08-22 | 1990-09-04 | Pizur Sr Stephen J | String exerciser |
US5421031A (en) | 1989-08-23 | 1995-05-30 | Delta Beta Pty. Ltd. | Program transmission optimisation |
DK0573406T3 (en) * | 1989-08-23 | 1997-12-29 | Delta Beta Pty Ltd | Program Transmission Optimization |
US5162979A (en) * | 1989-10-23 | 1992-11-10 | International Business Machines Corp. | Personal computer processor card interconnect system |
US5046093A (en) * | 1989-09-05 | 1991-09-03 | General Instrument Corporation | CATV subscriber apparatus with intelligent remote control |
US5056138A (en) * | 1989-09-11 | 1991-10-08 | Nuphase Electronics, Inc. | Television selection system |
JP2547641B2 (en) | 1989-09-27 | 1996-10-23 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Program reservation device |
US5343516A (en) | 1989-09-29 | 1994-08-30 | Digital Systems Group, Inc. | Computer telecommunications signalling interface |
US5049862A (en) | 1989-10-06 | 1991-09-17 | Communication Intelligence Corporation ("Cic") | Keyless flat panel portable computer--computer aided notebook |
US5339239A (en) | 1989-10-13 | 1994-08-16 | Mitsubishi Plastics Industries Limited | Information collecting and/or service furnishing systems by which a user can request information from a central data base using a portable personal terminal and an access terminal |
US5073930A (en) * | 1989-10-19 | 1991-12-17 | Green James A | Method and system for receiving and distributing satellite transmitted television signals |
US5128662A (en) | 1989-10-20 | 1992-07-07 | Failla Stephen J | Collapsibly segmented display screens for computers or the like |
US5155591A (en) * | 1989-10-23 | 1992-10-13 | General Instrument Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing demographically targeted television commercials |
US5099319A (en) * | 1989-10-23 | 1992-03-24 | Esch Arthur G | Video information delivery method and apparatus |
DE3935294A1 (en) | 1989-10-24 | 1991-04-25 | Grundig Emv | VIDEORECORDER WITH A DEVICE FOR STORING THE CONTENTS OF A TAPE MAGAZINE CONTAINING A VARIETY OF MAGNETIC TAPE CASSETTES |
US5241671C1 (en) | 1989-10-26 | 2002-07-02 | Encyclopaedia Britannica Educa | Multimedia search system using a plurality of entry path means which indicate interrelatedness of information |
JPH03141752A (en) | 1989-10-27 | 1991-06-17 | Hitachi Ltd | Picture signal transmitting method |
US5353121A (en) * | 1989-10-30 | 1994-10-04 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Television schedule system |
DE69033905T2 (en) * | 1989-10-30 | 2003-02-06 | Starsight Telecast Inc | INTERFACE BETWEEN CABLE TELEVISION CODES AND TV ACCESSORIES |
IT1237668B (en) * | 1989-10-31 | 1993-06-15 | Telettra Lab Telefon | SYSTEM AND MULTIPLATOR / DEMULTIPLATOR FOR THE TRANSMISSION / RECEPTION OF DIGITAL TELEVISION INFORMATION. |
US5318450A (en) | 1989-11-22 | 1994-06-07 | Gte California Incorporated | Multimedia distribution system for instructional materials |
AU651327B2 (en) | 1989-11-28 | 1994-07-21 | Japan Air Lines Co. Ltd. | Reservation system terminal |
GB8929152D0 (en) * | 1989-12-22 | 1990-02-28 | Gen Electric | A digital augmentation system for actv-ii |
US5144445A (en) * | 1989-12-26 | 1992-09-01 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Solid-state image pickup apparatus having a plurality of photoelectric transducers arranged in a matrix |
JPH03198119A (en) * | 1989-12-27 | 1991-08-29 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Information processor |
US5047887A (en) * | 1989-12-28 | 1991-09-10 | Tandy Corporation | Method and apparatus for cleaning the tape head and tape path of a video cassette recorder using a wetted cleaning tape |
JP2822526B2 (en) | 1990-01-19 | 1998-11-11 | ソニー株式会社 | Personal information processing apparatus and personal information processing method |
US5218672A (en) | 1990-01-19 | 1993-06-08 | Sony Corporation Of America | Offline editing system with user interface for controlling edit list generation |
US5130792A (en) * | 1990-02-01 | 1992-07-14 | Usa Video Inc. | Store and forward video system |
US5237610A (en) * | 1990-02-01 | 1993-08-17 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Independent external security module for a digitally upgradeable television signal decoder |
US5446919A (en) * | 1990-02-20 | 1995-08-29 | Wilkins; Jeff K. | Communication system and method with demographically or psychographically defined audiences |
JP3080382B2 (en) | 1990-02-21 | 2000-08-28 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Cryptographic communication system |
WO1991013347A1 (en) * | 1990-02-22 | 1991-09-05 | Nkk Corporation | Magnetic flaw detector for thin steel belt |
US5307481A (en) | 1990-02-28 | 1994-04-26 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Highly reliable online system |
US5146552A (en) | 1990-02-28 | 1992-09-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for associating annotation with electronically published material |
US5255086A (en) | 1990-03-20 | 1993-10-19 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for RF data transfer in a CATV system |
US5142690A (en) * | 1990-03-20 | 1992-08-25 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Cable television radio frequency data processor |
US5351075A (en) * | 1990-03-20 | 1994-09-27 | Frederick Herz | Home video club television broadcasting system |
US5251324A (en) | 1990-03-20 | 1993-10-05 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for generating and collecting viewing statistics for remote terminals in a cable television system |
DE69121444T2 (en) | 1990-03-29 | 1997-03-13 | Gte Laboratories Inc | Monitoring system for the transmission of video signals |
US5115426A (en) | 1990-03-30 | 1992-05-19 | At&T Bell Laboratories | Broadband isdn packet switching arrangements |
US5091782A (en) * | 1990-04-09 | 1992-02-25 | General Instrument Corporation | Apparatus and method for adaptively compressing successive blocks of digital video |
US5020129A (en) * | 1990-04-16 | 1991-05-28 | General Instrument Corporation | Addressable control system for CATV program distribution |
US5256067A (en) | 1990-04-25 | 1993-10-26 | Gildea Patricia M | Device and method for optimal reading vocabulary development |
US5321846A (en) | 1990-04-28 | 1994-06-14 | Sony Corporation | Signal transmission system with quicker response and with parallel and serial outputs |
US5187735A (en) | 1990-05-01 | 1993-02-16 | Tele Guia Talking Yellow Pages, Inc. | Integrated voice-mail based voice and information processing system |
KR920010811B1 (en) † | 1990-05-10 | 1992-12-17 | 주식회사 금성사 | Tv teletext apparatus |
US5257185A (en) | 1990-05-21 | 1993-10-26 | Ann W. Farley | Interactive, cross-referenced knowledge system |
US5233333A (en) | 1990-05-21 | 1993-08-03 | Borsuk Sherwin M | Portable hand held reading unit with reading aid feature |
USD331760S (en) | 1990-05-29 | 1992-12-15 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. | Remote control |
US5640552A (en) * | 1990-05-29 | 1997-06-17 | Franklin Electronic Publishers, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for providing multi-level searching in an electronic book |
CA2039652C (en) * | 1990-05-30 | 1996-12-24 | Frank Zdybel, Jr. | Hardcopy lossless data storage and communications for electronic document processing systems |
CA2036205C (en) | 1990-06-01 | 1996-11-19 | Russell J. Welsh | Program monitoring unit |
GB9012326D0 (en) | 1990-06-01 | 1990-07-18 | Thomson Consumer Electronics | Wide screen television |
US5588139A (en) | 1990-06-07 | 1996-12-24 | Vpl Research, Inc. | Method and system for generating objects for a multi-person virtual world using data flow networks |
IL94729A0 (en) | 1990-06-13 | 1991-04-15 | Yossef Yomdin | Compressed image production,storage transmission and processing |
US5057917A (en) * | 1990-06-20 | 1991-10-15 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration | Real-time data compression of broadcast video signals |
US5260778A (en) | 1990-06-26 | 1993-11-09 | General Instrument Corporation | Apparatus for selective distribution of messages over a communications network |
US5859594A (en) | 1990-06-28 | 1999-01-12 | Motorola, Inc. | Selective call receiver having selectable displays |
US5161019A (en) * | 1990-06-29 | 1992-11-03 | Rca Thomson Licensing Corporation | "channel guide" automatically activated by the absence of program information |
US5428529A (en) | 1990-06-29 | 1995-06-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Structured document tags invoking specialized functions |
US5130815A (en) | 1990-07-20 | 1992-07-14 | Mti Associates | Method and apparatus for encoding a video signal having multi-language capabilities |
AU8415891A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1992-03-02 | Harvey M. Ross | System and method of manufacturing a single book copy |
CA2022302C (en) * | 1990-07-30 | 1995-02-28 | Douglas J. Ballantyne | Method and apparatus for distribution of movies |
EP0472070A3 (en) | 1990-08-22 | 1993-06-23 | Xerox Corporation | Electronic library |
JPH04200082A (en) † | 1990-11-29 | 1992-07-21 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Teletext broadcast receiver |
JP3089479B2 (en) | 1990-09-04 | 2000-09-18 | ソニー株式会社 | Television image display |
US5388196A (en) * | 1990-09-07 | 1995-02-07 | Xerox Corporation | Hierarchical shared books with database |
US5115309A (en) | 1990-09-10 | 1992-05-19 | At&T Bell Laboratories | Method and apparatus for dynamic channel bandwidth allocation among multiple parallel video coders |
ATE220273T1 (en) * | 1990-09-10 | 2002-07-15 | Starsight Telecast Inc | TELEVISION PROGRAM SYSTEM |
US5808608A (en) | 1990-09-10 | 1998-09-15 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | Background television schedule system |
US5241659A (en) | 1990-09-14 | 1993-08-31 | Eastman Kodak Company | Auxiliary removable memory for storing image parameter data |
GB9020082D0 (en) * | 1990-09-14 | 1990-10-24 | Crosfield Electronics Ltd | Methods and apparatus for defining contours in coloured images |
US5103314A (en) * | 1990-09-24 | 1992-04-07 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. | Color-coded system for selection of rf input terminals and associated scan lists |
JP2552030B2 (en) * | 1990-09-27 | 1996-11-06 | マスプロ電工株式会社 | Satellite signal receiver |
US5319542A (en) | 1990-09-27 | 1994-06-07 | International Business Machines Corporation | System for ordering items using an electronic catalogue |
US5361091A (en) * | 1990-09-28 | 1994-11-01 | Inteletext Systems, Inc. | Interactive home information system for distributing video picture information to television viewers over a fiber optic telephone system |
US5526034A (en) | 1990-09-28 | 1996-06-11 | Ictv, Inc. | Interactive home information system with signal assignment |
US5412720A (en) * | 1990-09-28 | 1995-05-02 | Ictv, Inc. | Interactive home information system |
US5093718A (en) * | 1990-09-28 | 1992-03-03 | Inteletext Systems, Inc. | Interactive home information system |
US5557316A (en) * | 1990-09-28 | 1996-09-17 | Ictv, Inc. | System for distributing broadcast television services identically on a first bandwidth portion of a plurality of express trunks and interactive services over a second bandwidth portion of each express trunk on a subscriber demand basis |
US5319455A (en) * | 1990-09-28 | 1994-06-07 | Ictv Inc. | System for distributing customized commercials to television viewers |
DE69132600T2 (en) | 1990-10-01 | 2002-02-07 | Thomas A Bush | TRANSACTION PROCESSING SYSTEM |
US5223275A (en) | 1990-10-12 | 1993-06-29 | Gellert Jobst U | Multi-cavity injection moulding system |
US5204947A (en) | 1990-10-31 | 1993-04-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Application independent (open) hypermedia enablement services |
JPH04180458A (en) * | 1990-11-15 | 1992-06-26 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Facsimile equipment |
IT1241292B (en) † | 1990-11-22 | 1993-12-29 | Sisvel Spa | IMPROVEMENT OF SELECTION OF TELEVISION SIGNALS |
US5282028A (en) * | 1990-11-27 | 1994-01-25 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Remote control for digital music terminal with synchronized communications |
US5239540A (en) * | 1990-11-27 | 1993-08-24 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting, receiving and communicating digital data signals with corresponding program data signals which describe the digital data signals |
US5327554A (en) * | 1990-11-29 | 1994-07-05 | Palazzi Iii Michael A | Interactive terminal for the access of remote database information |
US5345580A (en) | 1990-11-29 | 1994-09-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Microprocessor device and emulator device thereof |
US5168372A (en) | 1990-11-29 | 1992-12-01 | Sweetser David J | Video control system |
WO1992009948A1 (en) | 1990-11-30 | 1992-06-11 | Vpl Research, Inc. | Improved method and apparatus for creating virtual worlds |
JP3181333B2 (en) * | 1990-11-30 | 2001-07-03 | 株式会社リコー | Folding order image forming device |
FR2670969B1 (en) | 1990-12-19 | 1993-04-16 | France Etat | TIME-FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, WITH CHANNEL STRUCTURING. |
US5172413A (en) * | 1990-12-20 | 1992-12-15 | Sasktel | Secure hierarchial video delivery system and method |
WO1992011713A1 (en) * | 1990-12-21 | 1992-07-09 | Gte Service Corporation | Method for providing video programming nearly on demand |
USD329238S (en) | 1990-12-21 | 1992-09-08 | Tandy Corporation | Universal remote controller |
US5565999A (en) * | 1990-12-21 | 1996-10-15 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Image data communication processing method, and apparatus therefor |
US5206722A (en) * | 1990-12-28 | 1993-04-27 | At&T Bell Laboratories | Remote channel switching for video on demand service |
US5253275A (en) * | 1991-01-07 | 1993-10-12 | H. Lee Browne | Audio and video transmission and receiving system |
US5132992A (en) * | 1991-01-07 | 1992-07-21 | Paul Yurt | Audio and video transmission and receiving system |
US5311423A (en) * | 1991-01-07 | 1994-05-10 | Gte Service Corporation | Schedule management method |
US5383112A (en) | 1991-01-07 | 1995-01-17 | Gte Service Corporation | Inventory management method |
JPH04245818A (en) * | 1991-01-31 | 1992-09-02 | Pioneer Electron Corp | Information transmission system |
US5367643A (en) | 1991-02-06 | 1994-11-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Generic high bandwidth adapter having data packet memory configured in three level hierarchy for temporary storage of variable length data packets |
JP3198119B2 (en) | 1991-02-18 | 2001-08-13 | 株式会社ブリヂストン | Rubber Crawler Structure |
US5285272A (en) * | 1991-02-26 | 1994-02-08 | Sasktel | Video store and forward on demand apparatus and method |
US5253341A (en) * | 1991-03-04 | 1993-10-12 | Rozmanith Anthony I | Remote query communication system |
US5241428A (en) | 1991-03-12 | 1993-08-31 | Goldwasser Eric P | Variable-delay video recorder |
BR9205792A (en) * | 1991-03-19 | 1994-06-28 | Scientific Atlanta | Process for generating and collecting statistics on screen, device for channel monitoring, device for recording and transmitting channel from remote terminal |
US5220649A (en) | 1991-03-20 | 1993-06-15 | Forcier Mitchell D | Script/binary-encoded-character processing method and system with moving space insertion mode |
US5270809A (en) | 1991-03-29 | 1993-12-14 | Scientific-Atlanta | Data return for a television transmission system |
US5192999A (en) * | 1991-04-25 | 1993-03-09 | Compuadd Corporation | Multipurpose computerized television |
CA2041210C (en) * | 1991-04-25 | 1998-12-29 | Michel Dufresne | Television audience data gathering |
CA2064508A1 (en) * | 1991-04-26 | 1992-10-27 | John D. Gerlach, Jr. | Methods and apparatus providing for a multimedia authoring and presentation system |
IT1254937B (en) * | 1991-05-06 | 1995-10-11 | DYNAMIC UPDATE OF NON-VOLATILE MEMORY IN A COMPUTER SYSTEM | |
US5185667A (en) | 1991-05-13 | 1993-02-09 | Telerobotics International, Inc. | Omniview motionless camera orientation system |
US5903319A (en) | 1991-05-13 | 1999-05-11 | Interactive Pictures Corporation | Method for eliminating temporal and spacial distortion from interlaced video signals |
US5384588A (en) | 1991-05-13 | 1995-01-24 | Telerobotics International, Inc. | System for omindirectional image viewing at a remote location without the transmission of control signals to select viewing parameters |
US5764276A (en) | 1991-05-13 | 1998-06-09 | Interactive Pictures Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing perceived video viewing experiences using still images |
JP2938611B2 (en) * | 1991-05-14 | 1999-08-23 | 富士通株式会社 | TV signal exchange system |
US5479508A (en) | 1991-05-22 | 1995-12-26 | Zenith Electronics Corp. | Method of operating a pay per view television system |
US5216515A (en) * | 1991-05-23 | 1993-06-01 | Adexpress Company | Addressable video feed system |
JP2622049B2 (en) * | 1991-05-24 | 1997-06-18 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Cable broadcasting system |
US5251909A (en) * | 1991-05-28 | 1993-10-12 | Reed Michael J | Secured high throughput data channel for public broadcast system |
FR2677166B1 (en) | 1991-05-30 | 1993-08-06 | Alsthom Gec | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A CONTACT TULIP AND CONTACT TULIP CARRIED OUT ACCORDING TO THE METHOD. |
US5151785A (en) * | 1991-06-04 | 1992-09-29 | Zenith Electronics Corporation | HDTV transmission system with reduced susceptibility to NTSC cochannel interference |
JP3129762B2 (en) | 1991-06-06 | 2001-01-31 | シャープ株式会社 | Small information terminal |
US5237614A (en) * | 1991-06-07 | 1993-08-17 | Security Dynamics Technologies, Inc. | Integrated network security system |
CA2044574A1 (en) | 1991-06-13 | 1992-12-14 | Frederick James Anderson | Information distribution through a communication subscription system utilizing an interactive storage and retrieval device |
US5236199A (en) | 1991-06-13 | 1993-08-17 | Thompson Jr John W | Interactive media system and telecomputing method using telephone keypad signalling |
US5387941A (en) * | 1991-06-14 | 1995-02-07 | Wavephore, Inc. | Data with video transmitter |
US5805677A (en) | 1991-07-11 | 1998-09-08 | Sbc Technology Resources, Inc. | Apparatus for facilitating the display of information relating to the origin of a third source caller |
JP3308562B2 (en) * | 1991-07-15 | 2002-07-29 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Video conference terminal |
CA2048039A1 (en) | 1991-07-19 | 1993-01-20 | Steven Derose | Data processing system and method for generating a representation for and random access rendering of electronic documents |
US5293540A (en) * | 1991-07-29 | 1994-03-08 | Nview Corporation | Method and apparatus for merging independently generated internal video with external video |
US5367330A (en) | 1991-08-01 | 1994-11-22 | Luther Haave | Pay-per-view television delivery system |
US5237311A (en) * | 1991-08-01 | 1993-08-17 | Picker International, Inc. | Hingedly supported integrated trackball and selection device |
US5210611A (en) | 1991-08-12 | 1993-05-11 | Keen Y. Yee | Automatic tuning radio/TV using filtered seek |
US5638505A (en) | 1991-08-16 | 1997-06-10 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for moving/copying objects using destination and/or source bins |
US5488409A (en) | 1991-08-19 | 1996-01-30 | Yuen; Henry C. | Apparatus and method for tracking the playing of VCR programs |
DE69226223T2 (en) * | 1991-08-21 | 1998-12-24 | Sgs Thomson Microelectronics | Contact alignment for read-only memory |
US5367621A (en) | 1991-09-06 | 1994-11-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data processing method to provide a generalized link from a reference point in an on-line book to an arbitrary multimedia object which can be dynamically updated |
US5289271A (en) * | 1991-09-09 | 1994-02-22 | Watson John C | Cable television-usage system |
JPH0575944A (en) * | 1991-09-10 | 1993-03-26 | Sony Corp | Television receiver |
JP2002504271A (en) * | 1991-09-10 | 2002-02-05 | ハイブリッド・ネットワークス・インコーポレイテッド | Remote link adapter for TV broadcast data transmission system |
US5528281A (en) * | 1991-09-27 | 1996-06-18 | Bell Atlantic Network Services | Method and system for accessing multimedia data over public switched telephone network |
US5247347A (en) * | 1991-09-27 | 1993-09-21 | Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc. | Pstn architecture for video-on-demand services |
US5404393A (en) * | 1991-10-03 | 1995-04-04 | Viscorp | Method and apparatus for interactive television through use of menu windows |
US5396546A (en) * | 1991-10-03 | 1995-03-07 | Viscorp | Apparatus and method for automatic and user configurable information appliance |
US5231494A (en) * | 1991-10-08 | 1993-07-27 | General Instrument Corporation | Selection of compressed television signals from single channel allocation based on viewer characteristics |
US5524193A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1996-06-04 | And Communications | Interactive multimedia annotation method and apparatus |
US5173051B1 (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1997-06-10 | Optical Data Corp | Curriculum planning and publishing method |
US5416508A (en) * | 1991-10-22 | 1995-05-16 | Pioneer Electronic Corporation | CATV system with transmission of program schedules, linked program broadcasts, and permissive ordering periods |
US5350303A (en) | 1991-10-24 | 1994-09-27 | At&T Bell Laboratories | Method for accessing information in a computer |
US5235419A (en) | 1991-10-24 | 1993-08-10 | General Instrument Corporation | Adaptive motion compensation using a plurality of motion compensators |
US5182639A (en) * | 1991-10-30 | 1993-01-26 | Suganda Jutamulia | Real-time analytic pseudocolor encoder system |
US5195022A (en) * | 1991-11-01 | 1993-03-16 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Removable mass storage module for computer systems |
US5404505A (en) * | 1991-11-01 | 1995-04-04 | Finisar Corporation | System for scheduling transmission of indexed and requested database tiers on demand at varying repetition rates |
US5315711A (en) | 1991-11-01 | 1994-05-24 | Unisys Corporation | Method and apparatus for remotely and centrally controlling a plurality of host processors |
WO1993009490A1 (en) | 1991-11-04 | 1993-05-13 | Vpr Systems Ltd. | Lap-top computer for retrieving and displaying text and graphic information encoded on personal library cd-rom |
US5734823A (en) | 1991-11-04 | 1998-03-31 | Microtome, Inc. | Systems and apparatus for electronic communication and storage of information |
US5428372A (en) | 1991-11-06 | 1995-06-27 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Multiple-use thermal image transfer recording method |
US5632022A (en) | 1991-11-13 | 1997-05-20 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration | Encyclopedia of software components |
GB9124337D0 (en) | 1991-11-15 | 1992-01-08 | Philips Electronic Associated | Method of storing user information items and apparatus for reproducing stored items |
US5343239A (en) | 1991-11-20 | 1994-08-30 | Zing Systems, L.P. | Transaction based interactive television system |
JPH05143476A (en) | 1991-11-20 | 1993-06-11 | Fujitsu Ltd | Diagnostic system for instruction queue |
JP3120085B2 (en) | 1991-11-21 | 2000-12-25 | 株式会社セガ | Electronic devices and information carriers |
US20040261127A1 (en) * | 1991-11-25 | 2004-12-23 | Actv, Inc. | Digital interactive system for providing full interactivity with programming events |
US5724091A (en) | 1991-11-25 | 1998-03-03 | Actv, Inc. | Compressed digital data interactive program system |
US20010013123A1 (en) | 1991-11-25 | 2001-08-09 | Freeman Michael J. | Customized program creation by splicing server based video, audio, or graphical segments |
US5497187A (en) | 1991-11-29 | 1996-03-05 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | In-band/out-of-band data transmission method and apparatus for a television system |
US5317391A (en) | 1991-11-29 | 1994-05-31 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing message information to subscribers in a cable television system |
US5477262A (en) | 1991-11-29 | 1995-12-19 | Scientific-Altanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing an on-screen user interface for a subscription television terminal |
US5247364A (en) | 1991-11-29 | 1993-09-21 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for tuning data channels in a subscription television system having in-band data transmissions |
US5335313A (en) * | 1991-12-03 | 1994-08-02 | Douglas Terry L | Voice-actuated, speaker-dependent control system for hospital bed |
JP2793399B2 (en) | 1991-12-09 | 1998-09-03 | 日本電気株式会社 | Buffer device |
MY111174A (en) | 1991-12-13 | 1999-09-30 | Thomson Consumer Electronics Inc | On/off control of a cable converter unit by a vcr |
US5319649A (en) | 1991-12-27 | 1994-06-07 | Comstream Corporation | Transmission systems and decoders therefor |
GB9200281D0 (en) * | 1992-01-08 | 1992-02-26 | Thomson Consumer Electronics | A pip horizontal panning circuit for wide screen television |
US5689648A (en) | 1992-01-31 | 1997-11-18 | Raychem Corporation | Method and apparatus for publication of information |
JP3328951B2 (en) * | 1992-02-07 | 2002-09-30 | ソニー株式会社 | TV receiver and tuning method |
US5953485A (en) | 1992-02-07 | 1999-09-14 | Abecassis; Max | Method and system for maintaining audio during video control |
US5390348A (en) * | 1992-02-12 | 1995-02-14 | Creative Digital Inc. | System for tracking and correcting drift and dispersion in satellite transmission signals |
JP3299771B2 (en) | 1992-02-18 | 2002-07-08 | パイオニア株式会社 | Teletext receiver |
US5495581A (en) | 1992-02-25 | 1996-02-27 | Tsai; Irving | Method and apparatus for linking a document with associated reference information using pattern matching |
US5446891A (en) | 1992-02-26 | 1995-08-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | System for adjusting hypertext links with weighed user goals and activities |
US5341166A (en) * | 1992-02-27 | 1994-08-23 | Video Control Technology, Inc. | System for controlling selected devices having unique sets of control codes |
JPH05250106A (en) * | 1992-03-04 | 1993-09-28 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Cd-rom retrieving device |
US5418957A (en) | 1992-03-09 | 1995-05-23 | Narayan; Rom | Network data dictionary |
US5432561A (en) * | 1992-03-27 | 1995-07-11 | North American Philips Corporation | System for automatically activating picture-in-picture when an auxiliary signal is detected |
US5444853A (en) | 1992-03-31 | 1995-08-22 | Seiko Epson Corporation | System and method for transferring data between a plurality of virtual FIFO's and a peripheral via a hardware FIFO and selectively updating control information associated with the virtual FIFO's |
DE4212184A1 (en) | 1992-04-10 | 1993-10-14 | Bosch Gmbh Robert | Hydraulic control unit for double acting working cylinder esp. in vehicle steering unit - controls both working volumes by one 4/3-way valve with hydraulic shut off valve connected between each working vol. and 4/3-way valve |
US5528490A (en) | 1992-04-10 | 1996-06-18 | Charles E. Hill & Associates, Inc. | Electronic catalog system and method |
JP2659896B2 (en) | 1992-04-29 | 1997-09-30 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション | Structured document copy management method and structured document copy management device |
US5262875A (en) | 1992-04-30 | 1993-11-16 | Instant Video Technologies, Inc. | Audio/video file server including decompression/playback means |
CA2257657A1 (en) | 1992-05-08 | 1993-11-25 | Market Data Corporation | Restricted information distribution system apparatus and methods |
US5371532A (en) | 1992-05-15 | 1994-12-06 | Bell Communications Research, Inc. | Communications architecture and method for distributing information services |
US5341474A (en) * | 1992-05-15 | 1994-08-23 | Bell Communications Research, Inc. | Communications architecture and buffer for distributing information services |
EP0570785B1 (en) * | 1992-05-19 | 1997-10-01 | THOMSON multimedia | Method and apparatus for device control by data transmission in TV lines |
US5469206A (en) * | 1992-05-27 | 1995-11-21 | Philips Electronics North America Corporation | System and method for automatically correlating user preferences with electronic shopping information |
JP2986613B2 (en) * | 1992-05-27 | 1999-12-06 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Optical transmission module |
US5223924A (en) * | 1992-05-27 | 1993-06-29 | North American Philips Corporation | System and method for automatically correlating user preferences with a T.V. program information database |
US5291554A (en) | 1992-05-28 | 1994-03-01 | Tv Answer, Inc. | Shared-price custom video rentals via interactive TV |
JPH05334167A (en) * | 1992-05-28 | 1993-12-17 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Network file system managing device |
US5375068A (en) * | 1992-06-03 | 1994-12-20 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Video teleconferencing for networked workstations |
US5703965A (en) | 1992-06-05 | 1997-12-30 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Image compression/decompression based on mathematical transform, reduction/expansion, and image sharpening |
US5311325A (en) | 1992-06-10 | 1994-05-10 | Scientific Atlanta, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing periodic subscription television services |
US5689663A (en) * | 1992-06-19 | 1997-11-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Remote controller user interface and methods relating thereto |
US5838368A (en) | 1992-06-22 | 1998-11-17 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Remote camera control system with compensation for signal transmission delay |
US5835732A (en) | 1993-10-28 | 1998-11-10 | Elonex Ip Holdings, Ltd. | Miniature digital assistant having enhanced host communication |
JPH0619978A (en) | 1992-06-30 | 1994-01-28 | Sony Corp | Reproducing and display device |
CA2139861A1 (en) | 1992-07-08 | 1994-01-20 | Bernard J. Craig | Media server for supplying video and multi-media data over the public telephone switched network |
US5222136A (en) | 1992-07-23 | 1993-06-22 | Crest Industries, Inc. | Encrypted communication system |
JP3114375B2 (en) | 1992-07-24 | 2000-12-04 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Liquid fuel supply device |
JPH0646419A (en) | 1992-07-27 | 1994-02-18 | Lsi Japan Kk | Tv charging system |
DE69331869T2 (en) | 1992-08-06 | 2002-08-29 | Fujitsu Ltd | Transaction processing system using a radio transmitting teletext system |
US5412416A (en) * | 1992-08-07 | 1995-05-02 | Nbl Communications, Inc. | Video media distribution network apparatus and method |
JPH0668339A (en) * | 1992-08-19 | 1994-03-11 | Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd | Electronic journal system |
US5502576A (en) * | 1992-08-24 | 1996-03-26 | Ramsay International Corporation | Method and apparatus for the transmission, storage, and retrieval of documents in an electronic domain |
JP3579061B2 (en) | 1992-08-31 | 2004-10-20 | 株式会社東芝 | Display device |
US5432542A (en) * | 1992-08-31 | 1995-07-11 | Television Computer, Inc. | Television receiver location identification |
EP0586954B1 (en) | 1992-09-11 | 2004-11-03 | Siemens Information & Communication Networks, Inc. | Techniques for producing PC displays and printed transcripts from voicemail messages |
US5383044B1 (en) | 1992-09-18 | 1998-09-01 | Recoton Corp | Systems methods and apparatus for transmitting radio frequency remote control signals |
USD362429S (en) * | 1992-09-18 | 1995-09-19 | Booklink Corporation | Electronic book library for storing digitized computer readable material |
WO1994007327A1 (en) | 1992-09-21 | 1994-03-31 | Rolm Company | Method and apparatus for on-screen camera control in video-conference equipment |
US5586235A (en) | 1992-09-25 | 1996-12-17 | Kauffman; Ivan J. | Interactive multimedia system and method |
US5739814A (en) | 1992-09-28 | 1998-04-14 | Sega Enterprises | Information storage system and book device for providing information in response to the user specification |
US5799071A (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1998-08-25 | Azar; Sanjar | Telecommunications cost-minimizing system |
KR960010469B1 (en) * | 1992-10-07 | 1996-08-01 | 대우전자 주식회사 | Digital hdtv having pip function |
FR2696890B1 (en) | 1992-10-08 | 1994-11-04 | Alcatel Espace | Data transmission system in a satellite. |
US5644354A (en) | 1992-10-09 | 1997-07-01 | Prevue Interactive, Inc. | Interactive video system |
US5420974A (en) | 1992-10-15 | 1995-05-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multimedia complex form creation, display and editing method apparatus |
US5446490A (en) * | 1992-10-23 | 1995-08-29 | At&T Corp. | Interactive television with tailored programming |
US5418559A (en) | 1992-10-23 | 1995-05-23 | At&T Corp. | Multi-channel television converter for conventional and interactive signals |
US5388101A (en) | 1992-10-26 | 1995-02-07 | Eon Corporation | Interactive nationwide data service communication system for stationary and mobile battery operated subscriber units |
US5742329A (en) | 1992-10-26 | 1998-04-21 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Image pickup system and communication system for use in video conference system or the like |
US5400401A (en) * | 1992-10-30 | 1995-03-21 | Scientific Atlanta, Inc. | System and method for transmitting a plurality of digital services |
US5359601A (en) | 1992-10-30 | 1994-10-25 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Apparatus providing dynamic virtual service selection in a multi-service communications system |
US5539871A (en) * | 1992-11-02 | 1996-07-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for accessing associated data sets in a multimedia environment in a data processing system |
US5319707A (en) * | 1992-11-02 | 1994-06-07 | Scientific Atlanta | System and method for multiplexing a plurality of digital program services for transmission to remote locations |
USD346620S (en) | 1992-11-04 | 1994-05-03 | Mcsorley Jeffrey E | Electronic book for displaying sheet music |
US5537153A (en) * | 1992-11-16 | 1996-07-16 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Television signal transmission and reception system with multi-screen display for tuning operation |
US5398074A (en) * | 1992-11-24 | 1995-03-14 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. | Programmable picture-outside-picture display |
US5357276A (en) * | 1992-12-01 | 1994-10-18 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Method of providing video on demand with VCR like functions |
EP0672277B1 (en) | 1992-12-01 | 1998-05-13 | Microsoft Corporation | A method and system for in-place interaction with embedded objects |
US5367571A (en) * | 1992-12-02 | 1994-11-22 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Subscriber terminal with plug in expansion card |
US5657414A (en) * | 1992-12-01 | 1997-08-12 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Auxiliary device control for a subscriber terminal |
US5440632A (en) * | 1992-12-02 | 1995-08-08 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Reprogrammable subscriber terminal |
US5341425A (en) | 1992-12-02 | 1994-08-23 | Scientific Atlanta, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for uniquely encrypting data at a plurality of data transmission sites for transmission to a reception site |
US5410326A (en) * | 1992-12-04 | 1995-04-25 | Goldstein; Steven W. | Programmable remote control device for interacting with a plurality of remotely controlled devices |
US5600364A (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1997-02-04 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Network controller for cable television delivery systems |
US5798785A (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1998-08-25 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system |
US5986690A (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1999-11-16 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Electronic book selection and delivery system |
US7835989B1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 2010-11-16 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Electronic book alternative delivery systems |
US5600573A (en) * | 1992-12-09 | 1997-02-04 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Operations center with video storage for a television program packaging and delivery system |
US5659350A (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1997-08-19 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Operations center for a television program packaging and delivery system |
US6201536B1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 2001-03-13 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Network manager for cable television system headends |
ATE183352T1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1999-08-15 | Discovery Communicat Inc | IMPROVED TOP-UP TERMINAL FOR CABLE TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS |
US6463585B1 (en) | 1992-12-09 | 2002-10-08 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Targeted advertisement using television delivery systems |
US5341426A (en) | 1992-12-15 | 1994-08-23 | Motorola, Inc. | Cryptographic key management apparatus and method |
US5483277A (en) * | 1992-12-15 | 1996-01-09 | Alcatel Network Systems | Simplified set-top converter for broadband switched network |
US5465401A (en) | 1992-12-15 | 1995-11-07 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Communication system and methods for enhanced information transfer |
US5392387A (en) | 1992-12-17 | 1995-02-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for enhanced data access efficiency in an electronic book |
JP3360856B2 (en) | 1992-12-18 | 2003-01-07 | 富士通株式会社 | Processor |
US5389964A (en) | 1992-12-30 | 1995-02-14 | Information Resources, Inc. | Broadcast channel substitution method and apparatus |
TW234223B (en) | 1993-01-05 | 1994-11-11 | Yuen Henry C | |
US5544320A (en) | 1993-01-08 | 1996-08-06 | Konrad; Allan M. | Remote information service access system based on a client-server-service model |
US5323249A (en) * | 1993-01-12 | 1994-06-21 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Method for reproducing color images having one color gamut with a device having a different color gamut |
US5349638A (en) * | 1993-01-25 | 1994-09-20 | Micro-Technology Inc.-Wisconsin | Universal calling/originating number identification |
US5890122A (en) | 1993-02-08 | 1999-03-30 | Microsoft Corporation | Voice-controlled computer simulateously displaying application menu and list of available commands |
US5491821A (en) | 1993-02-24 | 1996-02-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for incremental processing of computer objects |
JPH06250895A (en) | 1993-02-26 | 1994-09-09 | Fujitsu Ltd | Structured data base system |
GB9303998D0 (en) | 1993-02-26 | 1993-04-14 | Chater Ian | Introduction system |
JPH06337896A (en) * | 1993-03-31 | 1994-12-06 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Device and method for retrieving electronic book display |
US5426594A (en) | 1993-04-02 | 1995-06-20 | Motorola, Inc. | Electronic greeting card store and communication system |
JPH06303607A (en) | 1993-04-15 | 1994-10-28 | Canon Inc | Video conference system and its control method |
CA2121151A1 (en) | 1993-04-16 | 1994-10-17 | Trevor Lambert | Method and apparatus for automatic insertion of a television signal from a remote source |
US5437052A (en) * | 1993-04-16 | 1995-07-25 | Conifer Corporation | MMDS over-the-air bi-directional TV/data transmission system and method therefor |
JPH06311119A (en) | 1993-04-20 | 1994-11-04 | Sony Corp | Data broadcasting system |
US5408258A (en) | 1993-04-21 | 1995-04-18 | The Arbitron Company | Method of automatically qualifying a signal reproduction device for installation of monitoring equipment |
USD349923S (en) | 1993-04-26 | 1994-08-23 | Western Publishing Company, Inc. | Electronic book |
TW318315B (en) | 1993-05-03 | 1997-10-21 | At & T Corp | |
US5539449A (en) * | 1993-05-03 | 1996-07-23 | At&T Corp. | Integrated television services system |
US5565908A (en) | 1993-05-07 | 1996-10-15 | Kayon Systems, Inc. | Bi-directional system for providing information, management, and entertainment services |
JP3343990B2 (en) | 1993-05-19 | 2002-11-11 | ソニー株式会社 | Magnetic disk drive |
US5524195A (en) | 1993-05-24 | 1996-06-04 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Graphical user interface for interactive television with an animated agent |
US5375160A (en) | 1993-05-28 | 1994-12-20 | Ledler Corporation | Interface apparatus for effecting captioning and communications between a telephone line and a television |
US5486278A (en) | 1993-06-02 | 1996-01-23 | Moltech Invent S.A. | Treating prebaked carbon components for aluminum production, the treated components thereof, and the components use in an electrolytic cell |
US5365434A (en) | 1993-06-04 | 1994-11-15 | Carolyn E. Carlson | Book enhancer |
US5579055A (en) | 1993-06-07 | 1996-11-26 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Electronic program guide and text channel data controller |
US5485221A (en) | 1993-06-07 | 1996-01-16 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Subscription television system and terminal for enabling simultaneous display of multiple services |
BR9406793A (en) | 1993-06-07 | 1996-01-30 | Scientific Atlanta | Subscriber terminal display system for pay-TV system display system to generate a first video signal and process in display system to generate a first video signal |
TW235358B (en) | 1993-06-11 | 1994-12-01 | Philips Electronics Nv | CD-I pointer device with 8 directions, 1 pixel/update |
US5408465A (en) | 1993-06-21 | 1995-04-18 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Flexible scheme for admission control of multimedia streams on integrated networks |
US5594509A (en) | 1993-06-22 | 1997-01-14 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method and apparatus for audio-visual interface for the display of multiple levels of information on a display |
US5621456A (en) * | 1993-06-22 | 1997-04-15 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for audio-visual interface for the display of multiple program categories |
US5583560A (en) * | 1993-06-22 | 1996-12-10 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method and apparatus for audio-visual interface for the selective display of listing information on a display |
US5544342A (en) | 1993-06-30 | 1996-08-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for prefetching information in a processing system |
EP0632397A3 (en) | 1993-07-02 | 1995-08-16 | Nippon Telegraph & Telephone | Book data service system with data delivery by broadcasting. |
US5414455A (en) | 1993-07-07 | 1995-05-09 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Segmented video on demand system |
US5329590A (en) * | 1993-07-08 | 1994-07-12 | Uniden America Corporation | Automatic pay-per-view reception in a satellite receiver |
US5469431A (en) | 1993-07-12 | 1995-11-21 | Philips Electronics North America Corp. | Method of and apparatus for channel mapping with relative service identification |
US5355162A (en) * | 1993-07-13 | 1994-10-11 | Pacific Ray Video Limited | Multi-standard cable television system |
US5621658A (en) * | 1993-07-13 | 1997-04-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for communicating an electronic action from a data processing system to another data processing system via an audio device |
US5481296A (en) * | 1993-08-06 | 1996-01-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Apparatus and method for selectively viewing video information |
US5437552A (en) | 1993-08-13 | 1995-08-01 | Western Publishing Co., Inc. | Interactive audio-visual work |
IL106746A (en) | 1993-08-19 | 1997-02-18 | News Datacom Ltd | CATV systems |
US5442626A (en) * | 1993-08-24 | 1995-08-15 | At&T Corp. | Digital communications system with symbol multiplexers |
US5666493A (en) | 1993-08-24 | 1997-09-09 | Lykes Bros., Inc. | System for managing customer orders and method of implementation |
US5581560A (en) | 1993-08-27 | 1996-12-03 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Communication apparatus and method for simultaneous communication of audio and data signals with improved audio control |
US5377258A (en) | 1993-08-30 | 1994-12-27 | National Medical Research Council | Method and apparatus for an automated and interactive behavioral guidance system |
JPH0764893A (en) * | 1993-08-31 | 1995-03-10 | Canon Inc | Network system |
FI97517C (en) | 1993-09-06 | 1996-12-27 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd | Packet data transmission in a digital cellular network |
US6418556B1 (en) * | 1993-09-09 | 2002-07-09 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method |
US5589892A (en) | 1993-09-09 | 1996-12-31 | Knee; Robert A. | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with data feed access |
US5499330A (en) | 1993-09-17 | 1996-03-12 | Digital Equipment Corp. | Document display system for organizing and displaying documents as screen objects organized along strand paths |
JP2781345B2 (en) | 1993-09-20 | 1998-07-30 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Information playback device |
GB2298104B (en) | 1993-09-20 | 1998-04-29 | Motorola Inc | Method and apparatus for trunked telephone access to a cable network |
US5410344A (en) * | 1993-09-22 | 1995-04-25 | Arrowsmith Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method of selecting video programs based on viewers' preferences |
US5491785A (en) | 1993-09-30 | 1996-02-13 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Information retrieval device for displaying and directly refreshing the display of a dynamically modifiable document |
US5689641A (en) | 1993-10-01 | 1997-11-18 | Vicor, Inc. | Multimedia collaboration system arrangement for routing compressed AV signal through a participant site without decompressing the AV signal |
US5638426A (en) | 1993-10-12 | 1997-06-10 | Multimedia Systems Corporation | Interactive system for a closed cable network |
JPH07175868A (en) | 1993-10-15 | 1995-07-14 | Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> | Method and system for output of digital information to medium |
CA2174336A1 (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1995-04-27 | Leo M. Cortjens | Adaptive videoconferencing system |
US5572625A (en) | 1993-10-22 | 1996-11-05 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Method for generating audio renderings of digitized works having highly technical content |
US5631693A (en) | 1993-10-25 | 1997-05-20 | Antec Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing on demand services in a subscriber system |
US5426699A (en) | 1993-10-25 | 1995-06-20 | Antec Corporation | Method and apparatus for digitizing a scrambled analog video signal |
US5481294A (en) * | 1993-10-27 | 1996-01-02 | A. C. Nielsen Company | Audience measurement system utilizing ancillary codes and passive signatures |
US5630006A (en) | 1993-10-29 | 1997-05-13 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Multi-scene recording medium and apparatus for reproducing data therefrom |
JPH07177277A (en) | 1993-11-02 | 1995-07-14 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Image document circulation device |
US5524201A (en) * | 1993-11-03 | 1996-06-04 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method of preparing an electronic book for a computer system |
US6243071B1 (en) * | 1993-11-03 | 2001-06-05 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Tool set for navigating through an electronic book |
US5771354A (en) * | 1993-11-04 | 1998-06-23 | Crawford; Christopher M. | Internet online backup system provides remote storage for customers using IDs and passwords which were interactively established when signing up for backup services |
US5481542A (en) * | 1993-11-10 | 1996-01-02 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Interactive information services control system |
US5524110A (en) | 1993-11-24 | 1996-06-04 | Intel Corporation | Conferencing over multiple transports |
US5490247A (en) | 1993-11-24 | 1996-02-06 | Intel Corporation | Video subsystem for computer-based conferencing system |
US5473362A (en) * | 1993-11-30 | 1995-12-05 | Microsoft Corporation | Video on demand system comprising stripped data across plural storable devices with time multiplex scheduling |
CA2459779C (en) | 1993-12-02 | 2011-02-01 | Discovery Communications, Inc. | Electronic book selection and delivery system having text in multiple formats |
JP3237362B2 (en) | 1993-12-27 | 2001-12-10 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Program guide display device |
US5594493A (en) | 1994-01-19 | 1997-01-14 | Nemirofsky; Frank R. | Television signal activated interactive smart card system |
US5880769A (en) | 1994-01-19 | 1999-03-09 | Smarttv Co. | Interactive smart card system for integrating the provision of remote and local services |
US5509074A (en) | 1994-01-27 | 1996-04-16 | At&T Corp. | Method of protecting electronically published materials using cryptographic protocols |
US5534888A (en) * | 1994-02-03 | 1996-07-09 | Motorola | Electronic book |
US5466158A (en) | 1994-02-14 | 1995-11-14 | Smith, Iii; Jay | Interactive book device |
US6298441B1 (en) | 1994-03-10 | 2001-10-02 | News Datacom Ltd. | Secure document access system |
TW236744B (en) | 1994-03-23 | 1994-12-21 | Thomson Consumer Electronics | |
US5500794A (en) | 1994-03-31 | 1996-03-19 | Panasonic Technologies, Inc. | Distribution system and method for menu-driven user interface |
US5598523A (en) | 1994-03-31 | 1997-01-28 | Panasonic Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for displayed menu activation using a matching distinctive arrangement of keypad actuators |
US5602596A (en) | 1994-04-08 | 1997-02-11 | U S West Technologies, Inc. | Method for navigating a complex multimedia structure at an interactive user station |
US5537141A (en) | 1994-04-15 | 1996-07-16 | Actv, Inc. | Distance learning system providing individual television participation, audio responses and memory for every student |
US5768521A (en) | 1994-05-16 | 1998-06-16 | Intel Corporation | General purpose metering mechanism for distribution of electronic information |
US5630125A (en) | 1994-05-23 | 1997-05-13 | Zellweger; Paul | Method and apparatus for information management using an open hierarchical data structure |
US5521631A (en) | 1994-05-25 | 1996-05-28 | Spectravision, Inc. | Interactive digital video services system with store and forward capabilities |
US5477263A (en) * | 1994-05-26 | 1995-12-19 | Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc. | Method and apparatus for video on demand with fast forward, reverse and channel pause |
US5818511A (en) | 1994-05-27 | 1998-10-06 | Bell Atlantic | Full service network |
AU2820695A (en) | 1994-06-08 | 1996-01-04 | Futurevision Of America Corp. | Interactive broadband multimedia system |
US5425102A (en) | 1994-06-09 | 1995-06-13 | Datasonix Corporation | Computer security apparatus with password hints |
US5475682A (en) | 1994-06-10 | 1995-12-12 | At&T Corp. | Method of regulating backpressure traffic in a packet switched network |
US5526469A (en) | 1994-06-14 | 1996-06-11 | Xerox Corporation | System for printing image data in a versatile print server |
JPH088853A (en) | 1994-06-24 | 1996-01-12 | Sony Corp | Scrambling device and descrambling device |
US5787171A (en) | 1994-06-28 | 1998-07-28 | Sony Corporation | Data transmitter and receiver |
US5453796A (en) | 1994-06-28 | 1995-09-26 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. | Signal swap apparatus for a television receiver having an HDTV main picture signal processor and an NTSC Pix-in-Pix signal processor |
US5624265A (en) | 1994-07-01 | 1997-04-29 | Tv Interactive Data Corporation | Printed publication remote contol for accessing interactive media |
US5555441A (en) | 1994-08-02 | 1996-09-10 | Interim Design Inc. | Interactive audiovisual distribution system |
US5640193A (en) | 1994-08-15 | 1997-06-17 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Multimedia service access by reading marks on an object |
US5600775A (en) | 1994-08-26 | 1997-02-04 | Emotion, Inc. | Method and apparatus for annotating full motion video and other indexed data structures |
US5515098A (en) * | 1994-09-08 | 1996-05-07 | Carles; John B. | System and method for selectively distributing commercial messages over a communications network |
US5586264A (en) | 1994-09-08 | 1996-12-17 | Ibm Corporation | Video optimized media streamer with cache management |
US5682325A (en) | 1994-09-12 | 1997-10-28 | Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc. | Level 1 gateway for video tone networks |
EP0701220B1 (en) * | 1994-09-12 | 2001-07-04 | Adobe Systems Inc. | Method and apparatus for viewing electronic documents |
US5604824A (en) | 1994-09-22 | 1997-02-18 | Houston Advanced Research Center | Method and apparatus for compression and decompression of documents and the like using splines and spline-wavelets |
US5715314A (en) | 1994-10-24 | 1998-02-03 | Open Market, Inc. | Network sales system |
US5608449A (en) | 1994-10-31 | 1997-03-04 | Rtc Industries, Inc. | Wireless interactive consumer video system |
WO1996015517A2 (en) | 1994-11-02 | 1996-05-23 | Visible Interactive Corporation | Interactive personal interpretive device and system for retrieving information about a plurality of objects |
US5724521A (en) | 1994-11-03 | 1998-03-03 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing electronic advertisements to end users in a consumer best-fit pricing manner |
US5600368A (en) | 1994-11-09 | 1997-02-04 | Microsoft Corporation | Interactive television system and method for viewer control of multiple camera viewpoints in broadcast programming |
US5727065A (en) | 1994-11-14 | 1998-03-10 | Hughes Electronics | Deferred billing, broadcast, electronic document distribution system and method |
US7613659B1 (en) | 1994-11-28 | 2009-11-03 | Yt Acquisition Corporation | System and method for processing tokenless biometric electronic transmissions using an electronic rule module clearinghouse |
US5629733A (en) | 1994-11-29 | 1997-05-13 | News America Publications, Inc. | Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with display and search of program listings by title |
US6460036B1 (en) | 1994-11-29 | 2002-10-01 | Pinpoint Incorporated | System and method for providing customized electronic newspapers and target advertisements |
US5758257A (en) | 1994-11-29 | 1998-05-26 | Herz; Frederick | System and method for scheduling broadcast of and access to video programs and other data using customer profiles |
US5799157A (en) | 1994-12-13 | 1998-08-25 | Elcom Systems, Inc. | System and method for creating interactive electronic systems to present information and execute transactions |
US5774170A (en) | 1994-12-13 | 1998-06-30 | Hite; Kenneth C. | System and method for delivering targeted advertisements to consumers |
US5512934A (en) | 1994-12-29 | 1996-04-30 | At&T Corp. | System and method for transmission of programming on demand |
US5754172A (en) | 1995-01-09 | 1998-05-19 | Sony Corporation | Information display method |
US5892900A (en) | 1996-08-30 | 1999-04-06 | Intertrust Technologies Corp. | Systems and methods for secure transaction management and electronic rights protection |
US5517502A (en) | 1995-03-02 | 1996-05-14 | Zenith Electronics Corp. | Upstream transmission using multiple transmission tags and downstream acknowledgements in conditional access packets |
US5696906A (en) | 1995-03-09 | 1997-12-09 | Continental Cablevision, Inc. | Telecommunicaion user account management system and method |
US5635918A (en) | 1995-03-16 | 1997-06-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for controlling message delivery to wireless receiver devices |
US5630103A (en) | 1995-03-20 | 1997-05-13 | Smith; Patrick C. | Radio transmission system for distribution of newspaper copy in computer format to personal computers for viewing |
US7116357B1 (en) | 1995-03-20 | 2006-10-03 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Camera monitoring system |
US5729471A (en) | 1995-03-31 | 1998-03-17 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Machine dynamic selection of one video camera/image of a scene from multiple video cameras/images of the scene in accordance with a particular perspective on the scene, an object in the scene, or an event in the scene |
ATE196984T1 (en) * | 1995-04-21 | 2000-11-15 | Gerd Werding | NAIL FOR FIXING THE POSITION AND FORM OF BROKEN TUBULAR BONES |
US5621793A (en) | 1995-05-05 | 1997-04-15 | Rubin, Bednarek & Associates, Inc. | TV set top box using GPS |
US5721832A (en) | 1995-05-12 | 1998-02-24 | Regal Greetings & Gifts Inc. | Method and apparatus for an interactive computerized catalog system |
US5721956A (en) | 1995-05-15 | 1998-02-24 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method and apparatus for selective buffering of pages to provide continuous media data to multiple users |
US5721908A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-02-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Computer network for WWW server data access over internet |
US5740549A (en) | 1995-06-12 | 1998-04-14 | Pointcast, Inc. | Information and advertising distribution system and method |
US5818441A (en) | 1995-06-15 | 1998-10-06 | Intel Corporation | System and method for simulating two-way connectivity for one way data streams |
DE29510170U1 (en) | 1995-06-22 | 1995-11-30 | Siemens Ag | Pen-oriented small calculator in the form of a notepad |
US6119154A (en) | 1995-07-14 | 2000-09-12 | Oracle Corporation | Method and apparatus for non-sequential access to an in-progress video feed |
US6138147A (en) | 1995-07-14 | 2000-10-24 | Oracle Corporation | Method and apparatus for implementing seamless playback of continuous media feeds |
US5675390A (en) | 1995-07-17 | 1997-10-07 | Gateway 2000, Inc. | Home entertainment system combining complex processor capability with a high quality display |
US5710887A (en) | 1995-08-29 | 1998-01-20 | Broadvision | Computer system and method for electronic commerce |
JP3441306B2 (en) | 1995-09-12 | 2003-09-02 | 株式会社東芝 | Client device, message transmission method, server device, page processing method, and relay server device |
US5844600A (en) | 1995-09-15 | 1998-12-01 | General Datacomm, Inc. | Methods, apparatus, and systems for transporting multimedia conference data streams through a transport network |
US5745556A (en) | 1995-09-22 | 1998-04-28 | At&T Corp. | Interactive and information data services telephone billing system |
WO1997012328A1 (en) | 1995-09-25 | 1997-04-03 | Adobe Systems Incorporated | Optimum access to electronic documents |
US5682206A (en) | 1995-09-25 | 1997-10-28 | Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. | Consumer interface for programming device |
EP0766183B1 (en) | 1995-09-29 | 2002-12-04 | Hewlett-Packard Company, A Delaware Corporation | Browsing electronically stored information |
EP1986430A3 (en) | 1995-10-02 | 2012-06-27 | Starsight Telecast, Inc. | System and methods for providing television schedule information |
JP3029456U (en) | 1995-10-13 | 1996-10-01 | 由美子 中島 | Sound field controller |
US5788504A (en) | 1995-10-16 | 1998-08-04 | Brookhaven Science Associates Llc | Computerized training management system |
US5929932A (en) | 1995-10-24 | 1999-07-27 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Program guide display controller at user terminal of television broadcasting system |
US5737533A (en) | 1995-10-26 | 1998-04-07 | Wegener Internet Projects Bv | System for generating a virtual reality scene in response to a database search |
US5737747A (en) | 1995-10-27 | 1998-04-07 | Emc Corporation | Prefetching to service multiple video streams from an integrated cached disk array |
US5870717A (en) | 1995-11-13 | 1999-02-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | System for ordering items over computer network using an electronic catalog |
US5742680A (en) | 1995-11-13 | 1998-04-21 | E Star, Inc. | Set top box for receiving and decryption and descrambling a plurality of satellite television signals |
DE69632736T3 (en) | 1995-11-13 | 2009-07-09 | Gemstar Development Corp., Pasadena | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING TEXT OR GRAPHIC DATA ON A TV SCREEN |
US5802526A (en) | 1995-11-15 | 1998-09-01 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method for graphically displaying and navigating through an interactive voice response menu |
US5793414A (en) | 1995-11-15 | 1998-08-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | Interactive video communication system |
US5761485A (en) | 1995-12-01 | 1998-06-02 | Munyan; Daniel E. | Personal electronic book system |
US5726909A (en) | 1995-12-08 | 1998-03-10 | Krikorian; Thomas M. | Continuous play background music system |
EP0812452A4 (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1999-09-15 | Motorola Inc | System and method for limiting access to a book card |
AU1569897A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-07-03 | Motorola, Inc. | System and method of authoring tools for an electronic book |
AU1279597A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-07-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Electronic book diary and method for use therefor |
US5761682A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1998-06-02 | Motorola, Inc. | Electronic book and method of capturing and storing a quote therein |
WO1997022106A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-06-19 | Motorola Inc. | Electronic book and method of creating a personal log of reading activity therefor |
WO1997022100A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-06-19 | Motorola Inc. | Method and electronic book for creating a plurality of versions of a book |
AU1342797A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-07-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Electronic book and graphical user interface for selecting book to read therewith |
US5893132A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1999-04-06 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and system for encoding a book for reading using an electronic book |
AU1569997A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-07-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Method for abridging text in an electronic book |
US5815407A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1998-09-29 | Motorola Inc. | Method and device for inhibiting the operation of an electronic device during take-off and landing of an aircraft |
WO1997022107A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-06-19 | Motorola Inc. | Electronic book and graphical user interface to provide control thereof |
WO1997022101A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-06-19 | Motorola Inc. | Electronic book and method of selecting a primary font and a primary size for displaying text therewith |
WO1997022105A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-06-19 | Motorola Inc. | Electronic book and method of controlling a rate of information displayed thereby |
DE19681251T1 (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1998-08-20 | Motorola Inc | Method and device for storing and displaying text |
US5761681A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1998-06-02 | Motorola, Inc. | Method of substituting names in an electronic book |
US5661635A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-08-26 | Motorola, Inc. | Reusable housing and memory card therefor |
WO1997022080A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-06-19 | Motorola Inc. | System and method for an automatic library for a plurality of book cards |
AU1284397A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-07-03 | Motorola, Inc. | System for inhibiting the operation of an electronic device during take-off and landing of an aircraft |
AU1416597A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-07-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Electronic book and method of storing at least one book in an internal machine-readable storage medium |
AU1331597A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-07-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Electronic book and a method of displaying a relative position of a current page of a book therefor |
US5697793A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-12-16 | Motorola, Inc. | Electronic book and method of displaying at least one reading metric therefor |
AU1569797A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-07-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Electronic book and method of annotation therefor |
WO1997022104A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1997-06-19 | Motorola Inc. | Electronic book and method of displaying an animated page turn therefor |
US6675384B1 (en) | 1995-12-21 | 2004-01-06 | Robert S. Block | Method and apparatus for information labeling and control |
US5737725A (en) | 1996-01-09 | 1998-04-07 | U S West Marketing Resources Group, Inc. | Method and system for automatically generating new voice files corresponding to new text from a script |
EP0880840A4 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2002-10-23 | Mrj Inc | System for controlling access and distribution of digital property |
US5833468A (en) | 1996-01-24 | 1998-11-10 | Frederick R. Guy | Remote learning system using a television signal and a network connection |
US5790935A (en) | 1996-01-30 | 1998-08-04 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Virtual on-demand digital information delivery system and method |
US5930768A (en) | 1996-02-06 | 1999-07-27 | Supersonic Boom, Inc. | Method and system for remote user controlled manufacturing |
US5761606A (en) | 1996-02-08 | 1998-06-02 | Wolzien; Thomas R. | Media online services access via address embedded in video or audio program |
US5635989A (en) | 1996-02-13 | 1997-06-03 | Hughes Electronics | Method and apparatus for sorting and searching a television program guide |
US5862325A (en) | 1996-02-29 | 1999-01-19 | Intermind Corporation | Computer-based communication system and method using metadata defining a control structure |
JP3862315B2 (en) | 1996-03-13 | 2006-12-27 | キヤノン株式会社 | Image display apparatus and control method thereof |
US5893109A (en) | 1996-03-15 | 1999-04-06 | Inso Providence Corporation | Generation of chunks of a long document for an electronic book system |
US6025837A (en) | 1996-03-29 | 2000-02-15 | Micrsoft Corporation | Electronic program guide with hyperlinks to target resources |
DE69732062T2 (en) | 1996-03-29 | 2005-06-02 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Kadoma | Radio receiving apparatus for television signals and program display method |
US5862329A (en) | 1996-04-18 | 1999-01-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method system and article of manufacture for multi-casting audio visual material |
US5848396A (en) | 1996-04-26 | 1998-12-08 | Freedom Of Information, Inc. | Method and apparatus for determining behavioral profile of a computer user |
US6016484A (en) | 1996-04-26 | 2000-01-18 | Verifone, Inc. | System, method and article of manufacture for network electronic payment instrument and certification of payment and credit collection utilizing a payment |
WO1997041688A1 (en) | 1996-04-29 | 1997-11-06 | Agostino Richard J D | Video directory entertainment and marketing method and apparatus |
US5929849A (en) | 1996-05-02 | 1999-07-27 | Phoenix Technologies, Ltd. | Integration of dynamic universal resource locators with television presentations |
US5940073A (en) | 1996-05-03 | 1999-08-17 | Starsight Telecast Inc. | Method and system for displaying other information in a TV program guide |
DE69719858T2 (en) | 1996-05-13 | 2003-12-24 | Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd | Document display system and electronic dictionary |
US5761468A (en) | 1996-05-15 | 1998-06-02 | Sun Microsystems Inc | Hardware mechanism for optimizing instruction and data prefetching by forming augmented prefetch instructions |
US5815671A (en) | 1996-06-11 | 1998-09-29 | Command Audio Corporation | Method and apparatus for encoding and storing audio/video information for subsequent predetermined retrieval |
JP3663010B2 (en) | 1996-07-01 | 2005-06-22 | 三井鉱山株式会社 | Crusher |
DE69738619T2 (en) | 1996-07-23 | 2009-05-20 | Canon K.K. | Method and device for camera control |
US6279017B1 (en) | 1996-08-07 | 2001-08-21 | Randall C. Walker | Method and apparatus for displaying text based upon attributes found within the text |
US5956034A (en) | 1996-08-13 | 1999-09-21 | Softbook Press, Inc. | Method and apparatus for viewing electronic reading materials |
US5850629A (en) | 1996-09-09 | 1998-12-15 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | User interface controller for text-to-speech synthesizer |
ATE229214T1 (en) | 1996-09-25 | 2002-12-15 | Sylvan Learning Systems Inc | AUTOMATIC TESTING AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM FOR TEACHING THE TEACHING AND MANAGING STUDENTS |
US5881269A (en) | 1996-09-30 | 1999-03-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Simulation of multiple local area network clients on a single workstation |
US6012890A (en) | 1996-10-04 | 2000-01-11 | Instabook Corporation | Electronic bookstore vending machine |
DE19642178A1 (en) | 1996-10-12 | 1998-04-16 | Beiersdorf Ag | Electrically conductive transfer tape |
US6052717A (en) | 1996-10-23 | 2000-04-18 | Family Systems, Ltd. | Interactive web book system |
US6039575A (en) | 1996-10-24 | 2000-03-21 | National Education Corporation | Interactive learning system with pretest |
US5903652A (en) | 1996-11-25 | 1999-05-11 | Microsoft Corporation | System and apparatus for monitoring secure information in a computer network |
JP3311259B2 (en) | 1996-11-29 | 2002-08-05 | キヤノン株式会社 | Imaging control method and apparatus, imaging system, and storage medium storing program for executing the method |
US6177931B1 (en) | 1996-12-19 | 2001-01-23 | Index Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for displaying and recording control interface with television programs, video, advertising information and program scheduling information |
US6163316A (en) | 1997-01-03 | 2000-12-19 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Electronic programming system and method |
JP2751923B1 (en) | 1997-02-05 | 1998-05-18 | 日本電気株式会社 | Multipoint video conference system and multipoint video conference device |
US5850218A (en) * | 1997-02-19 | 1998-12-15 | Time Warner Entertainment Company L.P. | Inter-active program guide with default selection control |
US6091930A (en) | 1997-03-04 | 2000-07-18 | Case Western Reserve University | Customizable interactive textbook |
US5844890A (en) | 1997-03-25 | 1998-12-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Communications cell scheduler and scheduling method for providing proportional use of network bandwith |
US6452614B1 (en) | 1997-04-14 | 2002-09-17 | Siements Information And Communication Networks, Inc. | Organizing a user interface using different personae |
US6034680A (en) | 1997-04-25 | 2000-03-07 | Foundation For Concepts In Education, Inc. | Supplying supplementary information for printed books |
US5892915A (en) | 1997-04-25 | 1999-04-06 | Emc Corporation | System having client sending edit commands to server during transmission of continuous media from one clip in play list for editing the play list |
US6606603B1 (en) | 1997-04-28 | 2003-08-12 | Ariba, Inc. | Method and apparatus for ordering items using electronic catalogs |
US5864823A (en) | 1997-06-25 | 1999-01-26 | Virtel Corporation | Integrated virtual telecommunication system for E-commerce |
US5898852A (en) | 1997-06-26 | 1999-04-27 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Load instruction steering in a dual data cache microarchitecture |
CA2239339C (en) | 1997-07-18 | 2002-04-16 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing speaker authentication by verbal information verification using forced decoding |
US6252879B1 (en) | 1997-09-17 | 2001-06-26 | Sony Corporation | Single counter for controlling multiple finite state machines in a multi-port bridge for local area network |
US6631402B1 (en) | 1997-09-26 | 2003-10-07 | Worldcom, Inc. | Integrated proxy interface for web based report requester tool set |
US5986677A (en) | 1997-09-30 | 1999-11-16 | Compaq Computer Corporation | Accelerated graphics port read transaction merging |
US6101216A (en) | 1997-10-03 | 2000-08-08 | Rockwell International Corporation | Splitterless digital subscriber line communication system |
US6016141A (en) | 1997-10-06 | 2000-01-18 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television program guide system with pay program package promotion |
US6112049A (en) | 1997-10-21 | 2000-08-29 | The Riverside Publishing Company | Computer network based testing system |
US6154633A (en) * | 1997-10-22 | 2000-11-28 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for upgrading features and functions of a set top box in the field |
IL122194A0 (en) | 1997-11-13 | 1998-06-15 | Scidel Technologies Ltd | Method and apparatus for personalized images inserted into a video stream |
US6029045A (en) | 1997-12-09 | 2000-02-22 | Cogent Technology, Inc. | System and method for inserting local content into programming content |
DE19755742A1 (en) | 1997-12-16 | 1999-06-17 | Thomson Brandt Gmbh | Signaling incoming electronic message for certain addressee in on-line service |
US6006183A (en) | 1997-12-16 | 1999-12-21 | International Business Machines Corp. | Speech recognition confidence level display |
US6006236A (en) | 1997-12-22 | 1999-12-21 | Adobe Systems Incorporated | Virtual navigator that produces virtual links at run time for identifying links in an electronic file |
US6359881B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2002-03-19 | At&T Corp. | Hybrid fiber twisted pair local loop network service architecture |
US6385614B1 (en) | 1998-01-14 | 2002-05-07 | Netlibrary Inc. | Electronic bookshelf with multi-user features |
US6335678B1 (en) | 1998-02-26 | 2002-01-01 | Monec Holding Ag | Electronic device, preferably an electronic book |
US6331867B1 (en) | 1998-03-20 | 2001-12-18 | Nuvomedia, Inc. | Electronic book with automated look-up of terms of within reference titles |
US6101485A (en) | 1998-03-26 | 2000-08-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Electronic solicitations for internet commerce |
US6182050B1 (en) | 1998-05-28 | 2001-01-30 | Acceleration Software International Corporation | Advertisements distributed on-line using target criteria screening with method for maintaining end user privacy |
US6698020B1 (en) * | 1998-06-15 | 2004-02-24 | Webtv Networks, Inc. | Techniques for intelligent video ad insertion |
US6099320A (en) | 1998-07-06 | 2000-08-08 | Papadopoulos; Anastasius | Authoring system and method for computer-based training |
US6415316B1 (en) | 1998-09-01 | 2002-07-02 | Aidministrator Nederland B.V. | Method and apparatus for implementing a web page diary |
US6611531B1 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2003-08-26 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for routing integrated data, voice, and video traffic |
US6535505B1 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2003-03-18 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing a time-division multiplexing (TDM) interface among a high-speed data stream and multiple processors |
US6295542B1 (en) | 1998-10-02 | 2001-09-25 | National Power Plc | Method and apparatus for cross-referencing text |
GB9822022D0 (en) | 1998-10-09 | 1998-12-02 | Roke Manor Research | Method and apparatus for receiving a media broadcast |
US6351750B1 (en) | 1998-10-16 | 2002-02-26 | Softbook Press, Inc. | Dynamic conversion of byte ordering for use on different processor platforms |
US6195667B1 (en) | 1998-10-16 | 2001-02-27 | Softbook Press, Inc. | On-line menu updating for an electronic book |
US6363418B1 (en) | 1998-10-16 | 2002-03-26 | Softbook Press, Inc. | On-line image caching control for efficient image display |
US6331865B1 (en) | 1998-10-16 | 2001-12-18 | Softbook Press, Inc. | Method and apparatus for electronically distributing and viewing digital contents |
US6260024B1 (en) | 1998-12-02 | 2001-07-10 | Gary Shkedy | Method and apparatus for facilitating buyer-driven purchase orders on a commercial network system |
US6269483B1 (en) | 1998-12-17 | 2001-07-31 | International Business Machines Corp. | Method and apparatus for using audio level to make a multimedia conference dormant |
US6556561B1 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2003-04-29 | Nortel Networks Corporation | Data network for real time information |
US6025871A (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2000-02-15 | Intel Corporation | User interface for a video conferencing system |
US6813249B1 (en) | 1999-02-16 | 2004-11-02 | Efficient Networks, Inc. | System and method for prefetching data |
US6486892B1 (en) | 1999-04-07 | 2002-11-26 | Joseph L. Stern | System and method for accessing, manipulating and viewing internet and non-internet related information and for controlling networked devices |
US6249785B1 (en) | 1999-05-06 | 2001-06-19 | Mediachoice, Inc. | Method for predicting ratings |
US6288753B1 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2001-09-11 | Corrugated Services Corp. | System and method for live interactive distance learning |
US6349410B1 (en) | 1999-08-04 | 2002-02-19 | Intel Corporation | Integrating broadcast television pause and web browsing |
JP2003509879A (en) | 1999-09-08 | 2003-03-11 | ディスカバリー・コミニュケーションズ・インコーポレーテッド | Video conferencing using e-book viewer |
US6320591B1 (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2001-11-20 | Gateway, Inc. | System and method for the utilization of an electronic book |
US6886000B1 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 2005-04-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | On-line negotiations with dynamic profiling |
US6493734B1 (en) | 1999-10-15 | 2002-12-10 | Softbook Press, Inc. | System and method to efficiently generate and switch page display views on a portable electronic book |
WO2001041399A2 (en) | 1999-12-03 | 2001-06-07 | Digital Pipe, Inc. | Method for providing streaming media data in a network-based environment |
US7293279B1 (en) | 2000-03-09 | 2007-11-06 | Sedna Patent Services, Llc | Advanced set top terminal having a program pause feature with voice-to-text conversion |
JP2001357219A (en) | 2000-06-15 | 2001-12-26 | Media Vision:Kk | Method and system for generating and selling book by using network |
JP2002010688A (en) | 2000-06-22 | 2002-01-11 | Canon Inc | Motor-driving control unit |
US7075919B1 (en) | 2000-08-22 | 2006-07-11 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | System and method for providing integrated voice, video and data to customer premises over a single network |
US6725203B1 (en) | 2000-10-12 | 2004-04-20 | E-Book Systems Pte Ltd. | Method and system for advertisement using internet browser to insert advertisements |
US7331057B2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2008-02-12 | Prime Research Alliance E, Inc. | Grouping advertisement subavails |
US20020120635A1 (en) | 2001-02-27 | 2002-08-29 | Joao Raymond Anthony | Apparatus and method for providing an electronic book |
US20030018543A1 (en) | 2001-06-25 | 2003-01-23 | Alger Jeffrey H. | Client portal |
JP2003150813A (en) | 2001-11-13 | 2003-05-23 | Sony Corp | Information processing device and method, information processing system and method, and program |
JP4233886B2 (en) | 2003-02-10 | 2009-03-04 | 横浜ゴム株式会社 | Golf club |
JP3114375U (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2005-10-27 | 有限会社フジセイ | Mascara brush |
-
1993
- 1993-12-02 AT AT94904392T patent/ATE183352T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 RU RU95113961/09A patent/RU2138923C1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 US US08/160,194 patent/US5990927A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AT AT98105670T patent/ATE262251T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 AT AT98100155T patent/ATE214534T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP99100378A patent/EP0920207B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 BR BR9307622A patent/BR9307622A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 WO PCT/US1993/011618 patent/WO1994014282A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69328441T patent/DE69328441T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002445287A patent/CA2445287C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002445201A patent/CA2445201C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 ES ES97112080T patent/ES2178730T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 ES ES94903362T patent/ES2145821T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 BR BR9307619A patent/BR9307619A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 ES ES94903359T patent/ES2129116T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 EP EP01129011A patent/EP1207695B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 JP JP51345594A patent/JP3958354B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 AT AT94903362T patent/ATE192005T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69323767T patent/DE69323767T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 ES ES94903360T patent/ES2154291T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AT AT01113921T patent/ATE457599T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002445187A patent/CA2445187C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019980709989A patent/KR100348113B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP98100155A patent/EP0849948B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 WO PCT/US1993/011615 patent/WO1994014279A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1993-12-02 AT AT98105647T patent/ATE221714T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 NZ NZ314438A patent/NZ314438A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 AT AT99100570T patent/ATE278294T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP98121389A patent/EP0909095B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019950702349A patent/KR100289175B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 AT AT01129011T patent/ATE532331T1/en active
- 1993-12-02 EP EP99100375A patent/EP0912058B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002271552A patent/CA2271552C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 EP EP94903360A patent/EP0673579B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69329949T patent/DE69329949T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002445176A patent/CA2445176C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 JP JP51424994A patent/JP3761893B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 AT AT99100566T patent/ATE484151T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69332049T patent/DE69332049T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002553120A patent/CA2553120C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019950702348A patent/KR100289174B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 AT AT94904814T patent/ATE176841T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002151461A patent/CA2151461C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 AT AT99100377T patent/ATE289148T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69333756T patent/DE69333756T3/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 JP JP51422594A patent/JP3807679B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019980709988A patent/KR100348114B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 RU RU97118235/09A patent/RU2192103C2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 AT AT99100375T patent/ATE283608T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP99107757A patent/EP0935393B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AT AT94903361T patent/ATE176840T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 AT AT98121389T patent/ATE281041T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP98100142A patent/EP0852442B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 EP EP01113921A patent/EP1164797B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 EP EP98103750A patent/EP0862328B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AT AT98103750T patent/ATE237906T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 RU RU95114370/09A patent/RU2119726C1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP98105670A patent/EP0856994B1/en not_active Revoked
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69333680T patent/DE69333680T2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69333457T patent/DE69333457T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002151456A patent/CA2151456C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 EP EP98105647A patent/EP0856993B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 BR BR9307621A patent/BR9307621A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002151462A patent/CA2151462C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 EP EP94904392A patent/EP0673583B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 EP EP94904814A patent/EP0674824B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AU AU57332/94A patent/AU692428B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69326020T patent/DE69326020T2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 AT AT94903360T patent/ATE199294T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002151460A patent/CA2151460C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AT AT99100378T patent/ATE240021T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 US US08/160,193 patent/US5734853A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AT AT99110233T patent/ATE352170T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 RU RU95117158/09A patent/RU2112325C1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69334320T patent/DE69334320D1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69334270T patent/DE69334270D1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 ES ES94904814T patent/ES2128551T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 WO PCT/US1993/011616 patent/WO1994014280A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1993-12-02 CA CA2460634A patent/CA2460634C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AT AT97112080T patent/ATE219615T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 ES ES94903361T patent/ES2129621T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002151459A patent/CA2151459C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019950702346A patent/KR100289173B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP99100570A patent/EP0910218B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 WO PCT/US1993/011617 patent/WO1994014281A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69323562T patent/DE69323562T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AU AU57363/94A patent/AU5736394A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002271555A patent/CA2271555C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 EP EP94903362A patent/EP0673581B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 US US08/160,191 patent/US5559549A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 ES ES98100142T patent/ES2152712T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019980709984A patent/KR100295386B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP99100566A patent/EP0920208B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 EP EP04001389A patent/EP1432248B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69333713T patent/DE69333713T2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 AU AU57330/94A patent/AU692427B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1993-12-02 EP EP98114676A patent/EP0884907A1/en not_active Ceased
- 1993-12-02 BR BR9307625-8A patent/BR9307625A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP99100376A patent/EP0912059A3/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019950702345A patent/KR100289172B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 ES ES94903407T patent/ES2145119T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69334106T patent/DE69334106T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69333644T patent/DE69333644T2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69334342T patent/DE69334342D1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AT AT98100142T patent/ATE197366T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP94903361A patent/EP0673580B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69332177T patent/DE69332177T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 JP JP51422694A patent/JP3958355B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 JP JP51422894A patent/JP3677037B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019980709986A patent/KR100348112B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP99110233A patent/EP0946060B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69332895T patent/DE69332895T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AT AT94903359T patent/ATE177277T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 NZ NZ259147A patent/NZ259147A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 NZ NZ314598A patent/NZ314598A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP94903407A patent/EP0673582B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 BR BR9307624A patent/BR9307624A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 ES ES94904392T patent/ES2138656T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 WO PCT/US1993/011706 patent/WO1994014283A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1993-12-02 BR BR9307620A patent/BR9307620A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69327966T patent/DE69327966T2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002151457A patent/CA2151457C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002151458A patent/CA2151458C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AU AU58698/94A patent/AU5869894A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69331715T patent/DE69331715T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69333999T patent/DE69333999T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 WO PCT/US1993/011708 patent/WO1994014284A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1993-12-02 BR BR9307623-1A patent/BR9307623A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 JP JP51422794A patent/JP3958356B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 US US08/160,283 patent/US5682195A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002345161A patent/CA2345161A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002461105A patent/CA2461105C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019980709982A patent/KR100329135B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 AU AU57331/94A patent/AU691479B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1993-12-02 EP EP94903359A patent/EP0673578B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 EP EP97112080A patent/EP0822718B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019950702350A patent/KR100315067B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 RU RU95117155/09A patent/RU2153234C2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002444170A patent/CA2444170C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69329627T patent/DE69329627T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 NZ NZ329943A patent/NZ329943A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 WO PCT/US1993/011606 patent/WO1994013107A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019950702347A patent/KR100319581B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69332962T patent/DE69332962T3/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002410389A patent/CA2410389C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019980709990A patent/KR100348115B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 AU AU58458/94A patent/AU5845894A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1993-12-02 NZ NZ259148A patent/NZ259148A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 AT AT94903407T patent/ATE190180T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 EP EP99100377A patent/EP0920206B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 DE DE69323560T patent/DE69323560T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 ES ES98100155T patent/ES2172038T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 NZ NZ259146A patent/NZ259146A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 KR KR1019980709987A patent/KR100348111B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 ES ES98105647T patent/ES2180088T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-02 AU AU57329/94A patent/AU693775B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1993-12-02 AT AT99107757T patent/ATE426300T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-02 CA CA002447895A patent/CA2447895C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-12-07 IL IL119479A patent/IL119479A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 CO CO93421687A patent/CO4480071A1/en unknown
- 1993-12-07 IL IL12066693A patent/IL120666A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 TW TW086200657U patent/TW361771U/en unknown
- 1993-12-07 IL IL12042393A patent/IL120423A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 IL IL107909A patent/IL107909A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 CO CO93421685A patent/CO4180486A1/en unknown
- 1993-12-07 IL IL107911A patent/IL107911A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 CO CO93421688A patent/CO4480075A1/en unknown
- 1993-12-07 CO CO93421683A patent/CO4180487A1/en unknown
- 1993-12-07 IL IL12022593A patent/IL120225A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 IL IL107913A patent/IL107913A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 IL IL10790893A patent/IL107908A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 TW TW086201052U patent/TW370331U/en unknown
- 1993-12-07 CO CO93421686A patent/CO4180488A1/en unknown
- 1993-12-07 TW TW082110360A patent/TW447219B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 IL IL12839093A patent/IL128390A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 IL IL12030093A patent/IL120300A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 TW TW082110342A patent/TW290780B/zh active
- 1993-12-07 TW TW082110348A patent/TW269093B/zh active
- 1993-12-07 TW TW082110341A patent/TW310519B/zh active
- 1993-12-07 IL IL10791293A patent/IL107912A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-07 IL IL107910A patent/IL107910A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-12-09 CN CNB00100087XA patent/CN1181680C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 CN CNB931201853A patent/CN1137581C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 CN CN93120183A patent/CN1121788C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 CN CNB931201845A patent/CN1137579C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 CN CNA200510114107XA patent/CN1805540A/en active Pending
- 1993-12-09 MY MYPI93002650A patent/MY109974A/en unknown
- 1993-12-09 MY MYPI93002651A patent/MY110138A/en unknown
- 1993-12-09 CN CNB001000888A patent/CN1181681C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 CN CNB001054090A patent/CN1181683C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 CN CNB001002058A patent/CN1181682C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 CN CNB931201861A patent/CN1137582C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 MY MYPI93002653A patent/MY111406A/en unknown
- 1993-12-09 CN CNB00100204XA patent/CN1184812C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 CN CN93120182A patent/CN1118197C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 CN CNB931201764A patent/CN1137578C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-12-09 MY MYPI93002652A patent/MY110026A/en unknown
- 1993-12-09 MY MYPI93002654A patent/MY128725A/en unknown
-
1996
- 1996-09-10 US US08/711,742 patent/US6052554A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-10-23 IL IL11947996A patent/IL119479A0/en unknown
-
1997
- 1997-02-14 IL IL12760297A patent/IL127602A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1997-02-14 IL IL12022597A patent/IL120225A0/en unknown
- 1997-02-14 IL IL12760197A patent/IL127601A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1997-02-24 IL IL12030097A patent/IL120300A0/en unknown
- 1997-03-11 IL IL12042397A patent/IL120423A0/en unknown
- 1997-04-14 IL IL12066697A patent/IL120666A0/en unknown
- 1997-09-12 US US08/928,630 patent/US6515680B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1997-11-07 AU AU44407/97A patent/AU715683B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1997-11-21 AU AU45325/97A patent/AU712157B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1997-12-16 CN CN97121877A patent/CN1112808C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
1998
- 1998-04-06 AU AU60668/98A patent/AU716182B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1998-04-06 AU AU60667/98A patent/AU716184B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1998-09-22 US US09/158,549 patent/US7571457B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1998-09-30 US US09/162,768 patent/US7017178B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1998-12-15 HK HK02108239.2A patent/HK1048575A1/en unknown
- 1998-12-15 HK HK98113376A patent/HK1012484A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK00100554A patent/HK1021679A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK98113374A patent/HK1012482A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK00100451A patent/HK1021604A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK00100555A patent/HK1021680A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK00100557A patent/HK1021681A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK98113372A patent/HK1012480A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK00100556A patent/HK1023887A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK98113375A patent/HK1012483A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK00100539A patent/HK1023880A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK98113373A patent/HK1012481A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 HK HK04109602A patent/HK1066956A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-16 IL IL12760198A patent/IL127601A0/en unknown
- 1998-12-16 IL IL12760298A patent/IL127602A0/en unknown
-
1999
- 1999-02-05 IL IL12839099A patent/IL128390A0/en unknown
- 1999-02-18 US US09/252,485 patent/US7260829B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1999-09-15 US US09/396,428 patent/US8276183B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1999-09-15 US US09/396,429 patent/US8347345B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2000
- 2000-01-05 CN CN00100206A patent/CN1276685A/en active Pending
- 2000-01-05 CN CNB001002031A patent/CN1179563C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-02-21 CN CNB001027182A patent/CN100369482C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-02-21 CN CNB00102714XA patent/CN1192617C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-02-21 CN CNB001027190A patent/CN1189033C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-06-07 CN CNB00108013XA patent/CN100417217C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-06-07 CN CN001080121A patent/CN1217286C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-06-07 CN CN00108008A patent/CN1275866A/en active Pending
- 2000-11-28 US US09/722,744 patent/US6557173B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-11-28 US US09/722,742 patent/US7716349B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2001
- 2001-09-28 US US09/964,891 patent/US7836481B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2001-09-28 US US09/964,890 patent/US7363645B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2001-10-01 US US09/966,757 patent/US8060905B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2001-10-01 US US09/966,759 patent/US7487523B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2001-10-01 US US09/966,594 patent/US7770196B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2004
- 2004-09-08 JP JP2004261145A patent/JP3980579B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2004-09-08 JP JP2004261624A patent/JP3958311B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2004-09-09 JP JP2004262097A patent/JP3958313B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2004-09-09 JP JP2004261913A patent/JP3958312B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2004-09-09 JP JP2004262266A patent/JP3980580B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2005
- 2005-02-11 US US11/056,618 patent/US20050157217A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2008
- 2008-06-02 US US12/131,551 patent/US20080235725A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2444170C (en) | Reprogrammable terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system | |
US5798785A (en) | Terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system | |
US7395546B1 (en) | Set top terminal having a program pause feature | |
US20030117445A1 (en) | Reprogrammable set top terminal that stores programs locally and generates menus | |
US9009773B1 (en) | Method and apparatus for providing broadcast data services | |
CA2444289C (en) | Television program delivery system |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKLA | Lapsed |